IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


•J  £• 

||i36 
!•      1 4  0 


112.5 

20 

1.8 


U    Ilii  1.6 


V 


<^ 


.'% 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


w^.. 


(/. 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'M  lui  a  6ti  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-dtre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite.  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  una 
modification  dans  la  mAthode  normaie  de  filmage 
sont  indiquAs  ci-dessous. 


"Tl/Coloured  covers/ 
JO    Couverture  de  couleur 

r~~l    Covers  damaged/ 


D 
D 


Couverture  endommag6e 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaurie  et/ou  pelliculde 

Cover  title  missing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 


I      I    Coloured  maps/ 


Cartes  gdographiques  en  couleur 
Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 


I I    Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 

□    Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 


D 
D 


D 


^ 


Bound  with  other  material/ 
Relid  avec  d'autres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

Lareliure  serr^e  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  le  long  de  la  marge  intirleure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajout^es 
lors  dune  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  dtait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  6X6  film6a«. 

Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  suppldmentaires:  /" 


'((] 


D 
D 


□ 


D 
D 
D 
D 
D 
D 


Coloured  pages/ 
Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damag(<»d/ 
Pages  endommagdes 

Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pages  restaurdes  et/ou  pellicul^es 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  ddcolordes,  tachet^es  ou  piqudes 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  ddtachdes 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 

Quality  of  print  varies/ 
Quality  indgale  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  material/ 
Comprend  du  materiel  suppl^mentaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  ddition  disponible 

Pages  wholly  Or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  6t6  filmdes  6  nouveau  de  facon  d 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  filmd  au  taux  do  reduction  indiqud  ci-dessous. 

10X  14X  18X  22X 


12X 


16X 


20X 


m 


24X 


26X 


30X 


28X 


32X 


The  copy  filmed  hern  has  been  reproduced  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Library  of  Congress 
Photoduptication  Service 

The  images  appearing  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  —^  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 

Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


L'exemplaire  film^  fut  reproduit  grace  ^  la 
g^n^rositd  de: 

Library  of  Congress 
Photodupliciition  Service 

Les  images  suivantes  ont  6t6  reproduites  avec  le 
plus  grand  soin,  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  et 
de  la  nettetd  de  l'exemplaire  film6,  et  en 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmage. 

Les  exemplaires  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  imprim^e  sont  fiimds  en  commenpant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
derni^re  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  le  second 
plat,  selon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  film6s  en  commenpant  par  la 
premidre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  dernidre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparaitra  sur  la 
dernidre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbole  —^  signifie  "A  SUIVRE",  le 
symbole  V  signifie  "FIN". 

Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  dtre 
filmds  d  des  taux  de  reduction  diffdrents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  dtre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  clichd,  il  est  filmd  d  partir 
de  Tangle  supdrieur  gauche,  de  gauche  d  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'images  ndcessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
illustrent  la  m6thode. 


1 

2 

3 

1 


I'^ratl'l* 


f 


1 


^fpgtr.W'^V^^''^^''"^''''^''^'^'^^'^ ' 


Isr 


UUP  BUILDINO. 


FLEET  OF  VESSELS 


fctitiiiiliiii  iiMmm't  rTliirlrir  r--'-- 


!,'itAiii.-iinMm'  I '  p' 


1 


t'^-»»'*>  •**-  rss^p--*"^ 


THE 


BOOK  OF  COMIklERCE 


DY 


SEA    AND   LAND, 

EXHIBlTINVinCONNCCnON  WITH 

ACUICL'LTURE,  THE  ARTS,  AND  MANUFACTURES. 


TO  WHICH  ARE  ADDED 

A  fflSTORY  OF  COMMERCE, 

\XD     A     CHRONOLOGICAL     TABLE. 


nXUSTKATED  BY  A  MAP  AND  NUMEROUS  EXORAVINOa 


?-i.  1 


IT'' 


PHILAOELPHIAi 
URIAH  HUNT,  No.  101  MARKET  STREET, 


KMOVAb  MOKIUIIM  TWOOaMOVT  THB  VNITBD  iTATU, 


-,;M'''    *' 


riiJi  iiii  1 1 1  nfc—^Mllilik. 


liAVi^i'iii  Lij^'iMi)  I        I  I  "I  i" 


\^' 


•  \jr'  '  .  I»««i 


■IHNHPBlM^i  ma  9  I      V 


579 


Entihid  Kronliiig  to  Act  of  CongreM,  in  tht  you  1836,  liy 

UKIAII    HUNT. 

ill  tha  (.'Ufk'i  Office  of  tlto  iJUlricl  Court  of  the  EuUrn  DUtrict  of  PciiiM}'lviitiiiL 


m 


1 1 


> 


579 


»iii--im 


itylviinla. 


•<«»^PWM 


■-TJ- 


1 


>itllff&>riiii'i*<lTlH»|>fr 


v.. 


PREFACE. 

Thcrr  are  few  word*  of  more  extensive  signification  than  the 
word  Commerce.  If  a  person  will  visit  a  large  seaport,  crowded 
with  vessels  from  all  parts  of  the  earth,  and  consider  the  multitude 
of  articles  which  they  transport  across  the  ocean,  he  may  form  some 
vague  idea,  not  only  of  the  immense  value,  but  also  of  the  infinite 
variety  of  the  merchandise,  which  it  is  the  business  of  Commerce  to 
distribute  throughout  the  world. 

But  to  form  a  more  definite  conception  of  the '  subject,  let  o 
person  pass  through  one  of  the  streets  in  Boston,  New  York,  or 
Philadelphia,  devoted  to  the  retail  trade.  Enter  for  instance  a  single 
shop,  devoted  to  one  class  of  goods;— how  great  is  the  variety!  If 
the  goods  are  groceries,  there  are  sugars  from  Louisiana,  and  the 
West  Indies,  teas  from  China,  figs  from  Smyrna,  oranges  and  lemons 
from  Portugal,  wines  from  France,  pepper  and  spices  from  the  islands 
of  the  Pacific,  and  a  multitude  of  other  thinga,  some  from  one  hemi- 
sphere, and  some  from  the  other;  some  from  climes  where  the  sum- 
mer never  ceases  to  shed  its  prolific  influences,  and  some  from  regions 
of  snow  and  frost,  where  winter  'holds  perpetual  sway:'  some  are 
sent  to  us  by  nations  or  tribes,  who  have  carried  the  arts  to  the  high- 
est pitch  of  perfection,  while  others  are  supplied  by  half  civilized 
men,  or  perhaps  by  wandering  savages. 


Sf6g»ft55!ESfef*«-r-*-- 


m 


4  PRBPAOE.  0 

How  miny  and  how  iiltereiting  then,  are  the  topics  which  art 
niggeited  by  a  hbtory  of  the  article!  in  a  grocer*i  shopP  If  we  pro* 
ceed  further,  the  lubjcct  only  expands,  and  grows  more  varied  am^ 
more  curious. 

This  little  book  is  devoted  to  a  description  of  the  Icadinf 
articles  of  commerce;  including  an  account  of  their  mode  of  cultiva 
tjoo,  prtparation,  or  manufacture;  whrre  they  are  found;  where  ani* 
to  what  extent  tiMy  are  exported,  iic.  It  embraces  a  description  of 
some  of  the  moit  interesting  productions  of  the  animal,  mineral,  and 
vegetable  kingdom,  with  a  view  of  the  lines  to  which  man  has  turned 
them,  and  the  arts  by  which  they  are  thus  converted  to  the  purposes 
of  want  or  luxury.  From  the  foregoing  suggestions,  the  reader  will 
see  that  the  subject  is  of  groat  extent  and  importance,  and  we  trust 
tlMft  from  tha  manner  it  is  treated  in  the  following  pages,  it  may 
Ifprove  both  instn^tive  and  entertaining  to  the  youthful  reader. 

s 

It  is  of  course  impossible,  in  a  volume  of  a  size  adapted  to  youth- 
fd  reading,  to  give  extensive  accounts  of  a  great  variety  of  articles. 
We  have  chosen  a  medium,  and  sought  to  combine  a  good  degree  of 
particularity,  with  a  full  list  of  subjects.  If  some  descriptions  are 
thought  brief,  the  reader  will  consider  them  only  as  hints,  to  excite 
curiosity,  and  lead  to  further  investigation. 


.'* 


'     .     ■♦ 


ff     ., 


nf«t/-   'I.V 


i*iih.ilw  ■><  I  it  'M  iWim  i»  lit  I 


■^"HK-S^' 


iMP»ii"mi^^^^jwi 


■  < 


CI  which  ar* 
*  If  we  pro* 
r«  varied  and 

the   leadinf 
do  of  cultiva 
I;  where  aiK* 
Icscription  of 

mineral,  and 
in  hai  turned 

the  purpose! 
he  reader  will 
and  we  trust 
Miget,  it  may 
reader. 

ited  to  youth- 
ty  of  articles. 
M)d  degree  of 
icriptiont  are 
nts,  to  excite 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

wmr^jroi  or  oummiboi.— aaticlm 

CHAPTER  H. 

AB'^IOLM  or  roO0.-««aTiMM.   • 

CHAPTER  HI. 

AsnoLM  or  rooD.-o«iif  !••■•. 

CHAPTER  IV. 

ABTIOLM  or  rOOD.-0««TlMM. 

CHAPTER  V. 
iAtT,  inon,  A*.      .... 

CHAPTER  VI. 

TtA,  oorm,4«.      .... 

CHAPTER  VII 

oumt,  sua,  *•.       .... 


rM.|l 


«mfis. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


CHAPTER  IX. 

Dumuiao  sruun.    . 


riATnas 


CHAPTER  y\l. 
mrumi,  ft*.  •       •      •      *. 

CHAPTER  XVII. 
oaiNA,  rorraav  WAas,  *« 

CHAPTER  XVIII. 

OLAM  WAIS.      .... 

CHAPTIR  XIX. 

ITOftY,  JIWIUV,  *•. 


CHAPTIR  XX. 

rCAIUI  AND  PBMIOUS  vrONH.    • 

CHAPTER  XXI. 

PSIOIOUI  MRTAUI 

CHAPTER  XXII. 

VSirUL  MITALfl. 


CHAPTER  X. 

AanoLM  or  oLOTHura.    . 

CHAPTER  XI. 

ABTIOLW  or  OLOTHINO.-OoHTiiiva*.    . 

CHAPTER  XII. 

IIUU.  VBLTin,  *•.  ... 

CHAPTER  XIII. 
oAiran,  WMnar,  *«. 

CHAPTER  XIV. 


CHAPTER  XV 


CHAPTER  XXIII. 

VnrUL  MBTAUI.-0«iniii«M. 


GOAL. 


CHAPTER  XXrV. 


CHAPTER  XXV. 

aiAMlTI,  MABILB,  ft«. 

CHAPTER  XXVI. 

WOOM. 

CHAPTER  XXVII. 

VrOOM.-.0«iniii«i».  •         « 

CHAPTER  XXVni. 

DBUOB,  mOIOINKI,  *«. 

CHAPTER  XXIX 

WBAUiraHEBY. 

CHAPTER  XXX. 

MisciLLANaoua  raoDUonoNs.  • 


%  ^ 


'^''M »^ii*'m0ivSSi^^^i^^ii^^^'^mjjt^'^ 'kirn's ^^}^*m^t\' ^^\X 'n  ■-■  -'^ ^"^ r-^^} l-JS *''-^  "t-<  ' '■■ ' ' "'*? -".■"'^  ■ '"  7^'   -■"'•  .- ""^ 


r:w 


CONTENTS  T 


CHAPTER  XXXI. 

;EIiLANE0U8  PKODUUTIONa.-CoNTiRciiE.  113 


CHAPTER  XXXn. 

MUOELLANEOUB  PRODUCTIONS.— CoiiTiiniBB.  116 

CHAPTER  XXXin. 

MODES  OF  CONVEYANCE.      .         -  -        190 

CHAPTER  XXXIV. 

II0DE8  OK  CONVEYANCE.-C<>iiTiiiaBD.    -        195 

CHAPTER  XXXV. 

rAOILITIEE  FOR  PROflECUTINQ  COMMERCE.  130 


CHAPTER  XXXVI. 

BANKS,  *o 

CHAPTER  XXXVII. 

OOOftS,  nUABVES.  TEUMBAPHB,  fcc 


135 


lar 


CHAPTER  XXXVIII. 

CUSTOMS,  TARIFF  Jfce.   •  14< 

CHAPTER  XXXIX. 

HISTORY  OF  COMMERCE.  •        1« 

CHAPTER  XL. 

HISTOHY  OF  COMMERCE.— CoHTiiiuiD.     •        191 

CHAPTER  XLI. 

HISTORY  OF  COMMERCE.— CoRTiROiD.      •        IM 

CHAPTER  XLII 

HISTORY  OF  COMMERCE.— Oohtihum.  Ml 

CHAPTER  XLIII. 

HISTORY  OF  COMMERCE  — Cmtihuid  IM 


;'**' 


^ 


;^? 


** 


m     '• 


9 


f         ^/ 


'Y&-  * 


>A  ^i^ 


>.,  m  A>^>MrdiiJ>«»»iift*«ilfc4ww<fiU>*<>>^ 


■^fym^iMk^ 


fippywiWP»«>F^r»<«  .I'lUlW.W  Wii  ■>  III 


r!9fm;mmxmnfr^ 


:xviii. 


KXIX. 


XL. 

HTIIIUID. 

XLI. 

RTIROID. 

KLII 

IKTIHVBO. 

CLIII. 

IHTIIIUaD 


141 


1« 


ISI 


IS8 


lei 


IM 


.;^,  ;^ 


.7- 


BOOK    OF    COMMERCE. 


CHAPTER  I. 


>€v,  'r 


IMPORTANCE  OF  C0MMF.RCE.-ARTICLE8  OF  FOOD. 


^■ikaf.Ufl^i*''  f^i'  •MUlM^'iiiitiltSi-'^  «•    i.~-suifi&^imMii.^Ja.f^'..^. 


l.\l  am  aura  that  my  young  readera 
eannot'  foil  to  be  interested  in  an  account 
of  that  extenaive  branch  of  human  indus- 
try, which  is  one  of  the  chief*  sources  of 
the  comforts  wh'x^h  they  enjoyV  It  is 
by  our  intercourse  with  neighbornig  and 
foreign  placiss,  that  most  of  the  common 
necessariei  of  life  are  now  obtajped^  .  It 
has  beeil  said,  that  the  supper  oFthe  t>oor' 
est  aulisan  has  cost  the  labor  of  many 
hundred  hands.  If  we  tbiulc  of  nothing 
but  the  tea  and  the  sugar,  this  may  be  fair- 
ly asserted. '  For  consider  the  toil  of  those 
who  prepare  these  articles,  th«)  merchants 
by  whom  they  are  shipped,  the  sailors  who 
must  help  to  bring  them  to  our  shores,  not 
to  speak  of  the  carpenters,  blacksmiths, 
and  other  people  who  must  first  bui'd  the 
ressel, — and  you  will  perceive  the  truth 
of  the  r«>mark.  .I*)*"" 

2.  But  commOlce  does  not  Contribute  to 
our  bodily  wants  and  comforts  alone.  It 
has  an  immense  influence  upon  the  civil- 
isation and  mental  improvement  of  a  peo- 
ple. By  its  aid,  the  seeds  of  religion  and 
knowledge  are  scattered  over  the  globe ; 
the  cause  of  science  is  strengthened  and 
tAdvanced ;  aiid  the  researches  and  disco- 
veries of  great  men  of  every  nation  are 
brought  together  for  the  general  benefit 
and  good  of  mankind. 

(ItiutiimM.  1.  What  it  Mid  of  the  importance 
of  commerce?  2.  Its  effects  upon  oinliHtion  ? 
9-  Where  is  ^heat  thonght  to  have  been  «wigiD- 


(  *«* 


WHEAT. 

S.  This  importBiit  article,  from  which  our 
daily  brt^ad  is  prepared,  may  naturally  claim 
our  attention  firsu  Afirioa  Is  thought  to  be 
the  native  place  of  wheat ;  but  it  will  grow 
in  almost  any  climate.^  '  In  Eur'tpe,  the 
grand  supply,  in  times  of  "scarcity,  is  iVom 
Poland)  and  the  principal  port  for  this 
trade  is  Dautzic,  near  tae  mouth  of  the 
Vistula,  in  the  Baltic.  Many  of  the  PoUah 
nobles  have  vast  territorial  domains,  on 
which  grain  is  grown  in  such  abundance 
that  they  cannot  use  half  of  it ;  yet  they 
take  no  measures  to  dispose  of  this  super- 
fluity. If  the  English  suspect  ■  want 
of  it,  they  send  to  Dantzic,  where  vatt 
mogr-'.ines  are  kept  constantly  fiiU  of 
wheat;  or  they  travel  up  the  coiOMijr,  and 
bargain  for  so  much  as  they  find,  to  ba 
sent  to  Dantzia  But  if  no  one  eomea  to 
buy,  the  wheat  is  scattered  about  and 
lost. 

4.  Much  wheat  is  sent  to  Eurofw  and 
other  countries  from  North  America;  but 
it  is  generally  exported  in  the  form  of 
fiour.  The  soil  of  the  United  States  is 
well  adaipted  to  the  growing  of  wheat ;  and 
the  states  of  Delaware,  Maryland,  New 
York  and  Pennsylvania  produce  it  in  very 
great  quantities.  The  cultivation  of  it 
gives  employment  to  numerous  individu- 


ally produced  f  What  country  of  Eampe  affixds 
the  grand  sapply  ?    4.  Wh4  V  o^*!  of  the  ex 
poitatioa  of  wheat  ftom  this  ^iMntiy  f    What 


4-;- 


miiA 


J 


||f8IW"     '."W  ■'  I' !. '  j1' 


10 


BOCB    or    COMMERCI. 


alt ;  and  thousand!  of  acres  are  covered 
by  its  growth. 


5.  Sicily  was  long  the  granary  of  the 
Grecian  states,  and  afterwards  of  the  Ro- 
mans.  When  the  Romans  had  conquered 
Egypt,  the  prolific  soil  of  that  country  sup- 
plied them.  Any  hindcronce  in  those  sup- 
plies created  a  famine  at  Rome;  and  a 
sedition  among  the  populace  won  tlie  usual 
consequence. 

6.  The  ancients  fabled  that  the  god- 
dess Ceres  first  taught  men  to  sow  grain. 
She  came  from  Sicily.  Wheat  is  said 
to  be  her  daughter ;  and  as  that  lies  so 
many  months  buried  in  the  earth,  the 
poets  imagined  that  Pluto,  god  of  the  in- 
Araal  regions,  ran  away  with  her;  though 
«t  last  he  agreed  to  let  her  continue 
above  ground  all  the  summer  montlm. 
The  name  of  this  daughter  of  Ceres  was 
Praaerpine. 

FLOUR. 

7.  Hour  is  the  meal  of  wheat  finely 
ground  and  sifted.  It  is  exported  in  barrels 
fkom  many  parts  of  the  United  States ;  and 
is  one  of  the  staple  commodities  of  the 
country.  Some  of  the  principal  flour 
mills  are  those  of  Brandywine  in  Dela- 
ware and  of  Rochester  in  New  York ; 
these  are  the  most  extensive,  but  there  are 
large  flour  mills  in  most  of  the  southern 
states.    Many  of  these  mills  are  so  con- 


trived that  the  whcot  is  carried  by  ma- 
chinery to  one  of  the  upper  rooms  and 
there  ground;  it  then  falln  into  a  room 
below  and  is  sifted  or  bolted,  and  falling 
still  lower  is  received  into  the  harreln, 
and  there  packed  and  headed  ready  for 
shipping,  and  the  whole  procoBS,  which 
formerly  occupied  a  consitleruble  time, 
is  now  by  tiie  aid  of  new  niachinrry, 
reduced  to  the  work  of  a  few  min- 
utes. 

MAIZE. 
8.  Ill  linn  corn,  or  niuizc,  is  a  native  pro- 
durtion  of  N«)rlh  America,  and  till  visited 
by  till'  r.urop'UiiL'  it  was  the  main  dc|Mind- 
cnco  of  the  Indians  for  food.  They  were 
areu?tnmod  to  boil  it,  and  eUt  it  when  soft. 
They  have  now  learned  to  make  bread  of 
it.  Immense  quantities  of  this  corn  are 
raised  in  Ohio  and  other  of  the  western 
states.  Like  flour  it  is  ground,  and  vast 
quantities  of  it  are  shipped  as  corn  meal 
from  the  southern  to  the  northern  states. 
Corn  meal  is  not  however  so  great  an  ar- 
ticle of  commerce  as  flonr,  as  it  is  more 
liable  to  be  affected  by  heat,  and  rendered 
sour  and  unfit  for  use. 

BARLEY. 
9.  This  well  known  species  of  grain  is 
raised  in  great  quantities,  both  in  North 
America  and  Europe;    It  is  the  principal 
ingredient  of  beer  and  ale ;  and  all  sorte 
of  malt  liquor  are  extracted  from  it.     It  is 
also  tolerably  good  for  making  broad,  par- 
ticularly  if  mixed  with  the  meal  of  some 
other  grain.      More  than  thirty  million 
bushels  of  barley  are  annually  converted 
into  malt  in  Great  Britain. 
RIC7. 
10.  Bice  is  a  plant  very  much  resembling 
wheal  in  shape,  color,  and  the  figure  of 
its  leaves.    The  stem  does  not  much  ex- 
ceed thrie  feet  in  height.    Rice  for  the 
most  part  requires  a  low  and  moist  soil 


■latfls  produce  it  in  the  lamst  qnmntitiei  ? 
What  u  said  of  Sicily  ?    6.  The  fable  of  the 


5. 
an 


>-l 


eients?   7,  What  is  flour?    Whut  are  sajie of 
the  principal  flour-mills  in  the  United  BtaiM' 


f4a?€! 


I 


rried  by  ma- 
or  rooms  and 

into  n  room 
id,  and  Tailing 
>  the  hnrrelM, 
led  ready  for 
irocoHS,  wliirli 
idorabin  time, 
\v   iiinrliitirry, 

R    fuw    niiii- 


8  a  native  pro- 
and  till  visited 
I  main  do|Mind- 
I.  They  were 
It  it  when  soA. 
make  bread  of 
thifl  corn  are 
of  the  western 
>und,  and  vast 
1  as  corn  meal 
lorthern  states. 
BO  great  an  ar- 
,  as  it  is  more 
t,  and  rendered 


eiea  of  grain  is 
both  in  North 
is  the  principal 
;  and  all  sorts 
I  from  it.  It  is 
:ing  broad,  par* 
I  meal  of  some 
thirty  million 
ually  converted 


inch  reaembling 
1  the  figure  of 
B  not  much  ex< 
,  Rice  for  th« 
and  moiit  soil 

Vhitt  are  sflBM  ef 
he  United  BMm* 


1 


T 


■III  I » 


^,    ■■■#■»■:  ' 


1.  «!^.,  -.^i.r- 


AHTicLea  or  rooo. 


n 


liut  there  \h  n  sort  grown  on  the  higher 
lands,  which  is  in  great  esteem. 

11.  In  (Miina  the  rice  cro|>  \h  of  great 
important-o;  it  forms  the  principnl  part  of 
the  food  of  the  inhabitants ;  and,  as  much 
of  the  land  lies  flat  and  low  and  the  coun- 
try is  plentiftilly  intersected  by  canals,  it 
has  an  excellent  oftportunity  for  irrigation. 
From  the  time  the  seed  is  sown,  till  it  is 
ilmost  ripe,  it  requires  the  fields  to  be 
covered  with  one  entire  sheet  of  water. 

12.  The  rivers  of  China  annually  over- 
low  these  low  grounds,  btinging  with 
ihom  a  rich  manure  of  mud ;  and  when 
the  mud  has  Iain  a  few  days,  the  Chinese 
orepare  to  plant  the  rice.  They  enclose  a 
piece  of  ground  with  a  clay-bank  ;  they 
plough  up  the  soil,  and  harrow  it,  with  the 
help  of  buifaloes.  The  grain  is  sprinkled 
rather  thickly  over  the  field,  and  imine- 
diately  a  sheet  of  water  is  let  in,  which 
cavers  the  whole  to  the  depth  of  a  few 
inches.  Channels  are  cut  from  the  rivers 
and  canals  to  effect  this.  Where  the 
grounds  lie  too  high  for  the  rivers  to  over- 
flow them,  water  is  raised  by  pumps  and 
other  hydraulic  machines,  for  this  purpose.' 
Sometimes,  a  chain  of  pumps  Ih  construct- 
ed, each  one  raising  the  water  n'  little,  till 
the  proper  height  is  gained.  This  is,  how- 
ever, only  a  preparatory  seed-bed. 

13.  The  ground  is  next  prepo'ed  for 
the  main  crop,  by  ploughing,  harrowing, 
and  laying  it  level.  As  soon  as  the  plants 
in  the  seed-plot  are  aljout  seven  inches 
high,"  they,  are  plucked  up  by  the  roots, 
and  planted  separately,  in  rows,  either  in 
fiirrows,  or  in  holes  about  six  inches 
asunder.  Water  is  again  brought  over  the 
whole  field,  which  is  divided  by  low  elay- 
iMmks  into  smaller  plots,  to  which  the 
water  is  conveyed  by  chonnels,  at  pleasure. 
A»  the  rice  grows  and  ripens  the  water 


8.  What  is  said  of  maise  }  9.  Buley  >  10.  Rice  > 
11.  What  is  said  of  the  rice-crop  in  China?  18. 
13.  How  do  the  Chinese  cultivate  their  rice  ? 


dries  uwny.  So  that  the  crop  when  rip*, 
covers  dry  ground.  The  rice  ii  reafied 
with  a  small  toothed  sjekle. 

14.  Neither  carts  nor  cattle  are  used  to 
carry  away  the  crop ;  the  sheaves  are  laid 
upon  fVamcs,  which  are  carried,  one  hoof- 
ing at  each  end  of  a  polo  or  bamboo,  on  • 
man's  shoulder.  Sometimes  these  sheave* 
ore  threshed  out  with  a  flail  5  sometimea  ^ 
tho  ends  are  beaten  against  a  board  set  up 
on  its  edge,  or  against  the  sides  of  a  tub ; 
or,  more  frequently,  the  sheaves  are  laid 
on  tho  ground,  in  u  circle,  and  oxen  are 
driven  over  them,  to  tread  out  the  grain.^ 

15.  The  grain  is  separated  firom  tb« 
husk,  frequently  by  pounding  in  a  aort 
of  mortar.  A  heavy  stone  fastened  to  » 
lever  is  raised,  by  a  man  treading  on  the 
other  end.  In  some  cased,  mills  are  built» 
which  lift  up  these  levers,  perhaps  twenty 
at  a  time.  Sometimes  the  rice  i«  ground 
between  two  flat  stones,  kept  so  far  asunder 
as  not  to  crack  the  grain  itself;  As  the 
first  crop  ripens  in  May,  the  ground  ia  im- 
mediately prepared  for  n  socoud,  which  ie 
reaped/ about  (ftjtobcr.''^, 

16.  Half  the  people  of  Asia  lire  upon 
rice.  It  is  almost  the  only  food  in  many 
parts  of  AlVica,  especially  among  tl|0 
Moors,  in  the  northern  provincea.  tifftt 
quantities  are  also  carried  to  Europe, 
where  it  is  in  high  esteem.  In  aome 
countries,  fowls  and  meat  are  stewed  wilk 
the  rice,  and  served  up  altogether. 

17.  Inil697,  rice  was  carried  to  South 
Carolina,  vvhere  tho  soil  and  temperatnre 
have  suited  it  so  well,  that  it  has  become 
a  great  arldition  to  the  products  of  that 
state.  The  grain  grown  there  ia  larger . 
than  that  which  comes  from  the  Eaat 
Indies  ;  which,  added  to  its  swelling  and 
softening  more,  in  tho  cooking,  makes  it 
in  higher  repute. 


14.  What  is  done  with  the  sheaves  I  15.  How  te 
the  grain  separated  fVom  the  husk?  16.  Is  rise 
maeh  an  article  of  food  f    17.  When  waa  lia* 


4 

1 


.Muii^^^HaiiScai^iSii.s.^^i.  ».«.. 


•,^. 


^ttU^ 


-n-Hrt  -fteitiiaiiMii 


mm 


»■    "■■..r" 


19 


■OOC   or   COMMBIICB. 


18.  The  lands  which  produce  rice  are 
more  numerous  and  more  fertile  in  the 
•outhern  parts  of  North  America,  than  in 
•ny  other  part  of  the  world.  Along  the 
whole  coast  fh>m  the  bay  of  Delaware  to 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  there  is  almost  one 
continued  tract  of  rice-ftelds.  The  rice- 
fields,  or  marshes  of  Virginia  alone  pro- 
duce more  rice  than  is  eullicieut  to  supply 
all  the  people  of  America. 

19.  There  is  also  in  the  inland  parts  of 
North  America,  a  description  of  wild  rice, 
which  has  been  found  of  great  use  to  the 
new  settlers,  as  affording  them  a  supply, 
till  their  lands  could  be  made  productive. 
It  grows  in  places  where  the  water  is 
■bout  two  feet  Oeep.  The  Indians  gather 
it  thus :  about  the  time  that  it  begins  to 
ripen  firom  iu  milky  state,  they  go  into  the 


midst  of  it  in  their  canoes.  They  tie  to- 
gether large  bunches  of  it,  Just  below  the 
ears,  or  panicles  ;  in  about  a  month  it  be- 
eomes  quite  ripe,  and  hard.  Then,  near 
the  end  of  September,  they  return,  and 
runnmg  their  canoes  under  these  several 
bunches,  they  beat  the  grain  out,  and 
catch  it  as  it  falls.  They  then  dry  it  in 
amoke,  and  rub  or  tread  off  the  hush.  \ 

20.  Besides  the  places  biready  mention- 
ed, the  common  rice  thrives  well  in  Spuin, 
Italy  and  other  parts  of  Europe. 

earried  to  South  Carolina  i  18.  Is  rice  succens- 
fiiUy  raised  in  thii  country?  19.  What  is  Mid 
afwUdrioe?    9U.  In  what  other  oountries  does 


SA(50 

21.  Sngo  is  the  pith  of  a  tree,  which 
grows  in  the  East  Indici,  chiefly  in  the 
Bpice  Islands,  and  is  a  species  of  palm. 
The  fruit  of  the  tree  is  worth  nothing  as 
food  ;  the  only  eatable  part  being  the  pith, 
which  fills  the  inner  part  of  it.  The  bark 
is  about  an  inch  thick,  and  covers  an  as- 
semblage of  long  fibres,  interwoven  with 
each  other  into  a  kind  of  net  work,  which 
is  enclosed  and  every  where  mingled  with 
a  gummy  powdery  substance,  almost  like 
meal. 

22.  The  natives  are  obliged  to  destroy 
the  tree  to  get  at  this  substance,  which  is 
very  important  to  them  as  a  substitute  for 
bread ;  besides  being  an  article  of  exporta- 
tion, OS  they  send  vast  quantities  of  it  to 
Europe.  The  tree  grows  to  be  thirty  or 
forty  feet  high,  and  its  diameter  is  oAen 
two  feet.  Tills  large  tree  is  cut  down  and 
sawed  into  pieces,  each  about  five  or  six 
feet  long ;  and  these  are  split,  that  they 
may  more  easily  strip  oflT  the  bark,  and  get 
at  the  mealy  pith.  This  substance  they 
scrape  out  carefully,  and  soak,  and  wasli 
it  in  water,  to  get  it  quite  clear  from  any 
fibrous  or  woody  matter  that  may  adhere 
to  it.  They  then  pound  it  in  mortars, 
and  strain  it  through  bags  and  cloths,  as 
the  meal  will  run  through  with  the  water, 
and  leave  the  reftise  behind,  which  is 
thrown  away.  The  meal  thus  becomes  a 
kind  of  paste,  which  may  be  eaten  direct- 
ly, or  preserved  for  several  years.  When 
they  want  to  use  it,  they  dilute  it  with 
water,  or  bake  or  boil  it,  as  they  please. 

23.  That  which  is  exported  is  first  dried, 
and  hardened,  in  earthenware  dishes,  by 
means  of  fire.  It  is  then  a  sort  of  bread, 
and  will  keep  a  great  length  of  time,  and 
in  any  climate.  Sometimes  they  eat  >his 
iiago  bread  just  warm  as  it  is  baked,  when 

rirv  thrive  .>  21.  Wtiat  is  sago?  S9.  How  is  it 
obtained?  Deicribe  the  tree  which  produces 
it.    23.  How  is  sago  prepared  for  esportalioa* 


irtt...^)6»::,-:.jtei&Miii,.f..^A(i^j&.,3t^im-:,;a^rf^..:;^ 


^i..«iii»i^,i,»  l^^■^^;i^■  v>mj.''HHf  wiiwwi •^"f* ■»»«'-*'t"' 


n-.  't«r«««« 


ARTICLBt    or    FOOD. 


It 


K  tron,  whkh 
!hiofly  in  the 
ciea  of  palm, 
rth  nothing  m 
leing  the  pith, 
It.  The  bark 
covers  en  bb- 
er^oven  with 
t  worlt,  whicli 
(  miuglfifl  with 
PC,  almort  lilte 

ged  to  dcBtroy 
tnncc,  which  l» 
t  ■ubstitute  for 
icie  of  cxporta- 
intitiee  of  it  to 
to  be  thirty  or 
imeter  ie  often 
18  cut  down  end 
lOut  five  or  six 
split,  thot  they 
le  bark,  and  gel 
substance  they 
soak,  and  wash 
clear  from  any 
hat  may  adhere 
it  in   mortars, 
I  and  cloths,  as 
with  the  water, 
hind,   which    is 
thus  becomes  a 
be  eaten  direct- 
1  years.     When 
r  dilute  it  with 
js  they  please, 
ted  is  first  dried, 
ware  dishes,  by 
a  sort  of  bread, 
gth  of  time,  and 
les  they  eat  'his 
t  is  baked,  when 

»o?    23.  How  is  it 

"   which  producea 

i  for  espoitalioB* 


' .  _-i-^'-t*A.*-"^j*»?«*fti**^* 


it  resembles  our  hot  rolls.  Should  they 
make  the  fire  too  fierce,  the  ends  and 
comers  would  be  done  too  much,  and  be- 
come a  sort  of  jelly. 

24.  It  comes  to  us  in  small  grains, 
•omewhat  resembling  coriander  seed.  To 
bring  it  to  thia  state,  they  moisten  it,  and 
then  rub  it  through  a  sieve,  into  an  iron 
pan,  under  which  is  a  fire  ;  which  partly 
hardens  each  drop  as  it  falls ;  thus  the 
leparate  grains  are  half  baked  ;  in  which 
state  it  will  keep  a  long  while,  if  well  de- 
fcnded  firoin  the  air ;  otherwise  it  is  liable 
lo  become  sour. 

25.  Three  or  four  hundred  weight  cf 
«ago  are  often  obtained  ft-om  a  single  tree. 
There  is  a  species  of  sago  brought  from 
die  West  Indies,  but  it  is  inferior  to  that 
brought  firom  the  East. 

PEAS  AND  BEANS. 

26.  The  common  peas  when  dried  are  in 
considerable  demand  as  food  for  cattle  and 
hogs.  There  is  a  better  sort,  which  is  in 
use  for  the  table.  Beans  are  extensively 
raised  in  New  England.  They  form  a 
great  article  of  food  among  the  people, 
and  a  ship's  stores  would  be  incomplete 
without  them. 

^  BEEF  AND  PQRK. 

27.  Considerable  quantities  of  these  arti- 
cles are  salted  and  packed  in  barrels  and 
half  barrels  in  the  northern  and  middle 
states  for  home  consumption,  ship  stores 
and  for  exportation  to  the  West  Indies  and 
other  places.  Pork  Js  extensively  sent 
flrom  Ohio  to  New  Orleans.  ,  Lard  forms 
a  considerable  article  of  commerce  be- 
tween the  western,  southern  and  eastern 
states,  and  the  West  Indies.  There  is 
a  mode  of  preparing  beef  practised  in 
South  America,  for  preservation,  by  cur- 
ing and  drying.     When  so  prepared  it  is 


M.  How  does  it  come  to  ui  ?  25.  What  quantity 
may  be  obfauoed  from  a  single  tree  ?  Where  is  it 
brought  (Vom  i  27.  Are  beef  acd  pork  article* 
of  commerce  I  What  of  hurd  t  26.  Cheese  and 
butter? 

I* 


ealled  jerked  beef,  and  forms  an  Import- 
ant  article  for  exportation. 

CHEESE  AND  DUTTER. 
28.  Good  cheeses  are  made  in  New  Eng«  > 
land,  and  other  parts  of  the  United  States, 
and  exported  to  the  West  Indies.  The 
cheeses  of  Holland  ore  hold  in  the  highest 
esteem,  and  come  to  us  usually  in  the 
form  of  a  pine-apple.  The  English  cheese, 
called  Cheshire,  acquires  its  peculiar  fla« 
vor  chiefly  from  the  marshes  where  the 
cows  which  yield  the  milk  feed.  Butter 
is  an  article  of  very  general  domestic  pro- 
duce, and  is  exported  from  the  United 
States  in  tubs  or  firkina  to  the  West  Indies, 
South  America  and  other  places. 

CHAP.  II. 
ARTICLES  OF  FOOD.— oosTisexo. 

COD-FISH. 

1.  The  general  resort  of  the  cod- Ash  is  on 
the  banks  of  Newfoundland,  and  the  other 
sand-banks  that  lie  off  the  coasts  of  Capo 
Breton,  Nova  Scotia  and  New  England. 
The  grand  sand-bank  ou  which  the  cod- 
fish are  taken  is  represented  as  K  vast  sub- 
marine mountain,  of  more  than  five  hun- 
dred miles  in  length,  and  nearly  three  hun- 
dred miles  broad.  Seamen  know  when 
they  approach  it  by  the  great  swell  uf 
the  sea,  and  the  thick  noists  that  impend 
over  it 

2.  The  labor  of  catching  the  cod-fish  it 
very  great,  as  they  are  caught  singly  with 
the  hook ;  yet  an  active  fisher  may  catch 
three  hundred,  or  more,  in  a  day;  and  hif 
comfort  is,  they  will  not  bite  at  night. 
The  weight  of  these  fish,  which  are  often 
three  feet  long,  and  the  great  coldness  of 
the  climate,  render  the  work  very  tk- 
tiguing.      Six  or  aeven  hundred  ve 


1.  Where  do  the  cod-fiih  generally  resort? 
What  is  said  of  the  Grand  Bank  ?  2.  What  of 
catching  eod-fiib  f  How  many  vefsels  may  be 
seen  engaged  at  a  time  in  the  buiinew  f  3.  What 
is  done  with  the  fish  when  caught?  When  is  the 


m. 


1 

^ 


^ 


m. 


^m 


..^iM%b*<<^' 


M'M)l't^l-'  I 


^i^^.X>Jx1t»l^*<^- 


■'■•ifffll»;T»' 


14 


■OOE   or   COHMIKOI. 


may  b«  Mcn  it  a  time  engaged  in  thia  pro< 
fltable  woric ;  in  aize,  firom  a  hundred  to 
a  hundred  and  fifty  torn.  Aa  they  gener- 
ally succeed  in  tailing  thirty  or  forty  thou- 
■and  fiih  each,  the  wiiolo  number  taken  ia 
immenee;  though  this  vorici  at  different 
ieaaoM,  for  the  iiah  often  change  their 
haunta. 

8.  Aa  the  flah  are  talcen,  it  ia  generally 
the  master's  husineaa  to  o|)en  them,  cut 
off  the  heads,  and  salt  the  carcasses.  This 
ia  done  as  soon  as  the  fisli  is  caught ;  and 
the  success  of  the  concern  depends  on  his 
■kill  and  care  in  these  particulars.  They 
are  then  stowed  in  the  hold  to  drain ;  after 
which  they  are  stripped,  salted,  and  drain< 
ed  again.  The  but  season  for  fishing  is 
firom  the  earlier  part  of  February  to  the 
end  of  April ;  as  at  that  time  the  cod, 
which  had  retired  to  the  deeper  parts  of 
the  aea,  return  to  these  ahallow  banks,  and 
grow  large  and  fat  very  ftst.  Such  aa  are 
eaiight  later  are  good,  but  will  not  keep 
■o  long,  especially  if  eaught  in  the  warmer 
month. 

4.  When  several  vessels  arrive  to  fish 
together,  be  who  first  touches  ground  be- 
ootnes  a  sort  of  admiral,  and  ukea  bis 
ahoice  of  station,  and  of  the  wood  to  be 


Ml  on  the  island.    They  eaeh  raiaa  a  tent 
on  ahore,  with   large  scaffolding  of  fir- 


trees,  covered  with  their  sails  {  ft>r  thay» 
unrig  their  vessels,  and  leave  nothing  but 
the  masu  and  shrouds  standing  during 
their  o|)erations  of  fishing. 

0.  When  the  cod  are  to  be  dried,  they 
bring  on  shore  every  day  what  they  havo 
caught,  eacli  crew  to  their  own  tent. 
Thei-e  they  are  salted,  and  dried  in  th» 
sun,  being  laid  out  on  stages,  and  turned 
several  times  a  day.  They  are  next  laid 
in  heaps,  and  salted  again,  till  properly 
prepared.  They  are  finally  stowed  on 
board  ship,  and  carried  to  the  several 
markets. 

SHAD. 

6.  The  shad  of  America  is  a  very  supe- 
rior fish,  and  is  abundant  in  tlio  northern 
rivers.  Those  of  the  middle  states  are 
much  esteemed,  and  when  salted  and  bar- 
relled command  a  good  price.    These  fish 


■est  sessoB  for  fishing?  4.  What  is  the  praetice 
when 'several  vessels  arrive  to  fish  together? 
i.  What  is  done  when  the  ood  are  to  be  dried' 


are  chiefly  taken  thiring 
April  and  May. 

SALMON. 
7.  The  salmon,  though  a  salt-water  fish, 
swims  up  our  rivers  to  spawn.  They  aru 
caught  on  their  return  in  great  numbers. 
The  rivers  of  Maine  are  plentiftilly  aup- 
plied  with  this  fish,  which  the  first  of  thr 
season  bring  a  high  price  in  the  great 
cities,  where  they  are  transported,  having 
been  packed  in  ioe  for  preservation.    Tliia 


6.  What  is  said-bf  the  shad  ?  When  ate  these 
fiih  generally  taken?  7.  What  of  the  salmon > 
Mention  the  diffeient  methoda  of  taking  this  fish 


..^..;. =.-_-..-.v;^_>i..:.ii,  ...i    1 


AkTieui  or  roo» 


If 


i{  (br  the]^ 
nothing  but 
dlug  during 

a  dritd,  they 
at  tbey  hav* 
r  own  tent, 
dried  in  th«> 
I,  and  turned 
kre  next  laid 
till  properly 
f  Mowed  on 
^  the  Mveral 


I  a  very  mipe- 
i  the  northern 
lile  Biatea  are 
tilted  and  bar- 
e.    These  fl»li 


lie  months  of 


laalt-water  fish, 
vn.    Theyaro 

^reat  numbera. 

klenUftilly  aup- 

khe  flrft  of  thr 

in  the  great 

bported,  having 

Wvation.    Thia 

Twhen  are  the« 
of  the  ■almon » 
rtaUngthiafiw 


6sh  if  In  great  demand  when  it  flrit  ar- 
rives, and  ii  deemed  by  epicures  second 
to  no  flsh  in  flavor.  In  Europe  it  fVe- 
quents  the  rivers  of  the  British  isles  chief- 
ly. In  the  summer  time,  they  am  very 
plentiAil.    They  are  flrequently  caught  in 


wears,  or  gratings  built  across  the  stream, 
which  are  so  contrived  as  to  let  the  fish 
pass  up  the  river,  and  to  shut  close,  and 
prevent  their  coming  down  again.  Sonio- 
times  they  are  taken  by  a  spear,  darted 
into  them  when  swimming  nenr  the  sur- 
Ace.  This  is  easily  done  at  night,  if  a 
candle,  or  other  liglit,  bo  placed  on  the 
edge  of  the  river.  The  fish  will  always 
mako  towards  it,  and  give  the  sjiortsman 
good  opportunity,  cither  for  a  stroke  with 
a  spear,  or  the  HiKlden  jerk  of  a  net  under- 
neath. In  the  Tweed,  above  Berwick,  is 
an  excellent  fishery.  The  quantity  annu- 
ally taken  at  this  one  place  is  not  fewer 
than  two  hundred  thousand. 

MACKEREL. 
'  8.  This  well  known  fish  is  found  in  more 
plenty  near  the  sea-shore  than  further  out 
at  sea.  Great  quantities  are  taken  by  our 
fishermen,  and  after  being  salted  and 
packed  in  barrels,  are  sent  to  different 
parts  of  the  United  States,  and  to  the  West 
Indies.  The  trade  in  this  fish  is  very 
great 

8.  What  of  mackerel  f  Is  the  turbot  found  in 
tkis  eonatry .'    What  place  does  it  usually  fra- 


TURBOT. 

0.  This  flsh,  which  is  not  found  in  Ame- 

rica,  flimishes  one  of  the  finest  dishes  for 

the  table  in  Europe.     The  turbot  is  a  flat 

flsh.    They  haunt  the  bottom  of  the  sea. 


though  not  in  the  very  deepest  i>art8 ;  it  is 
usually  some  sand-bank,  always  covered 
with  water,  that  they  fVequent.  In  the 
Northern  Sea,  on  the  coasts  both  of  Hol- 
land and  England,  there  are  many  spots, 
known  to  fishermen,  which  might  be  call- 
ed their  towns,  or  villages^ 

10;  The  manner  of  taking  them  is  this. 
Three  men  go  in  a  boat,  called  a  coWc. 
Each  man  has  three  lines,  each  line  has 
almost  three  hundred  hooka,  which  am 
fastened  to  the  line  with  horse  hairs. 
These  hooks  are  baited,  and  amount  to 
two  thousand  five  hundred  and  twenty 
hooks  when  all  the  nine  lines  arf  joined 
together,  extending  nearly  thre*  wiles. 
To  each  end  of  each  line  the  flal^rmen 
fix  an  anchor,  to  keep  it  steady;  and  a 
buoy  to  show  them  where  to  get  It  again. 
They  lay  these  lines  always  '.cross  the 
current  of  the  tide.  These  lines  remain 
six  hours,  that  is,  till  the  tide  turns.  Dur- 
ing that  time  two  of  the  men  sleep,  wrap- 
ped up  in  tlie  sail,  while  the  other  keeps 
watch.  When  they  take  up  their  Unae, 
they  usually  find  fish  upon  most  of  the 
hooks.    The  bait  used  for  taking  turbot  is 

quent?  10.  How  is  the  turbot  taken?  11. 
What  of  the  sole  ?{  19.  WhA  b  said  of  the  hsr 


iftiffi^fiag  r«<fa.l^ 


IS  j)i|iii»t "«'  T 


^1^    «   /*<»«■ 


m»  yw   " 


ijt  tnmtimm^MH  ■■»■■»■ 


^i|i^l.|^^^^■J^|  '5i>^JSir.ii<.in 


u 


commonly  fl'«th  horring.     A  fine  lurbot 
wmetimei  bringt  two  or  threo  guinew. 
■OLK. 

11,  Thti  >•  Mother  (lih,  the  taking  of 
which  flimitbei  employment  to  «  great 
number  of  people.  It  la  very  delicate, 
and  chiefly  inhaliiti  the  Northern  aeaa  of 
Europe.  It  la  aaid  to  have  been  found 
on  aome  parte  of  the  American  vhorea. 

HERRINO. 

12.  The  herring  of  commerce  la  one  of 
the  moat  Important  kinda  of  flah  that  are 
caught  It  la  common  to  the  aeaa  both  of 
thia  country  and  Europe,  and  la  taken  In 
Immenae  quantitiea  at  the  proper  aeaaon 
of  the  year,  which  la  between  April  and 
September.  When  amoked  and  aalted  it 
la  ready  for  exporution.  The  alewive 
and  pilchard  are  aimilar  both  in  uae  and 
appearance  to  the  herring. 

OYSTERS. 

18.  The  trade  in  oyitera  ia  conaiderable. 
In  creeka  along  the  ahore,  they  are  kept 
and  fattened  in  layera  and  heda,  on  the 
edge  of  the  ahore,  and  in  pita,  where  the 
tide  vhlta  them  twice  during  the  twenty- 
fbur  houra.  There  ia  acarcely  a  part  of 
tlie  world,  which  doea  not  Aimiah  oyatera. 
The  oyatera  found  along  the  coaat  of  Core- 
mandel  are  capable  of  fliruiahing  a  meal 
(br  eight  or  ten  men,  but  their  flaTor  la 
not  ao  good  aa  that  of  the  email  oyater. 
Oyater  ahella  are  valuable  aa  a  manure  in 
agriculture ;  and  when  pulverized  aflbrd 
lime.  The  New  York  oyatera  are  most 
valued  in  the  nortliem  and  middle  ataten. 
SHRIMPS. 

14.  Thia  little  flah,  which  ia  not  uaually 
an  inch  long,  reaemblea  a  lobater ;  only  it 
haa  not  the  two  large  clawa.  Shrimpa  are 
not  found  in  thia  country ;  but  In  Europe, 
they  are  eaten  at  almost  every  meal,  being 
aa  a  aauce.    The  operation  of  catch- 


ing them  IS  called  InUinfi,  (Vom  the  troll 
or  aquare  net,  which  the  flshorman  puahe* 


fiag?  To  what  aeu  is  it  commons  When  is 
it  ready  for  exportation  i  13.  What  of  oysters? 
Vrhttt  do  oysters  abound  i  What  is  said  of  the 


lir^ 


:'^>.---.-. 


before  him,  cloae  to  the  ground,  ao  aa  to 
catch  the  ahrlmpa,  which  may  rather  b« 
denominated  marine  inaenta  than  flahea. 
Shrimpa  are  of  diflisrent  colore  (  being  dl 
vidod  into  white,  red  and  gray.  In  the 
spring  of  the  year,  myriads  of  shrimps  as* 
semble  on  the  sands  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Thamea  ;  they  aro  supposed  to  come  (Vom 
the  north  pole,  or  its  noiRhboring  seaai 
and,  aa  if  fiitigued  with  so  iong  a  journey, 
they  rest  on  thcae  flnta  for  aeveral  daya, 
during  which  they  become  a  prey  to  the 
swallows,  who,  about  the  aame  time,  make 
their  appearance. 

ANCHOVIES. 

10.  The  anchovy  ia  a  email  flah  caught  in 
the  Mediterranean,  which  when  pickled  ia 
much  used  for  aaucea.  It  abounda  on  the 
coaate  of  Spain,  F/ance  and  Italy.  The 
seaaon  for  them  ia  the  aummer  montha  of 
May,  .»une,  and  July.  They  come  at  that 
time  through  the  Straita  of  Gibraltar,  and 
sport  on  the  aouthern  ahores  of  Europe. 
They  might  be  caught  in  great  number* 
on  the  western  coast  of  England. 

16.  The  flshlrj  for  them  haa  aomething 
in  it  curioua  and  amuaing.  They  arc 
caught  only  in  the  night,  or  chiefly  ao, 
and  the  custom  of  the  fishermen  ia,  to 

oysters  of  the  coast  of  Coromsndelf  i  What  of 
shrimps?  How  are  they  caught  ?  What  is  said  of 
shrimps  at  the  mouth  of  the  Thamea?  15.Whafi 


■iiiiiin,  ,)%.^.^^M»-M')t»e  •  Ji%,. 


'^^ 


(Vom  the  troll 
hertnin  puiht* 


iround,  w  u  to 
may  rather  be 
Rti  thin  flshei. 
alors  {  being  dl 
I  gray.  In  the 
Is  of  ihrimpR  ai* 
m  mouth  of  the 
ed  to  come  flrom 
lighboring  eeai; 
>  iong  a  journey, 
for  several  days, 
e  a  prey  to  the 
same  time,  make 

8. 

nail  fish  caught  in 
I  when  pickled  it 
t  abounds  on  the 
and  Italy.  The 
mmer  months  of 
hey  come  at  that 
of  Gibraltar,  and 
liores  of  Europe, 
n  great  number* 
England. 

sm  has  something 

sing.     They  ar« 

ht,  or  chiefly  so, 

fishermen  is,  to 

)nisndelf  iWbatof 
At!  What  is  said  of 
Thames?  l&.Wh« 


•'•" «H   wwtiieiiwisnj|i'»"<i!iip»»nwi  iiii<pww>!<i>wiP»pi>«ps»<»iiyw>'>''*  ii'w>#"""- 


-  -  -  w^-i — . 


iHutJIt^,^^ 


earry  •  light  at  the  hinder  part  of  their 
boat,  around  which  the  Ash  are  sure  to 


erowd,  and  are  then  easily  caught  in  the 
nets.  When  they  have  taken  them,  the 
fishermen  cut  off  their  heads,  take  out 
their  insides,  and  salt  them.  When  sound 
and  good,  they  will  wholly  melt  in  the 
Muce.  Now,  indeed,  we  have  this  sauce 
ready  prepared  fbr  us ;  the  fish  being  dis- 
solved,  and  seasoned,  we  have  only  to  pour 
out  a  small  quantity. 

TURTLES. 
17.  The  turtle  is  the  sea-tortoise.  There 
ore  several  species  of  them,  some  of  which 
are  not  fit  for  fbod.  The  sort  most  in  es- 
teem ia  the  green  turtle ;  so  called  from 
the  color  of  its  fkt,  occasioned  by  its  food, 
called  turtle  graaa,  which  grows  at  the 
bottom  of  the  sea,  where  it  loves  to  roam. 
It  is  a  native  of  the  seas  of  the  torrid 
xone ;  and  great  numbers  are  brought  to 
us,  being  kept  in  large  tubs,  from  the  Ba- 
hama Islands.  They  are  sometimes  taken 
very  large,  often  measuring  five  feet  in 
length,  and  weighing  five  or  six  hundred 
weight  In  April  they  go  on  shore,  dur- 
ing the  night,  to  lay  their  eggs ;  and  here 
they  are  watched.  The  men  who  go  in 
seareh  of  them,  need  only  turn  them  on 
their  backs,  for  they  are  then  unable  to 


rf  16.  What  of  the  fishing  for  this  little 
17.  What  can  you  say  of  the  turtle  f 
What  kiad  is  most  in  esteem?  Whence  are 
great  numbers  breast  f    How  are  they  taken  ? 


get  away,  boeause  they  cannot  pine*  them- 
selves right  again. 


18.  The  bawk'*-biU  tvitl*  i*  not  la  *•- 
teem  as  fbod  |  but  it  1*  from  thK  ibM  dM 
ornamental  subatane*  eallad  torf^laS'SlMll 
is  procured.  It  is  half  transparent,  with 
lieauiiAil  brown  spots,  and  from  it  are 
made  combs,  boxes,  and  trinkets. 
LOBSTERS. 

10.  Lobsten  form  a  considerable  article 
of  traffic  at  certain  seasons  of  tiie  year,  in 
the  towns  along  our  coast,  '^hey  are  boil- 
ed previous  to  being  oflfered  for  sale ;  and 
the  selling  of  them  gives  employment  to  • 
gnat  number  of  individuals. 

CHAP.  III. 

ARTICLES  or  rOOD.-Co>TiR0BU. 

POTATOES. 
1.  The  potato  was  first  introdueed  into 
Ireland  about  the  year  1009,  and  then«e 
was  brought  to  England.  It  1*  *uppo**d 
that  it  came  oligiaally  flt>m  Virginia,  aad 
was  brought  into  Ireland  by  Sir  Wahw 
Raleigh.  Otl|*n  assert  that  it  i*  a  native 
of  South  America.  Potato**  an  often  ex- 
ported in  hanrels  flwm  Maine,  Nova  Beotia 
and  other  parts  of  North  America.  The 
sweet,  or  Carolina  poutoes,  of  the  south- 


^ 


"4 


i 


18.  From  whw^  speclei  of  turtle  is  the  suhilaae* 
called  totoiae  shell  obtained  t    19.  What  of  hib- 
aters? 
1   When  wen  potatoes  introdneed  into  fr*- 


•^KMNSai 


J 


-ST.: 


f^^m^i^^g^ffil^fi^im^mmm 


'fP"  1} 


'III 


\l 


I... 


•rn  ■tatea  arc  nftrn  nsehMfed  fhr  lh« 
<!ommon  pouto«fl,  which  ■»  ralMt<(  in 
mueh  (TMtar  parAii'iion  la  Ui«  north. 
APPLEf. 
I.  Thl«  wvll-known  (Vuli,  In  all  in  Innu- 
OMrabia  wlttlta,  eonatiiutM  a  eonalilara- 
Ma  brMMb  of  aiporttdon  to  iha  Waat 
ladtaa^  Im.    It  iouiWiaa  la  almoal  tvtry 


part  of  tha  Unltad  Btalaa,  and  aflbrda  the 
eidar,  which  U  ao  univaraally  iiMd.  Thn 
pipplna  of  New  York,  New  Jeraey,  aiid 
PennayWanIa  are  the  rieheat  in  flavor  of 
any  applaa  known  in  the  United  8utaa  { 
while  tha  graeninf,  the  ruaaei,  the  pear- 
main,  and  othera,are  tlie  beat  tVuitof  New 
England. 

ORAPEI. 
9.  Tha  Amm  grapea  are  Imported  flrom 
Mftkiga  in  Spain,  and  aoma  parte  of  For- 


15"S£L  ^S!"!S5  K^  f 


.  and  ftem  whenoe*  What  elM  la  aaid  of 
ihU  wfetabl*  f  S.  What  ean  you  My  of  applea  f 
3.  WhMMdotbebeatcrtpeaeoBofton'    What 


liifal,  Franee,  and  Italy  |  liiit  grapea  of 
flue  flavor  are  railed  in  thia  country 
and  the  culture  uf  them  la  rapidly  Im 
proving.  We  receive  white  grapea  (Vom 
Hpain,  packed  In  large  Jara,  and  aecured 
Arom  damage  by  meana  of  dry  aaw-duat 
Qrapee  are  Imported  not  only  In  their 
natural  aiata,  but  dried  and  praaerved,  la 
which  latter  atale  they  are  denominated 
raiaiwa. 

RAIIINl. 

i,  fn  fl|uiiii  and  Turkey,  where  the  vin« 
grow*  nAturally  and  luxMriantly,  If  tht 
gra|M>a  Im  gnihrrad  and  dried  in  the  aun. 
they  keep  tlittir  flavor  beet.  In  many  ln> 
atancea  ihey  are  dried  in  ovena,  but  in 
thia  mode  they  do  nut  nitnlu  their  oiqui- 
lite  laaln  im  wvII  \  though  the  proceaa  be> 
ing  more  rapid,  the  grt'tttcat  Itulk  of  thia 
kind  of  tVuii  brought  over  to  America,  la 
thuB  prepared.  Commerce,  dealing  in 
quantlliea,  miiat  oAen  take  the  quickeat, 
or  the  ch«api'al  mode. 

5.  When  they  dry  raiaina  in  the  aun, 
they  (Vequently  tie  together  two  or  three 
neighlroring  bunchea,  and  while  yet  on 
the  vine,  dip  them  into  a  hot  lie  of  wood 
aahea,  having  In  it  a  little  olive  oil.  The 
eflfect  la,  alightly  to  alirivel  and  harden  tha 
akin.  In  a  few  daya,  tha  bnnehea  are  cut 
off,  and  dried  in  the  aun.  Thoaa  called 
romna  t/  Me  aun,  and  jar  raititu,  are  man- 
aged in  thia  manner.  Bome  of  them  have 
a  fine  blue  bloom  upon  them ;  and  aome 
aeem  alnioat  candled  over  with  their  own 
jaugary  aweetneaa. 

0.  Malaga  rauini  come  iVom  that  part 
I  of  Spain  ao  called.  Smymai  come,  aa  the 
name  intimatea,  flrom  Smyrna  in  Aaia 
Minor.  But  theaa  fruita,  though  excellent 
for  making  wine,  are  not  reckoned  fit  Ibr 
the  Ubie. 


ararairina?  4.  How  an  they  dried r  6.  What 
•be  ii  laid  of  them?  (i.  Where  do  Malaga  lai. 
■iai  and  Smrmaa  oaow  ftom  f    7.  What  w  aaid 


'*sr. 


Ill  t'li  itUt  ]'    '  iiiiiihiii 


'  I  Itui  grapM  of 
In  ihhi  counlry 
m  li  raplilly  Im 
tMtm  Kn\HHt  from 
Jara,  antl  Mciir«4 
of  dry  ww-duM 
lul  only  In  thait 
and  praoarvad,  la 
»n  danomlnated 


•y,  whara  tha  vln« 
ixiirlanlly,   If  tht 

dried  In  ihn  aiin, 
ft.     In  muny  in« 

in  ovana,  but  in 
otnln  ihair  axquU 
[h  tlio  proceaa  b«« 
ulnat  liiilk  or  tiila 
'er  to  America,  la 
ittrce,  dealing  In 
ake  Ilia  quickait, 

vialna  In  the  aun, 
liter  two  or  tlireo 
tnd  whila  yet  on 
a  hot  Ua  of  wood 
la  oUva  oil.  Tha 
rel  and  hardon  tha 
a  bnnehaa  aro  cut 
in.  Thoao  called 
r  ratfiM,  are  man- 
lome  of  them  have 
I  them ;  and  aonw 
rer  with  thair  own 

me  flrom  that  part 
^mai  oome,  aa  the 
Smyrna  in  Aaia 
I,  though  axcellent 
)t  raclioned  fit  for 


ttiyiiMf  5.  What 
fhtn  4o  Mahga  lal- 
af   7.  Whatliaaid 


^fmmfmmmm 


AKTieibw  or  r«*D. 


ALMOND!. 

7. '  Tha  irfr  which  pro<luraa  almonda 
nearly  rnMimlilca  thn  |>«ach  both  In  l«avea 
iind  btoMMima  It  growa  ipontanrniialy  nnly 
in  warm  counirira,  aa  Hpain,and  partlriilar- 
ly  HarlMry.  The  aimond  harvoat  In  tha 
laland  of  M^orra,  la  a  vary  marry  aaaaon. 
Almonda  are  nf  two  hlnda,  awe«*i  and  blt« 
tnrt  the  Jnninn  almoiul  la  of  the  highaat 
«|iiality,  and  llin  bltlnr  almonda  are  moat- 
ly  IVnm  Harhary.  Tha  li«>at  almonda  ara 
ax|inrt«d  flrnm  Malaga.  In  medicine,  the 
oil  drawn  (Voin  nlinonila  la  found  iiaeAil ; 
and  that  extrnrtnd  (Vom  iho  liittnr  on<*,  if 
droppnd  into  iho  ear,  provra  elHcai'iuua  In 
eaaea  of  deaAieaa. 

rioi. 

8.  FIga  are  much  eultlvati«d  In  tha  Archi- 
pelago, where  tli<*y  aervo  alinoat  aa  brrad 
to  the  Inhabitanta.  The  b^at  are  thoae 
which  come  (Vom  Turkey  packed  in  raaea 
or  druma.  While  fVeah  they  aro  excellent 
eating ;  and  like  graiiea,  they  are  dried 
aonietlmea  in  the  aun,  and  aometimea  by 
Are.  They  are  covered  with  tha  candy  of 
their  own  aweetiteaa,  and  are  AjII  nf  a  de- 
llcioua  aeedy  pulp.  Kiga  of  a  good  qual- 
ity grow  in  the  aouthern  atatea. 

PRUNES. 

9.  Prunea  wera  once  pluma.  Some  very 
rich  onea,  neatly  done  up  in  little  iMwketa, 
are  called  French  pluma.  The  prunea 
have  been  dried  in  an  oven.  Th«*y  coino 
to  ua  chiefly  flrom  Bourdeaux. 

ORANOE8. 

10.  Orangea  are  thought  to  have  been 
originally  brought  IVom  China.  They  wore 
introduead  into  Portugal  many  ycara  ago ; 
and  It  ia  aaid  that  the  very  tree  fimt  plant- 
ed there  ia  atill  allva  ;  and  it  ia  that  fVom 
which  all  the  orange-troea  of  Euro|ie  have 
been  produced.  A  great  many  orangea 
ora  brought  iVom  Seville  in  Spain,  and  the 


af  tha  almond  tree  t  What  klnda  of  alaHMida  are 
than  f  Wbanee  do  tha  beat  almonda  eone  f  U 
8.  What  ia  aoid  of  tea,  aad 
baal  flga  bro^ht?   t).  Whal  «f 


laland  of  Malta,  aiiualed  In  tha  Maditarm- 
naan  Airnlahaa  an  ahundanea,     Orangea 


coma  to  great  parflwttoB  In  th*  WaM  In- 
dlea,  and  thoaa  of  tha  ■mrmndaa  ara  of  an 
axtroiardinary  alia.  Oraagaa  ara  aowa 
timao  raiaed  In  graan-houooa  with  aueeaaa  ( 
and  they  thrive  tolerably  wall  In  the 
aouthern  atatea,  hut  do  not  form  an  article 
of  extenaiva  ax|wrtallon  fW>m  thanca. 
LEMONS. 

1 1.  The  |torta  of  Lialton  and  Malaga  art 
the  principal  ahlpping-placea  of  leinonat 
and  they  come  |Nu:ked  in  caaea  and  hoxea. 
Tliay  are  alwaya  ahip|ia(l  while  grnan; 
and  generally  Iwcome  quite  yellow  before 
they  reach  thia  country.  The  lemona  of 
the  HeriHUtloa  are  large  and  of  Ana  flavor. 
CITRONS. 

19.  The  citron  ia  a  aort  of  lamon,  but 
larger,  finer,  and  moro   flragrant.      Tbay 


Ika  oil  of  vn  urn  I 
adHnaa  aaa  tha  baa 


Prom  what  eonatrr  ota  anngaa 
linallybrMghtr  Wliat 

r„.  prineipaUyf    II.  Ticm 

what  porU  are  laroonaaiportad?    HawaiallMf 


prunea?     10. ,  _-  - 

tlwught  to  have  been  originally  broaght  t 
eountriM  export  tham  prinefpallyf    II.  Fmn 


! 


^mof 


IBtn*«fc-^  ■ .    ■*■<»  1  . 


wfrnn 


•r*  broiifht  pr«Mrv««l  from  Maiiwira.  Thay  11 
grow  lllivwkM  lo  frwM  parAtuliun  in  inany  | 
|Mru  of  luly. 

PINI-  APPI.K. 
II.  ThU  fruli  frowt  wild  In  Mmlro, 
floulh  Amorica,  AlViea,  tntl  tlio  Kh«  ■nd 
W«M  IndtM.  lloi-houM>«,  and  froal  e»t*, 
will  rlpan  ihtin  in  ih«  norili.  Tb«  plant 
liMlf  hi  vary  Mal«l>,  rMnf  nrom  «  luA  of 


long  gmn  !••«•■,  with  ■  ■tout  atalk  i  tha 
(hilt  raMmblaa  In  abapo  tha  eono  of  tha 
piBa*traa,  whanea  It  baa  derivad  Iti  nam«. 
It  la  of  a  Ana  yellovr  color,  and  haa  a 
ooronet  of  green  leavu*  adorning  the  top. 
OLIVER. 
14.  Tha  tlia  or  ollvaotrt«  la  a  native  of 
lJ:e  aoutharn  parte  of  Europe,  and  la  exteo- 
aivtfly  culiivated  In  France,  Italy,  Portu- 
gal and  Hpaln.  Olivea  have  a  bitter  taate, 
but  pirkled  they  prove  more  palatable. 
A  awaet  oil  la  t>Utained  iS>in  them  when 
praaaad,  which  la  In  very  general  uaa. 
What  eomm  fVeely,  with  alight  preanure, 
ia  tlia  flneat  and  aweeteat  |  mora  preaaure 
with  aoine  heat,  forcoa  out  •  aaeond  aort, 
not  w  pure;  and  a  third,  atill  more 
aoana,  ia  obtained  by  the  aid  of  hot  water 
and  ttlll  greater  force.  Scarcely  any  veg- 
aubia  produce  ia  more  uaed  than  oil{ 
•apficially  in  thoae  countriea  where  the 
oUmata  ia  too  warm  for  butter. 


ahippedr  IS.  Whatofeitrona?  13.  Inwhtteoun 
trita  dot!  the  pim  apple  stow  f    What  ia  aaid 
of  the  plant  f    14.  What  of  the  oliv<>  f    How  ia 
;  aU  abtaiaad  f    16.  What  an  tamarinda  t 


TAMARINM. 
15.  Thaaaara  iha  fVuli  of  an  Indian  ira«, 
wliifh  growa  vi>ry  lnrgi>,  Mtiiirwrhal  liha 
iha  aah-iri'x.  Tha  IVuti  grow*  in  rluatora, 
Ilka  a  nunilM'r  of  lwaii'|i<Hl*  ijiul  liigoiliar 
almui  aa  long,  nml  rallirr  thkkrr,  aaci 
roiiiainiiig  Mvi'ral  ■limy  *fri\»  rnrliMttid  li 
a  dark-i'olorrd  pulp.  TainnrliMU  am  of  > 
cooling  naliirw,  and  In  aii'knrM,  help  U 
allay  ihe  frvrriali  ihirat  of  iltn  paliani 
The  llaat  India  larktariiMla  are  lonKi<r  lliai 
tha  Wvat  India }  Ilia  litritivr  roniaiiiini 
all  or  MVfn  ai'eila  t>arh,  llio  Inllvr  rar«l 
above  i)ir<*p  or  four. 

DAT>:«. 

19.  Daiea  are  the  iVult  of  a  apecM 
of  palm'tree,  which  growa  in  llarbary  an< 
other  part*  of  AlVica,  and  in  Arnbia.  Tha» 
are  of  a  awneliah  laile  and  coiiiain  a  kar 
nal  with  a  Airrow  running  Ita  whole  Inngth 
Tha  iViilt  la  Oe(|uently  imfiortad  into  tbi» 
counir)-. 

COCOA-NUTi. 

17.  The  corua-nui  I*  the  produce  of  a 
tree,  whit-h  ia  rnmmun  in  the  Went  Indiea, 
Aula,  ihe  Houlh  Hca  lalanda,  ke.  It  la 
a  woody  iVuii  of  an  oval  aha|ie  (Voni  four 
lo  eight  Inchea  In  length,  covered  with  a 
flbroua  huak,  and  containing  a  while.  Arm 
and  ileahy  kernel.  The  tree  ia  a  kind  of 
palm ;  and  the  nuia  bang  from  the  aummit 
in  cluatera  of  a  dosen  or  more  together. 
riLBERTB,  WALNUT0,  *ut. 

18.  Among  the  other  a|Mclea  of  ahelled 
fruit  which  form  a  commercial  commodity 
amongat  ua,  are  the  common  fliberta,  wal- 
nuM  and  rheainuta  of  thia  part  of  the 
country,  the  ground-nuta  of  the  aouthem 
atatea,  the  piatacbia-nuta  of  Sicily  and 
other  wann  climatea,  the  eaatana-nut  of 
Louialana  and  the  Weat  indiea,  and  many 
olhera,  which  it  la  perhapa  unneoeaaary  to 
enumemte. 


How  doea  tha  fruit  grow  f  Ale  tha  Eaat  India 
lonMt  than  tha  W.  India  taroariadar  16.  Whaia 
do  dalea  eome  from  i  17.  What  of  eocoa-milaf 
18.  What  othtr  aula  form  with  ua  aiticlaa  of  tnda  t 


'  1  v  J^wiifci 


w 


w^^—"^  -I 


AITICLM   or   VM*. 


M, 

uf  M  ImlUn  trM, 

froMm  til  rltiaipm, 
o<li  ili'il  logellirr 
lior  llilrhrr,  »«d 
*K«><U  rni'liiMiil  li 
'•iiinrlniU  arn  iiff 
•IrknitM,  help  l< 
I  of  ilin  palk«nl 
Im  nrp  loiiKi>r  llinl 
rorini>r  omuiitiiii 
,  ili«  Imivr  nn{ 


ViiU  of  •  ajmrUt 
nra  in  llarlNiry  aiU 
J  in  Arnbia.  Tli0» 
mil  foiiinln  a  kar 
H  ill  wlioln  IniiKth 
iiniHirtad  iiilo  lliil* 

UTS. 

I  ihw  prmluri«  of  a 
n  ih«  Witiit  Indira, 
■landa,  fcn.  It  ia 
I  iliaiM  (Voni  four 
til,  covornd  with  a 
Ining  a  whilit,  Ann 
B  tree  ia  a  kind  of 
I  IVoni  the  Bummit 
r  more  mgetber. 
.NUTS,  4c«. 
■|ieclM  of  >hell«d 
noreial  commodity 
imon  fliberta,  wal- 
'  thia  part  of  the 
ta  of  the  aouthem 
ita  of  fielly  and 
he  caatana-nut  of 
t  Indiea,  and  many 
ape  unneeeaaary  to 


Are  the  Eaat  India 
niwiada?  16.  Wheie 
What  of  eocoa-milaf 
ilhnaartielaaoflnda^ 


niAP.  IV 

ARTiti.Kii  ctr  r«K»t>.- 


NIMIAR 

I.  Whether  Mil'  atiinr.riiiiii  \»  InillKfiioiia 
to  ihi)  Wrat  lihllim  haa  lieen  a  inallir  of 
Mini*  dl*|tuii<,  itlihoiiKh  aiiihom  KfnKrally 
agrMi  thai  it  i»  louml  growing  wild  InlMiih 
rontliiniila  of  Aniarlra.  Yet  It  ar«ma  an 
allowml  fket,  alao,  that,  at  a  vary  aarly 
period  of  ilie  orrupallim  of  llla|Hini:)la,  by 
ihe  Hpaniarda,  Ovando,  tha  governor,  pro> 
cured  (Voni  lh«  Canary  latamla  aoini*  plania 
of  iha  aiigar-rana  i  iw  a  curioaliy,  |i«rhn|M 
aa  a  nicety,  liiii  th«  iito'Je  of  procuring 
augar  (Vom  it,  which  ocraaiona  ita  preacnt 
value  and  im|Mtrtanci>,  iluea  not  ap|Niar  to 
liave  baen  known,  even  if  the  pinni  ware 
eomninn  then.  It  ia  to  ihn  H|»aniarda 
and  I'urtugueae  that  wo  are  indoliied  Otr 
thia  proct'aa.  The  plant  llacif  ia  ealahlit  in 
aomn  atalea,  and  iniieh  awnet  Juirn  might 
Im>  eitraried  (Vnin  It,  in  whicli  form  only  it 
waa  uaed  for  agea,  for  thn  nrt  of  grniiulni- 
Ing  and  cryatallixing  that  juice  had  not  boon 
diacovered 

9.  Tliat  the  augar-cane  growa  naturally 
In  the  Kaal  Indica  ia  well  known,  and  much 
augar  ia  now  made  there,  though  it  ia  not 
oo  Btrong  in  ita  aweetncaa  aa  that  uf  the 
Weat  Indiea.  Marco  Paulo,  a  Venetian, 
who  travidled  into  the  Eaat  about  the  year 
13A0,  telle  ua,  he  found  augar  plentiful  in 
the  Indiea  i  and  when  Pe  Qania,  by  doub- 
ling  the  Cape  of  Chiod  Hope,  in  1 407,  came 
to  Calicut,  he  not  only  found  augar,  but 
alao,  that  it  conatituted  a  conaidcrable  arti- 
••.l«*  of  roinmuree  among  the  nativea. 

3.  8ugar  woa  firat  known  to  Kuropeana 
during  Aluiandor'a  expedition  to  India.  It 
waa  found  there  by  Neorchun,  hia  fainoua 
naval   commander,  above   throo   hundred 


I.  What  ia  aaid  of  the  augar-eane .'  To  whom 
ore  we  indebtMi  (br  the  method  of  proeuring 
aagar  f  9.  Dnea  the  augar-cane  grow  naturnllv 
ill  the  Eaat  Indiea .'  Waa  augar  found  jplentinii- 
tf  Ihaia  by  the  early  travcllera  f    3.  When  waa 


yaara  lirfore  tlii^  rhrlaliaii  era.  Pnaaibly 
we  do  not  err  in  carrying  our  reaearcbea 
Iwt'li  In  the  liniM  of  the  Jewa  i  for  Ji<ri<iniah 
aaya,  rhn|t.  \,  V,  'iO,  Mo  what  pur|ma« 
coineih  there  lo  mk  ilm  aweei  cniie,  tVnm 
a  fWr  country?'  laaiah  propheilea,  chap. 
xiav.  V.  7.  'that  in  the  wilderneaa  inhabi- 
ted by  dragona,  aliouhl  grow  grnaa,  with 

the  awaet  cane.'     And  Indeed  M a,  l'«o<i. 

xxii.  V.  93,  ia  told  to  conip'^  iitd  the  aacrarf 
oinliiient  with  'among  other  arilclea)  •  ih« 
aweet  cane.' 

4.  The  plant,  therefore,  hai  long  Iwen 
known,  although  the  meilnNi  of  extracting 
augar  Aroiii  it  la  comparatively  niodeni. 
The  Roinana  bad  nothing  in  common  uae 
aa  a  aweotener  but  honey  (  their  awa«( 
winea,  therelbre,  muat  have  been  very  Iwh 
cioua  and  clammy. 

5.  The  augar-cane  aeema  to  have  baaii 
more  eaperlnlly  brought  into  the  notice  of 
Kuro|iean  coiintriea,  by  the  Criiaadera. 
The  plant  waa  apread  early,  by  their  meana, 
over  the  landa  iKirdering  U|Hm  the  Medl* 
tcrranean,  Kliodea,  Malta,  and  Bidly, 
eapecially  ;  and  ao,  (Vuin  thence,  to  Spala, 
and  ita  newly  diacovfrcd  ialanda,  the  Ma- 
deiraa  and  Canarii  a. 

6.  In  the  Weat  Indiea,  the  plant  appMura 
In  all  ita  beauty  and  uacAilneaa.  It  la  ■ 
reed,  Aill  of  jointa,  riaing  to  the  height  of 
three,  aix,  anil  aometimea  twelve  (Viet,  ac- 
cording aa  the  aoil  ia  favorable.  The  Jointa 
are  IVom  forty  to  alxty  in  iiiimber.  Save* 
ral  aulka  riae  fironi  one  root.  The  bark, 
when  ripe,  ia  of  a  golden  yellow,  aometimea 
lieaiitiAilly  atrcaked  with  re«l.  From  tha 
centre,  ahoota  up  a  aort  of  ailvor  wand,  of 
three  or  more  feet  in  length,  (Vom  the  top 
of  which  apreada  out  a  kind  of  plume  of 
white  featliera,a  littlo  ft-inged  with  lilae,or 
light  purple ;  tliia  ia  the  bloaaom  (  ao  that  • 


augar  Arat  known  to  Buropeana  f  la  there  any 
thmg,  which  might  he  conilrued  into  an  atlaaio« 
lo  it,  in  Bcriptiire  f  4  What  did  the  liomana  uoe 
for  awecifning.  5.  How  woa  the  augar^eoD* 
brought  into  notice  f    fc  iMoorihe  tha  plant,  aa 


•1 


'I 


i 

» 
I 

4 

'.I 


^ 


r 


|4ynn.ni,»iii«<<yM»iljyi 


*»*"   <|li)|ii,nT>i«i^",'i"iiBmwi^W 


i 


1 


^ 


y  ■ 


■■.ii 


II 


)b^' 


sa 


BOOK   or    rOMIIBMCI. 


f 


field  of  Bugar-canei,  when  Ailly  grown,  ia 
beaiitilbl,  and  evnn  splendid,  under  the  il- 
lumination of  a  tropical  sun. 

7.  When  a  plantation  ia  to  be  made,  the 
ground  ia  accurately  marked  out,  by  a  line, 
into  little  squares  of  three  or  four  feet  wide. 
A  hole,  or  trench,  is  then  digged  in  the 
middle  of  each  square,  and  the  new  plants 
(which  are  the  top  shoots  of  such  old  ones 
aa  havq  yielded  their  sugar,)  are  laid  in 
pairs,  horizontally,  in  them,  and  covered 
up  alraut  two  inches  deep  in  mould.  Each 
of  these  shoota  has  five  or  six  joints ;  every 
joint  will  grow  and  send  forth  several 
BteniB,  which  appear  in  about  a  fortnight. 


The  labor  then  is  to  keep  the  whole  plan- 
t&tioD  clear  from  weeds. 

8.  Not  that  the  plantation  is  altogether 
•afe,  for  rats  devour,  and  insects  infest  the 
yoiing  plants ;  but  the  most  important  ma- 
rauders, are  the  monkeys  t  these  come 
down  in  troops,  silently,  during  the  night ; 
and  they  are  cunning  enough  to  place  sen- 
tinels around  the  scene  of  their  depreda- 
tionB,  to  give  alarm  in  case  any  interruption 
ehould  be  threatened.  While  all  is  safe, 
they  play  their  antic  gambols,  by  running, 
oeampering,  climbing,  quarrelling,  fighting, 
and  do  more  mischief  thus  than  by  their 
voracity,  although  it  may  be  supposed,  that 
Buch  numbers  devour  a  great  quantity. 


it  appears  in  the  West  Indies.    7.  A  planUtion. 
8  To  what  enemies  are  the  plantations  liable  > 


jSL 


The  only  way  to  defend  the  crop,  is  to  aei 
a  numerous  watch  of  negroes,  with  guns , 
a  work  they  readily  undertake,  liecaus* 
they  are  very  fond  of  monkey's  fiesh  for 
food. 

9.  In  November,  the  canes  are  in 
blossom ;  their  ripening  season  comes  in 
the  next  spring  and  summer;  as  difier- 
ent  plantations  become  ripe  at  various 
times,  and  different  modes  of  reaping  are 
adopted. 

10.  The  time  of  the  sugar  crop,  like 
that  of  the  vintage,  is  a  season  of  rejoicing 
and  jollity.  The  juice  of  the  sugar-cane 
is  so  gratifying,  so  nourishing,  so  healthfbl, 
that  all  ranks  reckon  upon  it.  The  sickly 
negroes  soon  get  well ;  and  the  healthy  be- 
come robust  and  vigorous.  The  horses, 
oxen,  and  mules,  to  whom  the  green  tops 
are  given,  with  skimmings  from  the  boil- 
ers, thrive  and  grow  fat,  notwithstanding 
their  additional  labor ;  while  poultry  and 
pigs  fatten  on  the  mere  refuse.. 

11.  When  the  canes  are  rijpe,  they  are 
cut  down;  the  leaves  and  top  branches 
are  stripped  oflT  immediately,  and  the  stems 
are  bundled  up  like  fagots,  and  carted  to 
the  mill-house ;  where,  by  great  pressure, 
the  juice  is  squeezed  out,  and  it  runs  by 
a  trough  into  a  vessel  placed  to  receive  it. 
To  fit  them  for  the  mill,  thsy  are  cut  into 
pieces  about  three  feet  long.  JThe  mill 
consists  of  three  upright  rollera;  the  canes 
are  drawn  through  between  the  middle  and 
one  of  the  other  rollers,  and  then  returned 
to  t>e  compressed  again  between  the  mid- 
dle one  and  the  other ;  by  which  they  be* 
come  quite  dry,  and  are  only  fit  for  fiiel  to 
boil  the  liquor. 

12.  The  j;uce  thus  obtained  wotjld 
ferment  presently,  if  it  were  not  boiled. 
This  part  of  the  process,  therefore,  takes 
place  directly.  Some  powdered  lime  is 
mingled  with  the  juice,  tu  imbibe  an  acid 


9.  When  do  the  canes  blossom  and  ripen  f    10. 
How  is  the  time  of  tlie  sugar  crop  obaervsdf 


^T^sSwS 


.^JJ'  a.'l'l'T'fr 


!,li.W'!'iU>i1>*iiiMpiiiit1ii 


1.;^^^ 


tUlim 


^iw^awiffpwTW" 


■■.iipm^  iimii..  ii'^»i<,iiimyiiipnjjinwn»).».  iwmipwiwiwipiwppf 


mm 


•wwwr*"*' 


AETioLii  or  roo0. 


the  crop,  is  to  aei 
groes,  with  guns, 
iidertake,  liecauM 
donkey's  flesh  for 


le  canes  are  in 
season  comes  in 

iinmer;  as  differ- 
ripe  at  various 

les  of  reaping  are 

sugar  crop,  like 
leason  of  rejoicing 
of  the  sugar-cane 
thing,  so  healthfbl, 
an  it.  The  sickly 
nd  the  healthy  be- 
>U8.  The  horses, 
iin  the  green  tops 
gs  from  the  boil- 
t,  notwithstanding 
while  poultry  and 
refuse., 

are  ripe,  they  are 
and  top  branches 
tely,  and  the  stems 
ots,  and  carted  to 
by  great  pressure, 
It,  and  it  runs  by 
laced  to  receive  it. 
,  thay  are  cut  into 
long.  JThe  mill 
rollers;  the  canes 
len  the  middle  anil 
and  then  returned 
between  the  mid- 
>y  which  they  be* 
only  fit  for  Aiel  to 

I  obtained  wotjid 
were  not  boiled. 
»,  therefore,  takea 
powdered  lime  is 
to  imbibe  an  acid 

torn  and  ripen  f  10, 
igar  crop  obietMdi 


diin 


which  abounds  in  it.  The  heat  is  applied, 
•nd  increased  gradually,  that  the  scum 
nay  rise;  were  it  to  boil  Airiously,  the 
dregs  would  mingle,  so  that  it  never  could 
ke  purified.  The  juice  thus  clarified  is 
foiled  again  and  again  ;  which  repeated 
boilings  not  only  cleanse  it  from  more 
«cum,  but  also  evaporate  the  watery  par- 
deles,  so  that  what  remains  is  more  ready 
«  crystallize. 

IS.  To  produce  crystallization,  the  li- 
f  lor  is  run  into  broad,  shallow  coolers, 
arhen  it  begins  to  granulate.  It  is  then 
(emoved  again  into  vessels,  contrived  to 
tct  the  sweet  moisture,  called  moiotfes, 
Irain  away  firom  it;  and  then  becoming 
pretty  dry,  it  is  called  tiigar ;  muteovado, 
•r  raw  Mugar.  In  this  state,  it  comes  to 
OK  from  the  West  Indies.  The  process 
n(  refining,  by  which  it  is  made  white, 
hard,  and,  as  we  call  it,  lump  «ug'ar,  takes 
place  in  this  country.  The  essence  of  the 
process  consists  in  repeated  boilings,  which 
ftgain  reduce  it  to  a  fluid  state,  and  then 
it  is  mingled  with  substances  which  cause 
the  scum  to  rise.  When  this  scum  is 
completely  cleansed  away,  the  sirup  is,  by 
Ijreat  heat,  crystallized ;  and  being  poured 
into  moulds,  becomes  lump,  or  loqf  sugar. 

14.  Sugar  is  the  most  nourishing  sub- 
stance in  nature ;  persons  have  lived  upon 
it  in  times  of  scarcity,  on  board  a  ship ; 
it  is  also  wholesome,  as  it  in  such  coses 
cured  the  scurvy.  The  Indians  of  North 
America  prefer  it  for  their  long  journeys, 
because  it  does  not  corrupt  and  spoil,  aa 
many  sorts  of  provisions  do ;  and  they  mix 
it  with  an  equal  quantity  of  powdered  In- 
dian corn.  Horses  are  very  fond  of  it, 
and  are  kept  in  excellent  condition  by  it. 
It  may  be  added  that  the  plague  has 
never  appeared  in  those  countries  where 
it  is  much  in  use  ;  ond  also,  that  it  tends 

11.  How  is  the  juice  extracted?  12.  B'^iled? 
13.  Crntallized  ?  What  is  the  sweet  substance 
drained  firom  it  called  ?  2.  What  is  the  produce  of 


to  hinder  the  occurrence  and  virulence  of 
malignant  fevers. 

15.  There  are  extensive  sugar  planta- 
tions in  Louisiana,  and  great  quantities 
of  sugar  are  exported  from  New  Orleons. 
The  sugar-cane  is  principally  raised  upon 
that  tract  called  the  coast,  upon  the  shores 
of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  upon  the  ba- 
yous of  the  Mississippi. 

16.  Although  sugar  is  most  plentifully 
obtained  from  the  sugar-cane,  yet  that  is 
not  the  only  vegetable  which  contains  it. 
It  is  found  in  many  plants,  though  in  none 
firom  which  it  can  be  so  easily  drawn  as 
this.  There  is  in  this  country  a  tree  called 
the  Sugar  Maple.  This  yields  it  in  con- 
siderable quantity,  though  the  flavor  is  by 
no  means  equal  to  that  of  the  cane.  In 
the  spring  of  the  year,  when  the  sun  be- 
gins to  draw  the  sap  into  the  branches,  a 
hole  is  bored  through  the  bark  of  the  tree : 
into  this  ia  put  a  spout,  and  this  leads  the 
sap,  as  it  runs,  into  a  vessel  placed  to 
catch  it.  As  the  south  side  of  the  tree 
first  feels  the  influence  of  the  sun,  it  is 
tapped  first  on  that  side ;  afterwards  it  is 
bored  on  the  north  side,  and  •  fresh  sup- 


I  M 


•■*<^S2i£k^-^ 


ply  is  obtdned.  The  quantity  of  juice  or 
sap  which  runs  in  a  day  varies  from  one 
pint  to  five  gallons.  This  sap  is  boiled 
down,  bkimmed  and  crystallized,  by  a  pro- 


the  cane  called,  when  dried?  What  is  lump 
sn^r,  and  hofv*  is  it  made  ?  14.  Is  sugar  a  nour- 
ishmg  substance  ?  15.  Are  there  any  sugar  plant- 


•  .'H)ll0»|j*<ii<ilWll)i  ,  altii  WkH 


'«i^^t!:_mMn^mmMMi»f*ii>iB^i:mi> ''•<*im)i»'>>»!i^)» t '  '<"* 


(    ■' 


:.J 


.JJ,T»J*^-' 


"!!?■ 


|||;ii'ifti^l|||n;j 


v»-:-r- 


»i« 


M 


■ooB  or  eoHaaaoi 


c«iM  well  known,  and  It  exteniively  UMd 
in  tho  hack  acttlfinciita.  This  sugar  ia  aa 
dark  in  color  almost  aa  mahogany. 

17.  There  are  many  other  vegetables 
firom  which  sugar  con  be  obtained  by 
chemical  processes,  as  beet-root,  parsnepa, 
potatoes,  red  cabbage  stalks,  See.  but  the 
quantity  produced  from  these  is  too  small 
to  make  it  an  article  of  commerce. 

MOLASSES. 

18.  Molosses  is  the  gross  fluid  matter 
that  remains  of  sugar  after  refining; 
which  no  boiling  can  bring  to  a  consist- 
ence more  solid  that  sirup.  It  is  export* 
ed  in  hogsheads  from  the  West  Indies, 
and  ia  perniciously  used  in  the  distillation 
of  mm. 

HONEY. 
f||  19.  Honey  is  found  in  large  quantities 

"'  ^  in  a  number  of  vegetables,  and  is  collected 

and  prepared  by  bees.  It  is  the  produc- 
tior  of  almost  every  country,  but  is  more 
abundont  in  the  island  of  Candiu,  in  the 
Archipelago,  than  any  where  else.  Con- 
wderable  quantities  of  honey  are  produced 
by  the  wild  bees  in  the  woods  of  North 
America;  and  it  is  soroetimea  imported 
from  the  West  Indies  in  barrels. 

CHAP.  V.  t 

SALT.  SPICES,  fce. 

SALT. 
I.  Silt  being  a  substance  of  actual  ne- 
coasity  to  man,  is  widely  Md  plentifully 
diffiiaed.  The  suit  commonly  known  by 
tlto  nnno  of  bag^att,  is  obtained  iVom  the 
«M^er  of  the  sea  by  evaporation.  It  hail 
,  this  name  from  being  first  made  in  the 
bay  of  St.  Ubes,  in  Portupnl ;  and  great 
quantities  of  it  are  still  exported  from  this 
place. 

•lioiM  in  the  United  States .'  16.  Is  sugar  obtain- 
ed front  any  other  vegetable?  What  is  maple 
stmr?  17  Are  there  any  other  vegetables  from 
wbich  sugar  can  be  extracted?  18.  What  is 
nwhwses?   19.  Honey  i> 


2.  In  France  large  shallow  pits  are  dug 
by  the  oea-shore,  into  which  the  water 
flows  at  high-tide ;  and  by  a  sluice,  it  ta 


prevented  from  returning  when  the  tide 
falls.  The  heat  of  the  sun  evapomtea 
this  water;  the  salt  crystallizes  on  tho 
edges  and  bottoms  of  the  pits ;  and  this  is 
carnfully  gathered  up  for  use. 

3.  Much  salt  is  prepared  in  vats  at  Cape 
Cod  and  other  places  along  the  sea-cuost 
of  the  United  States.  Salt  springs  abound 
in  the  western  part  of  the  sUte  of  New 
York;  and  at  Saline,  there  are  large  es< 
tablishnicnts  for  the  manufacture  of  salt. 
The  salt  water  is  obtained  by  sinking  wella 
and  boring;  and  the  salt  prepared  is  beau- 
tiflilly  white  and  fine-grained. 

4.  Providence  has  kindly  given  man- 
kind great  stores  of  this  useful  materi- 
al. Some  mountahis  are  composed  in- 
ternally of  salt;  many  piu  have  been 
opened  in  which  the  miners  travel  far, 
among  arcadea  of  rock-salt,  fl-om  among 
which  they  obtain  large  quantities  of  this 
valuable  article.  England,  luly,  Poland, 
have  such.  The  island  of  Ormuz,  in  the 
Persian  Gulf,  is  little  elsf;  than  a  mass  of 
salt ;  vast  plains  of  it  aiv  found  in  Ame- 
rica; and  it  is  most  likely,  that  moun- 
tains of  salt  at  the  bottom  of  tho  oeean. 


1.  What  is  meant  bv bay-salt?  9  How  is  salt 
obtained  in  France  ?  3.  Is  salt  prepeied  in  New 
England  ?  Are  there  salt  springs  in  the  Uniteid 
States?  4.  What  else  is  said  of  salt?  Whence 
are  great  quantities  broni^t  to  the  United  States  f 


p&iaJtMPj 


■     4 


TvsffKT 


illow  pit!  are  dug 
vhich  the  water 
by  a  aluiee,  it  ia 


g  when  the  tide 

•un  evapomtM 

irstalllzee  on   the 

pits  {  and  thii  ia 

uan. 

id  in  vats  at  Cape 
)ng  the  sea-cuast 
It  springM  aliound 
lio  slate  of  New 
ere  are  large  es< 
lufocture  of  salt, 
by  sinlcing  wella 
jrepared  is  beau* 
ned. 

idly  given  man- 
I  useful  matnri- 
•e  composed  in- 
pits  have  been 
inen  travel  far, 
alt,  fl-om  among 
)uantities  of  this 
d,  Italy,  Poland, 
it  Ormuz,  in  the 
than  a  mess  of 
I  found  in  Ame> 
ely,  that  moun* 
n  of  the  ocean, 

lif  9  Howisiah 
It  prepued  in  New 
\ng»  in  the  United 
lofMltf  Whence 
the  United  States  r 


m^vw.-'*  im.^'imf 


SAI.T,  SPICES,  tie 


-s^ 


T'-^srw^i 


•I 


occasion  the  saltness  so  perceptible  in  sea- 
water,  and  by  which  it  is  icept  firom  be* 
eoming  corrupted.  Great  quantities  of 
salt  are  brought  (Vom  Turl('s  Island,  in  the 
West  Indies,  to  the  United  States., 

0.  The  only  mines  of  rock-salt  in  Eng- 
land are  those  in  Cheshire.  It  is  there 
lug  out  of  the  mines  with  pickaxes  ;  and 
a  conveyed  by  shipping  to  places  where 
'he  refiners  dissolve  it  by  boiling  it  in  sea- 
ivater;  then,  by  mixing  eggs  with  it,  a 
Kum  is  made  to  rise,  which  is  taken  off; 
by  longer  continuance  of  the  heat,  all  the 
arater  is  evaporated,  and  the  pure  salt 
srystallizos,  fit  for  use. 

PEPPER. 

6.  Pepper  is  a  small  berry,  which  is 
ground  to  a  fine  powder,  to  make  it  con- 
venient for  use  at  the  table.  The  plant 
on  which  it  grows  flourishes  in  the  East 
Indies,  on  the  coast  of  Malabar,  in  Java, 
Bumatra  and  Ceylon.  It  is  a  feeble  creep- 
ing plant,  and  therefore,  in  cultivation,  is 
placed  near  some  large  tree,  which  may 
yield  it  support.  The  grain,  which  grows 
in  clusters,  appears  first  green,  then  red ; 
and  is  turned  black  by  exposure  to  the 
sun.  It  is  best  for  families  to  buy  the 
pepper  whole,  as,  in  grinding,  dealers  have 
opportunity  for  adulteration.  White  pep- 
per is  a  preparation  firom  this,  which  takes 
away  much  of  its  strength.  Sometimes 
too,  that  is  adulterated ;  and  is  even,  by 
art,  stained  whitish  to  deceive. 

ALLSPICE. 

7.  Allspice  or  pimento  is  the  aromatic 
fruit  of  a  tree  which  grows  in  Mexico  and 
the  West  Indies.  It  is  sometimes  called 
Jamaica  pepper,  and  received  its  name  of 
allspice,  because  it  is  similar  in  smell  to 
cloves,  nutmegs  and  cinnamon. 

NUTMEGS. 

8.  The  nutmeg  is  a  very  aromatic  spice. 
It  is  the  fruit  of  a  tree  which  grows  in 
the  East  Indies,  and  is  abiut  the  size  of 


i.  An  there  any  mines  of  salt  in  England ! 


6. 


•  pear-tree.  The  nutmeg  is  the  kernel 
of  a  fi-uit,  not  unlike  the  peach,  and  iti 
rind  or  coat  is  called  mace.  The  round 
nutmeg  is  preferred  to  that  which  is  ob- 
long. Nutmegs  have  been  long  used  both 
for  culinary,  and  medicinal  purposes.  Dis- 
tilled with  water,  they  yield  a  large  quan- 
tity of  essential  oil,  resembling  in  flavor 
the  spice  itself.  The  growth  of  this  aro- 
matic is  chiefly  confined  to  a  few  of  the 
Banda  Islands,  whereof  Banda  itself,  Neira, 
and  Pouloay  produce  800,000  lbs.  of  nut- 
megs annually.  The  method  of  gather- 
ing and  preparing  nutmegs  is  as  follows: 
When  the  IVuit  is  ripe,  the  natives  ascend 
the  trees,  and  gather  it  by  pulling  the 
bronehea  to  them  with  long  hooks.  The 
nutmegs  when  gathered  would  soon  cor- 
rupt if  they  were  not  watered,  or  nthei 
pickled,  with  lime-water  made  from  cal- 
cined shell-fish,  which  is  diluted  with  salt 
water  till  it  attains  some  consistence.  Into 
this  mixture  the  nutmegs,  contained  in 
small  baskets,  are  plunge«l  two  or  three 
times,  till  they  are  completely  crusted  over 
with  the  mixture.  They  are  afterwards 
laid  in  a  heap,  where  they  heat,  and  lose 
their  superfluous  moisture. 
CINNAMON. 

9.  Cinnamon  is  the  inner  bark  of  the 
youuger  branches  of  a  sort  of  laurel,  which 
grows  in  the  island  of  Ceylon,  and  other 
parts  of  the  East  Indies.  Ctuiia  is  the 
bork  of  another  sort  of  laurel.  It  is  thicker 
and  coarser  than  cinnamon,  but  of  a  simi- 
lar taste.  It  is  mostly  imported  from 
China. 

CLOVES. 

10.  The  clove  grows  in  Amboyna,  as  it 
did  once  over  all  the  Molucca  Islands ;  but 
the  Dutch  destroyed  those  trees,  in  order 
to  keep  all  the  trade  in  their  own  power. 
It  is  the  unexpended  bud  of  a  treoi^milar 
to  the  laurel  in  height,  and  in  the  Shape 
of  its  leaves.     It  had  its  name  m  {"ranee, 


^1i 


J 


What  is  sud  of  pepper  >    7.  Allspice  t   9.  Nut- 

■ 


iiliiriiinriiiiisis  iiMiaiiMt)iWiilittiiifc*HMMlJ 


'ifciiiSii  II 


fir 


uirr  «mimi> 


•^mPfMWMM 


■*W**W»«^ripif»i!*w»p«pr| 


BOOK    or   COMMB«CK. 


M. 


becauN  it  looks  much  like  a  nail,  called  in 
French  eiou. 

OINOER. 
11.  Ginger  grows  near  Calicut,  in  Asia, 
but  we  have  it  from  the  West  Indies.  It 
is  the  root  of  a  plant  something  like  our 
rush.  It  does  not  grow  deep,  but  spreads 
abroad  under  the  surface.  It  is  dug  up, 
when  fully  grown,  and  dried  as  you  see  it. 
When  preserved,  it  is  boiled  with  sugar 
and  honey,  just  as  it  was  dug  up  green. 

CHAP.  VI. 
TEA.  COFFEE,  lie. 

TEA. 

I.  The  dry  leaves  of  the  tea-plant  have 
become  one  of  the  necessaries  of  life. 
There  are  many  denominations  of  tea,  in 
commerce ;  as  Imperial,  Gunpowder,  Sin- 
gh, Hyaon,  &c.  But  the  general  divisions 
may  be  stated  thus,  black  and  green  teas. 
Some  travellers  teU  us,  that  there  is  but 
one  sort  of  plant  firom  which  the  leaves 
•re  taken,  and  that  all  the  difference  is 
made  by  their  being  either  young  leaves, 
or  fully  grown.  Yet  botanists  usually 
hold,  that  there  are  at  least  two  species ; 
differing  something  in  their  leaves,  and 
essentially  different  in  their  flowers ;  that 
of  the  bohea,  or  black  tea,  having  six 
petals ;  and  that  of  Die  green  tea-shrub 
having  nine. 

3.  It  Is  said,  too,  that  the  finest  tea- 
■brubs  grow  in  Japan,  on  one  particular 
mountain,  which  is  enclosed  with  •  strong 
hedge,  and  wide  ditches,  and  carefully 
.guarded,  by  persons  maintained  for  this 
express  business.  These  have  a  trouble- 
■ome  office,  as  they  are  charged  not  to 
suffer  the  dust  to  remain  upon  the  leaves. 
They  must  never  breathe  on  them,  nor 


_i?  9.  Cinnamon?  Caaaia?   10.  Where  does 
the  clove  grow  i  What  ia  it  ?   Whence  had  it  iU 
name  ?  if.  Wliat  can  you  say  of  ginffer .' 
1.  An  there  nany  ktnda  of  tea?  2.  Where  is 


touch  them  with  their  fingers  when  they 
gather  them,  but  must  wear  very  delicate 
gloves.  When  this  tea  is  f\illy  prepared, 
it  is  conducted,  under  a  strong  guard  of 
soldiers,  to  the  emperor's  palace ;  because 
it  is  all  set  apart  for  his  personal  use.  Of 
course,  this  is  not  the  tea  which  we  drink 
Indeed,  we  are  not  allowed  to  trade  to 
Japan. 

8.  The  tea  we  have  in  America  comes 
fVom  China.  And  the  trade  in  it  forms 
a  very  important  branch  of  commerce. 
The  quantity  of  tea  now  consumed  in 
the  United  States  is  very  great,  and  it  in- 
creases every  year ;  as  the  lowest  persons 
of  our  large  popnlatioa  make  a  part  of 
their  meals  of  it.  The  quantity  brought 
annually  into  England  thirty  years  ago 
was  twenty  millions  of  pounds,  and  nearly 
as  much  more  goes  now  to  the  other  na- 
tions of  Europe.  The  English  govern- 
ment obtains  a  revenue  iW>m  what  comes 
to  Britain,  amounting  to  between  three 
and  four  millions  of  pounds  sterling  every 
year. 

4.  Sixty  or  seventy  years  ago  tea  was 
scarcely  known  among  the  common  peo- 
ple. A  story  is  related  of  a  fanner's 
wife,  to  whom  was  sent  a  present  of  a 
pound  of  tea ;  and  she  was  so  ignorant  of 
the  proper  mode  of  using  it,  that  she  boil- 
ed it  all  in  milk,  and  the  family  ate  it  up, 
leaves  and  all,  at  one  meal ;  declaring  it 
was  very  good  indeed  \ 

5.  The  use  vf  tea,  is  comparatively 
modem.  The  first  that  came  into  Europe 
was  brought  by  the  Dutch,  in  the  year 
1610.  Fifty  years  after  this,  it  was  hitro« 
duced  in  London,  at  the  coffee-houses,  as 
a  rarity  and  a  luxury.  It  was  two  years 
longer  before  some  of  the  private  families 
among  the  nobility  adopted  it.     At  this 


the  finest  tea  wud  to  grow  f  How  ia  this  tea  cul- 
tivated? 3.  Whence  does  our  tea  come  ?  Do  we 
u«e  much  ?  Does  maeh  go  to  Europe  ?  4.  Was 
tea  much  known  aizty  years  si{or  5.  Wiisa«as 


n'l   iiTiiftilrt;if[rf|iJii 


-'«w^wiwyyiiiHijm[i;l'i 


fingera  when  the/ 

wear  very  delicate 

is  flilljr  prepared, 

■trong  guard  or 

palace;  becanie 

lenonal  uae.     Of 

which  we  drink 

}wed  to  trade  to 

n  America  cornea 

trade  iu  it  forma 

cb  of  commerce. 

low  conaumed  in 

7  great,  and  it  in- 

the  h>wnat  peraons 

make  a  part  of 

quantity  brought 

thirty  yeara  ago 

>ound8,  and  nearly 

'  to  the  other  na- 

English  govem- 

from  what  comes 

to  between  three 

inds  aterling  every 

reara  ago  tea  was 
the  common  peo- 
Bd  of  a  fariner'a 
It  a  present  of  a 
raa  ao  ignorant  of 
g  It,  that  ahe  boil- 
»  family  ate  it  up, 
leal;  declaring  it 

ia  comparatively 
came  Into  Europe 
utch,  in  the  year 
this,  it  vraa  Intro- 
)  coffee-honsea,  as 
It  was  two  yean 
le  private  families 
pted  it.     At  this 

How  it  this  te«  cul- 
rteaoome?  Do  we 
o  Europe  ?  4.  Wu 
*V>{  S.  WfaeawM 


fmiwi 


WMMppM 


■.<yi»l»WIW|— WW 1WWWHP»  I. .in    »«i>mi 


TSA,  corrBB,  tie. 


97 


time,  it  was  sold  at  sixty  shillings  per 
pound ;  it  could  not  theroforo  come  into 
conmioii  use.  As  greater  quantities  were 
brought  over,  the  price  was  lowered  ;  and 
the  use  gradually  increased ;  till  it  is  now 
iiecome  almost  one  of  the  necessaries  of 
life  to  people  even  in  the  humblest  stations. 
6.  The  plant  which  produces  tea  will 
grow,  if  permitted,  to  ten  or  twelve  feet 
ill  height ;  but  in  China,  where  it  is  very 
carefully  cultivated,  it  is  kept  much  lower. 
They  dibble  the  seeds  into  the  earth  iu 
regular  rows.  They  will  then  grow  with 
only  the  care  of  pruning,  and  weeding. 
Some  of  the  cultivators  richly  manure 


the  aoi! ;  for  the  Chbeae  are  as  careflil  of 
their  tea-plants,  aa  Europeans  are  of  their 
vines. 

7.  The  plant  must  be  three  years  old, 
before  the  leaves  are  fit  for  use ;  and  when 
It  has  borne  Tor  about  an  equal  length  of 
time,  t)ie  leaves  get  so  coarse  and  hard  as 
not  to  be  worth  cultivating  any  longer. 
The  plant  must  then  be  cut  down  almost 
to  tlie  ground ;  thia  will  occasion  a  new 
set  of  ahoots  to  arise,  which,  in  their  turn, 
yield  young  and  excellent  leaves  for  several 
seasons.  The  flower  which  it  bears  is  not 
very  splendid.  Neither  is  the  fruit  of  it 
of  any  use.  It  bears  a  sort  of  triple  berry ; 
we  now  and  then  find  one  among  the  tea 

tea  brouffht  into  Europe  ?  How  wu  it  sold  ?  6. 
\f\aX  or  the  plant  which  produce*  tea  ?  7.  How 
old  mut  it  be  hefure  tlM  leaves  are  fit  to  gather  ?  i 


8.  The  plant  ia  cultivated  to  best  advan- 
tage on  the  side  slopes  of  hills  which  face 
the  sun ;  or  in  warm  valleys,  adjacent  to 
the  banks  of  rivers.  It  will,  however, 
grow  even  in  rocky  places,  and  on  strong 
soils ;  where,  indeed,  the  finest  leaves  arc 
produced.  The  Chinese  do  not  suffer  a 
single  inch  of  ground  to  remain  barren. 
It  will  grow  in  the  northern  parts  of  the 
empire ;  but  it  flourishes  best  in  the  mild- 
er provinces  of  the  south. 

9.  There  are  three  seasons  for  gather 
ing  the  leaves.  The  first  is  about  the  be- 
ginning of  March,  when  the  leaves  are 
very  small,  and  not  a  week  old.  This  is 
called  imperial  tea,  and  is  reserved  for  the 
emperor-  and  the  grandees,  who  only  can 
afford  to  pay  for  it;  the  produce  being 
small,  the  price  must  be  the  greater.  The 
persons  who  gather  these  leaves  cannot 
pick  them  by  handfuls,  but  only  one  by 
one ;  and  they  must  be  very  carofijl  not 
to  break  or  damage  them,  in  the  least. 

10.  The  second  crop  becomes  fit  for  use 
about  a  month  after  the  first,  at  the  begin- 
ning of  April.  At  ^falB  time  some  leavea 
are  Ailly  grown,  and  bthers  are  still  young ; 
they  are,  however,  all  plucked,  and  after- 
wants  sorted.  The  smaller  sort  ore  often 
sold,  as  belonging  to  the  first  crop,  at  a 
high  price. 

11.  The  country  is  all  alive  in  tliia 
business,  when  the  third  and  principal 
gathering  takes  place,  which  is  in  the 
month  of  June ;  then  the  leaves  are  very 
numerous,  and  have  attained  their  fiill 
size.  This  tea  is  consequently  of  a  coarser 
flavor,  and  lower  price. 

12.  Those  who  do  not  make  these  three 
gatherings,  but  only  two,  or  even  only  one, 
yet  sort  out  the  leaves  into  several  par- 
cels, according  to  their  size  and  delicacy. 
These  gatherings  take  place  on  those  lands 
where  the    plant  is   regularly  cultivated. 


1 


8.  Where  ia  it  best  cultivated  >   9.  What  are  the 

acaaona  for  gathering  the  leaves .'    What  of  the 

first  crop?    10.  The  second?    11.  The  third? 

>3 


iiSSid 


tmm 


iJi^'jg 


4:m 


»ni{    iiiif»^ww 


■•pii«ll"WM|ll.W| 
I 


"WWI 


ICI. 


But  it  aim  growa  wild  in  great  abunda«M, 
ud  oAen  to  superior  excellence,  upon  ths 
■teop  ■ides  of  inountaina  and  rocka,  where 
it  ia  almoit  or  quite  irnposNihIn  to  reach 
them.  A  aingular  niiultod  of  obtaining 
the  leavef  growing  in  these  difficult  places, 
is  resorted  to.  Although  these  rough  spots 
are  inaccessible  to  men,  they  are,  for  that 
very  reason,  inhabiiad  by  large  troops  of 
monkeys.  Now  monkeya  are  not  only 
imitative  creatures,  but  also  very  irascible ; 
the  silly  creatures  are  easily  provnkdd  into 
•  violent  passion,  and  in  that  state  they 
seek  all  the  revenge  in  their  power.  The 
|ieople,  therefore,  get  as  near  as  they  can 
to  their  haunts,  and  provoke  them,  by  pelt- 
inf  them  with  stones.  In  revenge,  the 
monkeya  break  off  large  branchei  of  the 


'.. 


treeii  among  which  they  clambeir  and  chat- 
ter, and  with  these  they  pelt  their  enemies. 
These  are  careflilly  picked  up,  and  the 
leaves  atripped  off  them  fbr  use. 

18.  But  these  leaves  are  not  yet  fit  for 
use.  They  must  be  dried,  curled,  and 
rolled  up,  to  make  them  as  we  see.  Those 
who  cultivate  the  tea-plant  on  a  large  scale 
have  an  apparatus  for  these  purposes.  But 
aa  many  have  not,  there  are  public  drying- 
houses,  to  which  any  one  may  take  his 
leaves,  be  they  few  or  many,  and  have 
lliem  properly  cured.    These  buildings  are 

18.  Does  the  plant  grow  wild?  How  is  it  obtained 
ftom  sach  inacceMible  plocei?  13.  Muit  the 
leaves  be  dried  ?   How  are  they  dried  ?    14.  De- 


nMa 


provided  with  small  stoves,  covered  witk 
iron  plates,  which  are  thereby  heated  to 
the  proper  degree. 

14.  On  these  heated  plates,  a  few  pounds 
of  leaves  are  placed,  and  constantly  stirred 
with  the  fingers.  The  leaves,  being  very 
moist,  crackle,  curl,  and  dry.  When  they 
become  loo  hot  for  the  hand  to  bear,  they 
are  shovelled  off  the  iron  plates  upon  mats, 
spread  on  a  table,  around  which  the  work- 
men sit,  whose  business  it  is  to  roll  them 
in  the  palms  of  their  hands,  (always  mov- 
ing them  one  way)  to  curl  thum  up,  regu- 
larly and  closely.  By  repeating  this  pro- 
cess several  times,  the  leavea  are  render- 
ed perfectly  dry,  and  are  fit  to  be  placed 
in  the  warehouses  for  sale.  Yet  it  is 
reckoned  safest  to  keep  the  tea  there  a 
(Ull  year,  befbre  it  is  actually  used. 

15.  The  tea  comes  to  us  packed  close 
in  wooden  chests,  which  are  lined  with  a 
very  thin  sheet  of  lead,  in  order  to  keep 
it  entirely  flrom  the  air,  which  would  soon 
exhale  all  its  fine  flavor.  The  tea  la 
brought  to  Canton,  in  the  southern  part 
of  China,  the  only  p*rt  at  which  we  are 
allowed  to  trade.     There  the  merchanu 


deal  with  the  agents  who  purohaae  it ;  and 
from  thence  it  is  brought  in  ships,  direct 
for  the  United  States. 

16.  The  Chinese  drink  t(>a,  not  as  one 

scribe  the  procew  further.  15.  How  is  the  tea 
brought  to  us,  and  from  whence.'  16.  Do  the 
Cliinese  drink  much  tea  *  What  do  the  pea|ita 


.<.^  ..  .*■'.- tv^zt. 


"^ "  "•  ":"^irtii] 


MM  III   ipfipwrMwppwpfpi 


mtmim 


i'mi"«p»" 


•^i*^KM 


TiA,  corn*,  dtc. 


ive*,  covered  witk 
thereby  heated  to 

lates,  ■  few  pound* 
1  coiutantly  atirred 
leavea,  being  very 
dry.  When  they 
hand  to  bear,  thny 
I  platcfl  upon  inatii, 
d  which  the  worit- 
I  it  in  to  roll  thcin 
nda,  (alviraya  mov- 
irl  thum  up,  regu* 
repeating  tbia  pro- 
leavea  are  render- 
«  fit  to  be  placed 
mie.  Yet  it  ia 
p  the  tea  there  m 
iually  uaed. 
>  ua  packed  cloae 
li  are  lined  with  a 
,  in  order  to  keep 
which  would  Boon 
iror.  The  tea  ia 
the  aouthern  part 
at  which  we  are 
»re  the  merchanti 


D  purchaifl  it ;  and 
It  in  ahips,  direc* 

ik  t<>a,  not  aa  on« 

15.  How  ia  the  tea 
hpnce  ?  16.  Do  the 
Wliat  do  the  peo^ila 


■peeiflo  meal,  aa  we  do,  but  all  day  long ) 
at  every  meal,  and  whenever  they  are 
thi-«iy.  They  drink  the  pure  too,  in  a 
Mrong  inflinion,  without  augor — nliliougli 
they  have  augnr—- and  without  milk.  I 
think,  we  are  much  wiser  in  putting  to  it 
tlicM  waliitnry  mixtiirca ;  they  givo  it  Hoine 
iiouriHlimcut,  oud  blunt,  in  n  conitidcrablo 
degree,  the  too  violent  effect  it  would  Imve 
upon  the  nervea.  It  ia  aaid,  indued,  that 
the  watera  of  China  are  unwiiolcaome, 
Jind  that  their  evil  iiiHiicnce  is  avnrtcd  liy 
the  tea.  The  |>noplu  of  Japan  Moinetiiiies 
grind  the  tea  to  a  line  powder ;  then  tlioy 
aerve  out  warm  water  in  cupa,  to  their 
gueata,  each  of  whom  takea,  on  the  point 
of  a  knife,  aa  much  of  the  jiowdered  tea 
aa  ia  agreeable,  throwing  it  into  the  cup, 
and,  aAer  etirring  it  about  thoroughly, 
drinka  it. 

17.  Thoie  who  have  written  upon  tea 
are  much  divided  in  their  opiniona ;  aome 
nailing  it  little  abort  of  poiaon,  while 
othera  are  loud  in  ita  praiae.  Perhapa  the 
difference  of  coiMtitutiona  makea  the  chief 
difference  in  ita  efi'eota.  That  tea  ia  ex- 
hilarating, every  one  knowa,  eapecially 
after  conaideralile  fittigue ;  it  aeema,  there- 
fbre,  to  have  ready  aceeea  to  the  nervea ; 
for  which  reaaon,  nervoua  and  weakly 
people,  though  very  fond  of  it,  ehould 
deny  themaelvea,  and  be  apwring  9f  an  in- 
dulgence BO  fiiacinating,  but  ao  iMdioua. 

18.  The  atory  of  the  destruction  of  the 
tea  in  Boston  harbor,  in  1778,  is  doubtlesa 
Amiliar  to  you.  A  tax  of  three  pence  a 
pound  being  retained  on  tea,  the  Ameri- 
eana  resolved  to  prevent  the  importation 
of  the  article  rather  than  pay  a  duty, 
which  they  believed  to  be  unjust.  Im- 
mense cargoes  were  sent  to  America  by 
the  English  Blast  India  Company,  but  the 
colonists  reftised  to  receive  them.    Several 


of  Japan  f  17.  What  ia  aaid  of  the  eReot  of  tea- 
difadungf  18.  Is  tea  any  wise  eonnected  with 
the  atoiy  of  oar  revelntioa  ?  19.  Of  what  country 


vessels  having  arrived  in  Boston  harbor 
laden  with  lea,  a  number  of  personit,  droaa- 
ed  like  Iniliaiiit,  went  on  board  tho  ships, 
and  Mtnvtid  and  cniiiliod  into  the  sea  about 
three  hundred  and  til>y  rliosts. 
COFFKK. 
10.  Tlio  roffiMi'treo  is  snid  to  bo  a  nn- 
tivo  of  .Arabia  Felir.  It  wos  in  very  early 
repute  ut  Moflia,  a  port  situated  at  the 
entrance  nf  the  Ked  Hea,  to  which  place 
cnflbe  wim  liroiiglit  from  all  (ho  neigli- 
horiiiK  districts,  fur  exportation.  To  this 
day,  Slueha  coffee  is  coimidored  the  best 
in  flavor,  as  it  is  tlio  most  expensive  in 
price.  Excellent  coffee  is  obtained  at  the 
island  of  Java.  Coffee  wos  introduced 
into  the  West  Indies  in  1727,  and  great 
quantities  of  it  are  now  raised  there.  Bra- 
zil also  flirnishes  on  abundance. 

20.  The  cofl^ee-troe,  if  loft  to  grow 
wild,  will  rise  to  the  height  of  sixteen  or 
eighteen  feet  {  but  when  cultivated,  it  is 
found  more  convenient  to  keep  it  down  to 
five  or  six  feet.  To  do  this,  it  is  planted 
in  rows,  the  plants  about  eight  feet  distant 
fl'om  each  other.  When  topped,  to  pre- 
vent their  rising  too  high,  they  spread  out 
their  branches  widely,  so  aa  to  cover  the 
spacea  lietween  them. 

21.  The  flower  of  the  cofl'ee-tree  ft>nns 
a  cluster,  at  the  root  of  the  leavea ;  it  is 
white,  and  very  fl-ogrant,  and  of  a  ftinnel 
shape.  The  IVuit,  or  berry,  looka  some 
thing  like  a  cherry,  but  is  oval.  When 
ripe,  it  is  of  a  deep  red.  They  should  be 
obtained  by  shaking  the  tree ;  then  all  that 
fall  ore  ripe.  This  berry  ia  conveyed  be* 
tween  three  wooden  rollers,  the  pressure 
of  which  gently  cracks  it  into  iu  two 
parts,  and  clears  it  from  its  outer  skin. 
There  is  still  a  thin  skin,  called  the  pareh- 
ment,  which  is  taken  off  by  another  mill. 
When  wholly  cleared  of  broken  bits  and 


is  coffee  said  to  be  a  native  i  What  is  said  of 
Mocha?  Java?  The  West  Indies ?  BrasU?  90. 
What  of  the  eo  Ae-tree  ?  21 .  Its  flower  and  ftnit  f 


''<t«i\«'iimiWMMiiiili»»a<<t»b'  ■ 


.'^r 


"■wwiF'wwriiw 


•'»  m^i-wnnnirM"- 


SO 


;-!?■'■. 


offlil,  it  li  flt  for  tale.  But  you  lee,  though 
browp,  it  la  not  very  darlt. 

•sir.  Who  flrit  thought  of  mulling  a 
lirinli  Prom  the  coflue  b<*rry,  cannot  now 
be  linown.  It  ia  aaid,  that  an  Arah  goai> 
herd,  ohaorving  that  hia  l(ida  appeared 
particularly  lively  after  browaing  upon  the 
tree,  ao  aa  to  be  wakeAil,  and  capering,  all 
the  night  aftnr,  happened  to  mimtioii  the 
circuinaiance  to  the  prior  of  a  neighbor- 
ing mnnnatery,  who  determined  to  try  if 
it  would  not  keep  hia  nionka  awake,  who 
were  all  apt  to  nod  at  their  early  morniug 
prayera. 

23.  Some  Mohammedan  derviahea  next 
took  to  it,  to  enable  tliem  to  apend  all 
night  in  their  devotiona.  Studioua  per- 
anna,  who  wiahed  to  be  wukeflil,  found  it 
exhilarating  and  refVeahing.  From  Mecca 
it  paaaed  to  Cairo ;  and  thua  it  haa  apread, 
at  laat,  over  the  civilized  world.  Ita  uae 
in  the  Eaat,  to  counteract  opium,  ia  very 
great. 

94.  The  French  traveller,  Thevenot, 
brought  it  from  Peraia  into  France;  and 
the  Greek  aervant  of  an  Engliah  Turkey 
merchant  brought  it  into  England,  and 
upeued  a  houae  for  the  aale  of  it.  At  firit. 
It  waa  called  in.Europe,Sirup^ftke  Indian 
mulbtrry,  and  waa  thought  nice,  of  courae^ 
It  ia  in  general  uae  in  the  Eaat,  and  ii 
eateemed  ao  much  a  neceaaary  of  life,  that 
it  ia  one  of  the  thinga  which  a  Mohamme- 
dan ia  obliged  to  aupply  hia  wife  with,  at 
all  eventa. 

25.  To  prepare  coffee  for  uae  it  muat 
be  roaated,  and  then  ground  in  a  mill. 
The  excellence  of  cofue  dependa  in  a 
great  measure  on  the  akill  exercised  in 
roasting  it.  In  Europe,  it  is  usually  roast- 
ed in  a  cylindrical  tin  box,  perforated  with 
numerous  holes,  and  fixed  upon  a  apit, 
which  runs  lengthwiae  through  the  centre. 

The  berry  f  82.  What  is  the  story  of  the  Arab 
and  hia  kida  f  23.  The  MohunmedGui  derviahea  f 
84.  By  whom  was  coffee  brought  to  Europe 


and  ia  turned  by  a  Jack,  or  by  the  han4 
The  l>eat  coffee  is  made  in  France. 

CHOCOIiATE. 

26.  Chocolate  ia  a  kind  of  cake,  or  harl 
paste,  whit'h  ia  prepared  chiefly  A-om  tha 
pulp  of  the  cacao  or  chocolate-nut,  a  pro 
duction  of  the  Weat   Indiea  and  South 
Americav    The  cacao-tree,  both   in   aiz* 
and  ahape,  aomewhat  reaamblea  a  youni 
rherry-troe,  but  aeparates,  near  the  ground 
into  four  or  five  atema.     The  fViiit  uf  tht 
cavno-treo    ia   aimilar   to   a  cucumber  it 
ahape.     Am  aoon  aa  it  is  ripe,  it  ia  gather 
ed,  and  cut  into  slices ;  the  nuts  are  thei 
taken  out  and  dried.    When  perfectly  dry, 
they  are  put  into  bags,  and  exported  to 
foreign  countries.     Before  they  are  made 
into  chocolotc,  these  nutn  are   generally 
parched  over  the  Are  in  an  iron  veaael. 
The  kernel  ia  then  pounded  in  a  mortar, 
and   aubaequently  ground  on   a  smooth, 
warm  stone.     Sometimes  a  little  arnatto, 
a  dying  drug  of  South  America,  is  added, 
and  with  the  aid  of  water,  the  whole  ia 
formed  into  a  paste.     This  is  put,  whilst 
hot,  into  tin  moulds,  where,  in  a  short 
time,  it  congeals;  and  in  this  state,  it  ia 
the  chocolate  of  the  shops.' , 

37. 'The  French  have  a  method  of  pre 
paring -chocolate,  with  augar,  and  sell  it 
in  amall  rolls  of  two  or  three  inchea  in 
length.  It  haa  an  agreeable  taste  when 
eaten  ift  this  state,  and  mixed  with  water 
ia  very  rich,  and  has  a  delightflil  flavor. 
The  chocolate  thua  prepared  is  made  into 
a  multitude  of  fanciAil  forma  and  sold  in 
the  shops  of  Paris.  In  the  Palaia  Royal, 
you  may  see  the  windows  filled  with 
chocolate  images,  of  heathen  goda  and 
goddesses,  men  and  women,  chaira,  tables, 
pitchers,  &c.  all  of  which  are  deatined  tu 
be  eaten. 

28.  The  $heU$  of  commerce  are  the 


What  was  it  at  firat  colled?  95.  What  of  the 
preparing  of  coffee?  96.  What  ia  chocolate  ?  De- 
acrioe  the  prooeaa  of  mokiag  it    97.  Have  the 


r.fv«mmwM»^w 


,  or  by  th«  hmi 
in  France. 

kTE. 

d  of  cake,  or  harl 
I  chiefly  fVom  th« 
leoUte-niit,  a  pro 
ndiei  and  8ouil> 
ree,  both   in   nizt 
Baamblea  a  youni 
h  near  the  {(round 
The  Oiiit  of  iht 
}   a  cucumber  it 
ripe,  it  in  gather 
iho  nuti  are  thei 
hen  perfectly  dry, 
,  and  exported  to 
>r«  they  are  made 
itn  are    generally 
m  an  iron  veaael. 
nded  in  a  mortar, 
id  on   a  amootli, 
!■  a  little  arnatto, 
Lmerica,  is  added, 
Iter,  the  whole  ia 
7Mu  ia  put,  whilit 
rhere,  in  a  abort 
in  thia  atate,  it  ia 

a  method  of  pre 
augar,  and  aeli  it 
r  three  inchea  in 
Beable  taate  when 
mixed  with  water 
deligbtfbl  flavor. 
|)ared  ia  made  into 
rorma  and  aold  in 
the  Pataia  Royal, 
dowi  filled  with 
leathen  goda  and 
lien,  chaira,  tablea, 
;h  are  deatined  tu 

ommerce  are  the 

I?  85.  What  of  the 
hatitohoeolater  De- 
g  it    37.  Have  the 


\ 


nmwiiwi  >i 


■»•■ 


•mm>m* 


ciDiR,  aiBR,  tee. 


II 


oulaide  covering  of  the  amall  cacao-nut  t 
when  properly  prepared  thia  forma  an 
agreeable  Itevfragq^ 

99.  The  luflmion  of  cacao-nut  ii  itiielf  an 
article  of  much  coniumpliou  bn  a  drink,  and 
a  method  has  recently  been  introduced  of 
tfruihing  and  preparing  the  nut  in  a  pecu- 
liar manner,  lo  that  without  the  proceaa 
of  manufiicturing  it  into  what  i»  called 
chocolate,  it  inakea  a  drink  of  great  rich- 
neaaand  Ane  flavor^  A  planialiou  of  it  ia  a 
long  time  coming  to  maturity,  and  ia  liable 
to  bo  aflected  by  every  caaualty.  When 
however  a  plantation  haa  arrived  <it  ftill 
growth  it  ia  conaidered  a  valuable  inherit- 
iince. 

CHAP.  VII. 
CIDER,  BEER,  &«. 

CIDER. 

I.  Cider  ia  a  well  known  drink  extract- 
ed fVom  the  juice  of  applea.  The  prepara- 
tion of  thia  liquor  forma  an  intereating  por- 
tion of  agricultural  labor  in  thia  country. 
It  ia  alao  an  article  of  conaiderable  com- 
merce. The  flrat  prooeaa  ia  to  collect  the 
fhiit  into  heapa,  whera  it  fermenta,  and 
beeomea  perfectly  ripe.  The  applea  are 
then  taken  to  the  mill,  and  being  ground, 
■re  made  to  yield  •  liquor,  which  ia  afller- 
warda  put  into  caaka,  and  prepared  for 
nae.  The  beat  cider  manufkctured  in  the 
United  Btatea  ia  aaid  to  be  that  of  New 
Jeraey.  In  the  country  towna  of  New 
England,  cider  ia  uaed  in  almoHt  every 
houae.  In  common  aeaaona,  it  ia  worth 
linle  more  than  a  dollar  a  barrel.  It  is  a 
■lightly  intoxicating  liquor,  but  >8  seldom 
taken  in  ■  quantity  sufficient  to  intoxicate. 
PERRY. 

9.  Perry  ia  a  beverage  made  fl-om  peara, 
by  ■  proceaa  aimilar  to  the  manuikctura 

Fceneh  any  peculiar  method  of  preparing  choco- 
late?   as.  What  of  ahells?    SU.  What  of  the 
oacao-nat? 
1.  What  ean  yon  My  of  eider?  Ia  it  auch  used 


of  cider.  It  ia  a  wholesome  and  pleasant 
liquor,  and  haa  somntinics  been  made  ao 
excellent  as  lo  pass  for  Champagne.  Peara 
thouhl  he  l\illy  ripe  before  they  are  ground. 
Crult  apples  are  (Vequcntly  mixed  with  the 
pears,  and  are  saiil  to  improve  the  porry. 

BEER,  ALE.  &o 

8.  lieer  ia  a  generic  term  for  drink  ex> 
tracted  from  malt.  It  is  n  very  ancient 
liquor,  and  is  said  to  havn  bctm  invimtod 
by  Ibn  KKyplians.  Mult  is  prupnred  by  a 
peculiar  process  Onm  barley. 

4.  Brewing  ia  the  art  of  gaining  fVom 
malt  all  its  sugary  sweetness,  and,  by  ft)r« 
menting  it,  making  it  into  a  sort  of  vinous 
liquor. 

6.  The  general  mode  of  operation  ia  as 
follows.  The  flrnt  part  is  mashing.  Thia 
consists  of  pouring  water  which  haa  boil- 
ed, but  ia  now  cooled  down  to  a  proper 
heat,  upon  the  ground  malt,  in  a  deep 
open  vessel,  or  tun,  and  stirring  it  well 
about.  If  the  water  were  boiling,  it  would 
not  dissolve  it  properly.  When  it  haa 
been  mashed  for  two  or  three  hours,  the 
liquor,  aweet-wort  as  it  is  called,  ia  drawn 
off.  Hot  water  ia  ■  aecond  time  poured 
upon  the  malt,  and  drawn  ofT.  Alao  • 
third  time.  If  you  mix  the  two  flrat  worta 
together,  they  will  make  good  ale;  the 
third  will  then  be  amall  beer.  If  you  mix 
the  two  last  together,  they  will  inake  excel* 
lent  table  beer ;  and  the  finit  wort  alone  will 
be  capital  ale. 

6.  When  all  the  strength  is  thus  gained 
out  of  the  malt,  the  liquor  ia  then  to  be 
boiled  up  with  a  proper  proportion  of  hops. 
The  worts  alone  would  make  a  ropy  liquor, 
which  would  in  ■  few  weeks  turn  aour; 
the  hope  tend  to  break  the  viscidity  of  tho 
ale;  to  give  it  that  flavor  of  bittemeaa, 
which  is  so  pleasant  to  the  palate  {  and  to 


in  New  England  ?  S.  What  is  perry?  3.  What 
do  you  mean  by  the  word  beer .'  4.  What  is  the 
•rt  uf  brewing?  0.  Describe  the  mode  of  opera- 
tion.   6.  When  the  strength  of  the  malt  ip  ex* 


yf 


■111       III  BBH 


imi^  "I'mwi 


mmmfi^mmmm 


ica 


it  keep  for  tnoDibs,  or  jrMfa,  wdhoui 
Mmlng  Miiir. 

7.  After  It  liholird  with  hopa  ll  muM  Im 
worked,  that  i»,  iniiH*  lo  (Vtrmrnt.  Tiii*  wort 
muit  bo  In  «  |»rn|M)r  atiilfl  of  warmth  Dir 
thia  I  too  much  lit<at  ur  roM  will  apoll  ii, 
A  qiiMitlly  of  yciiNt,  iiiD'atl  upon  a  loam,  in 
Ml  a  •wimminK  in  this  niiiiillo  of  iha  rnol«r. 

8.  When  tlia  fkrnientalion  la  ovltlrntly 
ftnlng  on,  then  liia  whola  lii|ii'or  la  lo  Iw 
tuanod,  that  la,  put  Into  th«  vi'aM*la  in 
which  it  i«  In  aland,  till  drawn  off  for  ua«. 
Theao  vraa«la  ant  flilud,  aad  a*  the  ferriian- 
tation  proceoda,  itilirowaover  at  the  hun|c 
bole  a  brown  IVoth,  which  la  yeaat,  ill  tbr 
Mlling  other  beer  at  work,  but  eapeeklly 
iMtAil  In  making  hr^ad. 

9.  Tho  art  of  making  the  ale  good  will 
BOW  eoaaiat  la  knowing  when  to  atop  the 
Ikrmentation.  Were  you  to  cloae  the 
biiaga  of  the  veaaela  at  Aral,  tfae  fbrce  of 
iM  gaa  aet  at  liberty  by  the  Ibment  would 
bunt  the  veaaela.  On  the  other  hand,  if 
It  were  not  to  be  bunged  up  till  It  had 
quite  done  working,  the  liquor  would  be 
flat,  aa  all  ita  apirit  and  atreugth  would  have 
aaeapad.  Tho  object  ia  to  bung  it  up  aa 
aooa  aa  the  firat  violence  la  over,  and  keep 
in  all  the  apirit  you  can  without  bunting 
Ihaeaak. 

10.  After  awhile,  the  liquor,  which  ia 
BOW  tliiek,  or  turbid,  will  fine  itaelf ;  that 
ia,  all  the  maah  of  the  malt  will  aink  down 
into  laea,  a  aort  of  mud,  at  the  bottom ;  and 
the  body  of  the  ale  will  become  dear  and 
aparkling.  The  atronger  the  ale  la,  the 
longer  muat  it  be  kept  before  it  will  be 
flna  enough  to  drink:  jbree  month8|i  or 
•van  twelve. 

11.  The  general  principlea  of  brawiag 
ala  have  now  been  atated.  Beer  ia  aimilar 
In  ita  prooeaa,  and  ao  ia  porter  {  the  chief 
iiAnneo  ilea  in  the  materiala  put  in  to 


■.whatiadone?  7.  AOer  it  ia  boiled  with 
kai»*  6.  Oeaeriba  tlie  eontiniution  of  the  pro> 
gtaa.  9.  Hew  iathe  ale  now  improved  f  10.  How 


give  it  (filhar  color  or  peeuliar  flavor.  The 
bnwera  am  aaid  lo  have  aecreia,  in  ihaaa 
rpaprclM,  whirh  ihry  do  not  wiah  iho  pub* 
lie  lo  know.  I'hare  are  many  placea  la 
Nnw  F.ngland  and  lha  Mi  Hie  Hialea,  whrn 
Itnar  and  ale  nf  t)Xt;«<ll«n'.  <»vallly  are  made 
and  itin  ItrnwiriK  of  ibe^rt  \»  quite  axtenaivi 
in  ibe  llnilvd  Hiatfa. 

PORTER. 
13.  Porter  ia  aaid  to  neeivo  Ita  dee| 
brown  Ooin  H|Hiniah  llquoricp,  or  flron 
burnt  aiigar.  The  F.iiKliah  Fortvr  la  gvn 
vrally  vaiemned  au|>«riiir  lu  that  of  any  olhik 
roiiiiiry ;  but  it  ia  made  in  nearly  equa 
perfection  )n  America. 

CHAP.  Viil. 

WINE8. 

1.  A  gnat  number  of  vegetable  auh 
atancea  may  be  made  to  afliard  wine,  aa 
cumnta,  cherries,  ite  \  but  that  obtaineil 
flrom  the  Anil  of  the  vine  ia  the  lieat  and 
moot  drank.  Then  are  muiy  aorta  of 
wine,  liecauae  then  are  many  eountriea 
where  the  vinea  grow  luxuriantly)  and 
each  baa  Ita  own  peculiar  flavor.  Some- 
timea  thia  excellence  fai  conflnod  lo  a  aingla 
hill(  and  aomelimea  it  axtenda  over  a 
whole  country. 

9.  ToKAT  Wins,  for  inatance,  la,  if  genu* 
ine,  the  produce  of  only  a  amall  diatriet  in 
Hungary  t  the  whole  of  which  ia  (or  ought 
lo  be)  reaerviNl  for  the  emperor^  uao 
However,  Tokay  wine,  or  aomelhing  liav« 
Ing  that  name,  may  be  bought  at  any  time 
in  our  large  aitiea,  and  in  any  quanliqr« 

8.  MADxiaA.  The  true  Maideira  wina 
ia  made  at  Madeira,  an  ialand  lying  Borth- 
weat  of  the  eoaat  of  Aflriok,  Aa  tba 
wine  of  Madeira  aianda  ao  high  id  rapute, 
a  little  account  of  the  vineyania  in  that 
iaUnd,  and  the  mode  of  ouluvation,  may 
amuae  you.    In  every  apot,  when  tha  aoil 


loag  muat  the  ale  be  kept  f    11.  Wbat  ia  aaid  of 
bter  and  porter? 
1.  Fram  what  fraita  an  tha  meat 


mimim 


1 


tmmmmtmm^a^mmm* 


liUr  flavnr.  The 
Mcreu,  in  ihoM 
lot  wbh  ih«  ptib* 
many  pUcra  l» 
8  Mtt  Hialaa,  whrr* 
>«falil]r  arc  mada 
la  i|ulto  axlanain 


rvrnWa  its  dM| 
|iiori<r,  or  flroii 
ih  Porter  la  §rn 
olhalofanjrolhn 
I  in  naarljr  aiiua 


II. 

f  vanetabla  auh 

»  aflord  wine,  aa 

l>ut  that  otMain«4 

a  la  tba  baat  and 

muiy  aorta  of 

many  eountriaa 

luxuriantly;  and 

tr  flavor.     8ome« 

infload  to  a  aiagla 

•xianda  ovor  a 

itanea,  la,  if  gonu- 
I  ainall  diatrlet  in 
rhieh  la  (or  oufbl 
emparor'a  uae 
■  aomalhlof  b*v< 
tughl  at  aajr  lima 

any  quantitj. 
le  Maidaim  wina 
land  lylag  aorth- 
Aflria  Aa  tba 
9  bigb  id  rapute, 
rinavarda  b  tbat 

euluvation,  may 
ot,  wbera  tba  aoil 

11.  Wbitiaiaidar 


ba 


•DMl 


■      I      LW^HIiiW.^ 


WIHM. 


ia  aultabia,  and  a  dua  axpoaura  in  iha  aun 
aflfbrda  auflleitnt  warmih,  tba  vlnna  ara 
pUnlad.  Low  ilona  walla  aneloa«i  ih«  avv- 
aral  walka,  whirh  eroaa  aaeb  oibar  from 
ona  aida  of  iha  vinayard  to  tba  oihar. 
Tbaaa  walka  hava  a  kind  of  lr«llia.work  of 
latba  and  bainbooa,  which  alinoat  ma«t  at 
tba  top,  and  rander  iham  JalightAiily  ahaily. 
It  la  Iha  ripaniug  of  tba  grapaa  in  ilir 
abada,  whieb  la  aaid  to  giva  tham  their 
paaullar  flavor.  Tba  vinaa  ara  thiia  aup- 
ported  I  and  tba  keapera  can  cluan  the 
ground  of  every  weed  with  the  utiiuial  naae. 
Every  vineyard  haa  a  plantation  of  bain- 
booa adjoining,  aa  the  grapaa  will  not  prove 
axrelleni  without  thia  ahaiia  and  aupport. 
The  external  bedgea  whieb  defend  theaa 
vlaayarda  ara  eompoaed  of  the  prickly  pear, 
myrtlea,  bramblea,  and  wild  roeee  t  ao  that 
tba  whole  country  baa  tba  appearance  of  a 
garden. 

4.  Baaidaa  what  may  ba  eonaumed  at 
home,  the  iaiandera  export  aoinetimea  forty 
tbouaand  pipea  of  wina  In  a  year;  each 
worth  fWmi  ona  hundred  to  two  hundred 
doUara.  Soma  of  our  EUat-lndia  ahlpa 
Uiio  a  great  quantity  In  thabr  outward 
voyage,  and  bring  It  back  to  America.  The 
voyage  and  tba  warmth  ripan  and  im- 
prove tba  wina  mueb.  In  ila  native  alata, 
ta  bvoufbt  immediately  flrom  tba  laland, 
Madabw  wina  ia  worth  very  llttla.  There 
•re,  baaidaa  thia  deaeription  of  the  wine. 
Burgundy  Madeira,  Sicily  Madeira,  and 
Malmaay  Madeira,  a  white,  luaeiouf,  and 
highly  palatable  wina.  The  vine  which 
pradueoa  malmaay  wine,  properly  eo  called, 
ia  a  native  of  Malvaaia,  a  amall  Grecian 
iaiaad  where  ita  cultivation  ia  at  preaent  but 
little  attended  to. 
^  5.  At  Teneriflb,  one  of  the  Canary  lalea, 
^graat  qoantitiaa  of  good  wina  are  made, 
which  may  ba  obtained  at  leaa  than  half 


wfaMa  oktaiaed  f  S.  What  orTokay  f  3.  Madeira  t 
What  ia  aaid  of  the  vioayaida  in  Madeira  f  4.  h 
nnak  wtaw  exported  from  Madeiia  t  6.  What  of 
3 


the  price  of  Madeira ;  and  to  aoma  palaiaa 
it  ie  mora  agreeable. 

6.  In  Madeira,  the  gnpee  ara  gatberad 
when  ripe,  and  put  into  wooden  veaaala 
Then,  to  praea  nut  the  Juire,  the  vinlagen 
•trip  oft  their  Jaekota,  and  their  aboea,  and 
get  Inio  ilin  v«<iHM>la  |  iliera,  working  with 
their  haiKia,  and  fe«>l,  and  elbowa,  they 
proea  and  aquaexe,  till  every  grapa  ia 
cruahed. 

7.  Wh^n  they  have  olitained  ttie  Juiaa 
clear  fVom  the  eulke,  it  doea  nrt  want 
■ugar ;  for  the  grapee  ara  ao  verj  ripo  and 
•weet,  that  the  liquor  preeently  Armenia. 
It  ii  the  augary  aubetanca  in  tba  grape, 
whlab,  by  formenting,  evolvea  a  vineue 
apirit,  and  produeee,  a(lar  long  atandlag, 
(which  ripana  and  clean  It)  tho  liquor  wa 
call  wine. 

8.  PonrWai.  What  wa  call  JM  PM, 
eomea  ^toft  Oporto,  a  ally  of  Portugal. 
Tba  vlnat  gmw  In  tba  aurrounding  aoua- 
try.  The  quantity  exported  annually  la 
aaid  to  ba  eighty  tbouaand  pipaa.  It  la 
a  trade  of  eonaidarabia  importanea  to  tha 
Portuguaae.  Soma  of  the  wina  marabanta 
at  Oporto  hava  eallan  which  will  eontaia 
aix  or  aaven  tbouaand  pipaa ;  a  great  aum- 
bar  of  the  inhabitanta  employ  tbemaalvaa 
aa  eoopera. 

9.  SrANiiB  WiM.  What  ia  with  ua 
called  Aeny,  eomaa,  If  gaauiaa,  ftom 
Xerea  ia  Spain,  wbara  forty  thouaaad 
pipee  of  it  ara  annually  mada.  Thera  an 
two  kinda  of  thia  wina,  tba  pala  and  tha 
golden.  Tba  Sherry  winea  ara  ahippad  for 
the  moot  part  at  Cadix. 

10.  Other  Spanlab  winea  ara  la  groat 
raqueat.  JlfeHiilaJn  wina  la  mada  IVora 
tba  vinaa  anund  Malaga.  It  haa  thia 
name  if  white ;  the  red  wina,  mada  ia  tba 
aame  diatrict,  ia  in  raputa  with  ua  aa  vary 
luaeioua,  under  the  name  of  2M  Win*, 


Canary  or  Tenerillk  wine?  0.  Whatie  done  with 
the  gnpee  in  Madeira  f  7.  Ia  eogar  needed  to 
■wfeten  the  wine  f    6.  Whenea  lo  we  tlUakr 


bi.^%^. 


I,.,-... 


*<*■»■ 


m>jt 


^^^mfm^mimwTr^  \ 


14 


■  oil!    or    COHMIKCI. 


m1I««1  ihera  fine  (in(»,  llial  U,  lliilml,  nr 
colorDii  wliif.  Tlivrn  ar»  loitr'nin  ihoii- 
•Mill  wln«-|»ri<aMt  tii  Itii*  pnivtiicr,  ao  that 
lb*  iiruiiufla  inual  Im  imiii«na«t, 

II.  ViNK*  IN  iTALf.  Th«  plalna  of 
Ijtmb^rdjf,  tn  iIm*  ctmira  of  ihi>  ii|i|Hir  |Mr( 
of  lulyi  ara  nrarly  oim  rniiitiiii«<l  vlni<' 
yanl.  Tha  vina  in  llila  counlry  loo  aitiwar* 
with  UBuatial  luxurUiM'it,  nni  Mng  iletl  !<• 
•Ukita,  apil  rut  down  lu  dwarf  |ilaiil8,  aa 
in  Franca  t  but  aulTaiad  to  grow  aa  U 
pUaaaa,  elimMif  up  tlio  tallaat  alina,  ami 
iMBfing  In  rich  fiMHiiona  IVom  tna  to  tra«, 
■U  •bout,  aad  almoat  •ncuniboring  tba 


tnrtllorNi  pathwty.      Tba  aSght    la  ex- 
tramaljr  pieiuraaqua  and  gratlfyinf . 

13.  When  the  vine  nina  to  thia  ex- 
tent, it  aometlmea  bean  buncliea  in  prnpor- 
tion.  BonietMor  of  tbia  Icind  muat  have 
been  eommon  in  Canaan,  when  the  apiea 
brought  home  one  eluater,  ao  large  aa  to 
bo  borne  between  two  peraona  on  a  atafl*. 

18.  FaiRCM  Wiifia.  But  the  moat  luxu- 
rioua  wine  eountriea  are  in  France.  In 
the  South,  the  vineyard  forma  the  Arm, 
and  the  produce  conatitutea  the  grand 
harveat,  called  Iht  vintagt ;  a  Joyoiia  8«<a- 
•on,  •■  well  it  may  be,  eapeciaily  if  tJir 
weather  baa  been  favorable  to  the  abun- 
dance and  ri|Mning  of  the  Ouit. 

14.  Champagne  la  a  wine  produced  in 
the   northeaatern  part  of  France,  flrom  a 


fort  wine?    9.  Bherry?    10.  Malaga r    11,18. 
What  at  viMa  in  Italy  r    13.  Whiu  ofFrenob 


provlnrn  whirh  waa  once  rallvd  by  thai 
nania.  The  wine  la  of  «i<|ulaiin  flavor, 
rirh,  anil  racy  |  it  ta  In  high  ritpuir,  and 
b«ara  a  rnnaiUarable  prlf««. 

I  A.  Tha  country  mine  rallrd  BurKvndjf, 
!!.<■  MHiih  of  (7han.)Hign#,  and  gtvra  lu 
iianiA  to  a  win*  intM'h  rrlrliralitti  for  Ita 
lii*auiil\il  rolor  and  dflighllUI  Itavor. 

16.  Ctartt  la  a  French  wine  of  a  pale 
rrt\,  aa  lie  name  implira,  brl3li  and  apark- 
ling.  It  cornea  iViim  the  i-ouniry  nboui 
ihe  Oaronne,  on  the  w«atarn  coaat  of 
Francn. 

17.  A  journey  through  the  wine  eoun- 
trina  of  France,  In  the  vintage  aiaaon, 
la  very  giaddnning.  In  the  eiiatrrn  and 
aniHhnrn  d<*|inrlnirnia  eapeciaily,  the  vinea 
are  «rcn  every  where,  crowning  the  warm 
er  alnpea  of  the  auiiny  hllla,  league  after 
league.  The  vinea  do  not  need  a  liouaa 
or  a  wall  to  aaaiai  in  ripening  tlin  grapea  ; 
the  warmth  of  (he  aiiiioaphere  ia  autHeient, 
during  the  aiiinmer  mniitha.  Tho  vinea 
are  kept  aliort.  They  are  planted  within 
live  or  aix  feet  of  each  other,  in  regular 
rowa.  Aa  they  grow,  two  Makea,  about 
four  or  Ave  het  high  (Vom  the  grotmd, 
muat  be  planted  to  each  vine,  at  a  little 
diaunce  to  the  right  and  left.  To  theae 
aukee  the  principal  aboou  of  the  vinea  ar« 
tied  {  all  othera,  which  will  not  tie  in,  are 
cut  off  to  two  or  three  eyea,  (aa  they  call 
the  buda,)  according  to  the  atrength  of  the 
branch.  By  tbia  meana,  none  of  the  flruit 
can  trail  upon  the  ground,  for  that  would 
rot  and  apoil  the  grapea. 

18.  Very  earaftilly  ia  all  the  ground  bo 
tween  the  rowa  dug,  at  the  proper  ae« 
aona ;  and  kept  clear  of  weeda,  IVom  tho 
lime  tliat   tho  viuea  begin  to  bud.    And 
continually  ia  the  pruning-kniA  uaed,  t4| 
cut  off  all  the  ahoota  which  ara  not  intend* 
ed  lo  be  left  for  ftuit  (  in  order  that  the 
whole  atrength  of  tho  plant  may  be  fitreod 


r^ 


winea?   14.  Champagne?    IS.  Burgundy f    1& 
Cltnt'    17.  What  ia  aaid  of  tha  vbitage  aaaaMi 


■MWMMI 


IIP  I   .1-  ■w>^w«w>ifm^MM  m  Dn'i, 


ralUa  hy  thtt 
a<|i;)ailii  flavor, 
ikIi  rr|tulr,  an^ 

illrd  liuTgundt/, 
anil  flvn  t>* 

Irhralittl  fur  tU 

\i\  flavor. 

win*  of  a  pal« 

i)k  and  aparli* 
t'ouniry  mIwui 

atarn    coaal   of 

llin  wina  roiin- 
viiiUKe  a<aann, 
ha  eitatrrn  antl 
rialljr,  Iha  vinM 
ninK  liiit  warm 
Ilia,  IrnKun  aftar 
I  nnnd  a  liuiiaa 
iliiK  llio  ffrapva  \ 
ara  ia  autHrlanli 
ilifl.  Tho  vinaa 
t  |>lantad  whhin 
tlher,  In  regular 
ro  ataki-a,  about 
om  the  ground, 
vIna,  at  a  lililo 
leA.  To  thaao 
of  the  vlnaa  ara 
III  not  ti«  in,  are 
«a,  (aa  thajr  call 
I  atrangth  of  tho 
one  of  the  ttvix 
I,  fur  that  would 

I  the  grouDd  bo 
the  proper  ao« 
weeda,  IVom  tho 
1  to  bud.    And 
|-knIA  uaed,  ti^ 
I  are  not  Intend* 
I  order  that  the 
It  may  be  fbreod 


c^ 


1 


DItTII 


M 


Into  iha  branchoa  whirh  ramain,  lo  make 
lh«  Krapna  tarirn  and  Ana. 

in.  'I'hla  •raaun  may  wall  \\m  anxloua, 
bitraiiap,  not  un(Vrr|iianily,  atorrna  of  ihiin- 
drr,  rain,  and  hnll,  ariar,  In  a  inannrr  an 
Arrrn  aa  lo  daalroy  all  iha  |Nraaant'a  ho|N*a 
at  nnr«  |  Iha  hlmr  of  tha  wholi«  aoaaori 
m  fVuMiralpd  In  a  ainglo  hour.  The  ra- 
Ikmlty  la  ruinoua.  Tha  whole  |irn<ltira  la, 
Air  that  yaar,  cut  offt  and  noiliing  but 
^varty  and  aufRtrlng,  all  ihroiigh  iha  win- 
Mr,  are  iHtfttre  thn  mla«irabla  Inhabllniita. 

90.  If,  hnwavar,  ihe  aeaaon  ronliniie 
■ropllioua  and  iha  vintage  aaia  In  plcaaanl- 
qr,  then  the  whole  coantry  la  alive  ;  lada 
and  laaaaa,  wilh  Iha  old  and  young  of  bilh 
lexaa,  join  their  labora  wilh  the  grrnlrai 
inllliy.  The  rinaa  are  airipped  uf  ihrir 
purple  cluatare,  which  are  Imme  home  irl- 
umphantly   la  beaketa,  or  in  wagona,  by 


on.  Ii  la  iha  hay -dry  of  rural  f<*allvil]r, 
TIta  (lowing  ImiwI  rirnilalrai  alMHindlng 
|ili*nly  anllvcnat  and  Iha  very  lalior  lUNlf 
rrjolrra  ilia  brarl. 

91.  Ilora.  Ilork  la  a  Oarman  wIna  of 
airallfDl  flavor  wh«n  old.  The  beat  roinaa 
(Vorn  I'tankforl  on  thn  Maina,  wbenoe  it  ia 
rx|Mirlpd  in  caaka  rnllad  aanM*. 

99.  t'ntoH  or  Wiaa,  kc  To  give  a 
deap  red  color  lo  wine,  It  la  nacaaaary  lo 
make  uae  of  black  grapaa.  The  color  of 
wInn  la,  bowavar,  ol\cn  artificial.  Rad< 
wood,  logwoml,  abler  b>rrlea  ti  are  uaed 
In  dying  it.  It  ia  aoinetlmae  the  |iraetlee 
lo  throw  Biigar  of  li>««i  and  alum  Into 
•oar  wine  In  order  to  awaeten  it.  Thee* 
aubataneee  are  extremely  Idturicue. 

99.  Deklera  diaiingulah  wine   Into  two 
gcnaral   daacriptlona ;     namely,   trnttl    or 
JiwctoM  wtae^  end  dry  mM9%  or  well 
are  not  a 


wtae^i 


the  alailng,  draeing,  revening,  troope  of 
vlllagere,  exhibltinf,  at  thi  prcacnt  day, 
eometbing  like  the  BacchinalUn  vagarlea 
of  heathen  timea  f  the  girle  dreaaed  up  wiib 
flowera,  and  the  lada  with  vine  leavea.  The 
wagona,  fkntaatically  decked  with  boiigba, 
are  drawn  by  oxen,  and  a:t«ndcd  by  the 
ahouting  multitude,  wiib  all  the  miihio  the 
VVlllage  ean  afford,  making  tiie  acenc  highly 
intereeting  and  exhilarating,  not  only  to 
thoae  engaged  In  It,  but  «ren  to  a  looker- 


>.  Bnrgandyr 
theTlatageae 


Vk 


CHAP.  IX. 
DI.4TIIXCD  8I>IRITS. 

BRANDY. 

1.  The  difference  between  diatllled  and 
Atrmentrd  liquon  ia  im|Mirtant.  Wina 
ia  Airmcnted  ;  in  thia  proceaa  an  ardent 
aplrii,  called  alei«hol,  ia  generated;  thIa 
minglm  thrrngh  the  whole  aubatance  of 
the  llfjiior,  ripena  by  age,  and  makea  H 
wine.  The  purpoee  of  diatillatlon  ia  to 
•eparate  thia  ardent  apirit  fVom  the  watery 
parte  of  the  wine;  and  thua  produce  a 
liquor  much  more  filled  with  alcohol,  in 
which  it  la  concentrated,  and  beara  a  much 
greater  proportion  to  the  bulk  of  the  fluid. 
In  order  to  ihia,  it  ia  put  Into  an  apparatua 
called  a  tlUl,  and  aubjected  to  conaidera- 
ble  beat.  Thia  beat  preaently  raiaea  the 
apirituoiia  pnrt,  or  the  alcohol,  into  vapor, 
which  riaea,  and  would  be  loat  In  the  al- 
ia wmetimaa  don?  in  nrder  to  awealen  wtnef 
93.  What  la  mrant  by  dry  winoa  ? 

1.  WiiM  ia  thcdittt'wncnbftwecndiatillcd  and 
fbrmrnted  liquors ,'  3, 4, 5.  Ueaoribe  the  proccH 


.^^,.^<,.W>.-rffa^^  -.^-. 


.isi^Uw 


MOI   or    COMMBHCI. 


I. 

I 
1* 

I. 


P 


inoapbere,  were  uot  the  apparttui  contriv- 
ed m  u  to  condeoM,  and  retain  it. 

3.  Ttie  vapors  riae  to  eicape  by  a  nar- 
row tube,  which  is  carried  to  a  great 
length  through  a  large  quantity  of  water  ; 
the  pipe  is  cooled  by  this  chill.,  the  steam 
is  conidansed  into  drops,  and,  at  the  ex- 


tremity, runs  out  in  a  strevB  of  spirituous 
liquor.  The  liquor,  tre«li4  t^U"  repeat- 
edly, will  lose  most  of  itijnttery  particles, 
and,  at  last,  become  pui#  ipirltj  called  in 
commerce,  apirit  oftoint. 

8.  Distillation  produces  alcohol  very 
similv  in  its  properties,  let  the  substance 
distilled  from  be  what  it  may.  In  England, 
the  spirit  is  usually  produced  from  malt. 
The  specific  flavor,  and  color  are  given 
afterwards  in  a  process  called  £ee(|/Iea<ton. 

4.  As  we  are  speaking  of  French  brandy, 
it  is  proper  to  observe,  that  this  is  distilled 
from  wines.  Wiiids  beginning  to  get  tart 
will  do.  Nay,  even  the  grape-stalks,  and 
the  refuse,  will  yet  afibrd  the  brandy 
spirit,  if  treated  properly. 

6.  All  this  refuse  utod  to  be  cast  away 
as  worthle8»{,bitt  they  have  learned  to  use 
it.  After  the  juice  has  been  well  squeezed 
from  the  stalks  and  husks,  the  whole  mass 
is  lightly  loosened,  and  put  into  vessels, 
with  a  certain  proportion  of  water ;  it  is 
thsn  covered  over  with  clay,  to  prevent 
any  of  the  fermentation  from  escaping ;  in 
this  confined  state,  it  is  kept  four  or  five 


weeks;  the  whole  is  then  distilled,  and 
the  proiluce  of  spirit  is  considerable. 

6.  The  part  of  France  where  brandy 
is  said  to  be  produced  of  the  finest  kind 
and  best  flavor,  is  in  the  westeriii  Itonlers, 
about  Nantz ;  and  the  town  of  C  ognar  is 
famous  for  it.  It  is  at  first  colorless,  an<i 
is  snid  to  attain  it*  tint  from  the  wood,  by 
standing  a  year  or  two  in  the  vessel.  Tlilx 
long  keeping  tends  also,  by  a  contiiiiitHl 
internal  commotion,  to  ripen  or  soften  ii, 
and  take  ofi"  much  of  that  fiery  qualiiy, 
which  bums  the  throat  when  brandifs  niu 
new.  It  is  said,  that  not  less  tlmn  fit^y 
thousand  pipes  of  brandy  are  made  ev;:ry 
year  in  France. 

7.  The  intemperate  use  of  brandy  and 
other  spirituous  liquors  is  productive  of 
the  most  injurious  effects  both  to  the  body 
and  soul  of  man.  The  amount  of  misery 
and  disease  it  has  caused  in  the  world, 
is  incalculable.  The  strongest  constitu- 
tions have  been  enervated  and  destroyed  by 
its  pernicious  influence;  and  the  noblest 
minds  have  been  prostrated  by  its  de- 
grading power. 

GIN. 

8.  The  name  of  Otmeta  is  given  to  this 
liquor  because,  originally,  it  was  flavored 
with  juniper  berries,  the  French  word  for 
which  is  gtt^mt.  It  was  in  Holland  that 
this  liquor  woi  first  made ;  and  the  only 
true  Geneva  is  distilled  there  now.  The 
English  gin  is  nothing  more  than  malt 
spirits  flavored  with  oil  of  turpentine, 
and  they  are  distilled  together.  It  is  a 
debtructive  drink  among  the  lower  classes. 

RUM. 

9.  Rum  is  a  spirituous  liquor  distilled 
from  the  sugar-cane.  When' the  juice  of 
the  cane  has  l)een  forcibly  pressed  out  foi^ 
sugar,  the  mashed  cane  and  all  the  refuse 
are  put  into  the  still.  The  produce  is  a 
very  powerful  spirit,  called  Rvm.  This 
spirit  is  mixed  with  much  of  the  oil  of 


of  distillation.    6.  In  what  part  of  France  is  the|  beat  brandy  prodnced?  S.Wbatofgin?  9.Rom? 


\  1  iDim  I  111  hViiilJ.  iiVirtfelMHi'itI  'in-  -I'l  i  'i  fV "niu  i  iIhWIiVm  ttiifiiltyititiatyitoiiri  ii«l;(i'iVj,i.in 


^mf; 


Bn  distilled,  and 
>ns!deral)le. 
e  where  brandy 
r  the  finest  kind 
westerii  Itorders, 
wn  of  Cognac  is 
rat  colorless,  an^l 
>m  the  wooil,  by 
the  vessel.    Tliii 

by  a  continued 
pen  or  soften  it, 
at  fiery  quality, 
lien  brandies  ore 
t  less  tlmn  fif)y 

are  made  evury 

9  of  brandy  end 
s  productive  of 
tioth  to  the  body 
nount  of  misery 
1  in  the  world, 
ongest  constitu- 
ind  destroyed  by 
and  the  noblest 
ited  by  its  de- 


is  given  to  this 
,  it  waa  flavoreil 
F'rench  word  for 
in  Holland  that 
»;  and  the  only 
lere  now.  The 
more  than  malt 

of  turpentine, 
;ether.  It  is  a 
le  lower  classes. 

I  liquor  distilled 
ten*  the  juice  of 
pressed  out  foi^ 
id  all  the  refuse 
'he  produce  is  a 
ed  itum.  This 
h  of  the  oil  of 

itof^n?  9.  Rom? 


itiliirwteWmaifiV'B 


\ 


a 


it 


ARTICLBS   or   CMTBJ 


1. 

been 


fh*  augar-cane,  flrom  which  it  receives  iu 
{Mculiar  flavor.  Sometiniea  in  distilling 
the  rum,  a  few  pine  apples  are  added. 
The  rum  manufiictured  in  Jamaica  is 
highly  valued.  Rum  is  distilled  firom 
molasses  in  great  quantities  iu  New  Eng- 
land, and  exported  to  Europe  and  other 
countries  in  ho^^heada.  This  deleterious 
tpirit  is  aold  so  cheap  In  America,  that 
the  wages  of  a  day's  labor  will  purchase 
diree  gallons  of  it  Three-fourths  of  the 
poverty  and  crime  that  lead  to  the  alma- 
louse  and  the  penitentiary,  spring  firom 
4iia  fruitAil  source. 

WHISKEY,  Ae. 

10.  Whiskey  is  obtained  by  distillation 
Arom  com,  rye,  wheat,  sugar  or  molasses, 
though  generally  firom  the  former.  It  is 
made  in  great  quantities  in  Ireland  and 
Scotland ;  as  well  as  in  Ohio  and  some  of 
the  middle  and  western  states. 

ARRACK. 

11.  ^rracifc  is  an  East  India  liquor,  pro- 
cured from  rice,  when  made  at  Batavia; 
and  from  the  juice  of  cocoa-nuM  by  the 
people  of  C3oa. 

12.  There  are  various  kinds  of  cordials, 
such  as  Noyau,  Annisseed,  Mareschino, 
&c.,  which  are  considered  articles  of  com- 
merce. But  the  basis  of  these  liquors  is 
moat  commonly  some  one  of  the  above 
spirits,  and  they  are  flavored  and  colored 
by  vegetable  substances.  Brandy  and  rum 
are  often  impregnated  with  the  juice  of 
the  common  wild  cherry,  and  in  this  sUte 
they  are  much  drank. 

CHAP.  X. 

ARTICLES  OF  CLOTHING. 

WOOL. 
The  fleeces  of  sheep  seem  to  have 
the  first  resource  of  mankind  for 


clothing.     Adam  and  Eve  bad  skins  for 
their  garments,  after  sin  bad  made  a  cover- 


■ui*. 


I 


10.  Whiskey?    11.  Anack?    12.  What  of  cor- 

*■!•?  -       .. 

1,  2.  What  is  said  of  the  antiqtuty  of  woollen 
4# 


ing  necessary.  The  art  of  forming  cloth  of 
the  wool  is  very  ancient ;  for  Naamah,  sis- 
ter of  Tubal  Cain,  of  whom  we  read  Oe- 
nesif,  iv.  22,  is  said  by  the  Jewish  writers 
to  have  invented  spinning  and  weaving; 
and  it  is  most  likely  that  wool  was  the 
first  material 

2.  In  the  book  of  Levitieiu,  we  find 
distinct  mention  both  of  the  warp  and  of 
the  woof;  which  describes  the  woollen 
cloth  to  be  made  as  in  modem  times. 

3.  The  wool  of  Attica,  in  Greece,  ana 
of  Tarentum  in  Italy,  were  in  high  esteem 
with  the  ancients.  And  garmenta  were 
dyed  purple  by  the  people  of  Tyre,  of 
great  value  for  magistrates  and  kings. 
That  was  the  Imperial  purple,  which  none 
else  might  wear. 

4.  There  has  been  a  considerable  trade 
therefore  always  in  on  article  so  necessary 
and  so  costly.  From  Syria  these  commo- 
dities were  brought,  in  great  abundance, 
towards  Europe. 

6.  The  Roman  toga  was  a  woollen  gar- 
ment, white,  fine  in  its  texture,  and  ample 
in  its  folds.  The  best  materials,  from  all 
their  provinces,  were  drawn  to  the  metro- 
polis. There  alone  was  to  lie  found  the 
wealth  which  could  pay  for  every  thing 
luxurious. 


cloth  ?  3.  The  purple  garmenU  of  Tyre  f  4.  The 
trade  in  thia  article  ?  5  The  Roman  toga  ?  6. 
Did  the  Romans  eitablish  the  maatifiiotura  in 


iiitim^»itt)M£itiiiimii/Uiiitt 


'mm 


mmMmt 


mm 


f-  •  ■»     •         -     ^— J     ■      '    ■•  ■•■     •r^     't  ■ 


t::. 


t8 


BOOl   or   COMMBRCB. 


} 


6.  Wherever  tlie  Romans  took  up  their 
■bode,  they  brought  and  citablished  some 
of  their  arts;  ao  that  the  nations  which 
they  conquered  were  in  fact  enriched.  In 
Britain,  Winchester  was  the  seat  of  their 
woollen  manu&cture  ;.and  here  it  was  con- 

tf  dueted  on  a  acale  sufficient  to  supply  their 
*  wmy.  Th«  business  was  not  wholly  lost, 
whtn,  hi  the  fifth  century,  they  abandoned 
Brit^ ;  yet  it  went  very  much  into  decay ; 
fbr  we  find  one  of  the  most  important  acts 
of  Edward  III.,  in  the  fifteenth  century,  (a 
tbmisand  years  after  the  Romans  left  Eng- 
land,) was  the  inviting  over  from  Flanders, 
and  establishing  in  England,  wool-conibera 
and  weavers,  who  could  teach  his  sub- 
jects how  to  work  up  their  own  excellent 
fleeces. 

7.  It  seems,  that  the  wool  trade  was  all 
against  them  at  that  period.  MerchanU 
firom  the  Netherlands  used  to  come  over 
to  England  to  buy  up  all  the  fine  un- 
wrought  wools,  which  they  took  home ; 
and  when  they  had  woven,  dyed,  and 
dressed  them,  they  returned  with  their 
cloths,  and  sold  to  the  English  their  own 
fleeces,  at  an  exorbitant  advance  of  price. 
Edward,  on  a  visit  to  Flanders,  saw  in 
what  a  princely  style  these  merchants  and 
manufiicturers  lived ;  and  he  thought,  and 
thought  truly,  that  if  his  people  could  be 
taught  to  work  up  their  own  wools,  much 
money  might  be  detained  in  the  kingdom, 
which  now  went  abroad,  to  the  great  im- 
poverishment of  his  own  people,  and  the 
enriching  of  foreigners.  His  scheme  suc- 
ceeded; and  the  English  became  so  ex- 
pert in  the  manufacture,  that,  in  Queen 
Elizabeth's  time,  a  law  was  made  prohibit- 
ing entirely  all  exporution  of  unmanufac- 
tured wool.  . 

8.  Yorkshire  is  now  the  principal  aeat 
of  the  English  woollen  manufactures,  espe- 


Britain  i  7.  What  induced  Edwtrd  to  encourage 
the  manufacture  ?  8.  What  ii  now  the  chief  seat 
of  the  English  woollen  manaActuws  ?    9.  How  i 


cially  of  broad  cloths ;  and  Leeds  is  the 
central  mart,  where  most  of  the  wholesale 
business  is  transacted. 

9.  It  is  supposed  there  are  about  thirty 
million  of  sheep  in  the  kingdom  of  Great 
Britain ;  the  wool  of  them,  on  an  average, 
is  worth  about  seven  millions  of  pounds 
sterling,  the  value  of  which  is  increased, 
by  manufacturing  skill  and  labor,  to  be- 
tween twenty  and  thirty  millions  sterling. 
To  this  may  be  added  five  millions  pounds 
weight  of  foreign  wool.  This  great  manu- 
facture is  supposed  to  give  employment 
and  maintenance  to  more  than  three  mil- 
lions of  persons,  men,  women,  boys,  and 
giris. 

10.  Spanish  wool,  at  least  that  of  the 
merino  breed,  seems  to  be  in  favor,  as  of 
the  finest  texture.  Those  sheep  crop  the 
short  sweet  grass  of  the  mountains,  and 
their  wool,  though  not  so  abundant,  is 
of  a  more  delicate  quality.  The  Span- 
ish breed  is  said  to  have  sprung  from  a 
few  sent  as  a  present  from  England,  by 
Henry  II. 

11.  The  manufacture  of  wool  in  the 
United  States  is  very  considerable,  and  is 
yeariy  improving  and  inereasing.  The 
sheep  of  New  England  produce  a  wool  of 
a  very  excellent  quality,  which  is  woven 
into  various  kinds  of  fiibrics.  Fine  broad 
cloth  is  woven  at  Lowell,  and  at  several 
other  of  our  manufacturing  towns. 

IS.  The  fabrics  formed  of  wool  are  very 
various.  The  MijMfflNe  hnad  ehtk.  of 
which  our  coats  are  made,  stands  at  the 
head  of  the  list;  then  come  narrow  clotht 
which  are  of  a  coarser  texture.  Flannels 
blankets  &c.  are  also  made  of  wool :  mdeed 
so  many  are  its  uses,  that  it  would  be 
tedious  to  enumerate  them.  Many  elegant 
fabrics  are  formed  by  a  smaU  mixture  of 
wool  with  other   articles.    Poplins  and 


many  sheep  are  estimated  to  be  now  in  Great 
Britain?  10.  What  of  the  Spanish  wool?  11. 
What  of  the  roanu&eture  of  wool  in  the  United 


iiiiiilillli>i«i)»'nii»>iiiti- 


«M  II I  )nfe  I  III  1 1.1 1 1  im  ]i  rtn  !■■*  r  mitMuft !  Mi^iiteii''fit'  i  AiiiWWMto  'ihifllfaf&llfi^f*-^ 


Leeda  ]■  th« 
the  wbolenl« 

•bout  thirty 
ffdom  of  Great 
on  an  average, 
>ni  of  pounds 
I  ii  increased, 
labor,  to  he- 
llions sterling, 
lillions  pounds 
is  great  manu- 
e  employment 
han  three  miU 
len,  boys,  and 

n  that  of  the 
in  favor,  as  of 
heep  crop  the 
lountains,  and 
abundant,  is 
The  Span- 
iprung  from  a 
»  England,  by 

wool  in  the 
lerable,  and  is 
reasin^.  The 
uce  a  wool  of 
lich  is  woven 
.  Fine  broad 
nd  at  severai 
towns. 

wool  are  very 
tad  doih,  of 
stands  at  the 
narrow  etotts 
«.  Flannels 
•vout:  mdeed 
it  would  be 
Many  elegant 
II  mixture  of 
Poplins  and 

now  in  Great 

ish  wool?    11. 
I  in  the  United 


tt'  i-nyM-aWaifaiiiiv 


ARTICI.I8  or   OLOTBilia. 


M 


lustres  have  some  silk  In  them ;  and  some 
flannels  have  a  |^ttle  cotton  mingled. 
SHAWLS. 
18.  The  finest  shawls  are  imported  (W>m 
the  East  Indies.  Cachemere  is  the  great 
seat  of  the  manufkcture  of  those  beautiflil 
shawls,  which  bear  the  name  of  this  pro- 
vince. These  shawls  are  of  two  sorts: 
those  of  the  first  sort  are  made  fW>m  the 
wool  of  the  country,  which  is  finer  than 
that  of  Spain ;  and  those  of  the  second  sort 
iVom  the  wool,  or  rather  hair,  taken  from 
the  breastt  of  the  wild  goats,  which  inhabit 
Great  Thibet.  The  shawls  of  the  seeond 
sort  are  much  dearer  th»n  those  of  the  first, 
no  beaver  being  more  delicate  than  they 
are.  In  Russia  shawls  of  an  excellent 
quality  are  made,  called  Moscow  shawls. 

CAM11ST8. 

14.  Camlets  are  vf  various  colors  and 
sorts ;  some  of  goats'  hair,  both  in  the  warp 
and  woof;  others,  in  which  the  warp  is  of 
hair,  and  the  woof  half  hair,  and  half  silk. 
Camlets  are  manufkctured  both  in  France 
and  GreAt  Britain. 

BOMBAZINE,  fte. 

15.  This  is  a  kind  of  silk  and  woollen 
BtuflT  originally  manufactured  at  Milan, 
and  thence  sent  into  France  and  other 
countries.  It  is  now  made  in  Great  Britain 
as  well  as  in  this  country.  Kerteif  is  a 
species  of  coarse  woollen  stuff  usually 
woven  in  ribs.  Long  wools  are  those 
mostly  used  in  the  manufacture  of  this 
article. 

CHAP.  XI. 

ARTICX.E8  OF  CLOTHING  Iw.-Co>t»okd. 

COTTON, 

1.  Cotton  is  a  soft  vegetable  down,  which 

is  the  product  of  a  small  tree,  about  the 

size  of  a  currant  bush.     It  mdces  a  light, 

cheap  and  cleanly  garment ;  and,  in  many 


States'    la.  The  fidmes  formed  of  wool .' 
Shawls?  14.  Camkto?  15.  Bombuine ' 


mmiMtiiii£mii» 


13. 


respects,  is  preferable  to  wool:  although 
wool  will  always  be  in  esteem,  where 
warmth  is  the  especial  convenience  sought 
after. 

2.  The  cotton  plant,  which  has  become 
of  so  much  importance  to  our  manufhc- 
tures,  would  naturally  grow  to  eight  or  ten 
feet  in  height;  but  the  oultiTMort  find  that 
it  never  bears  its  downy  fluit  in  so  gnat 


abundance  ■■  when  it  is  kept  to  about  foui 
feet.  In  tha  eotton  plantations,  the  plot  is 
regularly  laid  out,  and  holes  are  made  for 
the  seeds,  at  the  distance  of  seven  or  eight 
feet  fi-om  each  other.  Into  each  of  these, 
several  seeds  are  dropped,  though  all  are 
not  suffered  to  grow,  the  weaker  ones  being 
pulled  up  as  soon  as  the  planter  can  discern 
which  are  likely  to  thrive  best;  so  that 
only  two  or  three  are  left  in  each  spot. 
As  these  plants  grow,  they  are  pruned,  as 
no  firuit  would  appear  either  soon,  or  plen- 
tifiil,  if  they  were  allowed  to  run  wild. 
This  pruning  process,  and  gathering  of  the 
crops,  continues  about  three  years,  when 
the  plant  is  so  worn  out,  that  a  new  one  is 
more  productive.  The  eotton  fluit  is  gath< 
ered  in  March  or  April. 

8.  This  fi-uit  is  a  brown  pod  bearing  a 
seed,  enveloped  in  a  downy  covering.  "Hie 
seeds  are  separated  by  a  machine  called 
the  cotton  gin,  and  the  woolly  covering, 
which  is  the  cotton  itself,  is  preserved  for 
sale. 


1.  What  ii  cotton  >  2.  What  ia  Mud  of  the  oo^ 
ton  plant  ?  When  is  the  cotton  gathered  f  3.  De« 


I 


MWMda 


mmSm 


•w 


BOOK   OP   COMMIkCI. 


!W  ^g-flg !"!''.  *j!">*.'''- ' 


4.  Cotton  WM  found  growing  naturtlly 
in  America  {  and  tlie  Southern  Sutes  now 
supply  imnienie  quantities  of  the  article. 
The  plant  is  also  much  cultivated  in  the 
countries  of  tha  Levant,  or  eastern  part 
of  the  Mediterranean  { as  the  Morea,  Candia, 
Cyprus,  and  the  islandH  of  Sicily,  Alalta, 
&C. ;  also  in  the  country  about  Jerusalem 
and  Damascus.  It  is  afam  raised  in  the 
West  Indies,  and  in  Brazil  and  otlier  parts 
of  South  America. 

6.  When  gathered  to  be  exported  the 
cotton  is  packed  in  a  curious  manner :  large 
bags  are  provided,  two  or  tliree  yards  in 
length,  and  above  a  yard  in  width.  The 
mouth  of  this  bag  Js  held  open,  by  two 
cross  pieces  of  timber  to  which  it  is  flwt- 
ened,  and  supported  by  posts  strong  and 
high.  The  packer  gets  into  this  deep  bag, 
to  the  bottom  of  it ;  while  another  hands 
to  him  small  parcels  of  cotton  continually ; 
these  he  places,  treads  down,  and  forces 
into  as  small  a  compass  as  possible.  The 
bag,  when  thus  crammed,  will  contain  three 
or  four  hundred  weight. 

6.  Cotton  being  a  very  light  commodity, 
one  grand  object  has  been  to  reduce  it  in 
bulk ;  that  a  ship  might  be  able  to  hold  a 
larger  quantity,  and  so  make  her  voyage 
more  profitable.  To  accomplish  this,  ma- 
chinery of  very  powerAil  pressure  has  been 
invented,  by  which  the  cotton  is  reduced 
into  one-thirtieth  part  of  the  bulk  to  which 
common  packing  could  bring  it.  It  lies  so 
close  now  as  to  lie  almost  solid ;  but  it  re- 
covers its  usual  springy  lightness  on  being 
unpacked  and  pulled  out 

7.  The  whole  proceas  in  the  manufactur- 
ing of  cotton  has  been  so  improved  of  late 
years,  by  ingenious  machinery,  as  to  be  to- 
tally changed.  By  this  means,  it  can  be 
afforded  cheaper  at  the  market;  a  much 
larger  quantity  is  thus  disposed  of;  and  the 


■cribe  the  firnit  4.  What  of  the  growth  of  the 
plant?  5.  How  is  tlie  cotton  packed  ?  6.  How  ii 
It  reduced  in  bulk  ?  7.  What  is  said  of  the  uieof 


trade  has  become  a  great  source  of  emola 
ment  while  it  affords  employment  to  many 
people.  The  English  are  able,  even  to 
fetch  the  cotton  from  India,  work  it  up  in- 
to muslins,  send  it  back  again  all  that  way, 
and  sell  it  in  Hindoostan  cheaper  than  the 
natives  can  produce  it  on  the  spot. 

8.  The  Isdies  who  wear  those  fine  deli- 
cate India  muslins,  would  be  surprised  to 
see  in  what  an  inartificial  manner  they  are 
woven,  by  a  people  whose  loom  is  so  clum- 
sy as  scarcely  to  deserve  the  name  of  ma- 
chinery. The  Indian  weaver  works  in  the 
open  air;  he  takes  his  apparatus  under  the 
shade  of  some  tree,  where  lie  incessantly 
plies  his  adroit  fingers.  His  progress  is 
tediously  slow,  but  it  is  patiently  persever- 
ing. He  can  live  upon  a  little,  and  is  con- 
tent with  his  monotonous  employment ;  as 
was  his  father  before  him. 

9.  The  first  process  with  the  cotton, 
when  unpacked,  is  tiiat  of  carding,  in  order 
to  prepare  it  for  spinning.  This  consists  in 
tearing  it  asunder,  by  means  of  a  board  set 
with  steel  hooks,  in  which  the  flaky  cotton 
is  entangled,  and  firom  which  it  is  forced 
out  by  anotiier  instrument  of  the  same  de- 
scription, which,  being  drawn  the  reverse 
way,  tears  open  the  compressed  substance 
of  the  cotton,  and  brings  it  into  the  state  of 
fine  wool. 

10.  This  carding  is  now  efiteted  by  very 
ingenious  machinery,  by  means  of  which  the 
work  is  expedited  in  an  astonishing  degree, 
and  performed  too  with  much  greater  regu- 
larity and  evenness  than  could  be  accom- 
plished by  the  hand-cards.  It  consists  ot 
cylinders  stuck  flill  of  teeth,  working  con- 
trary to  each  other,  and  of  considerablo 
size  and  rapidity  of  motion.  Thi>  saw-gin, 
invented  by  Mr.  Whitney,  an  American,  ia 
an  ingenious  machine,  for  clearing  the  cot- 
ton firom  the  seeds. 


machinery  ?   8.  Of  the  working  of  Indian  l 
liiu?    9.  What  is  the  proeeia  of  carding?   10 
How  is  it  now  eflfocted  ?  By  whom  was  tte  saw 


II*  l>,i,t6<.«tllliilfiKti»lte«i11'i«li<i»ii'il«l  I 


Biirce  of  emola 
lynrant  to  muy 
able,  even  to 
,  work  it  up  in< 
io  all  that  way, 
leaper  than  the 
le  spot. 

thoae  fine  deli- 
be  aurpriaed  to 
lanner  they  are 
soni  ii  80  clum- 
le  name  of  ma- 
er  worica  in  the 
MUB  under  the 
lie  inceaaantly 
lia  progreaa  it 
ently  peraever- 
tie,  and  ia  con* 
nployment;  a* 

th  the  cotton, 
rding,  in  order 
Chia  conaiata  in 
of  a  board  aet 
lie  flaky  cotton 
:h  it  ia  forced 
fthe  aame  de- 
rn  the  reverae 
■ed  aubatance 
ito  the  Btate  of 

rected  by  rnj 
la  of  which  the 
iahing  degree^ 
I  greater  regu« 
Id  be  aceoni« 
It  conaiata  of 
working  cou- 
conaiderablo 
The  saw-gin, 
American,  ia 
aring  the  cot- 


of  Indian  vnm 
'eudingf  10 
a  waa  tte  nw 


I; 


i^li-tliiilWlBllIti  ,     ,ff|gjjjl,Wrtljllii||^ 


AtTlOLM   or   CLOTaiN*. 


41 


II.  The  apinnlng  of  cotton  waa  once  a 
very  tedioua  proceaa ;  one  thread  at  a  time, 
by  a  pair  of  handa,  could  make  but  little 
progreaa.  Thii  spinning  ia  alao  now  per* 
fbrmrd  by  machinery,  in  a  manner  moat 
Ingenioua,  and,  to  thoae  unaecuatomed  to  it, 
very  aurpriaing.  That  the  pliant  fingera 
ahould  be  auperaeded,  and  excelled  by  a 
pair  of  rollera  whirled  round  by  a  ateam- 
engine,  a  body  of  water,  or  any  other  inani- 
mate power,  aeema  to  be  an  aatonisliing 
eflbrt  of  art.  Yet  auch  ia  the  caae,  and  a 
thread  much  more  thin,  even,  and  atrong, 
ia  the  reault  The  eredit  of  inventing  thia 
wonderflil  mode  of  operation  ia  due  to  Mr., 
aAerwarda  Sir  Richard,  Arkwright 

13.  The  cotton  manufiiotory  ia  now  a 
very  large  concern.    It  ia  carried  on  chief- 


ly In  extenaive  buildinga,  and  all  the  opera- 
tiona  of  carding,  roving,  apinning,  4ce.  are 
carried  on  under  one  roof.  Some  of  theaa 
manufiMtoriea  contain  aeveral  thousand 
apindlea,  driven  either  by  large  water- 
wheels,  (where  a  fkll  of  water  can  be  had,) 
or  by  Bteam.  Some  of  them  will  apin  a 
thousand  yards  of  warp  yam  in  a  minute. 
The  number  of  persona  they  employ,  often 
taking  three  thouaand  dollara  a  week  to 
pay  the  operators. 

IS.  The  immense  advantage  of  akill  in 
manufactures  appears  atrikingiy  in  cotton. 


ffin  invented  ?  II.  How  ia  the  ipinnlnc  now  per- 
wrmed  ?   Who  invented  thia  ■jmoIcs  oT  machine- 


mem 


^^ 


One  pound  of  cotton  in  wool,  has,  by  apin- 
ning it  into  yam,  been  raised  in  value  to 
five  guineas ;  and  afterwards,  when  woven 
into  muslin,  and  ornamented  with  tambour, 
hasbecome  worth  fifteen  pounds:  yielding 
a  profit  of  almoat  six  thousand  per  cenL 
on  the  raw  material. 

14.  The  greatest  manuftctoriea  of  cot- 
ton in  the  United  States,  are  at  Lowell  and 
Waltham,  in  Massachusetts,  Dover  in  New 
Hampshire,  Pawtucket  and  Slatersville,  in 
Rhode  Ifland — but  there  is  hardly  a  town  in 
New  England,  poeaeasing  tlie  requisite  ad- 
vinuge  of  water,  &C.,  which  doea  not  re- 
sound with  the  noise  of  the  machinery  of 
a  cotton  or  woollen  manufiwtory. 

MUSLIN. 

15.  MiwHna,  ao  denominated  timm  the 
downy  nap  upon  them,  which  the  French 
call  mouMc,  are  the  finest  aort  of  dotha 
made  of  cotton,  and  are  the  lightest,  most 
transparent,  and  beautifiil  for  female  dress ; 
though  indeed  in  Indiaiaometimes  the  men 
dress  in  long  muslin  draperies,  which  reach, 
like  gowns  and  petticoats,  down  to  the  feet. 
There  are  diflferent  namea  of  muslins ;  aa 
koofc  muffin,  which  ia  the  clearest  and  most 
transparent  sort ;  this  ia  used  by  our  ladies 
for  a  ball  dress,  and  looka  very  beautiflil 
when  worn  over  colored  ailk. 

16.  Jaeonota  are  a  thicker  aort  of  mus- 
linj  more  commonly  worn  as  a  femaki 
dress.  Neckcloths  are  also  made  of  it. 
The  turbana  of  the  Indian  princea  are 
made  of  n  great  length  of  muslin,  ao  fine, 
and  ao  long,  aa  to  be  the  labor  of  twenty 
yeara  of  the  weaver'a  lift ;  and  the  crite- 
rion of  the  value  of  a  dress  amobg  the 
ladiea  of  the  seraglio,  is,  its  capability  of 
being  drawn  through  a  ring.  We  have 
also  eamhrie  musUtu,  which  are  cloaer 
woven  than  jaconots,  and  have  leaa  nap 
upon  them. 

ry?  12.  What  is  wiid  of  the  cotton  manufiustory  * 
13.  Of  the  advantage  of  skill  in  manufactures* 


JSk 


/  * 


^i| 


■^  1 


i 


nr-wsr 


*'    HA' 7*'?Ji'- w 


41 


BOOB   or   COMMBBeB. 


i 


CALICOES. 

17.  Ctlicoes  are  m  called  hecauw  they 
were  originally  brought  fh>in  Calicut,  in 
Southern  India.  They  are  a  thicker, 
eloaer  aort  of  eloth,  and  made  of  a  larger 
cotton  thread.  In  the  Eaat  Indiea  the 
Cadcoea  are  all  painted  by  the  hand,  which 
ia  performed  with  great  expedition.  But 
in  Europe  and  in  thia  country,  they  are 
printed.  There  are  two  waya  of  doing 
thia  t  one  ia  by  copper-plate.  Just  as  prints 
are  engraved  and  printed ;  that  is,  the  pat- 
tern ia  cut  out  in  large  plates  of  copper,  by 
the  graving  tool ;  tliese  lines,  or  grooves, 
are  filled  in  with  a  proper  ink ;  the  sur- 
fkce  of  the  plate  is  then  cleaned,  so  as  to 
leave  ink  only  in  the  strokes ;  the  cloth  is 
then  placed  over  this  plate,  and  the  whole 
is  violently  pressed  with  a  roller,  which 
forces  the  cloth  so  close  to  the  plate,  and 
even  into  the  atrokes,  that  all  the  ink  in 
them  comes  off  upon  the  doth.  Engrav- 
ing of  prints  is  done  on  the  same  prin- 
ciple ;  only  paper,  soAened  by  wetting,  is 
used  instead  of  cloth ;  and  the  whole  work 
ia  much  finer,  and  more  delicately  done. 

18.  The  other  mode  of  printuig  ia  done 
by  wooden  blocks.  The  pattern  is  drawn 
very  correctly  upon  a  block  of  smooth  hard 
wood,  as  box  or  holly ;  then  all  the  parts 
between  the  actual  strokes  of  the  pattern 
are  cut  away,  in  deep  hollows.  If  now 
the  surikce  of  the  block  be  daubed  with 
ink,  and  that  surface  bo  forcibly  pressed 
down  on  the  cloth,  the  exact  print  of  the 
pattern  will  be  tranaferred  to  the  cloth; 
as  flowers,  or  sprigs,  or  birds,  just  as  you 
see  them  on  the  curtaina. 

19.  Yet  thia  is  little  more  than  a  mere 
outline,  and  the  pattern  haa  many  gay 
colors;  these  are  often  put  in  by  hand, 
with  a  camel-hair  pencil,  as  if  drawing  in 
water  color*)  which  is  easy  when  the  out- 
line ia  correotiy  done. 


J5.  What  of  nrafUns  ?    16.  Jaconota.'  17.  Cnli- 
sees  i  How  are  they  printed .'  18. 19.  The  otlier 


COTTON  THREAD, 

90.  Cotton  thread  for  aewing  baa  beeii 
brought  to  great  perfection,  so  as  almost 
to  supersede  that  made  of  flax.  It  was 
formerly  sold  in  skeins,  but  great  quanti- 
ties are  now  disposed  of  already  wound, 
upon  small  wooden  apooia.  These  bein| 
wound  by  machinery  are  afforded  about 
as  cheap  as  the  skeins,  and  a«ve  nuek 
trouble. 

UHINT2. 

31.  Chints  is  a  fine  cotton  ikbric ;  tlia 
patterns,  aa  of  all  Indian  goods,  are  pecu- 
liar and  ahowy,  though  not  elegant.  The 
English  have  succeeded  in  imitating  th* 
chintz  pattema;  and  the  Swiaa  are  verj 
export  at  theae  imitatioua. 
LINEN. 

33.  All  linens  are  made  either  of  hemp 
or  flax.  Flax  ia  alao  called  itn.  The  lin, 
or  flax-plant,  very  much  resembles  the 
nettle,  only  it  grows  taller ;  and  the  hemp- 
plant  is  still  larger  and  eoarser.  The  stalks 
of  these  plants  are  laid  in  water,  to  soften 
them,  that  the  bark  may  he  eaaily  stripped 
off.  This  bark  is  then  aepaiateid  length- 
wise, into  iu  distinct  flbres,  which  fibres, 
in  tket,  become  tha  thread,  of  which  linen 
ia  made. 

38.  -The  chief  eountriea  in  which  linens 
are  manufactured  are  Ruasia,  Germany, 
Switzerland,  Holland,  Scotland  and  Ire- 
land. Immense  quantitiea  of  linen  are  ex- 
ported firom  Ireland  to  England,  as  well 
as  to  North,  and  South  America.  Russia 
exports  vast  quantities  of  a  coarse  but  dur- 
able Kind,  called  Russia  duck  and  Ravens 
duck,  and  Russia  diaper,  &e.  France  is 
eminent  for  the  delicacy  of  her  linens ;  and 
Cambray  in  Wales  has  flimished  eawAriet, 
as  fine  aa  the  finest  sort  of  linen.  Hol- 
land exports  a  linen  of  that  name,  in  high 
esteem  for  its  beauty,  and  the  fineness  of 
iM  fabric.    The  province  of  Zealand  in 


model  of  printing? 
ChinU.'  iB.  Linen? 


90.   Cotton  thread?   91. 
93.  The  chief  oountriM  in 


uMlm 


iixinw wi  v.;itwr««>n»*iii'^iiir  ■Oii'i  Mi'iffl*  iiw*« ■  ■iDtiimMii  ri.ii'»iah*<>' »>ii.'  i*ii'>''t*'ftfiigmuiift$m 


EAD. 

■ewinf  bH  beak 
•n,  M  M  almoii 
if  flax.  It  WW 
ut  great  quanti- 

already  wound. 
L    Theaa  baiii| 

afforded  about 
and  aave  mud 


tton  fkbric;  t)i« 
^da,  are  peou* 
I  elegant.  Th« 
n  imitating  th* 
Swiaa  are  verj 


either  of  hemp 
1  h'n.  The  lin. 
reaemblea  the 
and  the  hemp- 
raer.  Theatalka 
water,  to  aoften 
eaaily  atripped 
paratwd  length- 
h  which  flbre^ 
of  which  linen 

in  which  linena 
laia,  Germany, 
Jand  and  Ire- 
»f  linen  are  ex- 
igland,  aa  well 
lerica.  Ruiaia 
Boane  but  dur- 
Bk  and  Ravens 
'.c.  France  ia 
ler  linena ;  and 
iahed  eafiAritt, 
f  linen.  HoU 
name,  in  high 
:he  finenesa  of 
)f  Zealand  in 

on  thread?   91. 
hief  countriea  in 


"-i'i-"r""*n""ptriMi  ''I'Jli.JM 


- mmwyimiyw  iwifiMiJ,  iiitiipjiiiJiiiifMiifiwpipwiippii^^ 


■ILK,   VILTCTI,   tec. 


Denmark,  lying  low,  growa  flax  of  a  very 
flne  and  delicate  texture. 

24.  The  flax-Beed  ia,  for  the  moat  part, 
procured  from  America ;  but  other  nationa 
engaged  in  tliia  lucrative  branch  of  trade, 
either  raiie  their  aeed  at  home  or  procure 
It  fWtin  the  north  of  Europe. 

25.  Linen  muit  have  been  in  use  in  very 
early  times  {  for  when  Pharaoh  honored 
Joaeph,  he  put  on  him  veiturea  of  fine 
linen.  Egypt  was  ftmoua  for  thia  commo- 
dity ;  the  fine  linen  of  Egypt  waa  sought 
after  by  princes.  Solomon  had  linen  yarn 
brought  out  of  Egypt,  by  his  merchanU, 
at  a  high  price.  Yet  linen  waa  not  com- 
monly worn  by  the  Jewa ;  it  belonged  only 
to  the  rich,  and  waa  aeldom  used  but  upon 
grand  occasions. 

26.  There  Is  no  doubt  but  the  Greeks, 
by  their  intercourse  with  Egypt,  became 
acquainted  with  the  luxury  of  linen.  Yet 
we  do  not  find  any  mention  of  Ita  being  in 
use  among  them  in  the  early  ages. 

27.  Neither  was  it  common  among  the 
Romana,  till  late  in  their  history.  Alexan- 
der Severus,  history  assures  us,  was  the 
first  Roman  Emperor  who  wore  a  shirt; 
he  reigned  in  the  third  century.  And  it 
may  be  auppoaed  that  this  imperial  luxury 
waa  a  long  while  in  descending  to  the 
common  people. 

28.  There  ia  reason  to  believe,  however, 
that  it  is  to  the  Romans  the  English  owe 
the  introduction  of  linen  into  their  country ; 
both  as  an  article  of  raiment,  and  aa  a 
manufacture;  they  taught  the  nativea  to 
plant,  and  prepare  the  flax,  and  showed 
them  how  to  spin  it  into  thread,  and  weave 
it  into  cloth. 

29.  The  manufacture  of  linen  in  Eng- 
land is  not  on  a  large  scale ;  although  the 
Suffolk  hemp  is  in  eateem  for  sheeting, 


and  Indeed  for  shirting ;  as  it  is  said  to 
outlast  every  other  material,  when  once 
made  up.  To  the  English,  the  woollen 
manufliclure  is  of  far  greater  minsoquonce. 

30.  Linen  rags  are  yet  extensively  used 
for  the  manufacturing  of  paper.  Cotton 
has,  of  late  years,  taken  the  place  of  linen 
for  many  purposes,  on  account  of  its  greater 
cheapness. 

31.  Buckram  Is  a  aort  of  coarse  cloth, 
made  of  hemp,  gummed  and  dyed  several 
colors.  It  is  put  into  those  placea  of  the 
lining  of  a  garment  which  are  to  be  stiff, 
and  intended  to  keep  their  forms. 

CHAP.  XU. 

BILK,  VELVETS,  Im. 

SILK. 
1.  For  many  years  after  silk  was  brought 
into  Europe,  those  who  brought  it  did  not 
know  what  it  was,  nor  how  It  was  obtain- 
ed, nor  where  waa  the  original  country 
whence  it  came.  Ita  beauty,  when  made 
up  into  garments,  induced  in  every  one  who 
was  able  to  pay  the  price  a  desire  to  obtain 
It.  For,  coming  from  a  great  distance, 
and  through  the  hands  of  numerous  mer- 
chants, the  price  waa  exorbitant ;  twelve 
ouncea  of  gold  being  demanded  for  a  sin- 
gle pound  of  this  scarce  commodity.  The 
Greeks  had  known  silk  ilrom  tlie  time  of 
Alexander'a  conqueat  of  Perala.  The  Per 
slana  had  aupplled  the  Roman  Empire,  till 
the  time  of  Juatinian,  in  055.  This  em 
peror,  becoming  indignant  at  the  rapacity 
of  the  silk  merchants,  contrived,  after  many 
unsucceasf\il  attempts,  to  obuln  some  of 
the  silk-worm's  egg^  by  means  of  a  couple 
of  pilgrim  monks,  who  concealed  them  iu 
the  hollow  of  their  staffs.  They  brought 
over  also  such  instructions  concerning  the 


which  linens  are  manuftetured  ?  24.  Whence  is 
the  flax-seed  procured  ?  25.  What  is  said  of  the 
early  iwe  of  linen  ?  SB.  Were  the  Greeks  ac- 
quainted  1»ith  it>    27.  The  Romans'    28.  To 


whom  do  the  English  owe  the  introdnotion  o» 
the  manufkctnre?  2!).  Is  it  on  a  large  scsle 
among  them  at  present?  30.  Is  linen  used  in  the 
making  of  paper .'  31.  What  is  buckram .' 
c3 


'' 


I  ?k^j^ 


-^ 


i£&^ 


MMMIMiMMaas 


44 


HOC 


ICB. 


mod*  of  fteding  ihn  worm*,  ancl  manufkc- 
turing  ihfl  iiroduce,  u  enabl«<i  the  Qroek 
•mpkre  to  supply  itwlf.  The  rearing  of 
■ilk-worina  aoon  upreail  .through  all  the 
countriea  of  the  Levant :  Greece,  Hicily, 
and  Mveral  towna  in  Italy,  alao  obtain- 
ed these  valuable  insects,  and  shared  in 
the  lucrative  traflic  deduced  (Vom  their 
labors. 

2.  The  first  thing  we  see  in  the  process 
of  obuining  silk,  is  a  multitude  of  small 
eggs,  which  are  laid  by  a  whitish-gray 
moth,  extremely  A«il,  whoae  only  existence 
is  for  this  one  service  of  laying  eggs.  Per- 
sons who  cultivate  silk,  place  these  moths 
upon  sheets  of  paper,  with  the  edges  just 
doubled  up,  as  a  wall  to  keep  them  in. 
There  they  deposit  their  eggs,  which  ad- 
here, by  a  glutinous  matter,  to  the  paper. 
The  eggs  are  now  alioiit  the  size  of  a  com- 
mon pin's  head,  and  of  a  yellowish  color. 
The  moth  lays  a  considerable  number  of 
them,  (between  two  and  three  hundred,) 
and  then  dies,  without,  in  this  state,  ever 
tasting  food. 

8.  Let  us  return  to  the  eggs,  which  are 
adhering  in  clusters  to  the  sheets  of  white 
paper.  These  sheett  are  hung  up,  with  the 
eggs  inward,  to  a  beam,  in  an  airy  room ; 
never  to  a  hempen  line,  as  that  is  injurious 
to  them.  In  a  few  days,  they  will  be  suf- 
ficiently dry  to  admit  of  the  sheets  being 
rolled  up,  with  the  eggs  inward ;  in  which 
state  they  may  be  hung  up  for  the  remain- 
der of  the  year ;  or  rather  they  are  put 
into  stone  or  glass  bottles  to  prevent  acci- 
dent. They  are  kept  in  the  early  part  of 
the  spring  considerably  cool,  because  they 
must  not  hatch  till  the  mulberry  leaves  are 
sufficiently  forward  to  feed  them.  A  little 
wafmth  is  allowed  them  as  soon  as  these 
leaves  begin  to  bud.  Trcsently  will  the 
eggs  swell,  and  become  pointed.    Now  the 


1.  What  is  Mid  of  tite  early  history  of  silk  f 
2  What  is  die  first  thins  we  see  in  the  proceas 
of  obtaining  silk '    3.  Wliat  is  done  with  the 


roils  of  paper  are  spread  out,  and  hung 
with  their  l>acka  toward  the  sun,  to  gain 
warmth.  The  eggs  first  change  to  a  gray 
color,  and  in  a  ftw  days  become  blackish. 
These  must  now  be  kept  in  a  pretty  warm 
place ;  and  the  next  day,  the  rolled  U| 
papers  will  be  found  Aill  of  small  black 
worms,  the  siie  of  ants. 

4.  Their  aparimout  must  be  airy,  yet 
kept  considerably  warm.  Broad  tHnm 
placed  like  shelves,  one  above  another,  ar« 
provided  fur  them ;  on  which  they  are  kept 
and  fed,  till  they  begin  to  spin  {  the  room 
being  kept  all  the  while  in  a  regular  ano 
comfortable  degree  of  warmth. 

5.  The  silk  worm  is  a  sort  of  caterpillar, 
about  an  inch  and  a  half  in  length,  of  • 
milky  or  pearly  color.  It  feeds  voracious- 
ly upon  the  mulberry  leaf,  so  that  it  cannot 
be  reared  in  any  country  where  the  eli* 
mate  is  not  warm  enough  for  the  mulberry 
tree  to  grow  certainly  and  luxuriantly 
It  will,  indeed,  eat  the  leaves  of  lettuce , 
but  it  does  not  thrive  unless  it  has  its  own 
proper  food.  It  cata  night  and  day.  The 
more  it  feeds,  the  ikster  it  grows ;  and  the 
ikater  it  grows,  the  more  silk  it  produces ; 
so  that  its  voracity  is  a  good  sign  for  those 
who  rear  them  for  profit.  The  Chinese 
feed  them  with  flresh  leaves  every  half 
hour,  both  day  and  night.  If  they  feed 
fiuit,  so  as  to  come  to  maturity  in  twenty- 
four  days,  a  sheet  Aill  of  worms  will  pro- 
duce twenty-five  ounces  of  silk;  should 
they  be  thirty  or  forty  days  in  growing, 
they  will  not  make  above  ten  ounces. 

6.  When  they  begin  to  spin,  they  must 
have  more  room  allowed  them.  Tliey  are 
covered  with  mats,  to  defend  them  firom 
blasts  of  air,  and  to  enable  them  to  work 
in  the  dark,  when  they  are  most  active,  as 
being  most  at  ease.  Th«  thread  they  spin 
around  themselves  is  formed  of  a  juice  from 


eggs  f  4.  Must  their  apartment  be  airy  f  fi.  De- 
■cribe  the  lilk  worm.  C.  What  muat  be  done, 
when  it  begint  to  apin  ?  7.  When  have  they  fin- 


■  .mj^ni^**MHH^-^~^^iUI*f'mMfl!    i*i*n''  .HlK-iil  i\J^'.^4*^rJ/J»im'**li^.iMli-^W*'**iA*^ 


..    .     j^.      iJ..^  J^.  ;.  .J,..' A|,B,« ,iM.....^u^y.^Ji...,^'.,..^      .^^^  ..     ^ 


>l  out,  uiH  bunf 
the  lUD,  to  gain 
chaofe  to  ■  gny 
b«coni«  bUckiah. 
in  I  pretty  wan* 
%  the  rolled  u) 
of  ■mail  black 

lUBt  be  airy,  yel 
Broail  (VamM 
mve  another,  ar« 
Ich  they  are  kepi 
>  epin ;  the  rooiu 
n  ■  regular  ano 
'mth. 

ortofeaterpillar, 
r  in  length,  of  • 

feeds  voracious. 

■o  that  it  cannot 
.    where  the  eli« 
for  the  mulberry 
•nd  luxuriantly 
»vca  of  lettuce , 
in  it  haa  ita  own 
It  end  day.    The 
growa ;  and  the 
lilk  it  producea ; 
>d  sign  for  those 
.    The  Cfainitse 
ives  erery  half 
t«    If  they  feed 
urity  in  twenty* 
worms  will  pro- 
of  silk ;  ahould 
«ys  in  growing, 
en  ounces, 
spin,  they  must 
lero.    TJiey  are 
snd  them  fVom 
)  thorn  to  work 
most  active,  as 
hread  they  spin 
I  ofa  juice  from 

be  airy  ?  ft.  De. 
It  muit  be  done, 
en  hare  they  fin* 


•  ILK,  VILVITS,   tie. 


4tf 


their  own  bowels ;  something  like  the  web 
of  a  spider. 

7.  In  ab«>ut  a  week  they  have  finished 
their  spinning,  each  having  enclosed  itself 
in  a  case,  which,  though  formed  of  single 
threads,  looks  liko  tissue  paper;  it  is  of  an 
egg  sbsfMi,  and  is  called  a  cocoon.  When 
the  silk-worm  has  dona  its  part  thus,  it 
changes  into  a  chrysalis,  or  aurelia  { like  the 
changed  remains  of  our  own  cnterpillars, 
which  we  often  find  adhering  to  the  walls 
of  houses  in  the  country.  It  seems  dead, 
and  has  no  motion,  unless  you  |>ress  it. 
In  a  few  days,  it  will  hatch  flrom  this 
state,  gnaw  its  way  through  the  cocoon, 
and  come  out  a  complete  moth.  In  that 
state  it  will  do  nothing,  nay  it  has  nothing 
to  do,  but  lay  its  eggs,  fbr  another  genera- 
tion  of  silk'Worms. 

8.  The  subsunee  which  forms  the  silky 
thread  is  in  its  stomach,  in  two  compart- 
ments ;  and  when  it  spins,  it  sends  out  a 
thread  flrom  each  of  these ;  which  it  joins 
together  by  a  gummy  matter,  by  the  help 
of  two  hooks  in  iu  mouth. 

9.  I  have  said  that  the  moth  will  make 
ita  way  out  of  the  cocoon  in  a  few  days 
after  it  ceases  to  spin.  If  this  be  suffered, 
the  silk  will  be  spoiled ;  for  the  hole  made 
by  the  insect  would  divide  the  string  of 
silk  into  so  many  short  pieces,  and  render 
it  unfit  for  general  use.  Some  of  them, 
the  largest  and  best,  may  be  suffered  to  do 
so,  in  order  to  have  a  supply  of  eggs  for 
breeding  in  the  next  season. 

10.  Those  cocoons,  of  which  the  silk  is 
to  be  used,  must  be  put  into  a  toleiably 
hot  oven,  in  baskets,  in  order  to  kill  the 
moth  inside.  This  will  take  an  hour's 
baking  to  make  sure  of  it.  You  will  find 
a  coarse  kind  of  web  about  the  outside  of 
the  cocoon,  which  must  be  careftilly  sepa- 
rated, as  it  is  of  little  use. 


isbed  their  spinning?  When  the  iilk-worm  hu 
done  its  part?  8.  Where  is  the  snbsUnce  that 
firnns  the  silky  thread?  9.  Must  the  moth  be  per- 
■itisd  to  make  iu  way  oat  of  ths  cocoon?  10,11. 


11.  The  cnronn*  are  then  thrown  into 
water,  at  liot  ns  the  hand  is  able  to  liear, 
and  whisked  nlioiit  (  wliich  will  loosen  the 
ends  of  the  tlir<>a(l.  Then,  eight  nf  ihcsu 
ends  are  twiiitPil  sfvcral  times  preliy  llrni- 
ly  togfihnr,  to  unite  tlirm  into  one  (  and 
this  tlirt'sd  is  drawn  through  a  hole  in  a 
plain  of  iron,  and  is  thNtened  to  the  rnel, 
which,  in  turning,  draws  I'urth  the  suit- 
stance  of  the  eight  cocoons.  Cnre  niUMt 
Im)  tuken  if  any  one  of  them  hrnnk,  to 
join  it  again  ;  or  to  supply  its  place  with 
Another,  if  expendi^d.  Moru  than  viglit 
cocoons  are  sometimes  wound  togmlier 
into  one  thread  ;  eight  suftico  for  rilihons ; 
velvets  require  fourteen ;  it  is  difficult  to 
unite  more  than  tliirty.  The  length  of  the 
tlirnnd  varies  much  in  different  cocoons ; 
some  of  them  will  measure  twelve  hundred 
ells  in  length,  but  in  common  they  have 
not  more  than  five  or  six  hundred. 

12.  The  reftiau  and  coarser  parts  of 
these  cocoons  are  carded  and  spun,  and 
become  usi!i\il  for  mnny  purposes;  it  is 
called /o«  tilk,  and  is  made  into  stockings, 
or  used  for  covering  hats. 

13.  We  have  now  obtained  a  thread,  hut 
two  of  these  at  least  are  usually  twisted 
together,  to  make  a  thread  fit  for  weaving. 
Thia  is  Mrotsn  lUk,  or  orgranztne,  which 
forms  the  uarp,  or  lengthwise  thread  of 
the  broad  silk.  That  which  crosses  it  is 
called  the  tram,  or  ipoqf,  and  is  more  loose* 
ly  twisted. 

14.  The  great  trade  in  silk  consists 
of  raw  silk,  just  as  it  is  reeled  from  the 
cocoons.  Much  comes  fVom  Persia  and 
Asia  Minor ;  the  centre  of  which  trade  is 
Smyrna.  Much  comes  fVom  Sicily,  and 
the  provinces  of  Italy,  to  Lyons,  which  is 
the  grand  mart  for  silk,  and  the  grand 
manufactory  for  silk  stuffs,  although  it  ia 
little  now  to  what  it  was  once.     Yet  bro* 


Whatmuit  be  done  with  the  coconna .'  12.  What 
becomei  of  the  coarser  parts  ?  1!).  What  ii  meant 
by  thrown  silk  f  14.  Of^what  doea  the  great  trade 
in  silk  consist?   15.  What  of  silk  in  this  country ' 


46 


BOOl    or    COMHIRCI. 


raclrf,  anil  nilk  (rrtoilM  nf  rvqiiiiiiln  mnnii- 
fkfliirf,  mill  iMiin  (ViiiM  iliflr  looiiiii.  AImu 
much  rnw  liilk  ninii'a  in  im  IVnni  rhliin. 

IS,  The  inntiiilkriiiri*  (irailk  lia«  Im>coiii« 
nn  oliji'cl  of  roimUlrrnhln  nliKiilinii  in  ttiia 
roiiiiiry  ;  anil  llir  liiiii<  will  tloiilillria  arrive 
wlinn  wn  uli'tll  Ih>  nlilr  to  olilniii  nirellpiil 
Milk  withoiil  M'liiiiiig  lor  it  to  Kiir(»|N)  and 
to  Aula. 

1 0.  The  Irrni  hrotadt  ri'lntra  to  any  auri 
of  Milk  irooila  rli'lily  ornnniimtctl  with  flow-! 
cm,  wuvu  in.     Ancirntly,  \\w*  nrnanicniM' 
wont  nindfl  with  koIiI  and  ailvor  thrcodii. 
Ilroradi'd  iilka  wi>rn  niiirli   in  flmhion  in  I 
fornirr  dnya ;  now  liglitt-r  flklirir*  arc  |ir«- 1 
fftrcd.     That  sort  innst  roinnionly  Konn  Im! 
cnllod  luslrinf(.    Tliia  in  wovpii  ovf*r  and 
nndor,  liko  a  pifcc  of  raliro;   ili«<  warpj 
and  the  woof  or  tram,  apitcaring  pqiinlly 
on  the  Arn  of  it,  gliNt«-iiin|r  n«  it  rntrhfi*  the 
liffhl.     It  liaM  itM  nniiit*  t'rniii  iia  liiotro  or 
Itrilliancy.     It  i*  intiinlly  the  Hioiitr»t  of 
liroad  ailka.     Salint,  on  thn  rontriiry  have 
thn  woof  pamiinK  over  pcvrrni  thrxatli  of 
the  warp  at  a  tinic,  |tri'«i'ntiiig  a  very  soft 
and  Klowy  nurfhce. 

17.  yttvtii  hnvo  the  woof  thrown  over 
a  iinall  wire.  If  t)io  wire  were  drawn, 
it  would  ahow  a  rich  arrangement  of  loopa ; 
but  before  it  ia  removed,  tlicao  loops  are 
cut,  which  givoa  it  the  appearance  of  a 
rich  ahaggy  texture,  intensely  deep  in  ita 
color,  and  having  a  smooth  and  Ann  appear- 
ance.  Florence,  Genoa,  and  some  other 
ritiea  of  Italy  are  most  noted  for  the  man- 
ufiictiire  of  velvets.  At  present  the  Frencli 
velvets  made  at  Lyons  are  much  esteemed. 

18.  Ribbont  are  usually  woven  as  narrow 
lustrings,  but  sometimes  satin  is  inter- 
mingled,  in  stripes  or  flowers.  These  are 
oalled  figured  ribbons.  The  principal  man- 
uAetory  for  these  in  England,  is  at  Coven- 
try and  in  France  at  Lyons. 

19.  Saretnrt  is  a  thinner,  slighter  sort 


16  What  is  brocade?  i.ustring?  Satin  >  17.  Vel- 
ret?   18.  What  of  ribbons.'   19.  Sarcenet?  IM). 


of  lustring  woven  in  a  similar  mannrt 
though  somelimea  it  ia  twilled. 

30.  MotttM  are  something  like  sarrrnpta 
but  have  the  warp  and  woof  of  diirnren* 
ihirknesses.  Ptriiun  Is  still  thinner,  an<* 
more  flimsy. 

91.  7\[fany  ia  a  very  thin  silk,  having 
some  stitnieas  given  It.  It  was  formerly 
used  for  trimmmgs,  but  it  ia  now  out  of 
Ikshlon. 

99.  Oautt  ia  a  silken  fhbrie,  quite  trana- 
parent,  held  together  by  artificial  stifl'eaing. 
Paisley,  in  Hcotland,  ia  fiimoua  for  this 
ilelieatn  material,  which  is  used  chi)-f*y  as 
a  trimming  to  oriiameut  stouter  fiibric-s. 

9n.  Homhaxint  is  a  fubric  formed  part- 
ly of  silk  and  |>artly  of  worsted.  This 
is  woven  at  Norwirh,  in  England.  It  is 
worthy  of  renuirk,  that  there  haa  always 
been  a  ditliculty  in  dyeing  IxMnlw/ine,  ns 
(hose  coloring  materials  wliirli  fuxiin  upon 
wool,  will  not  lay  hold  permamiitly  of 
silk.  One  man  alone,  a  dyer  in  London, 
had  the  a«fcret,  by  which  he  couhl  make 
the  dye  striko  on  both  at  one  operation. 
Of  course,  ho  got  the  whole  trade  in  his 
hands,  and  made  a  fortune  by  it. 

94.  Craps  ia  also  mado  of  raw  silk ;  it 
<a  woven  withom  eroosing,  and  is  highly 
stiffened  with  wax  and  gum.  Moving  a 
peculiarly  dull  appearance,  h  ia  appropri- 
ated to  mourning. 

LAOE. 

95.  Lace  is  a  texture  composed  of 
many  threads  of  gold,  silver,  silk,  or  thread, 
which  are  interwoven  and  worked  on  a 
cushion  fVom  bobbins,  according  to  tha 
fiattems  dcsigne«i.  Thread  lace  is  of  va- 
rious kinds,  denominated  either  fVom  tha 
place  where  it  ia  manufactured,  or  Oom 
the  particular  method  of  working.  That 
which  ia  woven  with  bobbins,  made  of 
bone  or  ivory,  is  called  bone-lace. 

96.  Bono-lace  is  said  to  have  been  tha 


Modss?    Persian*?   91.  Tifikny?    39.  Owami 
93.  Bombasine  >  94.  Crape?  9B.  Laos?  90.  Boaa 


,  -  ,.,  -,.t-  ^  T---^-  Urn*  ■v<»*w.-iaw.t]ii,Jr,„..,i.iii  am-mn  riiiiiiiH  ■inMnu,,  mnv  wm^-'  pi^ 


1 


(imiliir  miinnrf 
killril. 

tijf  likn  Mrrrni>it 
»"of  of  ilitriironi 
•till  l)iinn«r,  ■»(• 

Itiin  lillk,  liavinf 

1 1  wn»  foriiinrly 

it  U  now  oui  uf 

»t»rir,  (|uitf>  tninf- 
iiflrlal  ■liU'tainfr. 
(iiiiMiiia  for   ihii 
K  iiimmI  Phil-fly  M 
loiilrr  flilirim. 
ric  foriiiftl  jmrt. 
WorKCrd.     Thii 
Kngliin«l.     It  i» 
■•••ro  liaii  nlwD}! 
ff  bornlraxino,  n« 
liii'li  fuMirii  upon 
IMTinaiMiitly  of 
yer  in  Lnndon, 
he  coulil  make 
t  one  operation, 
ole  trado  in  hie 
by  it. 

of  raw  ailk  j  it 
r,  and  in  highly 
urn.  Havinf  a 
I,  h  ia  appropri- 


compoaod  of 
I  •ilk,  or  thread, 
i  worked  on  « 
cording  to  th« 
I  lace  ia  of  v^ 
itber  fl-om  tira 
lured,  or  fVoin 
rorklng.  That 
bins,  made  of 
9-lacfl. 
have  been  lh« 


f'^wtm 


mmmm 


CAMiTt,  ■oiiiaT,  ke. 


if 


invention  of  a  poor  woman  in  Oi<rnmny, 
about  the  time  of  Queen  Kll<alieili.  Her 
kuabanil  waa  a  miner,  and  hie  buainoM 
beeomlng  alack,  abe  enideaTorad  to  lupply 


kmily  eipeiwet  bjr  her  own  lalwr.  Her 
•ngonuity  auceeeded ;  laee  Imcanie  a  very 
/hiiihionable  article  of  female  adornnioni, 
and  haa  continued  ao  to  the  preaent 
Uy. 

97.  Thia  baa  been  a  great  nianufiiPturf, 
employing  thoumnda  of  poor  woniori  and 
girla.  Of  late,  thia  haa  been  almoat  aup- 
planled,  by  the  auperior  neatneaa  and 
ebnapnoM  of  bobbinet,  which  ia  a  lort  of 
hce  formed  by  the  loom.  There  ia  a 
lace  manufactory  at  Ipawieh,  Maaaachu- 
•etta,  and  another  at  Newport,  Rhode  Isl- 
and. 

98.  Ai  a  matter  of  commrrcp,  lace 
comea  to  ua  in  groat  quuniitiea  from 
abroad.  Mechlin,  Rruaaeli,  Vah-ticienncH, 
fcc,  in  the  Netherlanda,  atill  retain  the  ex- 
cellence of  their  manufkcture,  and  their 
reputation  Ibr  it.  The  commodity  ia  ex- 
quisite for  its  richiteas  and  fincneiM ;  and 
of  course,  it  beara  a  high  price.  French 
lace  la  also  of  a  superior  quality.  Much 
of  that  fine  sort  called  fotnl  laee,  waa 
formerly  worked  in  the  eonventu,  moat 
laboriously,  atich  by  stlch,  with  the  nee- 
dle. 


rf    29.  Oanssf 


laee?  97.  Bobbinet?  98.  Whence  ia  laee  brought 
to  us? 
1.  What  are  eaipets*    9.  3.  Where  are  they 


.    riiAP.  xiif. 


CARI'KTM,  lltWir.RY,  li«. 

CAiiPKTrt. 
I.  ('arpi!ls  am  Ihirk  tr«luri>«  mnda 
wholly  or  |mrlly  uf  wool,  and  wroO|{hi  In 
a  VHrifiy  of  wny*.  I't>riiinn  niid  Turkey  car- 
|H>i*  are  niosl  esieenit'il  t  ihoUKli  ot  I'arls 
there  Is  a  manuAirtory  wlirrn  lliry  make 
rar|iels  little  inferior  to  the  true  I'rrMian. 

9.  Fiue  rar|M'is  are  innde  at  Axininater, 
Kidd«*riniiiitnr  and  Wilton  in  Kiiitlnnd, 
and  aim  at  aevrrul  towns  in  Hcotland  ami 
Ireland.  KxrellrnI  par|ieting  is  exported 
flrom  HruBM'ls  In  Uarmany. 

8.  There  are  aevwni  carpet  nianufarto- 
riea  in  New  F.ngland,  which  ninkii  lisnd- 
aiinie  goods.  Tiie  Knglish  and  Aninricans 
Mtn  ilie  only  |H<ople  among  whom  carpets 
aru  ariii'IcN  of  gi>n«'ral  ua<^. 

4.  The  rnrttH-wenvcr  has  hiit  loom  plac- 
ed npriirlit  iN-foru  liiin;  not  liori/nntally, 
as  in  mom  mlicr  rAMCN.  Th<i  wnrp  (wliicli 
means  that  parrel  of  ihrrndit  wliirli  goes 
(engiliwise)  Is  wounri  round  a  roller  at  top, 
an«l  another  at  bottom ;  by  rolling  which 
he  ran  remove  out  of  his  way  what  baa 
l)een  done,  and  bring  thai  part  of  the  warp 
on  which  he  is  working  exarlly  level  with 
himself,  that  he  may  shoot  the  weft  across 
it. 

5.  He  has  a  pattern  before  lilm,  exoctly 
rolorrd,  and  no  divided  by  squares,  an- 
swering to  every  ten  threads,  that  be  can 
see  what  color  and  how  many  threods  of 
each  he  is  to  place  on  the  s|)ot  on  which 
ho  is  working.  He  haa  spindles  of  colored 
yarns,  of  every  ahade  ha  con  need ;  these 
bo  lays  conveniently  for  reaching,  and 
takea  up  that  which  he  wants,  pusing  It 
under  and  over  ao  many  threoda  u  hla 
pattern  Indicates. 

6.  fiuggs,  auch  as  lie  on  our  hearths. 


made?  4.  How  wove?  5.  Colored?  6.  What  of 
ruggs?  7.  When  were  betver  hats  intmdoeed 
into  England?    6   What  are  the  materials  fir 


III  IwdiiiimiiHi 


■MMhw-i— "' 


J 


■j^^.-T-- 


i    t 


'^*y^^ '  —'  — i'l   '  '  "*" 


■•«■  0r  eoNHiMi. 


WIjWT 


■ra  ■  Mrl  uf  imsll  rarfwl,  wovrn  wiili  ilio 
■btf  vary  Imif.  Th«y  arv  itt*  roitrM* 
warm  to  tito  f«'«l,  and  romflirinbla  In  win* 
tar  iliiw. 

MAT* 

7.  Ikiavrr  hal«  arw  aaiil  lii  have  Itrrn  In- 
trodiifwl  Into  F.ii|laiul  In  ttm  n^ixn  of 
Quaan  KIlxalNtih.  Th«  inamiflirliirn  of 
liata  liaa  ol*  latn  yt'ara  Iwroiiie  a  gn*nt  nl^ 
Jact  of  nmlunal  foininttm)  t  and  the  lin- 
profomniila  ina«l«  ttierniu  am  cnnnliUirn- 
bU. 

8.  Tha  matarUU  Oir  making  liaiN  ar«, 
raltblu'  (\»  cut  otT  fViiiii  lli«*  akin,  loKcthnr 
with  wool  anil  \tnw\  to  wlilrh  inuy  Ini 
•ddett  mala  Air,  smI  kid  hair.  Theao  nra 
mixed  in  varloua  pmportlmin,  and  ofilitlVr- 
mt  qualilira,  according  to  ilin  valiia  ot'  tha 
hats,  Inlandad  to  Im  made.  The  beat  lorta 
•re  made  chlafly  of  beaver. 

9.  A  hat  la  neither  wove  nor  apun,  hut 
coiialsta  oi*  wool  and  hair  entangled  to- 
gather  Into  a  aort  of  cluihy  aulMtanrc  rail- 
ad  felt.  The  wool  ia  rirt  Into  abort  lengllia 
and  mixed  with  the  hair,  by  lieating  It  with 
•  bow.  The  maiorlala  are  apread  out,  and 
thinned  regularly,  au  aa  to  adiiere  together 
•nough  to  be  handled  ;  thia  ia  called  a  batt ; 
two  or  more  batta  are  placed  together,  and 
hardened,  by  being  preaaed  cloae,  and 
made  to  unite ;  the  haira  and  wool  b«com< 
ing  cloaely  twlated  together. 

10.  The  whole  ia  much  preaaed  alM>ut 
with  the  hand  for  a  conaiderable  time,  and 
oeeaaloDally  aprlnkled  with  water;  thia 
oparatlou  ia  called  baaonlng.  It  ia  then  to 
ba  worked  iu  hot  water,  having  mixed 
with  it  a  little  aulphurio  acid ;  In  thia  the 
Alt  ia  wetted,  thou  worked  on  plaiika ;  thia 
It  called  Boaking ;  aome  beaver  hair  ia  ad- 
ded in  thia  latter  operation,  which  being 
rery  loft  and  gloaay,  forma  an  outalde  to 
tha  felt.  The  hat  is  now  aomething  in 
ihapa  like  a  flinnel ;  but  it  is  placed  on  a 
wooden  block,  to  which  it  ia  pressed  and 


hala>     0.  10.   How  is  a  hat  made? 


ciNiiad,  till  It  M  brought  into  the  propM 
■ha|»a, 

II.  It  ia  now  to  be  dyed,  which  la 
dona  by  boiling  It  in  logwiMxl,  and  than 
dipping  it  in  a  aidulion  of  rii|tparas  aui 
vitriol.  In  the  atlffiining  shop  it  la  randar 
ed  mora  Arm,  by  bear  grounda  and  weak 
glue  I  when  dry.  It  Is  brought  into  aha|i« 
and  gloea,  by  lialng  moialanad,  bruahrd. 
and  amoothed  with  a  hot  iron. 

19.  Hats  of  chip,  straw  or  cane  ar« 
made  by  platting  and  sewing  the  plaia  to- 
gether \  beginning  with  the  centre  of  the 
crown,  and  working  round  till  the  whole 
ia  finished.  Hals  fbr  the  aamo  purpose 
ara  also  woven,  and  made  of  horse-jijir 
ailk,  &r. 

BONNETR. 

13.  The  bonneta  brought  Arom  Leghoix 
In  Italy,  are  eateemad  the  flnest  and  moat 
valuable.  Ilonnala,  however,  are  mads 
of  an  excflllaiit  quality  In  New  England , 
and  at  Duuatahla  there  ia  quite  a  maniiAc 
tory  of  them.  The  flneat  straws  are  used 
In  the  formation  of  them. 

OLuVF.8. 

14.  Gloves,  with  respect  to  commerer, 
are  distinguished  into  wash  or  tan  leather, 
silk,  thread,  cotton,  worsted,  tie,  Leatliem 
gloves  are  made  of  chamois,  kid,  lamb, 
doe,  elk,  hulT,  4cc.  The  leather  of  gloves 
Is  not  tanned,  properly  speaking,  but  cured 
with  alum,  which  renders  it  soft  and  plin- 
Ide,  and  therefore  more  proper  ibr  glove% 
tic.  The  Limerick  glovt^s  are  nianufke* 
tured  in  a  city  iu  Ireland  iVom  which  they 
derive  their  name,  and  are  remarkably 
fine.  Mittens  made  of  deer-skin,  ara 
manufkctured  in  considerable  quantities  in 
Vermortt,  New  Hampshire  and  other  parts 
of  our  country. 

15.  The  gauntlet  or  glova  worn  of  old 
by  knighu  in  armour,  was  made  of  jointed 
steel  plates.  The  throwing  down  of  th« 
gauntlet  was  the  way  of  communicating  • 


II.    How  died  ?    13.  How  ate  straw  baU  mads  t 


iwUmitlHWNa   'ifci— iHi|»Wii.»i,i*' 


^^|a|MiB<«te*i»*iwi>^k.  - 


into  ih«  propM 

d)r«(l,  which  la 
mtinnI,  anil  ih«n 
if  rnppuraa  aiK 
liop  ii  la  r«nil««r 
nunila  anti  waak 
light  Into  aha)i« 
(itiiacl,  briiahril. 
ran. 

Mr  or  eana  an 
inf  iha  pinta  lo- 
lie  eanira  of  iha 
il  till  Iha  wholA 
I  aama  purpoM 
■  of  horaa-iulr 


It  flrom  I.4<i|hoi>t 
flneat  and  moat 

iver,  ar«  inaito 
New  Knglanil, 

|uit«  A  nianuAe 

aunwa  are  uaad 


!t  to  commerer, 
I  or  tan  ieathar, 
;,  ice.  Lcatiiam 
loia,  kid,  lamb, 
•ther  of  glovea 
iking,  but  cur«d 
it  aoft  and  pU«- 
■oper  ibr  glove% 
■  aro  nianufto* 
i-om  whieh  they 
■ra  ramarkably 
dear-akin,  ara 
ble  quantiliea  in 
and  other  parta 

ra  won  of  old 
made  of  jointed 
ig  down  of  tha 
ommunicatinf  • 

■tnw  bate  made  f 


jint  I  jj^iifciiiii'^di 


-#..*.1P- 


riTMa.  4f, 


i 


4f 


•harenie  i  and  if  It  waa  Uk«n  up  hy  any 
Mtrn  It  waa  a  Inkaii  that  lh«  cnmlMUnla 
war*  to  Aghl  till  on*  waa  alali>,  ur  at  Uaai 
dea|Mral«ly  wounded. 

TAPKiTRY. 

10.  Tapeatry  la  a  kind  nt  woven  hang- 
ng*,  of  wool,  and  allk,  frequnnily  ralaed 
<n<i  enriched  with  gold  and  allver,  repre- 
tenting  (Igurea  of  man,  beaaw,  laiMlarap«a, 
lialoriee,  tte.  The  art  of  upeairy  waa  In* 
trodueed  into  Kngland  In  the  rnign  of 
Henry  VIII.  |  and  la  aald  to  have  been 
learned  (Vom  the  Saraeena.  At  (imt  the 
flgurae  and  grnupaa  which  rendered  thia 
manufacture  popular,  were  eopiee  of  (Ivor- 
ita  paihtinga,  but,  aa  taate  improved,  and 
akill  inereueid,  they  ahowed  mora  of  origin- 
ality Id  their  eoneeptiona  if  not  more  of 
nature  in  their  Ibrme.  They  exhibited,  in 
common  with  all  other  worka  of  art,  the 
mixed  tiuKe  of  the  llmea ,  ;i  groteaque 
uniun  of  claaiical  and  Hebrew  hialoryt 
of  martial  life  and  paatoml  repoae;  of 
Oreek  goda  and  diallngulahed  aai  ila.  The 
art  of  tapeatry  ia  now  ccniiderably  neg- 
lected. 

17.  There  ia  a  Ikmoua  manufketory, 
railed  CMttini,  near  Paria,  (br  making  ta- 
peatry and  other  Aimiture.  It  waa  inatitu- 
tod  by  the  brothera  named  Oobelina,  who 
were  celebrated  dyera  in  the  Kth  century. 
They  Arat  intradueed  into  Paria  that  beau- 
tiAil  aearlet  color,  whieh  haaainco  borne 
their  name.  The  proeeaa  of  manufactur- 
ing upeatry  ia  eitramely  alow  and  tudioua; 
and  it  ia  of  a  price  to  ba  purt  haMd  almoet 
aieluiivaly  by  yrineea. 

CHAP.  XIV. 

rUM.  Ac. 

1.  By  a/br,  va  mean  tha  akin  of  aome 
animal,  dreaaed  with  the  hair  on ;  when 


13.  What  orbonneur    14.  Qhtnwf   15.  The 
throwing  down  of  a  gauntlet,  ia  ancient  timei  f 
10.  TapeaUy.'    17.  Oolteliaa? 
6 


<«it<feii>i 


'  the  hair  ia  taken  nlT,  il  Iwromee  Uatktr. 
One  mark  of  ihn  kind  alleniion  of  Provl- 
dem-n  lo  mir  wania,  la  ihe  rilmordlnary 
Ailn«<M,  •oftiinM,  end  warinlh  of  the  haira 
of  ihoae  enhnaU  whirh  live  In  llie  cold 
Nurih<>rn  rr|rinn».  .Man  auon  found  out, 
when  he  Ud  killed  a  hear,  that  hia  akin 
might  be  nuuie  eoiufi-rtabja  to  hinwelf. 
He  killed  him  at  (Irjt  In  hia  own  deibnee, 
when  he  came  to  anno/  himf  ha  now 
aeeka  him  tar  hia  peraonal  eonvenieneei 
finding  that,  by  borrowing  h<8  warm  Air, 
ho  can  deffend  himaelf  (Vom  tha  eold,  ant 
provide  hie  Ikmily  with  a  warm  and  aoA 
bed  to  aleep  on. 

S.  It  waa  the  uaaAtheie  of  (bra  wkieh 
brought  them  nt  flret  inin  roqueat.  After- 
wartia,  thay  were  ihoughi  to  be  pro'tft  of 
valor  I  and  every  young  man  wanted  them 
to  evince  hia  prowoaa.  Tiiey  wore  then  ee- 
teemed  aa  artlclea  of  ornament.  Smaller 
animal*  were  aought  after  (  eapecially  aueh 
aa  were  ao  unlbrtunate  aa  lo  be  beautiflil. 

3.  In  the  middle  regioua  of  the  gk>be, 
the  climate  ia  luo  warm  lo  need  fliie,  or 
indeed  to  bear  them,  except  aa  articlea  of 
flnery  and  oaieniatiot..  The  Oreeka  and 
old  Aoinana  do  not  aeem  to  have  worn 
them.  But  when  the  Northern  nationa, 
termed  Ootha,  overran  the  plaina  of  Italy, 
they  brought  with  them  handaome  flira, 
and  introduced  the  Auibion  of  wearing 
them.  They  were,  however,  ft>r  a  loaf 
while  very  acarca,  and,  of  courae,  very 
eoatly. 

4.  Foragea,  tha  northern  provinceaof 
Aaia  alona  auppUed  theaa  articlea  of  luxu* 
ry  to  Europe  (  and  atill  we  draw  many 
fbrry  treaaurea  flrom  thence.  But  North 
America  now  ftimbhea  tho  chief  auppUeai 
and  great  quantiliea  are  aent  flrom  tlia  naw 
world  to  Turkey,  and  even  to  China. 

5.  The  moat  valuable  akina  brought 


1.  Whatofftin?  «.  What  Arat  braught  thaia 
into  reoueit  f  3.  In  the  middle  regiona  of  the 
globe— >  4.  What  ew  anUy  now  fluniiitei  the  chief 


.  ...^..fca 


BOOK   or    COMMBRCB 


%I 


I 


from  Siberia,  are  lables,  ermines,  and  black 
foxes.  The  adbltt  are  daric,  even  to  black- 
ness, and  so  scarce,  that  e  single  skin,  not 
broader  than  one's  hand,  will  be  valued  at 
twelve  or  fifteen  guineas.  Criminals  con- 
demned to  these  dreary  regions,  and  sol- 
diers, we  employed  to  catch  these  animals 


,  I 


in  traps,  or  lO  shoot  them ;  but  in  such  a 
way  as  not  to  spoil  the  skin.  These  hunt- 
ers most  commonly  endure  great  hardships 
in  this  uncertain  enterprise.  The  woods 
they  traverse  are  very  large,  and  they  have 
no  guide  to  direct  them  out  again,  except 
the  mark  which  ^iiey  themselves  make  in 
the  principal  trees.  Should  tliey  mistake 
these,  they  must  perish. 

6.  Frequently  they  have  to  wait  two  or 
three  days  at  the  hole  of  a  sable,  where 
they  have  set  a  trap,  watching  in  the  snow 
till  the  creature  chooses  to  come  out.  Of- 
ten their  provisions  fail  during  their  long 
excursions;  and  to  prevent,  or  mitigate, 
the  puns  of  hunger,  they  fasten  thin  boards 
tight  round  the  ston.ach. 

7.  Black  foxes  are  highly  esteemed ;  a 
single  skin  will  fetch  a  hundred  guineas. 

8.  Ermines,  whicH  are  delicately  white, 
are  found  in  all  the  coldet  parts  of  the 
North,  and  their  skins  become  an  impor- 
tant article  of  commerce  with  Norway, 
Lapland,  Russia,  &c.,    where  they   are 


supply  of  fiin  ?  5.  Whence  are  the  most  valuable 
skins  brought  i  6.  How  are  the  Mtblet  taken  ? 
7.  What  of  black  foxes'  8.  Ermines?  9.  What 


found  in  prodigious  numbers.  They  are 
taken  in  traps,  baited  with  flesh,  and  made 
of  two  flat  stones,  the  uppermost  of  which, 
in  falling,  cnishes  tliem  ;  or  they  are  shot 
wi*h  blunt  arrows.  This  animal,  in  warm- 
er climates  is  called  a  stoa/,  but  its  ftir  is 
coarse  there,  and  of  no  value. 

9.  In  North  America,  there  are  two 
principal  stations  for  the  fur  trade;  one 
on  the  eastirn  side  is  connected  with  Hud- 
son's Bay,  or  with  Canada ;  and  the  other 
is  on  the  north-west  coast  in  the  Pacific 
ocean. 

10.  The  first  of  these  was  begun  by 
Mr.  Henry  Hudson,  who,  in  endeavoring 
to  find  a  north-west  passa^re  to  India,  dis- 
covered that  large  inlet  in  North  America, 
which,  after  him,  bears  the  name  of  Hud- 
son's Bay.  Here  he  traded  with  the  na- 
tives chiefly  for  skins.  The  trade  became 
lucrative,  and  a-  company  was  formed  for 
supponitag  that  commerce;  forts  were 
built,  and  settlements  made.  At  regular 
seasons,  the  Indians  bring  their  stock  of 
skins,  when  a  sort  of  market  is  established 
for  exchanging  them  for  British  commod- 
ities and  manufactures.  The  profits  from 
this  trade  are  considerable. 

1 1.  Another  distinct  ftir  trade  is  carried 
on  through  Canada,  and  concentrates  at 
Montreal  and  Quebec. 

12.  The  most  valuable  skins  soon  be- 
cam'A  scarce,  in  the  immediate  neighbor- 
hood of  the  several  settlements.  The  In- 
dians, therefore,  were  excited  to  penetrate 
the  most  remote  woods,  in  order  to  pro- 
cure them ;  and  nations  the  most  distant 
were  induced  to  bring  them  for  sale,  that 
they  might  obtain  European  goods,  espe- 
cially intoxicating  spirits.  Some  of  the 
early  Canadian  settlers  adopted  the  hunt- 
er's life,  or  became  trading  pedlars  among 
the  natives ;  and  embarking  in  canoes  on 


ore  the  two  chief  staticns  of  the  i\ir  trade  in  North 
America  ?  10.  By  whom  was  the  first  of  these 
begun .'   11.  What  of  the  other  trade  ?   18.  Did 


uiii.^  .'.  „*^^»iiii**t  V, 


■>  -^^^ 


,^. 


"«*^flr' 


■.i^.^-  wpp-> 


bers.  They  ar« 
flesh,  and  made 
irnioit  of  which, 
or  they  are  ahot 
initnal,  in  warm- 
at,  but  ita  Air  ia 
lue. 

there  ore  twb 

Air  trade;  one 

ected  with  Hnd- 

I ;  and  tlie  other 

t  in  the  Pacific 

I  waa  begun  by 
in  endeavoring 
[re  to  India,  dia- 
North  America, 
9  name  of  Hud- 
ed  with  the  na< 
ho  trade  became 
waa  formed  for 
ce;  forta  were 
de.  At  regular 
(  their  atoclt  of 
!ct  ia  eatabliahed 
Dritish  commod- 
["he  profits  from 

a 

'  trade  ia  carried 
coucentratea  at 

akina  aoon  be- 
idiate  neighbor- 
nenta.  The  In- 
Ited  to  penetrate 
n  order  to  pro- 
the  moat  diatant 
em  for  aale,  that 
lan  goods,  espe- 
Some  of  the 
[opted  the  hunt- 
I  pedlars  among 
ig  in  canoea  on 

sfUr  trade  in  North 
I  the  fint  of  thcM 
cr trade?   18.  Did 


'''Vi^)ft^fy«i^'r'itarrj»:-';ir"'''*y^'<"  -yff 


POM,  ite. 


the  large  rivers,  carried  their  goods  to 
great  distances,  so  as  to  be  a  year  or  more 


before  they  returned,  with  the  rich  fbra 
they  obtained. 

IS.  Thia  trade  was  begun  by  the  French, 
who  were  the  first  aettlers  in  Canada.  AAer 
the  country  waa  ceded  to  the  English,  it 
waa  long  before  it  could  be  revived ;  aathe 
new  parties  were  ignoraiit  of  ita  courae, 
and  atrange  in  manners  and  language. 

14.  Michilimalcinac,  aituat^d  at  the  junc- 
tion of  the  lakea  Michigan  and  Huron,  was 
long  the  boundary  of  a  considerable  trade ; 
it  then  became  the  centre  of  one  much  more 
considerable.  But  population  has  spread 
ao  much  of  late  years,  both  from  the  Bri- 
tish settlements  and  the  United  Statea,  that 
the  boundaries  of  their  commerce  are  ex- 
tending every  year. 

15.  A  considerable  part  of  the  f\ir  trade 
of  the  western  states  concentrates  at  St. 
Louis,  in  Missouri.  Not  only  the  skins 
of  beavera,  otters,  foxea  and  martens,  but 
likewise  those  of  buiTaloes,  deer,  rein-deer 
and  elka  are  brought  for  traffic  to  this 
place. 

16.  As  the  skins  of  beavers  form  one 
of  the  prime  articles  in  this  trade,  on  ac- 
count of  the  method  of  catching  them  may 
be  appropriate.  It  should  be  premised, 
that  the  beaver  commonwealths  are  sur- 
priaing  instances  of  animal  sagacity.   They 


the  skins  soon  begin  to  grow  warce?   13.  By 
whom  waa  the  Canada  trade  begun  ?  U.  Michi- 


live  in  companies  of  three  or  four  hundred. 
Their  first  cure  is  to  build  a  dam  across 
some  valley,  through  which  a  tunall  atream 
ruuB,  to  stop  the  waters,  and  form  a  lake, 
or  pond.  In  this  they  build  their  huts, 
each  containing  one  or  more  fiimil*"8,  hav- 
ing various  rooms,  for  dwelling  and  for 
stores,  ^heir  chief  stores  are  branches  of 
favorite  trees,  cut  in  amall  lengiiis.  Beu- 
vers  are  sometimes  taken  in  traps  baited 
with  aspen  wood,  but  not  oAen,  for  they 
are  very  cunning.  The  hunter's  usual 
method  is  to  make  a  hole  in  their  dam 
and  lot  the  water  out ;  this  leaves  the  bea- 
vera on  dry  ground,  and  they  are  easily 
killed.  A  few  are  leA  to  atock  the  place 
afresh,  and  the  hole  in  the  dam  is  carefully 
stopped  again. 

17.  In  winter,  when  the  lakes  are  frozen, 
the  method  is  to  make  holes  in  the  ice 
around  every  beaver  hut,  over  which  nets 
are  spread.  The  hunters  then  break  down 
the  hut ;  and  the  beavers  instantly  plunge 
into  the  water,  under  the  ice,  but  as  they 
are  obliged  frequently  to  come  to  the  holes 
to  breathe,  they  are  then  entangled  in  the 
nets,  and  taken.  The  hair  of  the  skina 
is  wrought  into  hats  and  other  articlea  of 
dress. 

18.  Another  new  and  lucrative  trade, 
suggested  by  the  memorable  navigator 
Capt  Cook,  consists  in  buying  up  the  skins 
found  about  Nootka  Sound,  on  the  north- 
west coaat  of  America,  in  high  latitudes, 
and  conveying  them  to  China,  where  they 
are  in  great  request,  and  fetch  a  high 
price ;  the  skins  and  furs  obtained  then 
being  far  auperior  to  those  found  on  the 
Atlantic  side  of  that  continent,  about  Hud- 
son's  Bay. 

19.  Ermines  and  sables  are  used  to  or- 
nament robes  of  high  state  and  dignity ;  as 
those  of  judges,  peers,  &c. 

20.  Ladies'  muffs,  tippets,  and  trim- 


limackinac?    15.  St.  Louii.'  16.  Beaver-skins/ 
17.  In  winter— ?  18.  What  new  trade  did  Capt 


•-^..f^l 


rry4' 


>i- 


;<■!. 


■T-i»'i^» 


■'?<»•• 


at 


BOOK  or  coMiniici. 


mingi,  are  beholden  to  the  bear,  the  gray 
tbi,  Si<u  Tiger  ekins  aerve  aa  grttid  aad- 
die  clotba. 

31.  When  the  hair  alone  la  used,  or 
uaed  aeparate  f\rom  the  akin,  the  articleR 
are  not  called  fitri.  Yet  it  may  not  be 
amiiM  to  mention,  that  the  hair  of  our  cowt 
ia  of  great  use  to  the  plaaterer ;  be|ng  min- 
gled with  the  mortar,  it  belpa  to  bind  or 
keep  it  together. 

33.  The  long  hair  iVom  horttt*  taiU  is 
woven  into  a  peculiar  sort  of  fabric,  aa  a 
covering  for  chair  bottom*.  A  principal 
manulheture  of  this  article  ia  at  Worcester, 
in  Engkuid.  It  is  spun  also  into  linea  for 
the  laundry,  and  likewise  twisted  into 
bracelets  for  ladies'  wrists. 

33.  The  long  white  silky  hair  of  the 
Angora  goat  ia  a  great  article  of  com- 
•nerce;  the  finest  stuflTs  and  camlets  are 
made  of  it.  Angora  is  a  city  of  Natolia,  in 
Asia  Minor. 

24.  The  hair  of  the  camel  falls  off  every 
S|iring,  and  is  made  into  fine  stuflfh,  for 
coverings  of  tents,  and  articles  of  ibmi- 
ture.  The  artist  feels  his  obligation  here 
also,  as  the  camel-hair  pencils  are  his 
great  dependence,  fur  drawing  and  pdbt- 
ing  in  colors,  especially  in  the  smaller 
aiaed  pleees. 

35.  The  stiff  hair  of  hoga,  calltod  bris- 
tleet  ia  of  eonsiderable  use  in  larger  works 
of  an.  Brashea  of  various  sorts  and  of 
eonsldetaMe  power  are  made  of  them ;  and 
the  sboe-naker,  by  their  assistance,  gets 
his  vrued  thread  easily  through  the  hole 
whieh  Ma  awl  has  made.  The  best  bris- 
tles come  flrom  Germany  and  Russia. 

CHAP.  XV. 

FEATHERS. 

'.     1.  Faathera  make  a  considerable  article 

of  commerce,  particularly   those  of  the 


Cook  BHgett  f  19.  What  of  ermines  and  nUm  ? 
80.  Man,  tiger-akini,  &«.  ?  21.  The  diitinetion 
ItetwcM  hair  and  fun  ?  83.  Hones'  hair?    S3. 


goose,  swan,  ostrich,  heron  and  peacock 
which  are  used  for  the  filling  of  beds 
writing  pens,  omamenta  of  the  head,  &c. 
3.  Goose  featheia  are  in  most  common 
use  for  beds.  Geese  are  kept  in  vast  florkt 
in  the  fenny  parts  of  Lincokishire,  in  Eng- 
land.     More  profit  is  n»de  of  these  by 
their  quills  and  Aiathera,  than  by  tliair 
fleah.    They  are  on  this  account  plucked, 
while  alive,  five  Umes  in  the  courae  of  the 
summer.    About  the  end  of  March  their 
quilla  are  pulled  out,  and  these  make  the 
pena  We  write  with ;  then  their  feathera 
are  torn  firom  them ;  flreah  ftathera  grow, 
which  are  again  plucked  every  few  week% 


until  the  poor  birds  are  drhrM  to  market 
ibr  sale.  Many  die  undw  the  operation, 
if  the  weather  tuma  cold  at  the  time. 
When  they  live,  it  ia  thus  to  auffer,  and 
then  die.  Fair  death  aeems  to  be  less  a 
grievance,  than  these  repeated  tortures. 
EIDER  DOWN. 
8.  This  material,  ao  soft|  is  borrowed, 
or  rather  stolen,  fimln  the  eider  duck ;  a 
wikl  bird,  but  one  that  is,  for  the  sake  of 
its  down,  so  kindly  treated,  as  to  be  almc<^ 
tamo  at  tlie  breeding  aeason.  They  are 
inhabitants  of  Iceland  and  other  norther* 
countries,  but  are  often  met  with  iu  Now 
England  and  Canada.  All  the  islands 
west  of  Scotland  breed  numbers  of  thesa 


Angora  goat?   34.  Camel's  hair.'   S5.  Bristlea? 

f.  What  «tf  feathera?   3.  Oeeae?   3.  Eider 

down  ?  4.  When  do  tiie  eider  duoks  sasosiate ' 


:  S*iFtiti> 


iifflmyi^it'ti  . 


L  ifrj'.  ^■K.<H»**'IO»<*fc*li  P<i^Jlili^h.li>lift 


■  tpniH1||>lii.|||ffia||^ 


f* 


ma  and  peacock 
e  fllling  of  beda 

of  the  head,  &c. 

in  inott  common 
kqit  in  vnst  florkf 
icolubire,  in  Eng- 
made  of  tliaie  iiy 
ID,  than  by  tlinir 
I  account  plucked, 
I  the  eoune  of  the 
id  of  March  their 
d  theae  make  the 
lien  their  feathera 
•h  ftathera  grow, 
I  eveiy  few  weelc% 


I 


iiiiiii,f;jti.iinpwj"iijmi!ii,iii '  '*ir',m';*tn 


KJ^B^.I  ||(|5|||iJfJHy.|||.>*WM1 


drirM  to  market 
ler  the  operation, 
sold  at  the  time, 
lua  to  Buffer,  aud 
lema  to  be  leas  a 
Mated  tortures. 
>WN. 

ioft)  is  borrowed, 
lie  eider  duck;  a 
I,  for  the  sake  of 
id,  as  to  be  almG<4 
wsoD.  They  are 
nd  other  northera 
met  with  in  Now 
All  the  islands 
numbers  of  these 

hair?  25.  Briitlcs? 
.  Qteaei  3.  £ider 
der  duoks  mociBle  T 


iinfrtiiiiri^allitfi  '   '     ^ 


rsATHas. 


birds,  which  are  a  profiuible  branch  of 
trade  to  the  poor  inhabitants. 

4.  In  Greenland,  Iceland,  Spitzbergon, 
Lapland,  and  some  of  the  northern  dis- 
tricts of  Norway,  the  eider  ducks  asHociate 
in  vast  flocks,  having  fkvorite  breeding- 
places,  usually  on  little  islands  near  the 
shore,  to  which  they  constantly  resort. 
Their  nests  are  often  built  so  close  to- 
gether, that  a  man  can  hardly  walk  among 
th«tm  without  treading  on  their  eggs.  The 
'nhabitanta  watch  them,  when  they  begin 

h\jf  and  take  aome  of  their  first  eggs 
;••«  food. 

6.  Thehr  layhig  and  hatching  continue 
for  nearly  two  months.  Once  a  week,  or 
•0^  the  native*  viait  thahr  bceeding-plaeea, 


and  aein  •  great  put  of  the  down  with 
which  theae  fond  creatures  line  their  nests 
and  cover  their  eggs.  When  the  duck  has 
torn  all  the  down  from  her  own  breast, 
by  replacing  what  had  been  stolen  away, 
her  partner,  the  cbrake,  assists  her  with  his. 
About  half  •  pound  of  this  down  is  ob- 
tained from  each  nest,  during  the  season. 
Iceland  usually  exports  to  Denmark  from 
1,500  to  2,000  pounds*  weight;  which,  as 
it  is  a  very  light  substance,  must  constitute 
a  considerable  bulk. 

OSTRICH  fEATHERS. 
6.   It  is  for  its  plumage  only  that  the 
ostrich  is  hunted ;   although  its  eggs  are 


laying  and  hatching? 
atbera?    8.  PeacoclT? 


6.  7.  What  of 
9.  Argus  phcv 


5.  llieir 
Sitrich-ftal 


good  as  articles  of  food.  Some  of  the 
ostrich  feathers  are  white,  some  black,  and 
some  gray ;  and  they  may  be  died  of  any 
color  by  the  f«ather  dressers. 

7.  As  adornmenu  of  dress,  they  certain- 
ly rank  high  for  beauty,  whether  they  b« 
white  or  black.  Such  aa  are  plucked  from 
the  Urd  while  alive  are  much  the  moat 
valuable,  as  being  stronger  and  leaa  liable 
to  decay.  Ostrich  feathera  are  brought  to 
us  fl-om  Africa,  and  pariicuhurly  from  the 
coast  of  Barbery.  Immeiue  quantities  are 
bought  up  by  the  merchants  of  Leghorn. 

8.  Oriin  OaRAMBnjrAL  FiATBua.  The 
feathers  of  the  peacock  are  in  aome  de* 
mand  aa  ornaments  for  the  head.  Tbii 
bird  surpasses  in  the  splendor  and  variety 
of  its  colors,  all  the  rest  of  the  feathery 
creation.  Of  this  he  seems  proudly  eon^ 
acious,  when  he  struts  about  enjoying  the 
bright  sun.  The  length  and  the  beauty 
of  this  feather  require  a  noble  and  elegant 
figure,  to  bear  it  with  propriety,  as  part  of 
the  head-dress. 

9.  There  are  a  few  feathera  in  the  wing 
of  the  ArgUB  pheasant,  of  great  beauty. 
They  do  not  possess  a  great  variety  pf 
colors,  for  the  marks  are  only  different 
ahades  of  a  lightish  browv,  or  atone  color; 
but  they  appear  in  regular  ringa  and  spots, 
from  end  to  end,  in  a  manner  which  givee 
the  idea  of  their  being  artificially  produced* 
They  form  a  very  elegant  ornament. 

10.  The  Egret,  a  small  soj^ollieron, 
bears  on  his  head  a  very  beainKl  tuft  of 
feathers.  In  the  days  of  jhivairy,  warriore 
wore  them  on  their  hemiels.  They  are 
now  in  request  as  ornaments  for  ladiea' 
head-dresses;  and  the  Turks  and  Persians 
wear  them  in  their  turbans.  The  bird  was 
once  very  plentiful  in  England,  but'  is  now 
scarce ;  though  it  may  be  fouiul  in  moist 
places,  in  all  the  temperate  climates  of  the 
globe. 


MHM 


-  "  r Ty^'ir"""  » 


■OOK   or   COHMIRCE. 


CHAP.  XVI. 

PERFUMEfl.  lie. 

1.  Hungary  water  is  bo  called  from  a 
^ueen  of  Hungary,  who  was  cured  by  it 
of  a  palsy.  It  is  distilled  with  spirits  fVom 
rosemary.  It  is  now  principally  manufac* 
tured  in  France,  under  the  name  of  Co> 
logne-water. 

5.  Lavender-water  is  distilled  from  the 
flowers  of  lavender,  with  spi;-its  also. 

8.  Musk  is  one  of  the  strongest  scenu 
in  nature.  It  ia  scarcely  endurable  un- 
less  much  diluted,  and  mixed  with  other 
weaker  perAimes.  Musk  is  a  sort  of  co- 
agulated blood,  found  in  a  bag  under  the 
belly  of  a  creature  which  runs  wild  in 
the  forests  of  Thibet,  Tonquin,  and  Cochin 
China.  There  the  animal  is  of  the  ante- 
lope or  goat  kind ;  but  the  species  seems 
not  to  be  well  known  to  naturalists ;  per- 
haps there  may  be  several  sorts. 

4.  The  hunters  cut  off  the  bag,  and 
leave  the  creature  to  perish.  A  great 
many  of  these  animals  must  be  destroy- 
ed annually,  for  immense  numbers  of  the 
bags  come  over,  each  about  the  size  of  a 
pigeon's  egg.  Musk  is  of  considerable 
■ervice  in  medicine. 

6.  The  Civet  is  of  the  weazel  kind,  and 
canies  iu  bag  of  perfume  behind.  It  is  of 
•  milder  and  more  pleasont  firogrance  than 
musk ;  the  creature  is  wild  in  the  warmer 
olimatet,  tpt  it  will  live  in  colder  regions, 
if  kept  careflilly.  The  Turks,  Indians,  Af- 
ricans, and  even  the  Dutch,  keep  them  as 
articles  of  trade.  With  a  wooden  spoon, 
they  scrape  out  this  perfumed  substance, 
flvery  few  doys;  and  make  great  profit, 
at  the  demand  for  it  is  very  considerable. 
Much  of  it  is  brought  fi-om  the  East  Indies, 
about  Calicut ;  from  the  coast  of  Guinea, 
and  from  Brazil. 


1 .  Whence  did  Hungary-water  derive  its  name  ? 
9.  What  is  lavender  water  distilled  fVom?  3. 
What  of  musk  ?  4.  Civet  ?  6. 7.  OtUr  of  roses  > 


OTTAR  OF  ROSES 

6.  This  fragrant  porAime  w  the  essential 
oil  of  roses.  Roses  are  cultivated  in  the 
East  Indies,  in  whole  fields  in  order  to 
obtain  this  precious  commodity.  It  is 
found  as  a  scum,  rising  upon  rose-wa- 
ter, repeatedly  and  careAilly  distillotl.  So 
small  a  quantity  of  oil  is  obtained  from  a 
large  field  of  roses,  that  the  price  has  al- 
ways been  enormous. 

7.  It  is  said,  at  one  time,  to  have  been 
a  guinea  a  drop ;  but  the  ottar  may  be  ob- 
tained with  less  trouble  than  by  distilla- 
tion, by  exposing  to  the  sun,  water,  in 
which  are  steeping  the  petals  of  the  rose, 
cleared  firom  all  the  stalks  and  green  parts. 
This  must  be  covered  up  warm  at  night. 
When  the  scum  rises,  it  may  be  taken  oflT 
by  fe  small  piece  of  cotton  fastened  to  the 
end  of  a  stick ;  this  is  squeezed  into  some 
very  diminutive  vial,  and  stopped  close,  to 
preserve  it  from  the  air,  until  used. 

SOAP. 

8.  Soap  is  a  composition  of  oil  or  fat, 
and  potashes  or  any  other  alkali..  You 
must  remember  that  alkali  is  •  substance 
obtained  flrom  the  ashes  of  certain  plants 
when  burnt,  or  it  may  lie  obtained  flroni 
some  mineral  bodies,  particularly  common 
salt.  Alkali  will  unite  with  oil  or  tallow 
When  united  the  two  make  that  Y'ad  sub 
stacce  called  soap. 

9.  The  greatest  quantities  of  soap  are 
made  in  Spain,  Portugal,  France  and 
Italy;  olive  oil  being  in  those  countries 
most  plentiful.  That  which  is  called  Cas- 
tile soap  conies  from  Spain. 

10.  The  soair  met  with  in  commerce  is 
generally  divided  into  two  sorts,  the  hard, 
which  is  made  of  soda  and  tallow  or  oil, 
and  the  tojl,  which  is  made  of  potash,  and 
the  same  oily  matters.  Soap  made  of 
tallow  and  soda  has  a  whitish  color,  and 


8.  Soap?  From  what  aulMtances  may  alkali  be 
obtained  >  9.  Where  are  the  greateit  quantities  of 
soap  made  ?  10.  Into  how  many  sorts  is  the  soap 


iiillih&Hitli  iniiriwt'*w  1 


<4l^ieM«tef«ii%<<l4<l^>i'fM£>'>'- 


m^ 


TTT" 


3RS 

I  w  the  eMential 
iltivated  in  the 
da  in  order  to 
inodity.  It  ia 
u|jon  roae-wa- 
Y  diatilled.  So 
•btained  fi-om  a 
e  price  haa  al- 

!,  to  have  been 
ttar  may  be  ob- 
lian  by  diatilla> 

aun,  water,  in 
:ala  of  the  roae, 
uod  green  parte, 
warm  at  night, 
ay  be  taken  off 

fastened  to  the 
lezed  into  aome 
topped  close,  to 
til  used. 

n  of  oil  or  fat, 
r  alkali..    You 

ia  •  Bubatance 
*  certain  plants 

obtained  fVoni 
lularly  common 
li  oil  or  tallow 
I  that  h'iiu  aub 

ies  of  soap  are 
I,  France  and 
those  countries 
b  ia  called  Cas- 

• 

in  commerce  is 
sorts,  the  hard, 
I  tallow  or  oil, 
I  of  potash,  and 
Soap  made  of 
itish  color,  and 

ies  may  alkali  be 
atef  t  quantities  of 
f  sorts  is  the  soap 


ll^^,K&*MS^i00il'i 


-l^p»»' 


i}if,lti.i.ijipwin  iiU'i 


)i^K)^'(^l*T' '  wfni  wM  i^^t^w^  ^''''^^W,'' 


m 


CHIITA,  POTTIkT   WAftI,  Lc. 


Is,  therefore,  sometimes  denominated  white 
soap ;  but  it  is  usual  for  soap-makers,  in 
order  to  lower  the  price  of  the  article,  to 
mix  a  considerable  portion  of  rosin  with 
the  tallow ;  this  mixture  forma  the  com- 
mon yellow  soap  of  the  country. 

11.  Soap  may  be  easily  scented  with 
any  periUme,  and  dyed  of  varioua  colors. 
The  soap  manufaciared  at  Windsor,  in 
England,  ia  in  high  repute.  Soap  Im- 
provea  by  age. 

13.  There  are  various  kinds  of  cosme- 
tics and  lotions  for  the  skin,  which  are  a 
considerable  article  of  trade.  But  the  use 
of  these  is  ii^juriouj,  and  they  sometimes 
turn  the  skin  to  a  lead  color,  or  even 
black,  when  mineral  Aimes  happen  to  meet 
them.  A  preparation  is  made  from  bears' 
grease,  which  is  efflcaciona  in  improving 
the  growth  of  the  hair. 

CHAP.  XVII. 
CHINA.  POTTERY  WARE,  lio. 

1.  The  art  of  manuikcturing  China 
ware,  aa  may  be  supposed  from  its  name, 
waa  originally  obtained  iVom  China.  The 
commercial  term  for  China  ware  is  por- 
celain. This,  however,  ia  not  a  Chinese 
word,  but  comes  to  us  firom  the  Portu- 
guese, who  first  brought  over  these  beau- 
tifiil  wares,  and  with  whom  the  word  por- 
eellana  means  a  eup. 

2.  Porcelain,- as  distinguished  from  other 
wares  formed  of  earth,  means  something 
fine  in  its  texture,  half-transparent,  and 
beautiful  in  ita  colors.  Pottery,  stone 
ware,  &e.  are  opaque  ;  glass  is  extremely 
transparent ;  porcelain  seems  to  come  be- 
tween the  two,  as  partaking  somewhat  of 
both. 

8.  Although  we  call  it  China  ware  by 


of  commeree  divided  f  II .  May  it  be  easily  seent- 
cd  i  19.  What  of  cosmetics  ? 

1.  What  of  China  ware,  or  porcelain  ?   From 
what  is  the  word  porcelain  derived .'  3.  What  is 


way  of  excellence,  yet,  It  ^a  a&i<l,  a  ftr  au- 
perior  sort  is  manufkctured  in  Japan  ;  but 
as  the  Japanese  keep  it  all  to  themselvea, 
we  must  take  their  word  for  it,  and  be 
content. 

4.  Porcelain  is  an  article  of  very  exten- 
sive manufacture  in  China.  The  origin  of 
it  is  beyond  date ;  aa  the  earlieat  records 
speak  of  it  as  having  always  been  In  com- 
mon use.  The  town  of  King-te-tching, 
where  is  the  principal  monufiicture,  is  four 
or  five  miles  long,  and  contains  a  millioB 
of  inhabitants. 

y  There  are  two  substances  necessary 
for  this  ware,  called  by  the  manufiicturers 
petuntte,  and  kaolin.  The  laat  is  a  white 
clay,  ond  the  former  a  flint ;  both  are  re- 
duced to  a  very  fine  powder,  and  washed 
repeatedly,  with  extreme  care.  These  are 
then  mixed  thoroughly  together ;  and  be- 
ing thrown  into  a  large  well-paved  pit, 
the  substance  is  well  trodden,  and  after- 
wards kneaded  together  with  the  hands, 
with  great  and  incessant  labor ;  care  being 
taken  that  not  a  single  hair,  nor  a  particle 
of  sand,  should  bo  mingled  with  it ;  for  any 
foreign  substance  would  spoil  the  compo- 
sition, and  occasion  cracks  add  warping, 
when  the  ware  came  to  the  fire. 

6.  This  clay  haa  then  to  pass  through 
many  operationa  to  give  it  shape.  The 
first  workman  makes  it  into  a  sort  of  semi- 
circular cup ;  this  shape  is  given  it  by  a 
wheel,  in  a  moment ;  the  next  forms  the 
base,  on  which  the  eup  stands;  a  thurd, 
by  a  mould,  gives  it,  while  still  soft,  its 
exact  shape.  A  fourth  polishes  it  with  his 
chisel,  and  reduces  ita  thickness  greatly,  to 
help  its  transparency. 

7.  This  is  but  a  general  account ;  for  it 
is  said  that  seventy  workmen  handle  a  cup 
before  it  comes  to  us  fit  for  use.     Some 


the  diflTerence  between  poreelsin  and  pottery } 
X  la  it  made  in  Japan  ?  4.  Chins  ?  5.  What  two 
■ubstances  are  necessary  for  the  ware  f  6.  This 
clay  has  then  to  pasn— ?  7.  How  many  workmen 


.  Ahi    ^ 


I'pW'llii'ii 


ji.niji'ij„i  ji  .II',  ^;,ii  .>.ji4iJ^igitmviiu-! 


M 


•OOB  or  fiOMHBMI. 


|i«0M  of  China  have  large  oroamenta  upon 
thain;  theae  are  formed  aoparately,  and 
fluNened  on  with  the  aanie  kind  of  clay, 
greatly  diluted. 

8.  When  the  ahape  ia  ihua  formed,  it  ia 
given  to  the  paintera,  of  whom  them  are 
Many.  Ha  who  painta  the  colored  circle 
round  the  brim,  doea  nothing  elae  {  if  one 
man  traoea  the  outlinea  for  the  flowere,  it 
ia  the  buaincM  of  another  to  paint  them. 
Buppoaing  it  to  be  a  landaoape,  one  painta 
mountain!  only,  another  treea;  and  the 
birda  are  not  put  in  by  the  aama  band 
which  painu  the  human  figure. 

9.  It  ia  next  to  be  glazed,  or  vamiahed  { 
which  ia  done  with  a  aort  of  cream,  made 
of  powdered  flint.  When  carried  to  the 
flimaee  for  bakini,,  each  article  ia  encloa* 
ed  in  a  caae,  to  keep  it  to  ita  ahape.  The 
ibrnace  ia  heated  a  day  and  a  night,  be- 
fore the  ware  ia  put  in,  and  the  whole  ia 
raaile  red  hot,  by  the  pasaage  of  the  flame 
on  every  aide.  By  thia  heat  the  flinty 
^etutifM  would  be  completely  vitrifled,  or 
made  traiiaparent  aa  glaaa ;  but  tlte  clayey 
kaoltHj  which  ia  every  where  intermingled, 
being  incapable  of  Aiaion,  or  melting,  the 
whole  together  aaaumea  the  delicate  ap- 
pearance ao  much  admired. 

10.  Poreelain  ia  aometiinea  left  without 
ghuiing,  aa  in  flgurea  and  omamenta;  it 
ia  then,  ealled  hiicuU,  and  ia  delicately 
white,  almoat  like  marble.  The  colora 
uaed  io  painting  porcelain  are  all  metal- 
lic, Uktt  thoae  uaed  in  enamelling.  They 
are  ground  with  gum-water,  or  with  aome 
eaaential  oil. 

11.  All  thoae  articlea  which  can  be  form- 
ed with  the  turning  lathe,  are  ao  produced. 
ThoM  which  are  not  round  in  ahape,  are 
formed  by  preaaing  the  prepared  clay  into 
nioulda,  with  the  hands.     Figureu  are  caat 

an  Miid  to  handle  a  cap  before  it  ia  ready  for  lue  ? 
8.  What  of  the  paintinff  of  China?  0.  What  is 
next  done  to  itr  10.  Whtt>ia  porcelain  ealled 
when  left  withont  gloiing?   The  coloia  uaed  in 


in  moulda  of  phuter  of  Paria,  the  clay  b*- 
ing  landered  conaiderably  liquid  by  watar 
The  mould  imbibea  the  Uquid,  and  leave* 
the  figure  perfect  and  firm.  Sometimei^ 
the  different  parta  of  a  figure  are  caat  in 
aeparate  moulda,  aa  the  bead,  arma,  ttc 
theao  are  afterwardr  Joined  together  with 
aome  liquid  clay,  and  amoothed  at  tha 
joininga,  before  they  are  baked. 

12.  In  England,  in  many  caaea,  th# 
variouB  colora  in  the  painting  are  Uid  on 
aeparately,  and  each  eolor  ia  fixed  by 
baking,  before  the  next  ia  put  on.  Tha 
gilding  ia  executed  by  a  aolutioa  of  gold, 
mixed  with  quickailver,  and  groimd  up 
with  oil,  and  laid  on  with  a  camera-hair 
pencil.  In  the  oven,  the  gold  faatana  to  tha 
portielain  ;  and  the  quick-ailver  ia  evapo- 
rated. The  gold  at  firat  appeara  dull,  but  ia 
afterwarda  biirniahed. 

18.  The  European!  have  imitated  thia 
delicate  ware,  and  brought  their  manuikc- 
turo  to  great  perfection.  Saxony  firat  be- 
gan ;  and  Dreaden  china  ia  in  high  repute. 
There  are  eatabliahmenta  for  thia  waro 
alao  at  Vienna,  near  Berlin,  and  at  Frank- 
endal,  all  in  Germany.  Italy  haa  porce- 
lain worka  at  Florence,  and  Naplea ;  even 
autuea,  half  the  aisa  of  life,  are  form- 
ed moat  beautiftiUy  at  the  former  place. 
France  haa  exceUent  china-worka  at  Ville- 
roy,  Chantilly,  Orleana,  but  eapecially  at 
Sevrea,  near  Paria;  where  elegance  of 
ahape,  and  beauty  of  colora  and  deaigna, 
are  exhibited  in  great  perfection. 

14.  At  Toumay,  the  eupa  are  formed 
differently,  the  clay  being  neither  turned 
in  the  lathe,  nor  preaaed  into  ahape.  It  ia 
made  ao  liquid  aa  to  run  into  tha  mould, 
which  ia  filled  with  it,  and  auflTered  to 
atand  a  little  ;  then  what  haa  not  adhered 
to  the  aidea  of  the  moulda  ia  poured  out. 


painting—?  11.  Thoae  articlea  whieh  «aa  ha 
formed  with  the  turning  Uthe  ?  13.  What  ia  aona- 
timeidone  in  Engtano?  13.  Ha*etiie  Enrepeana 
imitated  tlie  Clunaware?  14.  At  Toumay,  haw 


.  .-*.^u.i  i--»^Vu.kji4i4»t 


r 


*arit,  the  clay  hn- 
f  liquid  by  w«i«r 
iquld,  and  Imvm 

rm.  SometimMb 
igura  m  cut  In 
b«od,  arma,  ice.* 
led  together  with 
imoothed  at  tha 
baked. 

many  caaee,  th« 
inting  are  laid  on 
>lor  la  fixed  by 
la  put  on.  The 
8oluti«B  of  gold, 
and  ground  up 
ih  a  oamel'i-hair 
{old  faatena  to  the 
k-iilver  U  evapo* 
[ipeara  dull,  but  la 

nve  imitated  thia 
It  their  manufac* 
Saxony  firat  be- 
ii  in  high  repute. 
B  for  this  waro 
in,  and  at  Frank* 
Italy  baa  porce- 
id  Naplea;  even 
r  life,  are  form- 
le  former  place, 
t-worka  at  Villa* 
liut  eapecially  at 
)re  elegance  of 
ore  and  deaigna, 
rectlon. 

iupa  are  formed 
f  neither  turned 
nto  abape.  It  ia 
into  the  mould, 
and  suflered  to 
baa  not  adhered 
la  la  poured  out. 

Im  whieb  can  be 
'  U.V/bttiaaomt' 
[ave  the  Enrapeani 
.  At  Toaraay,  kam 


i 


4fff«Ti' W<WIBppw»*l»f^WIPTPfWMii  IWUfWimw.    .1^1.  !■ 


CaiftA,  rOTTUT  WARI,  &C. 


'r*'"n.M' 


and  that  which  remamaMta<._.ii  conatituiea 
the  cup.  At  Derby,  and  at  Worceitar,  in 
England,  there  are  extensive  works,  and 
very  beautifUl  articles  are  made. 

15.  PoreeUin  earth  ia  found  in  varioua 
paru  of  the  United  Statea,  and  will  doubt* 
leaa  one  day  conatitute  the  material  of  ex* 
tenaive  manuflietures.  But  the  finer  and 
more  costly  kinds  of  porcelain  derive  their 
value,  more  firom  the  labor  beatowed  upon 
their  external  decoration  than  ftom  the 
quality  of  the  material 

POTTERY. 

16.  Pottery,  or  the  forming  of  vesaela  of 
earth  for  the  uae  of  man,  ia  very  ancient. 
David  aaya  of  the  wicked,  "they  ahall  be 
daahed  in  pieeea  aa  a  potter's  vessel ;"  and 
Jeremiah  broke  one,  as  an  example  of  di* 
vine  vengeance.  The  Chinese  annaia  go 
very  far  back ;  but  the  art  of  making  pot 
tesy  waa  known  before  their  beginning; 
for  their  first  aecounU  speak  of  it  aa  a  thing 
of  long  atanding. 

17.  The  Egyptiana  were  fbmous  in  their 
day  for  aueh  warea  ;  fW>m  them  the  Greeks 
learned  the  art ;  and  firom  the  Greeks,  |)ot- 
tery  paaaed  into  Italy,  to  Etruria  in  Tus- 
cany, and  to  Rome. 

18.  Borne  admbrable  apecimena  of  Etrus* 
can  pottery  which  are  preserved  in  the 
British  Museum,  gave  Mr.  Wedgewood  the 
ambition  to  try  to  rival  them  In  Eng- 
land. About  the  year  1768  he  invented  a 
new  kind  of  ware,  which  ia  manufbctured 
under  the  name  of  queen'a  ware  or  Wedge- 
wood  ware.  Clay  Arom  Devonshire,  and 
6int  fVom  the  Thames,  are  carried,  at  a 
great  expense,  into  Staffordshire,  for  its 
formation. 

19.  Mr.  Wedgewood  raised  a  village,  or 
rather  a  aeries  of  villages,  which  he  called 
Etruria,  and  which  contains  about  ten 
thousand  people,  all  of  whom  are  employed 


are  cups  nude  ?   15.  Is  poroelain  earth  found  in 

the  United  States  >  16.  What  of  pottery  f  17.  The 

EgypUaas—  f  18.  What  did  Mr.  Wedgewood  in- 

5 


ill  these  |...;eries.     Great  quantltiea  of 
queen's  ware  are  exported. 

SO.  The  delft-ware  ia  made  of  clay,  hav- 
ing a  thick  coat  of  enamel  within  and  with- 
out. It  is  brittle,  and  now  but  little  uaed. 
Common  brown  ware  is  made  in  many 
places;  and  a  very  neat  blue  and  white 
ware  is  held  in  considerable  eatimation,  aa 
in  soma  degree  resembling  foreign  China. 

31.  I  will  now  tell  you  about  the  pro- 
cess of  making  pottery.  Clay  alone  may, 
by  burning,  be  made  aufHciently  bard  and 
neat  for  faVickst  but  it  will  not  work  ao 
thin  as  ia  requisite  fbr  drinking  vessels,  ■ 
and  it  would  crack  in  the  Imking— there- 
fore aome  tougher  aubatance  muat  be  min- 
gled with  it.  The  substance  found  to  an- 
swer best  is  flint,  reduced  to  powder.  Thie 
give<«  strength  to  the  clay,  and  the  whole 
composition  when  baked  becomea  earthen- 
ware, which  is  valued  chiefly  according  to 
the  proportions  in  which  the  ingredients 
are  mixed  together,  and  the  care  taken  to 
have  each  pure  and  finely  pulverized. 

2^.  For  this  puqiose  the  clays  are  dis- 
solved in  water ;  the  mixture  is  well  stirred 
about ;  a  little  time  ia  allowed  for  the  grit 
and  sand  to  settle;  then  the  mixture  ia 
drawn  off,  when  the  elay  sinka  to  the  bot 
tom,  and  the  water  is  easily  poured  away. 
This  clay  ia  also  well  beaten,  to  mix  it, 
and  give  it  a  sort  of  tough  pliancy.  The 
flinU  are  pounded  and  sifted,  when  the 
fine  dust  is  mingled  with  the  purified  clay, 
in  such  proportions  as  are  beat  fbr  the 
ware  intended  to  be  made. 

23.  This  mixture  is  by  water  made  into 
a  tough  paste,  sufficiently  soft  to  be  easily 
wrought  into  shape.  The  manner  of  shap- 
ing it  is  either  by  pressing  it  in  moulds, 
or  working  it  on  the  wheel.  All  round 
dishes,  basins,  ewers,  &c.  are  formed  in 
the  way  first  mentioned. 

vent.'    19.  What  of  Etruria?  36.  Delft  ware' 
21 ,  'JH,  23.  Defcriba  tlie  procen  of  making  pot- 
tery.   24.  What  is  done  with  the  articles  wiien 
o 


">^mi    ■■"' 


V 


ICI. 


t4.  When  quite  formed,  the  varioue  ar- 
Uolei  are  Aral  dried  by  a  gentle  heal,  and 
then  thoroughly  baked  by  a  more  violent 
Are,  by  which  they  are  alinoet  vilrifled, 
that  ia,  they  are  no  longer  dried  clay,  but 
almoet  glaaa.  They  are  put  Into  caaea  of 
the  lame  ahape,  made  of  clay,  that  they 
may  endure  the  Are  without  being  warped. 
The  veaeela  thui  forwarded,  are  called 
biacuit;  but  aa  they  have  a  dull  appear- 
ance, they  muat  now  be  glased. 

SA.  Common  atone  warea  are  glaied  by 
a  very  limple  proccaa.  Wheh  they  are 
in  the  oven,  a  handAil  of  aalt  ia  thrown 
into  the  Are ;  thia  inatantly  becomea  vapor, 
which  Azea  on  the  biacuit,  and  Mttlea  in  a 
glaaay  poliah.  But  for  Queen'a  ware,  a 
mixture  ia  made  of  water,  white  luad, 
ground  flint,  and  pounded  glaaa.  Into  thia 
each  piece  ia  dipiied ;  the  Aereeneaa  of  the 
Are  Aiaoa  (that  ia,  melu)  the  aeveral  ingre- 
dienta,  and  the  maaa  aettlea  aa  a  glaaa  coat 
on  the  aurfkce  of  each  piece. 

SPAR  ORNAMENTS. 

36.  The  hard  mineral  aubatance  called 
apar  ia  formed  in  the  crevicea  in  the  aidei 
of  caverna.  It  ia  ahaped  into  varioua  or- 
nomenta  auch  aa  vaaca,  columna  and  can- 
dleaticka,  which  are  uaed  chiefly  for  our 
mantleplecea.     . 

ALABASTER,  &e. 
97.  Thia  ia  a  kind  of  atone  reaembling 
marble,  but  aofter.  It  ia  of  varioua  colore, 
but  the  white  ahining  alabaater  ia  moat 
common.  It  ia  uaed  by  the  aculptora  for 
the  formation  of  aniall  atetues,  vaaea,  col- 
umna,  &c.  It  ia  found  in  great  quontitiea 
in  aome  parte  of  England ;  and  there  are 
*  placea  in  our  own  country  where  it  may 
be  obtained.  Piaster  of  Paria  ia  a  composi- 
tion of  aeveral  i>pecioa  of  (gypsum  dug  near 
Montmartre,  near  Paris,  in  France,  used 
in  building  and  in  casting  busts  and  statuea. 


formed  f  35.  How  are  common  stone  wares  glu- 
ed? M.  Whatof  ipuornsntenu.'  27.  Alaltutcr.' 
Plaster  of  Paris? 


CHAP.  XVIII. 

GLASS  WARE. 

1.  The  Arst  discovery  of  glass  waa  mad* 
by  one  of  those  accidenta,  v'hich  happen 
ing  to  an  inquisitive  mind,  oAon  lead  to  tha 
most  important  and  unlookod-ib.  reaulta. 
Pliny,  an  ancient  writer,  tells  us  that  soma 
merehanta  were  driven  by  a  storm,  to  taka 
ahelter  near  the  mouth  of  a  river,  in  Syria, 
where  they  were  obliged  to  continue  aeveral 
days.  They  landed,  therefore,  and  made  a 
Are  on  the  sanda  on  the  edge  of  the  ahore, 
in  ^rder  to  rook  their  A>od ;  and  they  gath- 
ered the  wild  plants  growing  about,  for 
Aiel.  To  their  great  aurprise,  when  their 
Are  waa  extinguished,  they  discovered  cer* 
tain  lumpa,  of  a  half-tranaparent  aubatance, 
which  glittered  almoat  like  precioua  atonca. 

3.  Some  peraona  who  heard  of  this 
wonder,  made  inquiry  aa  to  the  plants 
uaed,  which  they  found  to  be  what  ia  coni< 
monly  called  kali.  They  tried  ezperi* 
menta,  by  burning  thia  plant;  but  jothing 
came  of  it ;  they  then  burned  ar  e  of  it 
with  aome  of  the  sand  intermin^icd ;  and 
soon  found,  they  could  thus  form,  at  plean- 
ure,  the  aubatance  now  called  gla$t.  The 
people  of  the  neighboring  city,  Sidon,  weru 
very  industrioua  in  purauing  the  diacovery, 
and  they  eatablished  a  monufoeture  for  the 
aupply  of  all  the  countriea  round. 

8.  The  glasa  then  manufactured,  muat 
have  been  much  inferior  to  what  is  now 
produced ;  materiala  ao  coarse,  and  ao  lit- 
tle selected,  could  not  Airnish  an  elegant 
fabric. 

4.  Sand,  and  the  aahoa,  or  aalta,  of  th» 
plant  kali,  will  make  glaaa,  if  melted  to* 
gether  in  a  flerce  Are.  But,  in  the  preaeni 
day,  other  things  are  added,  in  order  to 
render  it  brilliantly  clear,  or  to  give  it  aoma 
beautiflii  color.    The  aalta  requisitn  ara 


i 


1.  How  wts  glass  diicovcred  ?  S.  What  were 
the  plants  uaed?  3.  Wss  the  glass  then  raanii 
(kctuted  equal  to  that  which  is  now  prodooed  t 


j:ifw«ttW!JWy.»  I  >  ».i  .'>  i'l  irtWWf  J "  ^' '  "^"W.' '  ■ 


r^x^-  .hjeimi^^gifiiA 


[II. 

IE. 

f  glami  wu  mad* 
,  *"hich  happen 
often  lead  lo  the 
okod-fo.  reiulte. 
elli  ui  that  eom* 
'  a  atorm,  to  tak« 
a  river,  in  Byrio, 
)  continue  eeveral 
fore,  and  made  a 
dge  of  the  ■hori', 
[| ;  and  they  gath- 
wing  about,  for 
prine,  when  their 
y  dlMovered  cer< 
lorent  lubetar.ce, 
I  precloui  itoncR. 
t  heard  of  thia 
a  to  the  plants 
be  what  la  coni- 
ly  tried  experi- 
>nt;  but  jothing 
rned  or  a  of  it 
termio4,<ed;  and 
!■  form,  at  plean- 
lled«r/<ut.  The 
city,  Sidon,  weru 
Dg  the  diacovery, 
luheture  for  the 
I  round. 

lufactured,  muat 
to  what  ia  now 
Darse,  and  ao  lit« 
■nish  an  elegant 

I,  or  aalto,  of  lh» 
M,  if  melted  to> 
It,  in  the  preaent 
ded,  in  order  to 
ir  to  give  it  aoma 
Ita  requiaitn  aro 

!d?  9.  Whatwem 
gliM  then  nunu 
ia  DOW  prodooed/ 


f 


i 


iim«nii  niwiii»ini]i 


•tAaa  WARi. 


«• 


ebllud,  (Vom  ilin  original  plant,  aUtoliti.  In« 
at«ad  of  aond,  which  ia  a  mixture  of  many 
atony  aubatancea,  clear  flint,  ground  to 
powder,  ia  uaed  for  the  finoat  apecimena; 
but  thia  ia  too  expenaive  for  common  uae. 
Hnndi,  which,  under  the  mieroacope,  ap- 
pear white,  ond  half  tranaparent,  do  well. 
B.  Some  atonea  found  in  rlvera  ore  ux- 
tollent,  aa  are  many  in  our  gravel  pita; 
lut  the  whito  aand  ia  in  greateat  reput«. 
Hanganooe,  lead,  and  nitre,  are  in  uoe^ 
ulditiona,  but  very  aparingly ;  theao  tend 
10  render  the  gloaa  more  clear,  and  color- 
leaa,  if  not  addeddh  too  great  quantiiiea. 

6.  To  two  hundred  weight  of  this  white 
jQud,  or  atones  pounded  amall,  is.  added 
rather  more  than  half  that  quant^of 
peorl-aah,  which  ia  the  alkali ;  thia  ia  kept 
in  a  ftimace  for  about  an  hour,  by  which 
time  the  mnaa  ia  melted  and  well  inoorpo- 
vated  together.  The  Are  ia  then  greatly 
increaaed,  and  continued  for  five  hours 
time  the  mass  becomes 

lominatedyWl. 

llurgy,  many  orcawill  not 
lOthing,  criled  a  flux,  to 
>,  here,  the  cryatal  annd  is 
melted  by  the  help  of  the  alkaline  aalu ;  and 
being  roM  into  one  body,  ia  ready  for  uae. 


more^ 
what  li 

7.  Aa, 
«ielt  withi 
make  them 


8.  If  you  ahould  go  into  a  glaaa-house, 
you  would  see  a  man  who  haa  a  long  tube 
of  iron  in  hia  hand.    He  dipa  one  end  into 


4.  What  will  moke  glosa  i  5.  Wliatii  aoid  of  the 
uae  of  nungoneaf,  lead  and«jutie  *    0.  To  two 


a  pot  of  mclled  glaaa,  some  of  which  alioka 
to  the  iron  tube.  The  glaaa  in  that  atate 
ia  almoat  liquid,  and  will  run  any  way. 
The  iron  lying  hollow  ho  can  blow 
through  it.  lie  clopa  hia  mouth  to  the 
near  end,  and  blows  {  hia  breath  ia  diluted 
by  the  heat  of  the  glusa,  and  the  glass 
swells  nut,  like  a  bladder  when  blown  into. 
The  more  it  awells  in  size,  the  thinner  it 
becomes  in  sulMtance.  He  re|)eoted]y 
r(>lls  it,  too,  on  a  dat  piece  of  iron,  or  mar* 
bio,  to  shB|ie  and  poliali  it.  If  he  la  going 
(o  make  a  gobiel,  he  tpena  the  end  of  the 
bladder  of  glaaa,  and  wSiris  his  iron 
round,  which  makea  the  glass  fly  open  in ' 
to  the  wide  shape  wanted  i  were  it  a  hot* 
tie,  he  would  put  the  lump  into  a  mould, 
and  his  blowing  would  force  the  glass  into 
the  exact  ahape  of  tho  mould.  Then  he 
would  open  the  neck,  forming  it  with  a 
piece  of  irfcn,  or  cutting  it  with  aciaaora. 

0.  To  make  window  gloaa,  which  you 
know  muat  be  quite  flat,  he  dipa  the  iron 
tubo  aeveral  tiinoa  into  the  melted  glaaa, 
and  blowB  till  it  becomes  of  a  Inrge  size. 
He  is  obliged  to  take  his  work  to  the  Air- 
nace  frequently,  to  hoot  it  afresh,  because 
when  it  gets  cool  he  cannot  work  it  any 
longer.  This  globe  of  glass  is  opened, 
and  this  o))oning  is  worked  wider  and 
wider,  till  the  glass,  which  was  a  globe, 
becomes  quite  flat — a  whole  circle  of  thin 
flat  glass — except  the  knob  in  the  middle, 
by  which  the  iron  rod  held  it. 

10.  At  another  furnace  you  would  aee 
them  making  what  is  called  nhue  glass,  for 
mirrors.  Here  you  per^j^^flat  table, 
coverejd^ith  coppei|ftd^^^Bea  at  the 
Wce|»  it  in.  J^^^^^Home  melt- 
^^^^^H  thia  table. 
It  ruba  all  over  it,  ufMRe  ledgca ;  hut 
in  order  to  make  it  perfectly  flat,  and  of 
an  even  thickness,  the  man  passea  a  huge 
metal  roller  over  it. 


aidft '  Tvcep  it  in. 
«f  ^,Jn  <VuMi  the  fli 


a«^tie 


hundred  weight  of  this  wliite  sund—  ?   7.  What 
!  ia  inear.t  by  a  flux  in  motnllurgy  ?  8.  How  ia  the 


Liimi    II 


■oo^**"**!!! 


•• 


!€■. 


i 


11.  Whrn  roM,  thti  pUt«  of  gUuM  muMlj 
be  frounii  on  lioih  •iilrs  with  <>iiiid  ;  then 
polislird  with  «inrry  and  puiiy,  till  th« 
•urfiM«a  tro  «xlrrm**ly  •mooih.  Y«l  it  ia 
not  a  lookinR-flniia,  till  •  thin  rvat  of 
quickailver  l»  rtx«<l  on  lh«  bark  of  it. 

12.  When  the  glaH  ia  brought  to  Ita 
propar  ahape,  it  muit  undaryo  another 
proeeaa  before  it  ia  lit  for  iia«  |  ihia  ia  call- 
fd  annealing.  The  pieeea  of  ware  muat 
b«  brought  ao  near  th«  Are,  aa  to  be  alinoat 
la  •  melting  atate;  they  muat  be  drawn 
•way  In  a  very  gradual  manner,  ao  aa  to 
«ool  gently  (  elae  they  would  be  ao  brittle 
aa  not  to  bear  hot  water  {  and  they  would 
brtak  too  with  the  alighteat  airohe. 

II.  The  ailvering  of  the  plate  glaaa  for 
mirrora  ia  not  done  at  the  glaM-houRe; 
but  aa  I  auppoaa  you  are  ourioua  to  know 
how  quickailvor  can  Im  flutened  u|>on 
glaaa,  I  will  tell  you.  It  ia  called  ailvor- 
ing  the  glaaa ;  although,  in  fact,  it  ia  tin- 
ning the  glaaa ;  for  it  ia  a  ahect  of  tin  foil 
which  ia  flutened  upon  the  glaaa  by  the 
help  of  quickailver,  which  diaaolvea  and 
minglea  with  the  tin  foil,  and  thua  odherea. 
Tin  fbil  ia  pure  tin,  boatcn  out  to  a  very 
thin  leaf.  Thia  muat  be  the  wholn  aize  of 
thfl  glaaa.  The  foil  ia  laid  on  a  very  flat 
amooth  atone  table  {  quickailver  ia  poured 
on  thia,  till  it  ia  floated  with  it;  the  glaaa 
la  then  placed  on  it,  and  preaaed  down 
with  laadan  weighta.  It  remaina  thua  for 
•evaral  daya,  till  the  mixture  cleaves  irm- 
ly to  the  glaaa. 

14.  YotLWOuld  perhapa  tike  to  fi^ow 


about  the. 
wine 
on  tLem 
flea,  whici 
colore  I    no 


of  glaaa.    You  aee  many 

icantera  hav*  formed 

|iea,  kuoba  knd  an- 

ahow  a  vari^  of 

done  by  grinding. 


Glaaa,  to  be  cut,  ia  held  againvt  n  aharp 


glaaa  blown  f  0.  Window  glut  mule .'  10.  Plate 
2laaa/  11.  Ii  it  polUlicd  >  Vi.  Deicribe  the  pro- 
eeaa of  annealing.  13.  How  ii  the  quiokiilver 
flutened  to  the  glaaa  i  U.  What  ia  meant  by  cut 


wh<*<'l,  which  revolvra  awiftly;  and  the 
workman  by  moving  the  glaiw  prodm'ca 
the  diflVircnt  dcaigna— aquarea,  trianglea, 
diamonda  &r.— which  you  aee  upon  it. 

IA.  The  Venrliana  were  long  preetni 
nent  in  the  art  of  making  gUaa,  buih  aa  to 
purity  and  magnitude.  During  the  thir- 
teenth century,  they  were  the  only  |it'«t|il« 
who  wera  abia  to  fabricate  mirrora  of  a 
Im-ge  alia,  flt  for  the  decoration  of  aplendid 
apartmenta.  All  the  Karopean  ruurta 
were  obliged  to  buy  of  them,  pot  only 
looking-glaaaea,  but  all  the  better  aort  of 
glaaa  veeaela,  aa  well  for  uae  aa  elegance. 

16.  Thia  manufketura  waa  tm  impor- 
tant, and  too  profluble,  to  be  aufiWed  long 
to  remain  «xcluaively  in  the  handa  of  one 
nation,  eapecially  when  the  uae  of  glaaa 
for  windowa  had  bern  thoroughly  intro- 
duced. This  convenivnoe  flrat  apprarad 
in  England  in  674,  when  the  moniutpry 
of  Weremouth  waa  glased.  Hut  the  firat 
maniiActure  of  the  kin^M^hb  1AA7, 
when  fine  fliiit  glaaa  waa^^^Pn.  Kx- 
rellent  glaaa  ia  now  mani^^Hed  in  dif- 
ferent parte  of  the  Unitei^^M 

17.  Glaaa,  for  windowiPHfor  glasing 
prints,  called  Cnmt-gUut,  ia  an  article  of 
great  uae.  For  a  long  aeHon,  all  thia  kind 
of  glaaa,  mad*  in  England,  had  a  graeniah 
tint  I  till  one  person,  who  had  hia  manu- 
(ketory  in  London,  was  abki  to  prodnea  it 
clear,  and  h«  mad*  a  grent  fortnna.  You 
may  auppoaa  kla  nNthod  waa  of  aomo  im- 
portanM,  aiaen  hn  was  atbnd  mora  than 
aeventean  thouannd  Mkn  A>r  tha  aeeret. 
He,  however,  waniad  twenty  tbouaand ;  and 
beeauae  he  eouM  not  gM  ^at  price,  hia  ae- 
eret died  whh  him. 

18.  Ohua  may  ha  eolorad  by  the  addi- 
tion of  varioua  auhataneea,  chiefly  nxydea, 
or  ruat  of  motala.     GUaa  of  a  very  fine 


giMi  f  15.  Were  the  Veneliani  fkmti  for  the  art 
of  making  gltw?  16.  When  wu  it  introduced 
into  England  f  17.  What  !■  meant  by  ciowii 
glass  f  18.  May  glaaa  be  colored  .>  What  Is  jNUtt ' 


"»*.^Vr»" 


I       -'^'^-'^f  mutfii   '*" 


ti  WlPi'iiWI fHW^W.J 


"^OPPP 


■wiAly;   anil   iIia 
lh«  nIsM  prodiii'cfl 
-•quKm*,    iriaiiiltM, 
you  Mi«  upon  II. 
ware  lonf  pntviiii 
nff  Klaaa,  boili  aa  lo 

Uurinf  iha  i»iir- 
ira  Ihw  only  |N.'oftln 
'ieaia  mirrnra  of  a 
eoration  of  apleiiiiid 

Karopaao  rourta 
or  Ihaiii,  Dot  only 
llie  batlar  aort  of 
r  UM  aa  alcKanoe. 
■•  waa  UiH  impnr- 
lo  be  auflWed  long 
I  the  hanrfs  of  one 
I  the  uae  of  flaaa 
I  thoroughly  Intro- 
noe  lint  apppnrcil 
hen  the  nionimifry 
ized.     Hut  liiH  firat 

Kx- 

mi^^Kd  in  dil*. 


for  gUsing 
MU,  ia  an  article  of 
Muon,  all  ihia  kind 
md,  had  a  graeniah 
hn  bad  hia  ownu- 
■M«  to  prmliica  it 
«•!  fcrtUM.  You 
1  waa  of  aoDM  im- 
oAred  more  tbtn 
•ra  for  th«  w«ret. 
iBtjtbeuMuidiwd 
I  tluu  price,  hit  ae- 

lored  by  the  addi- 
ea,  ehiefly  nxydea, 
■a  of  a  very  fine 

•M  iknwd  for  the  art 

m  waa  it  introduced 

ii  meant  by  crown 

ired?  Whatli^a«(«» 


ivoBV,  nint»r,  tu. 


and  hartl  loxiiire,  «  eoiored,  ao  wall  aa  to 
rvpitaeni  inoai  of  the  mora  precioua  gam*. 
When  quit*  cl«ar  iVoni  color,  I*  ia  called 
#mI«,  and  waa  nnm  niiirh  in  liiabioa,  aa 
firudiieing  a  l»rillinnry  nearly  equal  to  that 
jf  dianioniia.  The  t'rencii  are  fond  of  it 
Mill. 

CHAP.  XIX. 

IVORY,  jrWELRY.  lie. 

IVORY. 
1.  Ivory  ia  a  hard,  aolid  and  iirm  auli- 
itniice,  of  a  white  color,  and  eapable  of  a 
'ery  good  poliih.  It  ia  the  tiiak  of  the 
slaphant,  and  ia  hollow  fimm  the  baae  to  a 
•certain  height,  the  cavity  lM*ing  tilled  up 
with  a  compact  aubatance,  aimilar  to  mar- 
row. The  Ceylon  ivory,  and  that  of  the 
island  of  Achem,  do  not  become  yellow  in 
the  wearing,  tM  all  other  ivory  doea.  For 
thia  reaaon  the  teeth  of  thoea  placea  lieor 
a  higheuK^f ,  thui  thoaa  of  the  coaat  of 
Ouine*^^.*! 

9.  Ivorw  UBuaUy  brought  to  ua  flrom  the 
voaata  of  ^m(>M«  where  elephants  aliound. 
The  elephaifl^  teeth  of  Aaia  are  not  more 
than  threa  or  four  feet  in  length  |  but  thoae 
of  AMea,  eapaoialiy  auoh  aa  are  procured 
firom  BorobaJM,  and  Mosambique,  are  eel- 
dom  laaa  than  tan  foet  long,  and  are  ao 
heavy,  that  two  men  can  with  difleulty 
carry  one  of  tbam. 

8.  Ivory,  among  th«  wholeaala  dealer* 
in  tha  artiela,  ia  divided  into  elephanta' 
teath,  proparly  ao  called,  and  achriveill, 
•r  aehrivelloa^  which  laat  conaiat  of  the 
amalleat  taatb  and  flragmenta. 

i.  Tha  uaet  to  which  ivory  ia  put  are 
▼ariotia.  It  ia  anployed  in  tha  manuftc- 
ture  of  omamental  wtielea,  mathematical 
inatrumanta,  eaaaa,  boxaa,  balla,  comba,  dice, 
and  a  variety  of  toya. 


1.  What  ean  yon  aay  of  Ivorrr  9.  Whence  it 

^JT^ 

aivMea,  aiMi 


ivoiy  aanally  brought  lo  as  .>  3.  Into  what  ia  ivory 
w  wiaiaaala  daalara  t  4.  To  what 


0 


TORTOiae  iiir.M.. 

5,  There  are  two  general  kinda  of  tor* 
mlaea,  namely,  the  land  and  M<a  tortoiae. 
It  ia  a  N|Nteiea  of  the  latter  ciaaa,  and  a 
natlvit  nf  the  lro|tieal  firn;  Wfliirli  l^irnialiea 
the  liesiilillil  iliell  aii  iiiueli  ailmiritd.  Tliia 
eliejl  la  uietl  In  liilnyiii|r,  and  iu  liie  menu* 
lUriiire  of  rniiilNi,  Imxca,  and  a  gruat  va* 
riaiy  of  nilier  artlrii-a. 

tf.  TIm  Ih-et  turtttiMf'shell  la  obtained  on 
the  aliorea  of  the  Hplre  lalnmla  and  New 
Guinea,  aliliuugh  much  of  it  ia  brought 
IVoni  the  Weai  Indira,  The  gootlneaa  of 
tarloiae-aheli  ile|teiiiis  mainly  on  the  thicii* 
neaa  ami  aize  ot'  the  aralea,aiul  in  a  aiiialler 
degree  on  the  clearneaa  and  brilliancy  of 
the  colore. 

HORN. 

7.  If/irn  ia  a  hard  aubatance,  growing 
on  the  lieada  of  aiiimuU,  particularly  tha 
i-loven-footed  quadni|i«dN.  When  in  thin 
platuR,  horn  Is  quiiu  iriumparent,  and  haa 
Minetimua  licen  MiilMitiiuted  for  glaaa  in 
windows.  When  heated  aulllclently,  it 
liecoines  very  soft  and  flexible,  ao  that  its 
sha|te  may  Ito  easily  altered.  Hence  it 
may  be  gradually  sqiieeied  into  a  mould 
and  wmiight  into  various  forms. 

8.  Horns  make  a  eonaiderabia  article 
in  the  arts  and  manufocturea.  Bulloeka' 
home,  aoAened  by  the  fire,  serve  to  make 
lantema,  comba,  handlea  for  knivea^  and 
numcroua  other  uaefol  things.  Home  auf 
be  died  of  varioiia  colore,  and  ataincd  by 
aort  of  paste,  ao  aa  to  bear  a  great  reaaiu* 
Uance  to  tortoiae-ahell. 

COMB8. 

9.  Comba  are  generally  mlila  of  homa 
of  bulloeka,  of  tortoiaa*a^MI,'  or  of  ivory. 
Some  are  made  of  aaa  IwifM*  taatb,  and 
othera  of  Iwx  or  holly  wooda. 

10.  Bullocks'  homa  ara  thna  prepared 
for  the  manufacture  of  comba.    Th*  tipa 


uses  is  ivory  put?  6.  What  of  tortoise  shell.' 
6.  Whence  is  the  best  obtained*  7.  What  la 
horn?   8.  For  what  is  it  used'  9.  Of  what  an 


i 


■"T^- 


xdtf^i  ■     .a*i.lriltn 


1 


|^<W 


Bo«i  or  eoMMiici. 


•ra  flrat  Mwad  ofl*)  lh«y  ara  ihun  b«l«l  in 
th«  flaniii  of  a  woimI  IJrn  :  ihia  U  ralloti 
roaailiiir,  Ity  wlilfli  ihcy  Imtodi*  nearly  aa 
aofl  aa  Irailicr.  Wliilti  In  iliia  Ninln  ihny 
art)  pIIi  o|N>n  on  nii«  aiilr,  and  |irrBiHi<l  in  a 
itiarhlna  b«<iwf««)n  imh  inin  iilalra.  Tliry 
arn  lht>n  |ilunK«<l  iiilo  Mima  walrr,  fVuni 
which  llii'y  am  laliitn  mil  hard  and  Hal. 
Th«  riMiili  iiinlii'r  itrxl  miw*  ihnn  Inlo 
l«MKtha  acrordiny  In  ihn  *ixi'd  cnntlm  hi* 
wauia.  Til  ml  lliti  in  ih,  rat-h  iiirrn  la 
Itxnd  in  a  tool  rallitd  a  rUm.  Thu  le<«lli 
are  rm  wiili  a  lino  mw,  or  ralhrr  a  pair 
or  aawi,  niid  lliKy  am  (liiinlu'd  wiih  n  flit). 

1 1.  Tha  |irf>ra«N  navd  lor  rnakinK  ivory 
coRilw  la  nearly  the  aame  ai  Ihat  already 
deacrilMid,  excppt  ihat  Iho  ivory  ia  Aral 
■awed  Idio  ihin  ilirM. 

JEWKLRY. 

19.  Jfwrlry,  pra|iflrly  apoakinif,  ia  ilia 
prrpariiiK  or  jnwela ;  t.  *  aa  thvy  rrqiiiri) 
gold  and  ailver  fur  a«ltiMK,  ao  all  urna- 
innnlal  work  in  ailver  nwd  ifoM  haa  the 
name  uf  juwelry,  although  there  may  be  no 
uae  made  of  preciona  ilonea. 

WATCHES. 
18.  Tha  making  of  walchea  ia  oArn,  a 
ronalderahle  part  of  a  Jeweller'a  buainoaa. 
Tha  town  of  Geneva  in  Bwitserland  ia 
very  celebrated  fur  thia  manufticture,  but 
it  la  eitenaivo  all  over  Europe.  The  La- 
pine  walchea  of  Pari*,  made  by  one  Arm 
in  that  city,  are  quite  (kmoua.  Many  thou- 
aanda  of  them  are  annually  aold. 

14.  A  atriking  watch  ii  one  which  be- 
aidea  the  common  watch-work  for  nioaaur- 
ing  lime,  haa  a  clock  part  for  atriking  the 
houra,  ao  that,  properly  apeaking,  it  ii  a 
pocket-clock. 

15.  A  repeating  watch  ia  one  that  by 
only  pulling  a  atring,  touching  a  apring, 
die.,  repcata  the  hour,  half-hour,  or  quar- 
ter, at  any  time  of  the  day  or  night. 


genarally  madef  10.  11.  How  are  the 
henMMeparedf  19.  What  iinwaat  by  Jewelry? 
13.  Mriiat  of  watehei?    14.  A  itrMng  watch? 


rux:Kt. 

16.  Tha  meaauring  of  time  with  wheel- 
work  waa  noi  known  in  anrlrnt  il^nca. 
We  owe  ill*  invnnllon  of  cinrka  In  the 
monka  of  ilia  middle  agi>«.  In  iha  19lh 
century,  clock*  were  made  uaa  of  In  the 
monaaleriea,  to  announce  the  end  of  every 
hour  liy  Ihe  loiind  of  a  lirll,  put  in  mo- 
tion liy  mriina  of  wliceU.  From  ihl»  lima 
forward,  Ihe  exprtwlon  "Ihe  clock  lin« 
■truck"  ia  oAcn  met  with.  The  elegant 
I'nrlaian  pi'ndulum-rtncka  ore  well  known, 
in  which  the  art  of  the  Kt'ul|it'ir  i*  coin- 
liined  with  that  of  the  marhinixi. 

17.  Wooden  clock*  are  made  in  ipreat 
quaniiliea  in  a  fiart  of  Houth  U«<rmany 
called  lha  Ulack  Foreit.  It  ia  uid  that 
70,000  of  each  clocka  are  made  there  an- 
nually. Great  numhera  of  woodrn  riocka 
are  alao  made  in  Connecticut,  mid  aohl 
liy  pedlar*  throuifh  different  imrt*  of  the 
country.  Tha  character  of  aoine  of  lliei 
itinerant  veniSsrf  haa  oAen  bromyu  the  ar- 
ticle into  diarepute.  -        '  ' 

MOIAICI,*«;   \ 

18.  It  would  bfl  uaolcM  .flk'anumerate 
the  great  variety  of  artieill,  which  are 
diaplayad  in  a  Jeweller'a  ahop.  Some  of 
them  will  mora  properly  come  under  our 
aueeeading  chapter.  Ringa,  ear-ring*,  and 
braaatpina  are  omamenu  too  Amiliar  to 
need  a  deaeription.  Soma  of  the**  ant 
inlaid  with  moaaie-work,  and  othara  with 
preeioua  atonea.  In  moaaie-work,  llgurca 
are  compoaed.  Joined,  and  eemanted  tu« 
gather  of  varloua  colored  atonea,  or  glaaa 
Imitationa.  Tha  ancientt  praetiaad  (hia 
art  with  much  skill  and  exactnesa. 

AMBER. 
10.  Thia  la  a  tranaparent,  and  very  hard 
inflammable  aubaianee,  of  a  bituminoua 
taate,  very  iVagrant  amall,  and  highly  elec- 
tric.   Itt  natural  color  la  a  fine  pale  yal- 


16.  ArepeaUngwatehr  16.  aocka?  17.  Wood- 
en clock*?  18.  What  of  moaaiea?  19.  Amber  f 
90.  Coral?  91.  Whareiaeoralfirand?  99.  How 


"-■w^. 


'"^^tfii^fifwti^^Mf 


■^■<l*l* 


rtAKL*  »n9  nk»anv  •tuhii. 


«l 


i 


ilmo  with  wht«l' 
«  anrirni  il;noa. 
if  elnrki  tii  lh« 
•.  Ill  lh«  I9lh 
la  UM  of  In  iha 
ih«t  i>nil  of  avarj 
Im'II,  |miI  III  inn< 
From  ihl«  lima 
"llifl  riovk  hn« 
h.  Thfl  rjtiKaiit 
ara  wull  known, 

IICUl|llor    In    <<OIII- 

rhiniot. 

a  inaiio  In  graat 
Houth  U«*rinany 
It  la  aaid  that 
t  inada  thara  an- 
>f  wooden  rlueka 
icllriii,  mill  aolil 
rant  |mr(i  of  tlia 
of  aoine  of  thai 
n  brom^^lhear 


..  anumerate 
ielfl,  which  are 
ahop.  Soma  of 
come  UDdar  our 
p,  aar-ringa,  and 
I  loo  flunlliar  to 
ma  of  theaa  am 
and  othart  with 
laic-work,  flgurea 
id  eamantcd  tu> 
I  atonea,  or  (laaa 
la  praetiaad  thia 
xactnaaa. 

nt,  and  very  hai>l 

nf  a  bituminoua 

and  highly  elac- 

•  finn  pale  yal* 

Cloekar  17.  Wood- 
mk»f  19.  Ambarf 
•I  fbund  f  SB.  How 


low,  liiil  It  la  oAtn  mailn  whila  and  aoina- 
lltnaa  black.  Anibar  i*  |irliicip«lly  to  b* 
mat  with  on  iha  aaa-Aoaiiia  of  I'ruaala. 
Tha  rtvar  Oinruiia  in  HIcily,  whi«h  lako* 
ilH  ri>«  nn  llm  north  aliln  of  Mount  Kina, 
throw*  up  naar  ila  mouth  Kmat  quanlliliia  of 
Ana  anibwr.  Homo  pive«a  cnnlaln  flina  and 
other  inancia  curloiiily  \\r«m^r*vi\.  AnilMr 
U  lomDllmna  ii*«d  In  mttilii'ini*,  but  It  la 
i-hinfly  nianufnriurcd  iiilo  baada,  cruiatia, 
tuid  utiiar  ornamttnla. 

CORAL 

90.  Coral  ia  a  innriiia  production,  nf 
which  thara  aro  aoverai  varluilua.  It  la  In 
hex  ilia  neat  of  a  carulii  aiNieioa  of  Inaecia, 
which  haa  tha  aainn  rulaiion  to  coral,  that 
a  anail  haa  to  It*  aliall.  The  white  coral  la 
tha  moat  common,  and  tha  laaat  prised. 
Aa  an  ornament,  black  coral  ia  muat  ea- 
teamad  i  bul  tha  red  ia  alio  quit*  valuable. 

21.  Coral  ia  found  in  great  abundance 
in  tha  Red  Baa,  the  Peraian  flulf,  In  vari- 
oua  place*  in  tha  Mediterranean,  on  thv 
coast  of  Suioatra,  &c.  The  red  coral, 
most  in  uaa  among  ua,  is  riahad  up  In  the 
Madilarranfan,  on  the  cuaat  of  France. 
This  is  used  prinelpally  in  making  iMsad* 
fbr  naeklaoea  and  o'Ser  ornamental  a|H 
pandagea. 

99.  It  is  obtainail  in  the  /bllowiirg  man- 
ner. Tha  boats  go  out  with  aeveiK  men 
in  each ;  aix  of  them  manage  the  boat,  and 
the  seventh  is  the  flaher.  They  let  dowr 
A  large  eroas  of  wood,  Airniahed  wiiti 
hempen  loopa,  and  hof  ka ;  when  it  aeema 
to  be  sufficiently  entangled  among  the 
coral-beds,  thi  boatmen  row  away,  and 
eodeavor  to  tear  it  up.  Somotimea  it  is 
more  than  one  boalAil  of  men  can  do ; 
five  or  six  boata  muat  join.  And  aoino- 
timea,  when  the  coral  snapa  unexpectedly, 
the  jerk  overaets  the  boat,  and  precipltatea 
the  men  into  the  sea,  at  the  hazard  of  their 
lives. 


a  it  obtained  f  93.  What  is  mid  of  the  formation 
tt  Mmie  of  the  South  Sea  Iiltnda ' 


93.  Although  the  Insaeta,  wl.tch  pro* 
duf«  coral,  •"cm  too  diminutive  D*  Im  of 
any  lm|H>rt*'  c,  yut  thry  are  clfc.lliig  rt* 
milt*  of  mcrlliMK  muKiillude  <n  the  Huuth 
Ht'aa.  AlmoDt  all  lliu  bluniU  itiern  are  tha 
tu|>s  of  coral  reef*,  vrblih  h»  >«  lN>cn  raiaad 
by  llirae  lililn  creaturer.  The  graving 
ntBM  aa  it  ii|tri>nda  Ita  brdnrhr*  nu*  itrda, 
|lw<-<inirM  bard,  and  uiiinlialtiliitil«  Ita 
Inner  rt'omiivM.  In  the  courm  iC  time, 
ihi'M*  coral  rock*  riMt  ab«va  iliti  water,  and 
grow  no  hiitbrr,  Hir  tb«  t'Cn  .nl  rnnnol  live 
out  uf  lh<i  Jen.  Weei't,  l>ri  ichc*  and  ifa 
plantM  then  liulp  tu  furiii  the  runmliider  of 
the  liland. 

CHAP.  XX. 

PEARLS  AND  PRECIOUS  STOKl'S. 

PEARl^S. 

1.  Pearl*  are  hard,  white,  Rhining  boilias, 
URUuliy  round,  oliiaim  t  Ariin  varioua  kliida 
of  Hli«>tlfl*h.  AllbouKh  Mjthly  valued  In  the 
rank  of  gems,  pi^arl*  i  re  iiii|ipo*rd  to  pro. 
ceed  .only  fVuin  a  dlat«iii|*er  in  the  craaturtf 
that  producea  then . 

9.  "''  -  pearl  fliheries  in  Euro|ie  are 
not  cf  (■•  -h  iin|iortance.  Pearia  aro 
found  uci/aionally  on  the  coaata  of  Scot- 
land, Bohemia,  Bavsria,  and  a  few  other 
placed.  Theae  are  not  prized  like  the 
Griontal  pearl*,  though  they  make  good 
mklaces,  even  to  the  value  of  a  thousand 
rrowna. 

A.  In  Ameri<^  there  are  pearl  flahe- 
rie*,  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  all  along 
the  coaat  towarda  Brasil.  The  isinnd  of 
Margarita  haa  ita  name  on  thia  account; 
Margarita  aignifying  a  ptarl,  through  the 
Isnguagea  of  the  Latins,  Oreeka,  upwards 
to  the  Hebrews.  On  the  other  aide  of  the 
isihmua  of  Darion  alao,  at  the  Gallipsgoa 
I*le*,  the  flahory  ia  conaiderable. 

4.  But  da  the  finest  and  roost  valuable 


1.  What  of  pftarlt."   9.  The  pearl-fltherie*  of 
Europe  i  3.  America?   4.  Whence  ue  the  moat 


' 


:t 


tfi^' 


r",2: 


^isy,v,.a. 


■--■-r*-*-— -- ■— ■ 


mmmmmm 


U 


■OOB   Ot  COMMSftflli 


pe«r1i  come  firom  India,  it  is  moat  to  our 
purpose  to  deacribe  that  fishery  which 
takes  place  on  the  coast  of  Ceylon.  Al- 
though, on  the  Arabian  coast,  and  in  the 
Gulf  of  Onnuz,  many  are  obtained. 

5.  Ceylon  is  n  large  island  in  the  Indian 
ocean,  adjacent  to  the  aoutheni  point  of 
Hindoostan.  The  banks  where  the  fish 
abound,  lie  about  twenty  miles  off*  at  sea, 
opposite  the  Bay  of  Condatchy.  The  gov- 
ernment does  not  allow  the  whole  bauk  to 
be  fished  in  any  one  season ;  it  is  divided 
into  four  portions,  one  of  which  suffices 
for  a  year ;  thus,  as  the  fishers  make  pro- 
gress through  the  whole,  each  bank  obtains 
time  to  recover  the  devastations  made  in 
It.  The  right  of  fishing  this  bank  is  put 
up  to  sale,  and  is  usually  bought  by  some 
black  merchants. 

6.  The  fishing  begins  in  February,  and 
is  continued  through  the  month  of  March. 
In  stormy  days  die  divers  cannot  procred. 
The  boau  set  off  at  the  signal  of  a  gun, 
about  ten  o'clock  in  the  evening,  when  the 
land  breeze  is  in  their  favor ;  they  reach 
the  banks  about  break  of  day ;  and  about 
noon  the  sea  breeze  rises,  with  which  they 
return  to  land. 

7.  Each  boat  carries  about  twenty  men ; 
half  of  whom  are  to  row,  and  assist  the  di- 
vers, especially  in  "oming  up,  when  they 
are  considerably  exhausted.  Of  the  other 
ten,  who  are  divers,  five  go  down  at  a 
time ;  one  company  resting,  while  the  oth- 
er dives.  They  have  a  large  stone  tied  to 
their  foot,  of  forty  or  fifty  pounds'  weight, 
to  enable  them  to  sink;  this  has  a  line 
fastened  to  it,  that  it  may  be  drawn  up, 
and  MTve  again. 

8.  The  diver,  when  about  to  descend, 
seizes  the  rope  between  the  toes  of  his 
right  foot)  for  by  custom  he  can  use  his 
toes  as  well  as  his  fingers ;  and  he  holds  a 


bag  of  net  with  his  left  foot.  He  takes 
hold  of  another  rope  with  his  right  hand, 
and  holds  his  nostrils  witlt  his  left.  H* 
then  plunges  into  the  sea,  holding  hit 
breath ;  he  hangs  the  net  round  his  neck, 
and,  as  quickly  as  possible,  fills  it  with  as 
many  oysters  as  he  can  gather  up  in  about 
two  minutes.  By  jerking  tho  rope,  he 
gives  notice  to  those  above  to  draw  him 
up ;  and  loosing  the  stone  firom  his  foot, 
he  rises  quickly  into  the  air.  They  sel* 
dom  get  deeper  than  thirty  yards,  which 
is  indeed  a  great  depth. 

9.  When  in  the  boat  again,  the  violence 
of  the  operation  appears,  by  his  discharg- 
ing water,  and  sometimes  blood,  iVom  his 
mouth,  ears,  and  nose.  He  then  rests, 
while  the  other  five  descend.  Each  man 
will  thus  go  to  the  bottom  fitrty  or  fifty 
times  in  one  day,  bringing  up  possibly  a 
hundred  oysters  at  every  turn.  They  are 
the  poorest  wretches  who  labor  in  this 
dangerous  way ;  they  live  but  a  few  years, 
for  they  are  liable  to  the  bursting  of 
blood  vessels,  drowning,  beisig  dev.'>ured  by 
sharks,  or  death  from  deep  consumption. 

10.  When  the  boats  retuia  to  land,  the 
oysters  are  heaped  in  pits,  lined  with  mats, 
to  prevent  the  ojrsters  tkom  coming  in  con* 
tact  with  the  earth  itself.  They  eould  nut 
be  opened  while  alive  without  great  force ; 
but  when  they  begin  to  putri^  they  open, 
and  are  taken  out  without  injury. 

11.  The  forma^n  of  these  beaatiflil 
gems  of  the  ocean/iaTaih'ong  the  wonders 
of  nature.  The  oyster  itself  lines  its  own 
shell  with  a  pearly  matter,  oozihg  fltii» 
glands  in  its  body,  provided  ftw  this  par- 
pose.  Perhaps  this  liquor  may  be  gener- 
ated in  too  great  quantity,  and  may  bnras 
in  drops,  into  the  Cavity  of  the  shell 
There  is  reason  too  to  think,  that  the  ere«« 
tore  is  sometin^es  wounded,  and  that  diia 


continued  ?    8  How  does  the  diver  obtain  the 


valoable  pearls  brought  i  5.  Where  is  Ceylon  ? 

xnmt  is  saidof  the  banks  whera  the  tUh  abound  f  I  pearls?  9.  Is  the  occupation  a  dangenms  onef 

6.  When  does  the  fiahhig  begin?  7.  How  u  it   10.  What  is  done  wiUi  the (tyMcis?  II.  Whalis 


•■*^*-'^''?*i(^«i^yteat*'s5S»ftig^fti«^?^^^ 


"• (■"•^fnpiijiw^'.  •■«■ 


'8»jp«'JII»f^|JiBI||||U|ltl|WII|l»l»IIHHII|i»..lli 


"^T" 


riARLI    AITD   PVBCIOUI    STOMKS. 


foot.  He  takM 
I  hw  right  hand, 
th  hia  left.  He 
«a,  holding  bi« 
round  hia  neck, 
B,  fills  it  with  OS 
ither  up  in  about 
ig  the  rope,  he 
ve  to  draw  him 
e  flrom  hia  foot, 
air.  They  ael* 
ty  yards,  which 

:ain,  the  violence 
by  hia  diacharg- 
I  blood,  flrom  his 

He  then  rests, 
rad.  Each  man 
>m  fbrty  or  fifty 
Dg  up  possibly  a 
turn.  They  are 
ho  labor  in  this 

but  a  few  years, 
the  bursting  of 
eisig  deTfiured  by 
p  roiisumption. 
tuja  to  land,  th« 
,  lined  with  mats, 
n  coming  in  con- 

They  could  nut 
hoot  great  force ; 
lUtriiy  they  open, 
I  injuiy. 

'  theM  beaatiftil 
ong  the  wonders 
nl^  lines  its  own 
ter,  oociiig  flwk 
ded  fbr  this  par- 
it  may  be  gener> 
f,  and  may  bnrs» 
ty  of  the  shell 
nk,  that  the  ere** 
led,  and  that  diJa 

he  diver  obtain  th* 
n  a  d&ngeioasoA*? 
n«en?  11.  What  is 


matter  flows  flrom  the  wound  ;  especially, 
as  amooth  and  perfect  shells  are  not  so 
likely  to  have  pearls  in  them  aa  those 
which  are  deformed  and  distorted,  or 
crooked. 

13.  Pearls  should  be  of  a  clear  white, 
and  highly  glistening;  this  lustre  is  colled 
their  water.  In  the  East,  those  which  are 
tinged  with  a  little  yellow  are  preferred ; 
especially  aa  they  are  thought  never  to 
change  their  coior.  The  white  ore  apt  to 
degenerate  to  o  very  dingy  yellow,  ofter 
forty  or  fifty  years'  wearing. 

18.  The  black  nativea  paint  them  with 
powder  of  pearls;  and  drill  them  with 
great  dexterity,  that  they  may  be  strung 
ready  for  use. 

14.  Pearls  are  valued  according  to  the 
aquare  of  their  weight.  If  a  pearl  of  one 
carat  be  worth  ten  shillings,  a  pearl  of  six 
carata  will  be  worth  thirty-six  times  as 
much,  or  eighteen  pounds ;  for  the  square 
of  six,  that  is  the  number  multiplied  by  it- 
self, is  thirty-six. 

15.  The  ignorant  are  often  deceived  by 
buying,  as  genuine  productions  of  nature, 
articlea  which  are  mere  fabrications,  or  oT' 
tifieial  ptttrU.  Some  pretend  to  unite  sev- 
eral small  pearla  into  one  large  one,  which 
ia  impossible.  From  the  scales  of  some 
fish  a  silvery  matter  muy  be  obtained ;  thia 
is  dropped  into  a  hollow  bead  of  very  thin 
glass;  and  the  appearance  is  so  nearly  that 
of  the  real  pearl,  that  none  but  a  practised 
eye  can  distinguish  the  difference.  Nay, 
a  thin  skin  flrom  the  eye  of  the  mackerel, 
may  be  stamped  into  a  half-globular  shape, 
which,  when  set,  will  deceive  the  careless 
and  inattentive,  into  the  conceit  of  a  great 
bargain. 

16.  Seeing  the  dangers  of  the  pearl  fish- 
ery are  so  great,  one  may  be  allowed  to 
wish,  that  the  better  sort  of  artificial  pearls 


Mtid  of  the  formation  of  the  pearli?    13.  How 
should  pearls  be  ?   13.  llie  black  native*—?  14. 
Uow  ore  pearls  valued.'    15.  What  of  artificial 
5 


might  content  our  fair  ladies ;  as  the  whit- 
est  of  the  real  pearls,  morally  viewed,  are 
stained  with  blood. 

MOTHER  OF  PEARL. 
17.  What  is  called  mother  qf  pearl,  is 
the  inner  lining  of  a  shell,  not  of  the  pearl- 
oyster,  but  of  another  species ;  this  is  of 
the  same  aubstance  as  the  pearl.  It  is 
very  beautifljl,  and  is  made  up  into  many 
trinkets,  or  used  with  great  advantage 
to  inlay  the  nicer  sorts  of  cabinet-work. 
Fishes  and  counters,  for  card-players,  are 
formed  of  it.  Its  neat  and  beautilbl  ap- 
pearance makes  it  suitable  for  varioua 
small  omsments.  The  principal  manufac- 
ture of  this  material  is  in  Jerusalem ;  vaat 
quantities  of  it  are  brosight  thither  from 
the  Red  Si-ii;  it  is  formed  into  wafer- 
boxes,  crucifixes,  &c.,  which,  when  ex- 
ported to  the  Spanish  West  Indies,  are 
highly  prized,  and  bring  an  immense  profit. 
There  is  also  a  manufactory  of  Pearl  work, 
as  it  is  called  at  Boston,  which  has  sup- 
plied the  United  States  with  most  of  these 
articles  for  two  or  three  years. 
DIAMONDS. 

18.  The  diamond  is  a  most  preciot!^ 
stone,  which  has  been  known  from  the  re- 
motest ages.  When  pure,  it  is  perfectly 
transparent  like  crystal,  but  much  more 
brilliant.  Indeed,  it  has  been  said  that  the 
excellency  of  a  diamond  is  greatest,  '.vb^^n 
you  cannot  aee  it.  For,  if  you  consider  a 
little,  it  is  not  the  diamond  itself  that  you 
see,  but  the  light  reflected  by  it. 

19.  Tha  Jirit  water  in  diamonds,  means 
the  greatest  purity  and  perfection  of  their 
complexion,  which  should  be  that  of  the 
purest  water.  When  diamonds  fall  shon 
of  this  perfection,  they  are  said  to  be  of 
the  second  or  third  water  &c.  If  you  were 
to  see  a  diamond  in  its  rough  state,  before 
it  ia  polished,  you  would  not  suspect  it  to 


pesrli  >  16.  Viewing  tlie  pearl-fialiery  in  a  moral 
point  of  view,  what  h  the  conclusion  f  17.  What 
of  mother  of  pearl  ?   16.  What  of  the  diamonds 


■•CUpsSfpi 


ll' 


I 


P'ISHL1II.J 


«8 


ipifw^PB>|ffw*if'iyyi'ww'i-i  »'iM." 


BOOK   or   COMMBRCt. 


b«  any  thing  but  a  common  stone ;  unless 
you  wore  accustomed  to  it.  When  un- 
polished, diamonds  have  a  whitish-gray 
appearance,  and  are  destitute  of  Itrilliancy. 

20.  A  poor  woman  at  Norwich,  in  Eng- 
land, once  liad  a  Jew  rap  at  her  door,  to 
aalt  her  if  she  would  port  with  a  stone, 
which  lay  in  her  window.  She  said,  No, 
it  waa  a  keeiwake  from  her  son  Ben,  who 
waa  gone  to  the  Indies.  The  Jew,  instead 
of  being  daunted,  was  stimulated,  by  this 
account,  and  said  he  had  taken  a  fancy  to 
it,  and  would  give  her  a  crown  for  it. 
The  woman  was  shrewd  enough  to  know, 
that  a  Jew  would  not  give  five  shillings 
for  any  thing  unless  it  were  worth  a  great 
d«al  more,  fihe  therefore  refused  to  part 
with  it  obstinately,  till  she  had  found  out 
whet  it  waa,  and  what  was  its  real  value. 
In  the  aequel,  it  was  discovered  that  this 
■tone  was  a  very  largo  diamond,  in  its 
rough  state,  for  which  mhe  procured  a 
thousand  guineas  or  about  five  thousand 
dollars ;  after  it  had  Utus  lain  in  her  win- 
dow for  years,  aa  a  common  stone. 

21.  I  can  tr.U  you  another  story  too, 
which  may  serve  to  make  you  careful,  in 
things  which  might  not  at  the  time  seem 
to  be  of  any  importance.  Some  fifty  years 
•go,  en  East-lndiaman  was  wrecked  near 
Aldborough,'on  the  coast  of  England.  A 
few  weeks  afterwards,  some  gentlemen 
cane  down  in  a  post«chaise,  inquiring  for 
any  remnants  of  the  wreck ;  especially  for 
some  small,  but  strong,  boxes.  At  last, 
they  found  a  laboring  roan  had  got  one  of 
th«  boxes,  which  they  might  have  if  they 
liked.  It  had  taken  Mm,  he  said,  a  plaguy 
deal  of  time  to  break  it  open,  and  when,  he 
had  done  no,  there  wqs  nothing  in  it  but  a 
parcel  of  ugly  stones.  The  gentlemen 
eagerly  inquii«d  what  he  had  done  with 
them.    Oh,  he  said,  they  were  good  for 


19.  What  it  meuit  by  the  fint  tester  in  diunonds? 
9D.  Relate  the  •toty  of  the  poor  woman  and  the 
Jew.  St. 83.  Whal is  the  other  story?  S3.  What 


itlUjilllig!! {Kj-....^^^ 


X 


nothing,  and  be  had  hvUtd  them  away  mte 
the  field. 

22.  They  made  him  point  to  the  placa 
as  nearly  as  he  could,  and  were  at  the  ex- 
pense of  having  the  whole  field  sifted  and 
searched,  but  almost  to  no  purpose;  aa 
very  few  of  the  diamonds  (for  such  were 
these  stones  in  reality)  were  recovered. 
Had  he  been  a  little  wiser,  he  would  hav« 
supposed,  that  those  could  not  be  common 
stones  which  were  packed  up  so  careftilly, 
in  strong  iron-bound  boxes.  As  it  was, 
he  had  the  punishment  of  knowing,  thai 
ho  had  thus  missed  of  a  handsome  reward 
through  his  ignorance,  and  his  want  of 
common  honesty,  which  ought  to  have  in- 
duced him  to  wait  to  see  if  any  one  came 
to  claim  the  boxes. 

23.  The  diamond  has  always  been  bt 
request,  from  its  scarcity,  as  well  as  its 
beauty.  The  ancients  called  it  adamant ; 
which  word  is  still  in  use  to  express  any 
thing  extremely  hard.  The  diamond  is 
the  hardest  substance  in  nature;  nothing 
but  itself  can  cut  it. 

24.  To  get  the  diamond  into  a  proper 
shape  for  ahowing  its  brilliancy  to  Bdvan- 
tage,  the  lapidary  rubs  two  of  them  to- 
gether, and  they  wear  away  each  other. 
The  very  duat  so  made  is  also  earefiiUy 
saved,  aa  nothing  else  will  polish  this  ex- 
cessively hard  atone. 

25.  There  la  a  diamond  mill  at  Amster- 
dam, which  ia  an  interesting  object.  The 
process  of  polishing  the  diamonda  ia  aa  fol- 
lows: Four  horses  turn  a  wheel,  setting  in 
motion,  in  the  room  above,  a  numlMr  of 
smaller  wheels,  whose  cogs,  acting  oB  cir- 
cular metal  platea,  keep  them  in  continued 
revolution.  Pulverized  diamond  is  placed 
on  these;  and  the  stone  to  be  polished, 
being  fastened  at  the  end  of  a  piece  of 
wood  by  means  of  a  preparation  of  xino 


name  did  the  aacii>nto  give  to  the  diamond?  94. 
How  are  diamonds  sMsed?  25.  Desoriba  the 
diamond  mill  st  Amsteraam.   96.  What  eovBtiy 


.»-•''«( 


"•liiiitiftr^iii 


iiiii>t?tf^iii'fr'S|tJU«»»stMS^^^ 


i. 


i 


them  away  into 

tint  to  the  plaeo 
were  at  the  ex- 
I  field  sifted  and 
no  purpose;  aa 
I  (for  auch  were 
vere  recovered. 
,  he  would  have 
not  be  commoB 
up  so  careftilly, 
es.  As  it  was, 
f  knowing,  thai 
mdsome  reward 
id  his  want  of 
ught  to  have  in- 
if  any  one  came 

always  been  in 
,  as  well  as  its 
led  it  adamant} 
I  to  express  any 
rhe  diamond  is 
nature;  nothing 

id  into  a  proper 
liancyto  advan- 
nro  of  them  to- 
Rray  each  other. 
is  also  carefiilly 
polish  this  «• 

[  mill  at  Amster- 
ng  object.  The 
imonds  is  as  fol* 
wheel,  setting  in 
'e,  a  nuinb«r  of 
^  acting  on  cir* 
em  in  continued 
amond  is  placed 
to  be  polished, 
1  of  a  piece  of 
paration  of  zino 

thediunond?  9L 
SS.  Desoribe  the 
96.  What  eoa«tiy 


piAaLS  AND  raccioos  stocks. 


Vf 


and  quicksilver,  is  submitted  to  the  ft-ic- 
tion  of  the  adamantine  particles.  This 
is  the  only  mode  of  acting  on  diamond ; 
which  can  be  ground,  and  even  cut  by 
particles  of  the  same  substance.  In  the 
latter  operation,  diamond  dust  is  fixed  on 
a  metal  wire  (hat  is  moved  rapidly  back- 
wards and  forwards  over  the  stone  to  be 
cut.  The  distinction  between  a  rose  dia- 
mond and  a  brilliant,  is  this.  The  one  is 
<>ntire  and  sot  vertically,  the  other  is  di- 
vided, and  set  horizontally.  'The  largest 
diamonds  are  reserved  for  roses,  which 
always  rise  in  the  centre  to  an  angle ;  the 
smaller  are  used  aa  brilliants,  and  are  flat 
fti  the  upper  surface. 

26.  The  main  source  of  supply,  for 
ages,  has  been  the  East  Indies,  There 
we  still  find  four  principal  mines,  or  rather 
two  mines  in  which  they  are  digged,  and 
two  rivers,  by  which  the  diamonds  are 
washed  down  from  the  bowels  of  the 
mountains. 

27.  In  Golconda  on  the  Eastern  coast 
of  llindostan,  it  is  common  for  fhe  mer- 
chants, who  are  often  blacks,  to  buy  a  cer- 
tain portion  of  land,  in  which  their  slaves 
dig  for  diamonds.  Sometimes  they  find 
nothing ;  at  other  times  they  obtain  great 
wealth  in  a  single  season. 

28.  The  diamond  mine  at  Raolconda, 
in  this  province,  has  been  resorted  to  for 
this  purpose  ftill  two  hundred  years.  The 
soil  is  sandy,  and  the  rocks  are  ftill  of 
clefts.  In  these  clefts,  though  not  above 
en  inch  wide,  the  miners  search  with 
hooked  tools,  dragging  the  sand  all  out. 
This  thby  wash  careAilly,  to  search  for  the 
atones.  The  people  work  naked,  (except 
one  narrow  piece  of  cloth,)  that  they  may 
not  be  able  to  secrete  any  for  themselves. 
They  do,  however,  now  and  then  succeed 
in  swallowing  some,  and  thus  bring  them 
away  without  being  discovered. 


has  flimiahed  the  ehief  supply  of  diamonda  ?   37. 
laGdoonda-  >   28.  What  of  the  diunond-mine 


29.  There  is  another  mine  at  Oani,  also 
in  the  province  of  Golconda.  This  was 
discovered  about  a  hundred  ond  fifty  years 
since,  by  a  peasant,  who,  in  digging,  found 
a  large  one.  Here  the  Great  Mogul's  fk- 
mouH  diamond  was  found,  weighing  almost 
eight  hundred  carats ;  in  general,  they  do 
not  weigh  above  ten  or  twenty.  A  carat 
is  a  weight  usnd  .-'ly  for  gold,  diamonds, 
|ioarls,  and  similok-  precious  cnmmodities; 
about  one  hundred  and  fifty  carats  make 
an  ounce,  in  the  troy  weight. 

30.  In  this  mine  there  are  often  sixty 
thousand  poor  wretches  obliged  to  dig. 
The  manner  is  thus :  near  the  place  where 
they  hope  to  find  diamonds,  they  dig  a  pit, 
which  they  enclose  with  low  walla ;  they 
then  dig  in  the  spot  they  have  chosun,  till 
they  find  water;  and  they  stir  up  the  earth 
well  with  this  water,  which  is  afterwarda 
let  oiT.  WLat  the  men  have  dug  and 
washed,  ia  carried  by  the  women  and 
children  into  the  first  pit;  there  they  wash 
the  earth  they  have  obtained,  and  dry  it, 
and  sift  it;  and  then  adroitly  search  with 
their  hands  for  the  diamonds,  which  they 
learn  to  know  by  the  feel.  This  mine  to 
on  a  plain,  at  the  foot  of  the  mountains ; 
the  nearer  tlie  mountains  they  can  dig,  the 
larger  are  tho  diamonds  they  find.  AH 
this  work,  laborious  as  it  is,  is  made  a  kind 
of  holyday,  by  the  feast  given  previously, 
and  the  superstitious  rites  and  sacrifices, 
supposed  to  moke  the  genii  of  the  place 
propitious  to  them. 

81.  The  river  Goual  runs  into  the  Gau- 
ges, in  the  northern  part  of  India.  After 
the  great  rains,  which  have  flooded  all  the 
country,  have  subsided,  the  natives  of  the 
neighborhood,  to  the  number  of  ten  thou- 
sand, assemble ;  they  gather  up  the  sands 
of  the  river,  digging  it  about  two  feet  deep, 
where,  by  experience,  they  see  reason  to 
expect  diamonds.    This  they  wash  dry, 


at  Raolconda?    2<J.  Gani?    What  is  a  caiat' 
30.  What  ia  the  manncir  of  digging?  31.  What  ta 


'  ^  m '  ^  'i  y  ■  \m ' ""  mti'P' j  'wnp 


i/;t 


«8 


BOOK   or    COMMBRCI. 


sift,  and  March,  ai  before.  The  Mones 
they  thut  obtain  are  email,  cud  are  called 
$pttrkt. 

83.  There  ie  another  diamond-mine  in 
■  river,  in  the  iiland  of  Borneo.  Thia  is 
■eduded  flrom  atrangers,  so  that  we  know 
little  about  it ;  t3xce|>t  that  by  stealth,  dia- 
monds are  brought  from  thvnce  and  sold 
•t  Batavia. 

88.  Diamonds  are  also  found  near  Villa 
Rica  and  in  other  parts  of  Brazil.  They 
are  so  plentiAil,  that  to  prevent  the  price 
of  diamonds  from  becoming  too  low,  the 
government  limita  the  number  of  persons 
•mployed  in  the  mines.  The  sand  is 
wuhed  in  a  manner  somewhat  similar  to 


that  described  above.  After  the  current 
flows  away  quite  clear,  the  largest  stones 
•re  thrown  out  and  then  those  of  inferior 
■ize:  then  the  whole  is  examined  with 
great  care  for  diamonds. 

84.  The  value  of  diamonds  is  artificial, 
yet,  while  they  are  in  request,  and  can  be 
turned  into  money,  the  value  is  truly  real. 
But  the  usual  mode  of  valuatiou  makes  the 
larger  sort  rise  in  price,  much  beyond  their 
mcrease  in  size  and  weight ;  till,  for  some 
few,  the  valuation  is  enormous. 

35.  The  largest  diamond  on  record  was 
found  in  Brazil.  An  ignorant  man,  by  a 
violent  blow  of  a  hammer,  split  off  a  large 
jnece;  but  it  now  weighs  one  thousand 


wud  of  the  river  Gnual  >   33.  The  diainond-mine 
«f  Borneo?  33.  Bnsil  diamonds?  34.  Thevalw 


six  hundred  and  eighty  carats.  It  how 
ever  remains  uucut,  because  the  cost  oli 
polishing  it  would  l>e  so  great. 

86.  The    Emperor  of  Russia  has  one 
next  in  size,  which  may  well  be  esteemed 
a  fiimous  one.     It  was  once  the  eye  of  ai 
idol,  in  the  East  Indies.     A  French  sol 
dier,  who  deserted  his  regiment,  contrivei' 
to  become  a  priest  to  this  idol,  and  tool 
his  opportunity  to  steal  the  idol's  eye  ou 
of  its  socket !    He  then  escaped  to  Madras 
wh«!re  he  sold  it  to  a  sca-cuptain,  for  tweu 
ty  thousand  rupees,  or  about  two  thousaui 
pounds.    A  Jew  then  purchased  it  for  sev 
enteen  thousand  guineas.     A  Greek  iner 
chont  obtained  it  next ;  who  sold  it  at  Am 
sterdam,  to  Prince  Orloff,  through  whom 
it  came  to  the  Empress  Catherine,  who 
placed  it  in  her  sceptre.     It  weighs  seven 
hundred  and  seventy-nine  carats.    It  cost 
above  one  hundred  and  thirty-six  thousand 
pounds,  and  is  valued  at  four  millions. 

87.  To  ascertain  whether  any  specimen 
is  a  true  diamond  or  not,  a  fine  Me  may 
be  used ;  and  if  the  surface  of  the  stone 
be  the  least  scratched  by  its  action,  it  is 
not  a  diamond.  Brazil  now  fiirnishes  the 
greatest  number  of  diamonds  to  the  world. 

CORNELIAN. 
38.  The  cornelian  is  a  precious  stone, 
of  which  there  are  three  kinds,  a  red,  a 
yellow  and  a  white.  It  is  found  in  round 
or  oval  lumps,  much  like  our  common 
pebbles.  It  is  tolerably  hard,  and  sus- 
ceptible of  a  very  fine  polish.  It  is  used 
principally  by  jewellera  in  the  manufacture 
of  beads,  watch-seals,  &c.  The  finest  cor- 
nelians are  those  of  the  East  Indies ;  but 
very  good  ones  are  found  in  some  parts 
of  Germany  as  well  as  of  Great  Britain. 

EMERALD. 

89.  Emerald  is  a  precious  stone  of  a 
beautiful  green  color  of  various  depths. 
The  purest  specimens  come  from  the  East 


1 


of  diamond!?   35.  What  is  the  largest  diamond 
on  record?   36.  Who  has  the  one  next  ia  siae? 


^^•ri::"!ig#^1'v^iiWrir»4it^^ 


carata.  It  how 
BUM  the  cost  oi 
(reat. 

Ruuia  has  ona 
well  lie  eNieeme^ 
ice  the  eye  of  ni 

A  French  aol 
^ment,  conlrivet' 
la  idol,  and  tool 
he  idol's  eye  ou 
«up«d  to  Madras 
cuptuin,  for  tweu 
)ut  two  thousani 
chased  it  for  sev 
A  Greek  iner 
ho  sold  it  at  Am 
\\  through  whom 

Catherine,  who 

It  weighs  seven 
9  carats.  It  cost 
irty-six  thousand 
bur  niillious. 
ler  any  specinien 
r,  a  fine  Hie  may 
ice  of  the  stone 
f  its  action,  it  is 
9W  fbrnishes  the 
lids  to  the  world. 
M. 

I  precious  stone, 
I  kinds,  a  red,  a 
I  found  in  round 
ke  our  common 

hard,  and  sub- 
ish.  It  is  used 
the  manufacture 

The  finest  cor- 
last  Indies;  but 
1  in  some  parts 
Great  Britaiu. 

ious  stone  of  a 
various  depths, 
le  from  the  East 

le  largest  diamond 
one  next  ia  sias .' 


"/jviufr 


PB/HI.B   AND   raiCIODB    iTONKI. 


IndieB  and  Peru.     It  is  of  diflerent  sizes, 
but  usually  small.     Crystal  tinged   with 
green  is  very  oAen  subsiituted  for  the  in- 
ferior sort  of  emeralds. 
JASPER 

40.  This  stone,  which  is  usually  found 
in  the  East  Indies  and  China,  is  an  ingre- 
dient in  the  composition  of  many  moun- 
tains. Its  colon  are  various,  and  often 
mingled  together.  It  is  mostly  employed 
by  jewellers  in'  the  formation  of  seals,  and 
when  well  polished  is  a  very  beautifUl 
atone. 

RUBY. 

41.  The  ruby  is  a  preciouB  stone  very 
highly  esteemed  when  pure.  But  under  this 
name  minerals  have  sometimes  been  sold, 
which  are  essentially  different.  The  ori- 
ental ruby  is,  in  fact,  a  red  variety  of  the 
sapphire.  When  perfect,  its  color  ia  a 
deep  red,  presentitig  an  exquisite  richness 
of  hue.  It  is,  however,  in  general,  more 
or  lesB  pale,  and  often  mixed  with  blue. 
It  ia  harder  than  any  mineral,  except  the 
diamond.  Rubies  are  found  in  Pegu,  the 
island  of  Ceylon,  and  Brazil. 

SAPPHIRE. 
43.  Sapphire  is  a  precioua  stone,  usu- 
ally of  a  blue  color,  and  the  hardest  of 
all,  except  the  ruby  and  diamond.  It  is 
found  in  the  same  countries  with  the  ruby, 
and  also  in  Siberia  and  some  parte  of  Eu- 
rope. Sapphire  is  found  of  a  gray,  white, 
green  and  yellow  color,  and  usually  of  the 
formof  common  pebbles. 

AMETHYST. 
43.  The  amethyst  is  a  gem  of  a  purple 
color,  and  is  scarcely  inferior  to  any  of  the 
gems  in  beauty  and  hardness.  It  is  found 
of  various  sizes,  and  the  best  come  from 
the  East  Indies.  It  is  also  met  with  in  the 
West  Indies,  and  in  different  parte  of  Eu- 
rope. 


38.  What  of  cornelian  i   39.  EmenJd  ?  40.  Jas- 
per »  41.  Raby  ?   4S.  Sapphire »  43.  Amethyst .' 


TOPAZ. 

44.  The  word  topaz,  derived  firom  an 
island  in  the  Red  Sea,  where  the  anciente 
used  to  find  topazes,  was  applied  by  them 
to  a  mineral  very  diflferent  firom  ours.  The 
topaz  is  found  in  several  parts  of  the  East 
Indies,  in  Ethiopia,  Arabia,  Peru  and  soma 
parts  of  Europe.  The  colors  are  various, 
and  it  often  occurs,  red,  biue,  green,  yellow 
and  white. 

AGATES. 

45.  The  agate  is  a  gum,  which  takes  ita 
name  ftom  the  river  Achates  in  Sicily,  on 
the  banks  of  which  it  is  found.  It  is  va- 
riegated with  veins  and  clouds,  and  seems 
to  be  composed  of  crystal,  colored  by  a 
large  quantity  of  earth.  Ite  colors  are  yel- 
lowish, reddish,  bluish,  orange,  green,  &«. 
Agates  are  found  in  Great  Britein,  and 
many  parts  of  America.  The  CSermaa 
agates  are  the  largest.  Some  very  fin* 
ones  have  been  brought  fVom  Siberia  an4 
Ceylon.  They  are  found  in  great  plenty 
at  the  eastern  extremity  of  the  settlement 
of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  are  Btill 
met  with  in  luly. 

JET, 

46.  Jet  is  a  black,  inflammable  and  bitu- 
minous substance,  which  is  susceptible  of 
a  fine  polish.  It  occurs  in  Frane<>,  Spain 
and  many  other  parte  of  Europe,  and  ia 
found  at  South  Hadley,  in  Massachusetts, 
in  the  coal  formation.  Jet  is  chiefly  con- 
verted into  beads,  bracelete,  buttons,  and 
other  small  ornamente.  In  Prussia  it  is 
called  black  amber,  and  is  cut  into  rosaries 
and  necklaces. 

CHAP.  XXI. 

PRECIOUS  METALS. 

GOLD. 
1.  Gold  has  always  been  a  metal  highly 
prized ;   partly  for  iu  scarcity,  partly  for 


44.  Topu?  45.  Agatt>s?  Whence  is  the 
^gatu  derived  i  46.  What  of  jet? 


^ 


it.lt>iiiiiftwiar<ifa<i:l*»>w^       »• 


■ni^nni^ficiaihai 


kJ 


»T»^ 


7 


''     ,.  I    JimWi'lliW: 


*"*>^<'p*pppir'^*''^"M"MP'* 


to 


lOB. 


lu  brillinncy,  and  much  on  account  of  id 
durability.  It  ia  not  liable  tu  rutt,  evapo> 
ration,  or  to  any  deatrurtion  of  iu  eaaential 
■ttbatance.  If,  indeed,  any  uiutol  were  to 
be  prized  fbr  ita  uaeAilncM,  iron  would 
deaerve  man's  liigheit  eateein.  Many  na< 
tiona  have  been  happy  without  gold ;  but 
no  comforta  or  convenicncea,  no  arta  or 
aciencea,  could  be  attained,  or  proaecuted, 
without  iron. 

2.  We  read  of  gold  in  Scripture,  in  very 
aarly  days.  In  the  deMcri))tion  of  Paradiac, 
one  of  the  four  rivera  flowing  out  of  it  en- 
composed,  wo  are  told,  the  '  land  of  Uavi- 
lah,  where  there  ia  gold,'  (Otnttit,  ii.  11.) 
A  chain  of  gold  waa  put  upon  the  neck  of 
Joaeph,  at  hia  exaltation.  It  became  ao 
plentiflil,  and  waa  esteemed  ao  highly,  that 
larael  in  the  wilderncaa  waa  cautioned 
■gainat  nuking  goda  of  gold,  to  worship 
tiMm. 

8.  Gold  aeema  to  be  very  generally 
fbund,  though  Europe  haa  been  less  fkvor> 
ed  with  it  than  other  parta  of  the  earth. 
Aaia  haa  been  rich  in  thia  precioua  metal ; 
the  river  Pactolua,  in  Lydia,  yielded  much 
to  king  Croesus  ;  and  to  thia  day  Sumatra, 
Pegu,  China,  and  Japan,  yield  considerable 
quantitiea.  In  Europe,  though  gold  minea 
have  been  found  in  many  plaeea,  yet  the 
principal  one  now  worked  lathM  of  Chrem* 
nitx,  in  Hungary,  which  has  yielded  gold 
fbr  a  thousand  years.  Spain  once  aflbrded 
much  to  the  Romans  |  but  the  minea  are 
not  now  worth  working. 

4.  AfKca  yielda  gold  in  considerable 
quantities,  chiefly  in  small  graina,  called 
gold-dust.  In  Solomon's  time,  Ophir,  on 
the  eaatcrn  coast,  waa  Amoua  for  it.  But 
aince  the  discovery  of  America,  the  great- 
eat  supply  has  been  obtained  from  thence ; 
from  Mexico,  in  the  Northern  Continent ; 
and  from  Chile,  Peru,  and  Brazil,  in  South 
America ;  and  more  recently  from  North 

1.  What  is  nid  offfold .'  S.  Do  we  read  of  gold 
in  Scripture '    ^.  4.  In  what  countriea  is  gold 


Carolina,  Georgia,  and  other  parts  of  the 
United  Sutea. 

5.  Gold  ia  sometimea  found  in  mine% 
but  it  nniat  be  digged  for.  It  is  also  found 
more  frequently  in  paiticular  rivers,  min 
gled  with  the  sands.  Theae  aanda  art 
sifted  and  waahed.  Those  employed  i» 
searching  for  them,  have  m  long  trough^ 
which  they  place  aloping  {  thia  ia  lined  at 
the  bottom  with  flannel ;  and  the  aand  put 
into  this  ia  well  mingled  with  water  and 
kept  atirring.  The  gold  by  ita  weight 
sinks,  and  is  enunglcd  in  the  flannel ;  but 
the  water  and  sand  pass  away.  The  gold, 
thus  separated,  is  eaaily  melted  into  a  lump, 
or  ingot. 

6.  In  Guinea,  the  gold  ia  chiefly  found 
in  the  sand  and  mud  of  rivera.  Between 
two  and  three  thousand  ouncea  of  gold> 
dust  annually  come  from  thence ;  and 
aeveral  hundred  ouncea  from  the  Gambia 
Much  ia  brought  from  the  interior,  into 
Egypt,  in  thia  fonn,  aecured  in  the  hollows 
of  ostrich  quills. 

7.  In  the  streama  which  drain  from  the 
mountains  of  Chile,  a  peculiar  aort  of  gold 
ia  found,  and  it  is  separated  from  the 
earth  in  which  it  ia  imbedded  by  washing, 
at  placea  called  tataderoi.  When  the  na< 
tives  have  diacoverad  a  place  proper,  they 
dig  about  aix  feet  deep;  and  endeavor 
to  turn  some  rivulet  into  the  pit,  to  wash 
away  the  upper  soil,  and  lay  bare  the  atra* 
cum  of  golden  earth.  They  then  dig,  load 
(heir  mulea  with  the  earth,  and  carry  it 
to  be  waahed. 

8.  In  Brazil,  the  invading  soldiery  of  the 
Spaniarda  perceived  that  the  fish-hooks  of 
the  Indiana  were  made  of  gold.  On  in* 
quiring,  they  foimd  thia  was  obtained  from 
the  sands  of  the  rivera,  after  violent  flooda ; 
aince  then,  gold  has  been  aought  for  with 
great  caro,  and  is  found  ahnost  in  every 
stream. 


found?   5.  How  is  it  obUined?   6.  Where  is  it 
found  in  Guinea'  7.  Chile?  8.  What  did  the 


iMMiinaMa 


rmrfiiii 


.fe-ia!..--^;M.;^^<tferi|a;i>»^-fey^g;_ 


A 


er  part*  of  the 

bund  in  minei^ 
It  is  also  foun4 
lar  rivers,  min 
leso  sands  arc 
w  employed  i» 
■  long  trough, 

this  is  lined  at 
nd  the  sand  put 
with  water  and 

by  iu  weight 
he  flannel ;  but 
vay.  The  gold, 
tod  into  a  lump, 

s  chiefly  found 
vers.  Between 
lunces  of  gold* 
I  thence ;  and 
tm  the  Gambia 
e  interior,  into 
I  in  the  hollowa 

drain  firom  the 
liar  sort  of  gold 
ated  from  the 
ed  by  washing. 

When  the  na- 
ce  proper,  they 

and  endeavor 
he  pit,  to  wash 
y  bare  the  stra- 
r  then  dig,  load 
I,  and  carry  it 

[  soldiery  of  the 
e  fish-hooks  of 
gold.  On  in* 
I  obtained  ftom 
'  violent  floods ; 
lought  for  with 
Imost  in  every 


f  6.  Where  is  it 
8.  What  did  the 


.«iw>» 


^~^'^       'lillMlll"' 


raiOiOVS     MBTALS. 


9.  Gold  found  in  mines  is  sometimes 
(n  small  lump* ;  seldom  any  piece  weighs 
more  than  an  ounce,  although  pieces  have 
ba«n  found  of  thirty-six  ounces,  and  even 
of  several  pounds'  weight.  Some  pieces 
of  this  sort  were  snnt  to  Bpain,  by  Colum- 
bus, to  convince  the  court  of  thu  trcotturvs 
likely  to  be  obtained  in  his  nuwly-discov- 
•red  world. 

10.  In  other  places,  gold  is  found  in  a 
lort  of  stony  lump,  or  clods,  which  usually 
lie  at  great  depths  in  the  mine.  These 
tumi«  are  very  hard,  and  generally  con- 
Min  silver,  or  some  other  metal,  mingled 
ivith  the  gold.  The  precious  substance  is 
found  but  in  small  quantities ;  five  thou- 
sand pounds'  weight  of  the  mineral  yield- 
ing only  a  few  ounces  of  gold. 

li.  Native  gold  is  not  usually  found, 
except  deep  in  primitive  mountains,  and 
In  the  crevices  of  rocks. 

12.  The  obtaining  of  gold  fVom  the  ore, 
ia  a  troublesome  and  an  expensive  opera- 
tion. They  first  break  the  stone  with 
neavy  iron  mallets ;  then  they  grind  it  in 
a  mill,  ai  d  aiil  it  through  many  sieves, 
the  latter  sort  finer  than  those  used  at 
first.  This  fine  powder  is  soaked  in  salt 
and  water,  in  open  troughs.  They  then 
squeeze  among  it,  in  a  sort  of  dew,  some 
quicksilver,  which  having  an  amazing  af- 
finity for  gold,  seizes  on  it,  and  intermin- 
gles, or  amalgamates,  with  it  in  a  short 
time.  All  the  earthy  matter,  and  the  salt, 
are  easily  washed  away  with  hot  water ; 
so  that  nothing  remains  but  this  netallic 
mixture.  The  mercury  is  then  driven 
away  by  heat,  end  the  pure  or  virgin  gold 
remains.  It  is  then  melted,  and  cast  into 
ingots. 

13.  In  some  places,  they  lay  sheepskins, 
with  the  wool  on,  in  the  waters  where 
they  expect  to  find  gold ;  and  the  grains 


Bpaniards  perceive  in  BraiU?  9. 10.  Is  gold  ever 
fbund  in  lumps?  11.  Native  gold — ?  12.  How  is 
gold  obtained  from  the  ore .'  13.  In  some  places—  f 


of  gold  are  entangled  in  the  wool,  whiio 
the  earthy  parts  are  washed  away. 

14.  The  gold  niiues  in  the  United  Butea 
are  annually  proving  a  source  of  con* 
sidftrulilo  profit  to  the  proprietors.  These 
mines  abound  chiefly  in  the  Carolinaa  and 
Georgia.  The  most  lucrative  diggings  in 
North   Carolina  have  been  made  in  the 


counties  of  Mecklenburg  and  CabarrM. 
In  the  latter  county,  a  single  lump  of  gold 
was  found  weighing  twenty-eight  pounds. 
A  part  of  this  gold  is  sent  to  Europe ;  and 
a  considerable  portion  of  it  is  coined  in 
this  country. 

10.  The  method  of  extending  gold  used 
by  the  gold-lteaters,  consists  in  hammering 
a  number  of  thin  rolled  plates  between 
skins  or  auinud  membranes.  It  may  be 
beatrn  out  infto  leaves  so  thin,  that  one 
grain  of  goM  wH)  cover  06  8-4  square 
inches.  An  oiiiiee  of  gold  upon  silver  is 
capable  of  being  extended  more  than  1,800 
milea  in  length. 

SILVER. 

17.  Silver  la  a  metal  of  a  fine  white 
color,  without  either  taste  or  smell.  It 
was  well  known  to  the  ancients,  and  has 
for  ages  been  used  a*  money.  It  wmj  be 
beaten  out  into  leavea  nearly  aa  thin  as 
gold.  Its  ductility  is  very  remarkable ;  it 
may  be  drawn  out  into  wire  much  finer 


14.  What  or  the  gold  mines  in  the  United  SUtes .' 

15.  The  method  of  extending  gold  ?    16.  What 
of  silver.'    17.  What  is  meant  by  native  silver ' 


i 


uiMilliit^dilfciifwnilfKWn 


,wrf&fe>ii-»iitiiMaiii.ii 


.-itwi.%.f.^.ififi.iiHi;aiWi 


^'  ^  '•>¥" 


iwwiii 


wyii.im'iT.j^liipiy 


i% 


■OOE   or  CttMHIRCI. 


a  human  hair.  lu  tauocity  it  auch 
that  a  very  alendcr  wire  ia  capablo  of  lup* 
porting  a  heavy  weight.  Hilver  la  much 
more  plentiAil  than  gold,  and  it  ia  a  more 
uaeAil  though  leaa  preciuua  metal. 

17.  Silver  la  aometimea  found  nearly 
pure,  or  aa  metal ;  In  that  atate  it  ia  calletl 
nativt.  But  it  ia  more  conmionly  mingled 
with  other  aubatancea,  eapecially  with  an- 
timony. It  ia  purlAed  by  different  meana, 
acordiug  to  the  nature  of  iia  combina- 
tion. The  native  ailver  ia  amalgamated 
with  mercury,  which  ia  aAerwarda  driven 
off,  and  th«  ailver  ia  left  pure.  When 
mingled  with  antimony  or  aulphur,  the 
heating  of  it  will  drive  them  off,  in  ftimei. 

18.  Norway  poaaeaaij  conaiderable  ail- 
wr  minea,  eapecially  at  Kongaberg,  in  the 
aouthern  part  of  the  kingdom.  Here  ail- 
ver ia  found  in  greater  abundance,  and  in 
larger  maaaea,  than  in  any  other  apot  in 
Europe.  The  voina  of  ore  extend  to  a 
conaiderable  diaiauce,  und  in  aeveral  di- 
rectiona;  ao  that  now  minea  are  opened 
continually.  Out  of  one  of  theae  aome- 
timea aeveral  hundred  weighta  of  rich 
ore  have  been  obtained  in  a  aingle  week. 
Thia  mine  ainka  perpendicularly  above  a 
thouaand  feet,  having  a  very  large  width 
at  bottonk 


19.  Thirty,  or  more,  fire*  are  aeen  biaz 
ing  in  different  parta,  which  are  kindled  in 
oi^ei-  to  Boften  the  rock,  and  render  the 


18.  m.  What  of  the  lilver  minei  of  Norway  i 


working  of  it  more  eaay.  Theae  Area,  in 
•uch  a  deep  pit,  with  awarma  of  niinera, 
black  and  oddly  habited,  give  it  the  ap- 
pearance uaually  aacribed  to  the  infernal 
regiona.  The  aimilitude  ia  aided  by  the 
general  cry,  when  they  are  about  to  blow 
up  a  |«ri,  *  Take  care  of  your  livoa.'  A 
few  yvara  ago,  four  tbouiand  peraona 
found  employment  In  theae  minea.  The 
ore  ia  uaually  obtained  in  lumpa  of  a  few 
|tounda*  weight ;  yet  one  maaa  waa  fbund 
worth  aix  hundred  pounda  aterling  (  it  ia 
in  the  king'a  cabinet,  at  Copenhagen. 

90.  But  the  minea  moat  ikmoua,  becauae 
moat  productive,  are  found  in  the  moun- 
tain of  Potoii,  one  of  the  high  ridgea  of 
the  Andca.  The  diacovery  of  a  mine  ia 
fVcqucntly  owing  to  what  ia  called  chance, 
and  the  account  of  It  uaually  intere^ta  ua 
much.  On  thia  principle,  the  hiatory  of 
theae  niincH  may  be  given:  An  Indian, 
named  Ilualpa,  pursuing  some  wild  goatM, 
in  climbing  after  them>  laid  hold  of  a 
■hrub  on  the  aide  of  the  ateep,  in  order  to 
aaaiat  him.  The  ah;'>ib  gave  way,  and  to 
hia  aurpriae,  diacovered  to  hia  view  a  maaa 
of  ailver. 

31.  Thia  he  aecured,  waahed,  and  ap* 
propriated  to  hia  own  benefit.  He  came 
again  and  again,  to  the  aame  apot,  for 
more,  and  found  plenty.  A  firiend  oboerv- 
ing  him  to  grow  rich,  at  lust  nifted  the 
aecret  fW>m  him.  For  awhilo  they  be- 
came partnera  of  the  treaaure ;  bur  the 
friend  waa  not  able  to  refine  hia  ailver  fit 
for  uae,  and  Hualpa,  thinking  he  had  re- 
vealed too  much  already,  refUaed  to  abow 
him  the  proceaa.  The  other  waa  ao  of- 
fended with  thia  reftisal,  that  ho  went  and 
gave  information  of  the  mine ;  which  waa 
then  aeized  for  the  king'a  use. 

93.  Thia  mountain  of  Potoai  may  be 
said  to  consist  of  a  maaa  of  ailver  ore. 
Thto  labora  of  man  for  three  hundred 
years,  have  hollowed  it  out,  almoat  like  • 


90. 91.  What  are  the  most  fiunoas  silver  mhiaa^ 


ia-'iJi^u 


e>w.Ji'u 


■  II  I'  IW.i-i' JWJWWWHWBIWWiWI 


■yr,     (.,11  »y^^iij»ii  n.jH'<i'Wij|ij^)'yiff,';'P|PWiip', 


>,f"^)l" '"**'  'HW" 


rRICiOOt   MITAfcl. 


.  Thow  Ares,  in 
trarina  of  iiilnera, 
I  give  it  the  ap- 
i  to  the  inrernal 

is  eided  by  the 
>re  about  to  blow 
r  your  livoa.'  A 
bouaaiid  peraons 
e«fl  ininoa.  The 
1  luinpa  of  a  few 

mara  waa  fltund 
ida  aterling  {  it  ia 
[7opeDhagen. 
t  ftmoua,  bocauae 
id  in  the  inoun- 
e  high  ridgea  of 
>ry  of  a  mine  ia 
ia  called  chance, 
ually  intercita  ua 
0,  tlie  history  of 
en:  An  Indian, 
some  wild  gnaiN, 

laid  hold  of  a 
■teep,  in  order  to 
(ave  way,  and  to 
>  hia  view 


waahed,  and  ap- 
tneflt.  He  came 
I  same  apot,  for 
A  flriend  observ. 
It  lust  siAed  the 
awhilo  they  be> 
easure ;  bur  the 
iflne  hia  silver  fit 
Icing  he  had  re> 
reflised  to  show 
other  waa  ao  of« 
hat  ho  went  and 
line ;  which  waa 
use. 

Potosi  may  be 
u  of  ailver  ore. 

three  hundred 
ut,  almost  like  a 

DOtts  silver 


koneyeomb,  but  not  exhauatad  it.  The! 
mountain  r«R«mbloa,  In  aome  degree,  a 
sugar-loaf  in  shape.  It  ia  about  eighteen 
milea  in  circumference,  and  chiefly  com- 
posed of  an  nrgillaeeoua  alate,  Aill  uf  irony 
luartz,  in  which  the  ailver  ore  ia  intormin- 
|led.  Almve  three  hundred  minea  or  pits 
have  been  wniught,  but  not  wiili  regular- 
ity I  for  the  minera  leave  one  for  awhile, 
to  aeek  tor  a  new  one,  in  hopea  of  finding 
nore  audden  wealth ;  neither  have  they 
sro|Mfr  machinery  to  clear  off  the  water, 
ivhich  aoon  ruahea  in,  and  atopa  their 
iperationa. 

23.  Their  ignorance  in  refining,  too, 
araa  very  great ;  for  they  could  not  obtain 
w  much  ailver  firom  the  ore  aa  might  have 
been  had ;  and  what  thoy  did  obtain,  they 
gut  at  an  expenae  of  quicksilver,  which 
greatly  reduced  the  profile.  The  minera* 
toola  alao  were  bad  (  and  the  whole  pro- 
cess, from  first  to  laat,  waa  managed  with- 
out any  acience,  in  a  clumay  and  waateAil 
manner. 

34.  The  city  of  Potoai,  however,  which 
owea  ita  origin  to  the  minea,  ia  large 
and  aplendid,  containing  many  noble  and 
wealthy  fiimiUea.  About  thirty  or  forty 
thousand  dollars  are  produced  weekly  flrom 
theae  minea,  although  they  have  been 
worked  for  ao  many  years.  Six  thouaand 
Indiana  are  aent  every  aix  montha,  and 
compelled  to  dig  in  them.  Some  of  the 
inhabitanU  of  thia  city  are  aaid  to  be  ao 
rich,  that  their  domeatic  utensils,  their 
shovels,  tonga,  itc.  are  made  of  pure 
buver. 

25.  Between  Potoai  and  the  Southern 
Ocean,  large  lumpa  of  ailver  are  often 
found,  by  digging  in  the  aandy  aoil.  Sev- 
eral years  ago,  a  new  mine  was  diacovered 
at  a  distance  from  the  mountaiiia,  and 
within  ten  milea  of  the  sea,  called  Huanta- 


Mention  the  story  of  their  discovery.    99.  What 

of  the  mountain  of  Potosi  ?   Si.  The  ignorance  1 

of  the  miners  t  94.  The  city  of  Potosi  >   95.  Are ' 

7 


Jaya  ;  ao  rich  that  the  metal  waa  dug  out 
with  a  chisel. 

26.  The  uMca  of  silver  are  well  known 
It  is  chiefly  applioti  to  the  fi)rmation  of 
varioua  utensils  for  domestic  use,  tot 
watches,  and  aa  the  medium  of  exohanga 
in  money,  A  solution  of  silver  in  niirio 
acid,  diluted  with  water,  will  atain  tha 
skin  aii«l  other  animal  aubauncea  of  an  in< 
delible  black.  It  ia  thua  employed  for 
(lying  human  hair,  fbr  ataining  marbles, 
jas|iers,  &o.,  and  for  silvering  ornamenul 
work. 

QUICKSILVER. 

37.  Quicksilver,  or,  aa  the  chemista  call 
it  mercury,  ia  a  aubatance  of  very  great 
importance  in  the  arte.  By  it  our  mirrora 
are  ailvcred ;  it  ia  the  baaia  of  aeveral  pig- 
menta,  or  colon  for  painting ;  it  ia  uaed 
in  varioua  ahapoa  in  medicine;  and  ita 
ImporMnce  in  the  working  of  metals,  by 
amalgamatinj;  with  them,  ia  very  great. 

28.  Tliu  word  amalgamation  refera  to 
that  intimate  union  which  ia  eflTected  be« 
tween  quickailver  and  aeveral  other  meuls, 
by  grinding  them  together.  The  whole, 
thua  united,  ia  called  an  amaigam.  Now, 
aa  we  have  apoken  of  thia,  and  ahown  ita 
use  in  refining  gold  and  ailver  flrom  all 
extraneous  aubaMncea,  we  may  aa  well 
paaa  on  to  the  eonaideration  of  mercury. 

39.  It  would  be  difllcult  to  tell,  with 
preciaion,  why  the  old  chemists  gave  the 
name  of  mercury  to  this  substance.  It  ia 
probable  that  the  extreme  fluidity,  which 
seema  to  make  it  all  alive,  or  aa  we  say, 
f  tticA-ailver,  which  renders  it  ao  apt  to  run 
about,  and  ao  difficult  to  lay  hold  of  and 
confine,  may  have  auggested  a  resemblpnce 
to  that  active  deity,  who  waa  feigned  to  b« 
the  meaaenger  of  Jupiter,  alwaya  in  mo- 
tion with  winga  to  his  cap  and  hia  heela ; 
who  waa  moreover  with  the  ancients  the 

lumps  of  silver  ever  found  ?  96.  What  of  the 
UMs  of  silver  ?  97.  Quicksilver  ?  98.  What  do 
you  understand  by  amalgamation?    99.  Why  ia 


yAtft^Wniy*  'rgu 


MTiiii'i-8Wiia..i.j.!'iiw.-f<K"rtt.ffili1i 


.iij-iirjh'iiiirT.ijriiif'i 'mitiniiMi 


■r^ttmfmmfmm 


t^mmmm  tii»'mmm<^ammmK^fmmiif9mmmmmm^i'i0mm^fm09mmm 


u 


•OOB   or   COMHtMI. 


god  of  iravtllinf  mereiitnts  and  of  ihi«v(>a  i 
hkmNir  being  «xlireni«»ly  aubiilv  uid  ilip- 
pery. 

80.  Qiilrktilvtr  !■  ■oin«iim«a  (liund  in 
Ita  Huld  auie,  In  Iho  crevlcva  of  ihuaa  alaty 
■ulMtanci^a  (Voin  whirh  it  ia  filrartfid. 
Wh<<n  found  in  a  fluid  ■iatf,  it  ia  in  ■mull 
quaiititlea,  and  a«ldom  more  than  a  Atw 
dropa  ln|ii<thrr,  axuding  from  ilin  rooHi  or 
aidca  of  ih«  minea ;  thnujfli  aoinetiroea  a 
hollow  in  tlifl  rock  haa  bean  ao  aituated  aa 
to  ratch  a  largn  quantity ;  lliia  ia  vrry  pure, 
and  ia  cnlli'd  virgin  mtrtury,  Th«y  are 
aomotlmea  gladdened  with  the  bun>liug  out 
of  a  drop  or  two,  which  increaaca  to  a 
aiream,  like  a  packthread  in  aize,  and 
which  will  run  for  aeveral  daya  together. 

81.  The  princi|Mil  niinea  of  quickailver 
are  in  Hungury,  Friuli,  in  the  Venetian 
part  of  Italy,  and  in  8|Niin.     But  it  Imp- 

'  pena  conveniently  for  the  gold  minea  of 
Boutd  America,  that  thorn  ia  a  conatdera- 
ble  KU^re  of  it  in  Peru. 

82.  The  moiit  uaual  form  in  which  it  ia 
found,  wouht  not  aliow  what  it  ia  ti>  the 
unprnriiied  eye.  It  la  inliinately  rnniltin- 
«d  with  aulphur,  and  has  then  the  ap|>ear- 
ance  of  a  reddiah  alone ;  in  thia  atale  it 
la  called  Cinnatar,  Thia  is  pounded  and 
waahed. 

33.  The  entmncn  to  the  quickaiPver 
ninea  of  Friuli  ia  on  a  level  with  the 
atreeta  of  the  town,  iVom  which  the  de- 
scent ia  by  laddera,  into  pita,  ninety  fiith- 
oma,  or  t  hundred  and  eighty  yarda  deep. 
Being  ao  low,  they  are  liable  to  inunda- 
tlona  of  water:  powerftil  enginea  are  eon* 
.  Btantly  at  work,  to  keep  them  fit  for  the 
minera.  But  the  chief  evil  attendant  upon 
the  wretched  people  employed  in  them, 
■riaea  fh>m  the  mercury  itaelf,  which  in- 
•inuatea  itself  into  the  very  aubstancu  of 
their  bodiea,  viipeclally  by  ita  effluvia,  and 

qaicluilver  called  merenrv  ?  30.  It  it  ever  fo^nd 
in  ita  fluid  itale?  31.  ^^  here  are  the  principal 
quickailver  minei  ?  3S.  What  ii  meant  by  cinna- 


•mftm 


■    .» 


■atun^ 


producea  dlaeaaea  of  •  drcadAil 
which  are  often  very  (klal. 

24.  Huniu  of  the  |i«>opl«  employed  ia 
iheae  minea  are  condemned  to  wiirli  thera 
for  (heir  Crimea ;  and  othera  are  hired  by 
the  luro  of  high  wage*.  When  the  mer* 
(Miry  flrat  gain*  |Hiwer  over  their  cunHiiiu- 
lion,  they  are  aHected  with  nervoui  trein« 
blingr.;  ih«n  their  teeth  drop  out,  tbr 
mercury  looeeiM  every  thing  it  tuucheai 
violent  fiaina,  eapecially  In  tha  bonvK,  auc- 
eeed,  fur  the  quickailver  penetratea  their 
very  aubxrance ;  and  lh«>n  llicy  aoon  die. 

95.  Ait  it  ia  rhiefly  Oom  the  vapora 
and  ftimea  of  the  quickailver  that  lh«>ae  of- 
Ateta  proceed,  the  workmen  take  the  pre< 
caution  of  holding  in  their  moutha  a  piece 
of  gold,  whit!h  attracta  the  effluvia,  and 
prevenia  the  noxioua  matter  iVom  paaalng 
into  the  stomach.  Yet  caaca  have  occur- 
red, in  which  the  metal  had  ao  completely 
aaturated  the  body,  that  a  piece  of  braas 
rubbed  with  the  flnger  only,  would  become 
while,  A-om  the  quickailver  ooaing  out  ot 
the  man'a  fleah ! 

36.  The  ore  in  the  mine  of  Juan  Ca< 
belaca,  in  Peru,  reaemblea  a  brick  half 
burned.  Thia  ia  broken  and  expoaed  to  a 
considerable  heat,  which  drivea  the  mer- 
cury off,  sublimed  in  amoke  {  thia  amoke 
paaaca  through  aeveral  pipea,  into  curur- 
bitea  or  veaaela  filled  with  water.  The  wa- 
ter condenaea  the  amoke,  the  particka  of 
quicksilver  in  it  aink  to  tha  bottom,  and 
are  taken  out  ]Hire.  Even  here,  the  work- 
men become  paralytic,  and  do  not  live 
long. 

37.  It  haa  been  matter  of  much  dis- 
pute, whether  quickailver  ought  to  be 
railed  a  metal,  a  aemimetol,  or  an  imper- 
fect metal.  Its  fluidity  ia  a  principal 
reason  for  doubting;  now,  you  know  all 
metala  become  fluid,  if  theni  be  but  heat 


bar?  33.  34.  W'..at  of  the  quicksilver  minea  of 
Frinli?  35.  What  precaution  do  the  workmen 
Uke  >  36.  What  of  the  ore  in  the  mine  of  Joan 


::^^  :,_^^^,,:^^^^  .|^^  j 


rftieioot  MITAI.I. 


7f 


ilrcadAil  nuun, 

il«  cmployM  In 
itl  to  work  ihern 
in  »n  hired  Ity 
When  the  mer* 
r  their  cumttiiu- 
I  nnrvoui  trein* 
drop  out,  Ibr 
ling  it  toucheii 
tha  Iwiiiii*,  NUf- 
|H>nclrau*ii  their 
Ihiy  Mioii  die. 
oiM  the  vaport 
nr  that  th*<w  el- 
n  take  the  pr0> 
mouth*  a  piece 
le  eflliivia,  and 
r  fVom  passing 
Ml  have  occur* 
d  to  complfiteljr 
,  piece  of  bras* 
,  would  become 
r  ooaing  out  ot 

le  of  Juan  Ca< 
■  ■  brick  half 
id  expoaed  to  a 
Irivei  the  mar- 
ie (  thia  smoke 
tea,  into  cucur- 
rater.  The  wa> 
he  parlicks  of 
f)«  bottom,  and 
here,  the  wiark- 
id   do  not  iive 

'  of  much  dif  • 
ought  to  be 
I,  or  an  imper- 
i«  a  principal 
,  you  know  all 
w  be  but  heat 

ksilTer  mines  of 
do  the  worlimen 
Ihe  mine  of  Joan 


-r'fiA 


enough  to  mr It  them.  Thow  who  main- 1 
tain  quirksiivi-r  to  lie  a  metal,  say,  it  only  i 
raqulrt's  luss  Im<m  to  mill  it  than  any  of  ^ 
Ihe  others.  Iiuit'crd,  when  its  li«at  la  taken  | 
•way  by  the  npfilication  of  powcrflil  iVees* 
ing  mixiurfM,  it  beooinea  hard,  and  i*  niaU 
luable,  liki>  Ivud. 

3H.  Mercury  is  the  heaviest  lH>dy  iu 
iiuturi*,  n<;x(  Iu  gold  and  platina.  It  ia 
vnry  fluid,  sepornilng  with  Ihe  utmost  ease. 
It  In  iiImo  ••xtrumttly  volallle,  pnHMiug  into 
Biitoliv  nimii*  with  a  beat  just  aliove  b«il- 
iii|t  wsti-r  I  yet  tbcti  its  mvlullio  iinluro  ia 
not  clitingtMl  (  itM  pnrilcUot  are  only  cont- 
niinuti'd ;  for,  if  this  vapor  be  caught  in 
cold  water,  its  beat  is  tlierttby  ultKrracIrd, 
tlie  mercury  then  talis  to  the  bollont  of  the 
veseel,  and  unites  in  one  fluid  Urilliiant 
mass,  as  before. 

89.  As  quicksilver  la  so  necensary  in 
the  retining  of  gold  (Vom  the  ort".,  it  must 
have  been  of  great  importance  to  8pain, 
when  slio  had  the  mines  of  Mexico.  At 
Almaden,  in  the  province  of  La  Mancha, 
in  Hpnln,  is  the  principal  minei  which 
was  wrought  only  on  account  of  the  king, 
to  send  over  to  America,  to  assist  in  work- 
ing his  gold  und  silver  mines  there. 

40.  In  1784,  a  great  inundation  took 
place,  owing  to  something  onilaa  in  the 
machinery,  which  should,  have  carried  oft 
the  water.  You  may  judge  nt  the  impor- 
tance of  thia  subaunce,  when  you  learn, 
Uial  Spain  waa  then  obliged  to  apply  to 
Austria,  for  no  lesa  a  quantity  of  quick- 
■liver  than  six  thouaand  hundred  weight 
every  year,  for  alx  years,  till  the  Bpaniah 
mines  could  ho  cleared,  and  got  into 
proper  order  for  working  again. 

41.  One  considerable  mine  of  quicksil- 
ver ia  at  Idrio,  a  town  of  Carniola,  a  pro- 
vince of  Austria ;  not  far  fVom  the  upper 
part  of  the  AiMatic  or  Gulf  of  Venice.  '     ' 

43.  This  mine  was  not  known  till  1407, 


when  the  mode  of  its  discovery  waa  rather 
curloMK.  A  few  coo|>«ra  Inhobiied  that 
part  of  the  country,  for  the  conveiiieuca 
of  being  near  the  woods.  One  day,  one 
of  them  having  made  a  new  tub,  and 
lieing  desirous  to  prove  ita  soundnesa, 
placud  it  whera  tiit  water  dripping  (Vom 


Cabelaca*   37.  Ought  quickiilver  to  be  called  a< 
nuital '    38  Is  mercury  or  quicksilver  a  heavy 


the  rook  iniglil  All  Into  it  {  la  thfl  mominf  , 
it  seemed  to  atioli  to  the  ground ;  and  at 
(iml  he.  In  his  superstition,  thought  it  waa 
bewitched ;  however,  examining  it  mora 
closely,  he  found  aometiiing  fluid,  Itut 
shining,  and  very  heavy,  was  at  the  bottom 
of  the  water  In  his  tub. 

43.  Not  knowing  what  It  wns,  he  took 
some  of  it  to  a  neighboring  ajtothecary, 
who  shrewdly  gave  tii«t  man  a  trifle,  and 
Itade  him  bring  air.  in  could  And  of  that 
o«ld  ■tufl'.  Th«  ctosry,  however,  aoon 
became  public ;  and  a.  cum|iany  waa  formed 
for  searching  Ihe  luountain,  and  working 
the  mine. 

44.  We  will  concludii  this  account  by 
quoting  an  interesting  description  by  a 
traveller,  of  a  descent  into  this  quiokaiiver 
mine  of  Idria  In  Germany. 

40.  <I  thought  I  would  visit  those 
4h^adfVil  suhiorranoous  caverns  where  thou- 
■anda  are  condemned  to  reside,  abut  nut 
firom  all  hopes  of  ever  seeing  Ihe  light  of 
tiie  sun,  aii«i  obliged  to  toil  out  a  miser- 
tablo  lifo    under   the    whips  of  Imperioua 


bmly  ?    3!).  40.  What  i«  snid  of  tiin  quickiilver 

inines  of  Mexico?  41.  Idria?   4S.  43.  The  disco- 

IS 


4 


.^i^l^k«UA 


.  ...^  -.^.^.  ■-  ■----j  '■----'■'» -*fv^''^fniiiiiliiiiffii"i  I'fflr'  liaiiiAi 


mwiii  piwlMii  f    I   f -" 


N 


■001  or  eowMSMi. 


Utk-mMlcni.  Imait^n*,  <o  yoiinwlf,  •  bnki 
In  lh«  ■Ilia  of  a  niouiiuln,  ahoui  A«m  yarda 
ov«r  I  ilown  ihia  ynii  ar«  lowf  irr«|,  In  % 
kinil  of  biK-kni,  In  morn  than  a  hiiiiitriNl 
fklhomfi  tii«i  prfMiMrt  growinR  allll  mora 
(lonmy,  y«tl  allll  wirtrninf,  aa  you  Hra«an«l. 
At  litnulh,  aftar  awlnfing  In  larriliU  ana- 
p«tnM  Air  aoma  ilma  in  ihla  pra<«rlnua 
alluation,  you  raaeli  tha  hoiioni,  and  traad 
on  the  grouiiil,  whkh,  by  lia  hollow  aound 
undar  your  (b«l,  and  lh«  ravnrtMrailona  of 
th«  eeho,  aaama  lhunderin|  at  ovary  alap 
jrou  lako. 

40.  •  In  thia  gloomy  and  AlghlfUl  aoli. 
tuda,  you  aro  anligl)t<^i>'d  by  tha  Aable 
gloam  of  lampa,  hrra  and  thara  dlaiwraad, 
ao  that  tha  wratelied  inhabltanU  of  iheaa 
manalona  ean  go  A'omi  ona  plara  to  anolhar 
without  a  guide  ;  yet  I  cnuld  acarenly  dla- 
eam  for  aoma  linia  any  thing,  not  even 
tha  peraon  who  eaina  to  ahow  ina  iheaa 
■eanaa  of  horror. 

47.  'Froin  thia  daaeription,  I  iuppoaa 
you  have  but  a  diiafreaabla  idea  of  iha 
place  (  yet  let  ma  aaauro  you  it  ia  a  palace, 
if  tha  habitation  be  compared  with  tiie  in- 
habiunta;  aueh  wretchaa  my  ayaa  never 
bahald.  Tho  blaekneaa  of  their  viaagea 
only  aarvaa  to  cover  •  horrid  paleneaa, 
eauaad  by  the  nosioua  qualilieo  of  <he 
mineral  they  are  employed  in  procuring. 

48.  '  Aa  they  in  general  conaiat  of  male- 
fkctora,  condemned  for  life  to  thia  taak, 
they  are  fed  at  the  public  ex|Mnae;  but 
thay  aaldoni  coiiiuma  much  proviaion,  aa 
they  loaa  their  appetitea  in  a  abort  lima, 
and  commonly,  in  about  two  yeara,  expire 
through  a  total  contraction  of  tha  jointa. 

49.  *  In  thia  horrid  inanaion,  1  walked 
after  my  guide  for  aome  time,  pondering 
on  tha  atrange  tyranny  and  avarice  of 
mankind,  when  I  waa  accoated  by  a  voice 
bohind  me,  calling  me  by  name.    1  turned, 


very  of  this  mine  7  44— «1.  Give  the  traveller'a 
aeoount  of  a  visit  to  thia  mine.  69.  What  of  pit- 
tina?    63.  Ia  it  a  metal  of  lacent  diicovery  ? 


nnn 


and  aaw  ■  craalura,  hiark  and  hideout, 
who  approached,  and,  with  a  pili<oua  ae- 
cent,  aaid,  *  IKt  you  not  know  nin  ?'  What 
waa  my  auqiriM  to  diarover  ihs  (Vaiurea 
ol'  a  dear  fViend  I  It  aaema  he  ha<l  Anight 
a  d'lrl  wilh  an  olllear,  againat  Iha  ampa* 
mr'a  command,  and  left  him  A>r  dead  i 
and  ha  hixl  bean  punished  by  banishment 
A>r  liA),  to  labor  In  Iheaa  mines, 

AO.  *  While  ha  waa  s|»eaklng,  a  young 
woman  came  up  to  him,  whose  air  slinwed 
bar  to  have  been  bom  to  belter  fortune  | 
even  thia  dreary  alluation  roul«l  not  deairoy 
all  her  beauty.  Bhe  was  hia  with  I  Hbo 
was  Haii|hter  of  a  high  Ihmily  in  Ger* 
many.  H^ing  unable  to  proiiiire  her  hiia- 
tmnd'a  pardon,  she  hail  afTectionaiely  da- 
termined  to  abart  hia  bondago  wilh  him. 

tfl.  'It  ia  pro|icr  lo  add,  that  the  officer 
did  not  die.  Whan  ha  recovered  of  hia 
wounds,  be,  with  great  magnanimity,  soli- 
oiled  pardon  A>r  hia  antagonist,  and  ob- 
tained It.  So  that  in  a  ftw  moniha  tho 
lady'a  brother  came  to  enjoy  the  most 
aflacting  aeana  of  delivering  them  both 
flrom  tha  minea  t  and  restoring  theni  to  tha 
hvor  and  fortune  to  whicii  they  were  en* 
titled  by  birth  and  nMnul  endowmenta.* 
PLATiNA. 

M.  Platlna  la  iho  haavieat  of  all  matala, 
Ita  color  ia  that  of  tha  pureat  silver.  It  ia 
very  difficult  of  Aislon,  and  baa  been  kept 
In  the  moat  violent  heat  of  a  glass  Aimace, 
for  aeveral  daya,  without  undergoing  any 
alteration. 

08.  Platlna  ia  a  metal  of  comparatively 
recant  diacovery.  It  appeara  to  have  beea 
flrat  mentioned  in  178Ss  and  a  quantlt) 
waa  carried  to  England  ft-oin  Jamaica  it 
1741. 

64.  Tha  part  of  the  world  where  pia> 
tina  ia  found  in  tha  greateat  abundance,  at 
the  preaeni  day,  ia  South  America.     Santa 


When  li  it  first  mentioned?  54.  Where  is  pl»> 
Una  found }  U.  Whers  hu  it  Iwan  ooinad  Into 
money? 


lark  anil  hltleoua, 
villi  a  |tilKMiia  ao- 
mow  inn  V  What 
'ovi>r  iha  (balunw 
im»  ho  hail  fliiighl 
igalnit  l!ii«  «inp«> 
I  hint  ti>r  ditail  | 
»«l  hy  baiiifliiiieiii 
minca. 

ifwahinff,  a  young 
whoaa  air  ahnwiiil 
to  h«tit<r  ronuiii)  I 
could  not  il«airoy 
la  hia  wif^ !  Hit* 
I  ftinily  in  Oer- 
proiiiirR  her  hua- 
aflectlonaiely  d«« 
iilano  with  him. 
<l,  that  tlia  officer 
recovi*r«il  of  hia 
la^naiiiiniiy,  aoii- 
ta|oni«t,  anil  oIn 
few  niontha  the 
I'lijoy  iha  ino»t 
ering  them  both 
nring  theifi  to  th» 
ell  they  were  en* 
endowmeiiia.' 

leat  of  all  metals, 
reat  ailver.  It  it 
III  haa  been  kept 
f  a  glaaa  Aimoee, 
undergoinf  any 

of  comparatively 

inra  to  have  been 

and  a  qiiantit) 

fl-oin  Jamaica  it 

rorld  where  pla> 
it  aliMiidanee,  at 
Imerica.    Banta 

54.  Wheiebpla. 
it  been  colneii  uito 


vairot  MiTAU. 


7T 


i^**^ 

1 


ft,  near  Canhngena,  la  the  only  |ila<*«  in 
South  Amrrira  whKr>i  It  l«  io  Im  met  with, 
and  hence  the  Hpantarda  have  lieen  in  the 
liahit  uf  priiciiring  It  elnce  iliu  year  I7A0, 
or  thercalmuia. 

66,  Plallna  ha*  lately  lieen  diecoverml 
tu  Spain  I  and  there  are  aald  tu  \m  two 
ancient  candlcmii'ltM  in  a  raihmlral  in 
(lerinany,  appnri>nily  iiiaiitf  i)f  it,  liefitre 
Americtt  wan  illocoverod.  Morn  rtoonily 
platiiia  haa  Itecii  diiicovercd  In  Kiivola  and ! 
Hiberlai  and  in  ihe  Ibrincr  place  it  haw 
been  coined  inio  a  IwaiillAil  |iiece  of 
money,  aaauniing  a  value  next  to  gold. 

tilAP.  XXII. 

USEFUL  METALS. 

IRON. 
1,  Iron  la  the  rnoet  ahniidani  and  uaeAil 
of  all  metala.  It  i»  found  alinoit  every 
where ;  at  Ifnai,  in  nil  inountainoiiN  couii- 
triea.  FoiHtbly  it  niight  Ira  t'lmnd  In  val- 
le^a  alio,  it'  men  would  dig  de(<p  enough  ; 
or  rather,  if  they  could  do  ao ;  for  the 
watera  would  ruwh  in,  and  iirevent  their 
operation,  in  low  aituationi. 

3.  Iron  ia  ao  gt<nerally  difHiaed,  that 
there  la  acarcely  a  atone,  or  even  a  cah- 
bage-BUlk,  but  what,  properly  treated, 
would  yield  it  i  though  not  In  auch  quan- 
titlM  aa  would  pay  the  expeuae  of  the  acU 
entlltc  managenHint. 

8.  Norway  exporta  aeveral  Imndred 
thouaand  quintab  of  Iron,  chiefly  wrought 
Into  bara.  A  Aw  milea  flrom  Chriatian- 
aandt  are  aeveral  Iron  roinoa,  the  ore  of 
which  la  fliaed  with  leaa  difllcuhy  than 
UMual.  They  therefore  mix  it  with  orea 
which  are  more  refractory,  which  by  iu 
tid  are  managed  with  greater  eaae. 

4.  Wood  ia  extremely  acarce  there- 
abouta ;  but,  being  near  the  aea,  the  ore  ia 
•hipped  off  to  plaeea  more  convenient  for 


the  founderle*.  The  |irincipal  Iron-worka 
are  at  Mom.  Tlifrc,  ihrre  «ir  four  hun- 
dred  lone  am  nit'linl  ol  a  lline,  In  each 
kiln.  The  l^irnace  b  kept  In  conalant  heal 
and  anion,  day  nnd  nitflttt  fur  atmul  ten 
moniliit  lugctlier  In  rvry  year.  A  cannon 
Anindrry  la  cloaciy  iMiniifi-led  wllh  (he 
Airnarc. 

6.  HiiMia  i«  one  of  the  principal  |ilacea 
Ooni  whli'h  wi«  nhiain  tron ;  and  our  noe 
of  llinl  nii'tr.l  !•  m  gri'al,  and  co  coiiMaiitiy 
Incr.'niiing,  llini  our  own  mnrce  iire  found  to 
lie  inaultlelvni.  At  KnlhcrlnnlMirgh,  in  t)i< 
li<iria,are  the  prlncl|«l  iron-worka,  Itelong- 
ing  to  the  govcrnineni.  Il<*rit  iho  river  la- 
Net  haa  a  dnm  acnme  It,  two  liiindred  yarda 
long,  alx  yard*  high,  and  forty  liruad,  by 
which  the  watur  ii  rained  lo  a  aufHcinnt 
height  10  work  the  aeveral  inllla,  and  pow> 
trfol  enginee,  requialio  for  working  the 
mInca  advaniagnoinily. 

6.  iron  ap|ieara  to  exial  in  plenty 
ihrougli  many  parta  of  North  America. 
Home  minta  have  lieen  opened,  and  are 
wrought  to  coniidernlde  advantage,  on 
Jamea  River.  Ai  the  aanie  plot  aeeina  to 
he  well  Btored  with  coal,  no  doubt  the 
laroduce  of  thi<«n  minea  will,  noinc  day, 
yield  great  emnhimeiit  to  the  proprlotnre. 

7.  England  aliounda  In  min«»  of  Iron. 
When  these  are  adjacent  lo  >.  oal  minee, 
the  benefit  ia  very  greht,  aa  the  ore  cau  be 
wnked  el  a  trifling  ex|ienae.  Theee 
mines  are  found  chiefly  in  the  uorihem 
counties ;  Diirnam,  Yorkshire,  Luneaahire, 
and  Bhropahire,  have  many  forgea  and 
smelting-houses.  The  forest  of  Dean,  in 
Glouceatershire,  has  long  lieen  fiimous  Iwth 
fur  its  oak-timber  above  ground,  and  itt 
iron  minea  lieneath. 

8.  Bwediah  iron  ia  reckoned  among 
the  best  found  any  where,  es|iecially  for 
email  warea  and  cutlery,  aa  ia  well  known 
ftt  Bheflield  and  at   Birmingham.     Oreai 


1 .  What  of  iron  f  9.  Is  it  generally  diflTaied  i 
3.  4.  What  of  the  iron  mines  of  Norway  >    0. 


RuMia?  6.  Iron  in  North  America?  7.  Englsmir 
8.  Sweden?  9^13.  What  is  Mr.  Widxall'ade 


.... .  t    '■  '''■ 


Hfcijiw.  Wif'VntafejH»Vy-i<r1?hlSm 


pif  A'lypii^ip'iPwpiiPiiWi^  ■ 


'"!-V-. 


t-^ 


\ 


BOOK   or   COMMBIICB. 


quantities  are  smelted  in  Dniccarlia,  where 
OuBtariifl  VaHii  hid  hiinsclf.  If  we  should 
like  to  descend  into  an  iron  miue,  we  had 
best  take  our  descripiinn  from  a  famous 
oao  in  Sweden.  Mr.  Wraxc'  s  visit  to 
tliat  ut  Danmora,  is  quite  to  our  purpose. 
In  most  mines,  the  ore  is  du;;  out ;  but  in 
this,  the  whole  is  looscntul  by  gunpowder; 
and  the  subterraneous  cxpiusions  caused 
by  this  operation  are  most  terrific. 

9.  The  stones  are  thrown  up,  by  the 
violence  of  the  powder,  to  a  vast  height 
above  the  surface  of  the  earth ;  and  the 
concussion  is  so  great,  as  to  siiake  the  sur- 
rounding rock  on  every  side. 

10.  Mr.  Wraxull  arrived  at  the  mouth 
of  the  grcai  mine,  which  is  half  a  mile 
iu  circumference,  just  in  time  to  witness 
<i)ie  <if  these  explosions,  which  take  place 
•tvery  day  at  noon.  Ai  soon  as  the  explo- 
sions had  ceased,  ho  determined  to  de- 
scend into  the  mine.  The  inspector  of 
the  mines  remonstrated  against  it  very 
strongly,  but  'iuding  him  determined,  a 
clean  bucket  was  provided,  and  he  got 
into  it,  with  two  men  to  accompany  him : 
this  bucket  was  fastened  to  a  rope ;  and 
he  almost  repented  of  his  temerity  when 
he  had  descended  about  half  way,  for  he 
could  but  just  see  the  sky  over  his  head, 
and  in  the  deep  dark  abyss  below  he 
could  discern  nothing;  neither  could  he 
touch  the  sides. 

11.  Had  the  rope  broke,  all  the  three 
must  have  been  dashed  to  pieces.  He 
continued  suspended  in  this  manner  nine 
minutes,  slowly  descending,  before  he 
touched  the  bottom ;  for  the  mine  was 
four  hundred  and  eighty  feet  deep;  ex- 
ceeding the  height  of  St.  Paul's  Cathedral, 
as  much  aa  if  half  the  Monument  were  to 
be  placed  on  the  top  of  it. 

12.  When  safely  at  the  bottom,  the 
view  around  him  was  awfully  sublime. 


Daylight  was  very  feeble  at  that  great 
depth  {  in  many  places  it  could  not  pene- 
trate, and  flambeaux  were  used.  There 
Vkfre  huge  frames  of  wood  stretching 
across  from  one  part  of  the  rock  to  an- 
other, on  which  the  miners  sat,  wfth  great 
unconcern,  borinji  holes  for  the  powder, 
against  the  next  day's  explosion.  Yet  at 
such  heights  were  the  men  at  work,  that 
on  any  false  balancing,  they  must  havt 
fallen,  nnd  been  dashed  to  pieces.  Tht 
I  fragments  torn  up  by  t!ie  explosion  which 
had  taken  place  just  before  his  descent,  lay 
about  in  wild  confusion,  which  made  th« 
scene  the  more  appalling. 

13.  He  remained  thre^^-quarters  of  an 
hour  in  these  gloomy  caverns,  traversing 
every  part  of  them  with  his  guides.  Thir- 
teen hundred  workmen  are  employed  in 
them.  Ice  and  cold  surrounded  hiiii  here, 
although,  above,  the  weather  was  quite 
warm.  In  one  of  these  remote  caverns 
were  eight  miserable  wretches,  warming 
themselves  at  a  charcoal  fire,  eating  their 
scanty  pittance,  and  resting  awhile  from 
their  dreadful  occupation. 

14.  We  may  add  to  this  a  quotation 
from  Mr.  Coze,  who  travelled  thither. 

15.  'I  stepped  into  a  bucket,  and  hu't^g 
suspended  in  the  open  air,  in  the  same 
manner  as  if  a  person  were  placed  in  a 
basket  at  tlie  top  of  a  high  spire,  and 
gradually  let  down  to  the  ground,  by  a 
rope  and  puKey.  While  I  hung  suspended 
in  mid  air,  end  so  giddy  that  I  could  not 
venture  to  look  down,  I  observed  three 
girls  standing  on  the  edge  of  the  bucket 
which  was  ascending,  and  knitting,  with 
as  much  unconcern  aa  if  they  had  been  on 
firm  ground.  My  curiosity  waa  soon  sat* 
isfled ;  I  was  drawn  up  again  in  the  same 
manner,  and  to  prevent  giddinoaa,  I  closed 
my  eyes.' 

16.  The  iron  mines  of  Sweden  emploj 


•cription  of  a  visit  to  the  mine  at  Danmora  ?   14. 15.  Mr.  Coze's  description  ?  16.  How  maaf 


: •im^.ikUruf'fluJiVt  f  '  jAjpuWwi  lid .11  f  jhu.-«-.»iUt.i..aifc-  iliU, 


!ilM)ll..i.lWmiJl 


mmumm^m^"  ^m-"-*" 


at  that  great 
could  not  pene- 
•e  used.     There 
wood  stretching 
the  rock  to  an- 
■  sat,  wfth  gr«nt 
for  the  powdtr, 
plosion.     Yet  at 
;n  at  work,  that 
they  iiiust   have 
to  pieces.     Tht 
explosion  which 
his  descent,  lay 
vhich  made  the 

^quarters  of  an 
crns,  traversing 
I  guides.  Thir- 
ro  employed  in 
mded  hins  here, 
ther  was  quite 
remote  cuvema 
tches,  wanning 
fire,  eatis!g  their 
ig  awhile  fl'om 

^is  a  quotation 
led  thither, 
icket,  and  hui^g 
r«  in  the  mme 
re  placed  in  a 
■gh  spire,  and 

ground,  by  a 
lung  suspended 
■at  I  could  not 
ibserved  three 

of  the  bucket 
knitting,  with 
)y  had  been  on 
was  soon  sat- 
in in  the  sama 
inesi,  I  cloMd 

weden  emploj 

16.Howawaf 


OSCrCIi   HITALt. 


twenty-five  thouoddd  persons;  and  fiAy' 
■even  thousand  tons  of  uietal  are  produced 
•very  year. 

17.  Iron  is  not  often  found  in  a  metallic 
state,    but   most    commonly  in    reddish 
brown  stony  lumps ;  sometimes  fibrous. 

18.  Tiio  first  operation  is,  by  violent 
fire,  to  reduce  these  stones  to  a  state  of 
Aision.  This  is  done  in  vast  Airnaces, 
where  the  heat  is  excited,  and  kept  up  for 
months  together ;  fresh  fuel  and  firesh  ore 
being  laid  on  the  top  in  alternate  layers. 
As  the  metal  melts,  it  drips  down  through 
the  bars  of  the  grate,  into  a  channel,  which 
conveys  it  into  hollows  made  in  sand, 
where  it  hisses,  boils,  and  eventually  sink- 
mg,  cools,  in  the  shape  provided  for  it. 
Tlie  larger  masses  of  iron  thus  obtained, 
are  called  «otM,  aud  the  smaller  sort  are 
called  pigs. 

19.  This  cast-iron  is  harsh  and  un- 
manageable ;  being  very  brittle,  it  flies  and 
cracks  under  the  hammer.  Its  parts  are 
globular  like  so  many  iron  peas,  just  adher- 
ing together,  and  separating  with  a  blow. 
Cast  iron  must  therefore  be  wrought,  with 
hammers  of  great  weight,  liAed  by  mill- 
work.  This  immense  power,  while  the 
iron  is  in  a  melted  state,  forces  these  round 
globules  into  a  longer  abape,  till  they  be- 
come threads;  and  by  being  frequently 
wrought,  these  threads  become  intertwist- 
ed, so  as  to  produce  great  toughness,  al- 
though there  is  great  pliability  also.  Or, 
the  iron  is  made  excellently  malleable  by 
passing  it,  while  in  a  state  of  Aision,  be- 
tween immense  rollers.  Although  Swed- 
ish iron  is  reckoned  the  most  pliable,  yet 
English  iron- becomes  equal  to  it,  when  it 
it  wrought  wiwh  sufficient  labor.  Spanish 
iron  is  apt  to  crack ;  and  German  iron  is 
(oo  coarse,  except  for  ordinary  purposes. 


Eiraons  are  employed  in  the  Swedish  mines  ?  17. 
ow  is  iron  geneMly  found  ?  18.  What  i«  the 
first  operation  with  it?  What  is  meant  by  toitt 
and  ftg$  of  iron?    19  What  of  caat-iroa.>  SO. 


.  ...  ....fii'---i!:Ji,T'.li-«       ■.■A>r----^.'^,.,.j|',    ■■    '--I-. 


20.  Sted  is  iron  liighly  wrought,  and 
refined  by  a  process  in  which,  being 
heated,  but  not  Aised,  with  charcoal,  bones, 
leather,  and  such  matters,  it  imbibes  some 
sulphureous  principle,  which  renders  its 
grain  finer,  the  fibres  more  elastic,  and  the 
whole  surface  more  susceptible  of  a  polish. 
It  thus  becomes  admirable  for  all  finer 
wares,  and  all  cutting  tools,  where  the 
edge  must  be  extremely  thin,  and  yet  very 
strong ;  as  knives,  razors,  lancets,  &c. 

21.  There  are  two  places  in  Great 
Britain  well  worthy  of  mention,  for  the 
extent  of  their  iron  works.  One  is  Cole- 
brook-Dale,  in  Shropshire.  The  other  is 
in  Scotland,  colled,  from  the  river  on 
which  it  stands,  the  '  Carron  iron-works ;' 
just  above  where  the  river  enters  the 
Frith  of  Forth. 

22.  At  t!ie  latter  place,  above  a  hundred 
acres  of  land  have  been  converted  into 
reservoirs,  to  supply  the  machinery  with 
the  continual  fiower  of  water;  by  which 
eighteen  large  wheels  are  turned.  Sixteen 
hundred  men  are  in  constant  employ, 
whose  weekly  wages  amount  to  almost 
seven  hundred  pounds.  Six  thousand  five 
hundred  tons  of  iron  are  smelted  every 
ye?r. 

23.  At  these  most  extensive  works,  are 
cast  five  thousand  pieces  of  cannon  annu- 
ally ;  some  of  them  are  ship's  guns,  carrying 
balls  of  thirty-two  pounds'  weight,  the  guu 
itself  weighing  forty-two  hundred  weigUt. 
Huge  cylinders  are  also  cart  here,  for 
steam-engines,  and  various  other  machine- 
ry. Also  kitchen  cooking  machines,  ovens, 
stove-grates,  &c.  down  to  articles  of  di- 
minutive size,  and  great  nicety  of  work- 
manship. 

24.  Iron  ore  is  abundantly  scattered 
throughout 'North  America;    and  the  re- 

""%* ■ 


What  is  auUff  91.  What  are  the  two  places  in 
Great  Britain  worthy  of  mention  for  tmir  ins- 
works.'  22.33.  What  of  the  Carron  iron-woiks? 
24.  What  of  iron  in  the  U.  States  ?  25.  What  of 


^ 


JJf-»lfl»f  »•««>* 


iPpWH.  1^!  9I$W  'I'll. 


80 


■OOC    or    COMMIBCK. 


K  ■     'I 


wurcei  of  the  United  States  with  reapect 
to  thit  metal,  are  very  coDsiderable.  The 
manufactories  of  iron  are  nuinerotit ;  and 
ail  the  various  article*  from  cannons  and 
heavy  machinery  to  spikes  and  nails, 
which  are  formed  of  this  useftil  metal,  are 
now  made,  in  an  ingeniouH  and  excellent 
manner,  in  this  country. 
COPPER. 
2fi.  Copper  is  u  well  known  metal,  so 
called  from  its  hoving  been  first  discovered, 
or  at  least  wrought  to  any  extent,  in  the 
island  of  Cyprus.  It  is  of  a  fine  red  color, 
and  has  a  great  deal  of  brilliancy.  It  has 
a  sensible  odor,  especially  when  rubbed 
or  heated,  and  is  of  an  unpleasant  taste. 
Copper,  in  point  of  uscfulnesa,  yields  only 
to  iron;  it  is  widely  dispersed,  being 
found  pure,  and  also  combined  with  vari- 
ous mineral  sulistances.  It  is  much  used 
for  alloying  gold  and  silver. 

26.  Copper  is  usually  found  in  mines 
deep  down  in  the  earth ;  though  some  few 
mines  are  open  to  the  air,  as  the  mine  in 
the  Pary's  mountain,  in  Anglesea,  in  Wales. 

27.  It  is  generally  the  case,  that  when 
a  country  is  rich  in  ores  underneath  the 
surface,  it  has  no  rural  beauties.  This  i«i 
especiidly  the  case  where  mines  of  copper 
are  found,  for  the  fumes  of  it  are  destruc- 
tive to  vegetation.  As  you  come  near  to 
Pary's  mine,  you  see  nothing  but  rough 
shapeless  rocks,  piled  one  upon  another, 
till  you  approach  a  large  basin,  or  wide 
pit,  having  on  one  side  a  small  lake,  which 
no  bird  ever  sips  at.  The  fUmes  which 
rise  all  uround  from  the  burning  heaps  of 
copper,  are  enough  to  suffocate  one,  if  in- 
cautiously inhaled.  Mosses  and  lichens, 
which  grow  on  every  other  rock,  cannot 
live  here. 

38.  The  ore  is  abundant  in  sulphur, 

eopper?  2C-.  How  is  it  usudly  found  P  27.  What 
of  the  rortd  appearance  of  a  country,  which  is 
lieh  in  ore*?  S».  Does  the  oie  abound  in  sul- 
phur f   How  ii  it  purified  from  that  lubttanoe ' 


fVom   which   it    is  purified    by  burning. 
After  being  broken  into  lumps  about  tho 
size  of  an  egg,  it  is  placed  hetwceu  two 
very  long  walls,  twenty  or  even  fifty  yards 
in  length,  equally  distant  in   every  part, 
and  about  four  feet  high.    The  ore  is  piletf 
up,  not  only  to  the  height  of  those  walls 
hut  much  above  them.    The  top  is  thei 
roofed  over  with  flat  stones  and  clay,  t* 
closely,  that  the    fumes  cannot  escape 
or  the   walls  are   sometimes  completelj 
arched  over,  with  bricks  for  this  purpose 
29.  At  regular  distances  flues  are  ft  rmeit 
at  the  top  of  these  arches,  which  stride  tr 
a  considerable  distance,  bending  over  likt 
a  Gothic  arch.    The  ftimes  of  the  sulphur, 
which  rise  from  the  ore  when  it  is  set  on 
fire,  rise  up  these  flues,  and  being  cooled 
by  the  length  through  which  they  pass, 
they  strike  against  the  top  of  the  arch,  and 
fall  down  in  a  very  fine  dust  of  sulphur. 
This  is   gathered,  melted,  and  run  into 
moulds,  when  it  .becomes  the  Stvne-brim 
$tone  of  the  shops.    These  vast  mounds  of 
ore  take  several  months  to  bum ;  four,  six. 
or  even  ten  mouths. 

80.  This  loss  of  the  sulphur  reduces 
the  ore  to  one-fourth  of  its  original  bulk, 
but  it  is  DOW  good  copper.  It  is  then 
pressed  and  washed,  to  fit  it  for  the  mar- 
ket. The  water  used  on  this  occasion 
becomes  strongly  impregnated  with  cop- 
per, which  the  acid  of  the  sulphur  bad 
dissolved.  This  water  is  careAilly  stored 
in  proper  pits,  as  is  all  the  water  they  find 
in  the  mines;  because,  from  this,  some  of 
the  finest  metal  is  extracted,  by  a  very 
curious  process. 

81.  The  pits  are  thirty  or  forty  feet 
long,  half  as  much  broad,  and  nearly  two 
feet  deep.  Into  these  pits,  full  of  the  im- 
pregnated water,  they  put  a  considerable 


39.  How  is  the  stone^brinutone  of  the  shops  ob- 
tained i  30.  What  is  done  with  the  ore  when 
purified  ?  What  of  the  water  used  on  this  occv 
sion .'  31 .  What  are  put  into  thete  piU  ?  38. 33  34 


llVil>»«.>jij..jl»jfa« 


IWW"    ^Wyiimyn  ^  '- 


9P»»/  ijwi '   l^w""^ll,iJ;^;^|l^^|,^l■J>l^^l^ali^lqw^:^^llW»^'^1''",»»y^^g^<';qy|^^^ 


OlirOL    MITALa. 


81 


by  burning, 
mps  about  th« 

between  tvvo 

ven  fifty  yard* 
in  every  part. 
The  ore  is  piletf 
of  those  wails 
'he  top  is  tbei 
es  and  clay,  S4 
:annot  escape 
nes  completelj 
r  this  purpose 
Sues  are  firmeil 
which  stride  tc 
nding  over  lilt* 

of  the  sulphur, 
hen  it  is  set  oa 
d  being  cooled 
hich  they  pass, 
of  the  arch,  and 
ust  of  sulphur. 

and  run  into 
the  Stvne-brint 
vast  mounds  of 
burn ;  four,  six. 

ulphur  reduces 
a  original  bulk, 
«r.  It  is  then 
it  for  the  mar- 
n  this  occasion 
lated  with  cop- 
he  sulphur  bad 
careiblly  stored 
water  they  find 
m  this,  some  of 
ited,  by  a  very 

y  «r  forty  feet 

and  nearly  two 

,  full  of  the  iin- 

:  a  considerable 

i  of  the  shops  ob- 
ith  the  ore  when 
used  on  this  ocea- 
;sepiU?  38.33  34 


aii^lnui^'  *~'."^ 


quantity  of  iron ;  old  iron  bits,  bora,  or 
broken  anchors,  will  dn ;  but  it  is  found 
best  to  procure  new  plates  of  iron,  four 
feet  long,  half  ii  yard  broad,  and  almost  an 
inch  thick.  The  particles  of  copper  float- 
ing in  the  water  precipitate  themselves 
upon  the  iron ;  which  is  in  the  mean 
while  dissolved  by  the  ocid  liquor,  into  a 
yellowish  ochre.  The  iron  pieces  nre  flre- 
quently  taken  out,  and  the  copper  on  them 
scraped  off.  This  is  repeated  till  the  iron 
is  wholly  consumed ;  and  the  copper  thus 
obtained  is  the  purest  of  oiiy. 

32.  The  appearance  of  this  Pary's  mine 
is  uncommon,  because  it  is  in  a  manner 
open  to  the  day ;  being  a  large  pit,  a  hun- 
dred yards  long,  about  forty  yards  wide, 
and  twenty-four  yards,  or  above  seventy 
feet  deep.  The  copper  ore  is  cut  out,  as 
stone  iVom  a  quarry,  in  large  lumps.  At 
the  ends  of  this  pit  are  deep  hollows  cut, 
penetrating  into  the  mountain ;  the  roofs 
of  which  are  supported  by  pillars  of  metal- 
lic ore,  left  untouched.  These  caverns 
wind  a  considerable  way  under  ground, 
but  the  whole  mass  over  them,  sides,  ond 
roof,  will  disappear,  as  they  proceed  in 
cutting  the  ore  away. 

33.  The  sides  of  this  open  |nt  are  almost 
perpendicular.  The  des«  ent  into  it  is  onl} 
by  rugged  steps,  cut  in  thv>  rocky  ore,  in  a 
few  places,  assisted  by  several  ladders,  and 
a  rope  to  hold  by.  The  mist  surprising 
part  of  the  operation,  is  the  v^btaining  the 
ore  from  the  sides  of  this  pi\.  Wooden 
platforms  are  projected  from  the  top  of 
the  opening. 

34.  A  windlass  on  each  serves  to  lower 
and  raise  the  baskets  which  convey  the 
miners;  who  thus  descend  down  tht  steep 
■ides  to  the  part  where  they  work,  on  the 
upright  face  of  the  precipice.  There  they 
get  out  the  ore  with  pickaxes,  or  blast 
it  with  gunpowder;   tumbling  down  the 


What  is  said  of  Pary's  mine?    35.  Copper  in 

Cornwall  f  36.  May  copper  be  obtained  from  tlie 

6 


masses  of  ore,  with  a  thundering  noise,  to 
the  bottom  of  the  pit. 

SS.  Vast  niiiics  of  copper  are  wrought 
in  the  county  of  Cornwall  in  England. 
T.'iat  county  is  chiefly  famous  for  tin ;  but 
the  copper  is  also  in  abundance,  and  of 
great  importance.  Large  lumps  of  native 
copper,  of  considerable  purity,  are  found 
thnrp,  no:  very  deep  in  the  '3oil.  But  the 
ore  is  plentiful,  and  in  constant  'working. 

36.  Much  copper,  and  of  the  purest 
kind,  is  obtained  from  the  lumps  of  mun- 
dic,  or  marcasite,  found  in  the  tin  mines. 
These  lumps  were,  for  years,  regarded  as 
of  no  value,  and  were  thrown  away  ;  but 
science  has  now  discovered  a  mode  of  ex- 
tracting copper  from  them,  to  thb  amount 
of  a  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  pounds 
sterling  per  annum ;  and  it  is  equal  in 
goodness  to  the  Swedish. 

37.  ThhTe  is  a  peculiar  copper  mine  at 
Ecton  Hib;,  nyar  the  river  Dove,  in  De«by- 
shire.  Tbir^'><>n  thousand  pounds  were 
apertt  in  sei^-  '  ig  before  any  ore  could  be 
fovnd ;  *her  at  two  .'lundred  yards'  depth 
vast  quantii.  ■»  were  discovered.  The  pe- 
culiari:y  of  this  miue  is,  that  the  ore  does 
not  spread  in  veins,  hither  and  thither,  as 
is  i"  imot,\y  the  case,  but  sinks  down  per- 
perii(lt;u]arly,  widening  as  >i  deepens,  in 
th<!  shape  of  a  huge  bell,  It  is  the  deep- 
est mine  in  Great  Britain. 

3d.  Bweden  abounds  iii  copper,  which 
is  in  high  esteem :  this  is  principally  found 
in  tiie  province  of  D»lecarlia»  whence  alio 
comes  their  iron.  These  mines  have  been 
wrought  for  ages.  On  >iipproaching  them, 
one  is  amazed  by  the  huge  maehines  con- 
structed to  draw  up  the  w/e,  some  of  the 
water-wheels  being  above  forty  fbet  in  di- 
ameter. A  great  chasm  a^ipears,  of  extra- 
ordinary depth ;  for  the  caverns  dug  out 
not  being  properly  supported  at  first,  the 
whole  fell  in. 


lamps  of  mueasite  found  in  the  tin  mine?   3Z. 
What  is  Bvd  of  the  copper  mine  at  Eoton  Hill  ? 


, 


^d 


fmmmmmmm  m  i  \n)i  yi  mti^  iw^lpi^pa^ 


BOOK    or    COMMBBCX. 


89.  You  pass  into  thi*  great  mouth  by 
wooiien  itiiirH,  which  are  curried  over  the 
wild  mua  of  fallen  rockH.  AAer  this  deep 
deicent,  you  proceed  horizontally.  The 
day-light  is  Hoon  lost,  and  the  close  vapors 
become  offensive,  especially  us  you  descend 
still  lower  down  these  winding  steps. 
The  pestilential  fumes,  the  darkness,  and 
the  rocks,  give  a  dreadful  appearance  to 
the  whole.  The  workmen  seem  like  un- 
suhstuntial  spectres,  rather  than  living  in- 
habitants of  the  earth.  At  one  part,  the 
■team  is  so  hot  as  to  scorch  ;  and  the  sul- 
phureous stencil  is  intolerable. 

40.  In  long  winding  galleries,  and  high- 
roofed  caverns,  the  workmen,  almost  na- 
ked, arc  seen  hewing  out  the  rich  ore,  and 
wheeling  it  in  barrows,  towards  the  spot 
where  the  buckets  hung,  which  are  to  raise 
it  above  ground. 

41.  It  takes  an  hour  to  go  down  to  the 
bottom  of  this  pit,  oa  it  is  twelve  hundred 
feet  deep:  five  hundred  men  are  employed 
ia  it ;  and  it  was  here  that  the  great  G\i»- 
tmvuB  Vaaa  hid  himself,  as  &  common  la- 
borer, before  he  was  raised  to  the  throne. 

42.  A  Laplander,  travelling  with  hia 
nin-deer,  nenr    Drontheim,  in  Norway, 


diacovered  copper;  whieh,  on  •umina- 
tion,  led  to  the  opening  of  a  considerable 
Bad  productive    mine.      This    has  beeu 


38 — 41.  Describe  the  copper  mines  of  Dalecarlia 
in  Sweden.  42.  What  is  said  of  the  Laplander's 
4iiacoveiT  of  copper  in  Norvay .'   43.  U  copoer 


wrought  almost  two  hundred  year*.  Somt 
of  the  veins  are  almost  worn  out,  but  tli* 
eastern  division  is  still  productive.  Thf 
fuulnflss  of  the  air  makes  the  work  verj 
oppressive ;  and  sometimes  a  sugary  last* 
upon  the  lips,  warns  the  workmen  to  flee. 
Gunpowder  is  used  to  split  the  rocks  and 
loosen  the  ore,  which  is  principally  of  a 
gravelly  nature. 

43.  Very  fine  copper  is  found  in  Japan  ; 
sonte  of  it,  indeed,  is  mixed  with  gold, 
which  they  separate.  They  cost  it  into 
small  cylinders,  the  size  of  one's  finger, 
and  something  longer  than  one's  hand. 

44.  Copper  is  indeed  distributed  Wide- 
ly; scarcely  a  mountainous  country  but 
hds  its  copper  mines.  Ireland,  Hungary, 
Spain,  may  be  added  to  those  named  in 
Europe  ;  while  the  south  of  Africa,  Hud- 
son's Buy,  in  North  America,  and  especial- 
ly Peru  and  Chile  in  South  America,  are 
plentifully  stored  with  this  valuable  ore. 

45.  One  of  thp  largest  masses  of  native 
copper  ever  noticed,  was  discovered  by 
Mr.  Schoolcraft,  in  the  North  West  Terri- 
tory, obout  thirty  miles  from  lake  Supe- 
rior. It  weighs,  by  estimation,  2200 
pounds.  Copper  is  met  with  in  consider- 
able quantities  in  several  parts  of  the 
United  States;  but  it  is  not  wrought  yet  to 
a  great  extent. 

46.  Copper  is  affiled  to  many  useAi! 
purposes.  It  is  formed  into  thin  sheete  by 
being  heated  in  a  furnace,  and  subjeeted 
to  pressure  between  iron  rollers.  These 
sheets  are  used  fr>-  the  sheathing  of  the 
bottoms  of  s!  covering  of  roofs 
Slid  domes,  the  cono-ucting  of  boilers  and 
stills  of  a  large  size  &c.  The  use  of  cop- 
per in  engraving  is  also  very  considerable ; 
although  steel  is  now  preferred  us  being 
harder  and  more  durable. 

47.  Copper  moy  be  drawn  into  wire  of 

found  in  Japan?  44.  In  what  other  conntriw 
doeait  abound?  45.  Where  was  fountt  one  of 
the  largest  masoea  cf  native  copper  ever  kamm* 


-ife>iiOlifia'iii>ite*iiiMiiiiilihi1igiMSWWiifcii»->i»iA»iii^^ 


"■"■wpf 


'^Kt^.Wfl^ 


•mm 


'''«ffr'yfpair*':Ty;iiyi^.i'i>»i«'i)»wii>if  ^^^t  i. 


TOnrVh   MBTAX.I. 


)d  yean.  Soma 
>ni  out,  but  til* 
oductive.  Th« 
tlie  work  vory 
a  sugary  tast* 
workmen  to  flee, 
the  rocks  and 
principally  of  ■ 

found  in  Japan ; 
need  with  gold, 
ley  cast  it  into 
nf  one's  finger, 

one's  hand, 
istributed  wido- 
U8  country  but 
Bland,  Hungary, 
those  named  in 
of  Africa,  Hnd- 
ca,  and  especial- 
th  America,  are 

valuable  ore. 
nasses  of  native 
I  discovered  by 
irth  West  Terri- 
i-om  lake  Supe- 
stimation,  2300 
irith  in  consider- 
I  parts  of  the 
t  wrought  yet  to 

to  many  useAi! 
:o  thin  sheets  by 
!,  and  subjected 
rollers.  Theao 
beatbing  of  the 
vering  of  roofs 
ig  of  boilers  and 
The  use  of  cop- 
ry  considerable ; 
ferred  aa  being 

WB  into  wire  of 

it  othrr  coontriea 
m»  founa  one  of 
pper  ever  kaoira ' 


1 


great  tenacity,  or  beaten  into  very  tbia 
leaves,  though  not  so  thin  aa  gold  may  be 
beaten.  Verdegrit,  an  article  of  consider- 
able use  in  the  arts,  and  in  dying,  is  made 
from  copper ;  it  ia  the  rust  of  the  metal, 
and  exhibits  a  beautiAil  green.  It  it  a 
deadly  poison. 

BRASS. 

48.  One  of  the  most  brilliant  and  useAil 
jroductiMa  obtained  fVom  copper,  is  brass. 
This  is  formed  by  the  addition  of  zinc. 
K  brown  stone  called  calamine,  is  an  ore 
if  zinc ;  if  layers  of  copper  are  intennin- 
|led  with  layers  of  calamine  in  powder, 
tnd  charcoal,  the  application  of  a  strong 
neat  will  drive  out  the  zinc  in  vapor  which 
will  penetrate  the  copper,  and  change  it 
into  brass,  which  is  very  different  in  color, 
•nd  much  harder.  By  this  process,  cop- 
per loses  its  malleability,  and  is  less  liable 
to  rust. 

40.  The  manufacturing  of  brass  seems 
to  have  been  very  anciently  discovered,  ^ 
we  read  of  its  being  known  before  the 
flood  (Gftuii,  iy.  22.)  The  earliest  ac- 
counts we  have,  represent  many  weapons 
of  war  as  being  made  of  it,  aa  well  aa  moat 
of  the  money. 

50.  The  best  brats  oontista  of  four  parts 
of  copper  to  one  of  sine ;  and  when  the 
latter  is  in  greater  proportion,  compounds 
are  formed  called  tombae,  Duieh  gold,  and 
pinchbeck.  Braaa  it  much  used  in  the 
small  wheels  acd  other  nfcer  parts  of 
watch-making. 

BELL-METAL. 

51.  Bell'metal  is  ^^omposed  of  eighty 
parts  of  copper  and  twenty  of  tin.  ltd 
color  it  grayish  white  ;  it  it  very  bird,  <m- 
norout,  and  elastic.  Lesa  tin  is  used  for 
ehiurch  bells  than  for  clock  bells;  and  in 
▼ery  tmuU  belli,  a  little  zinc  is  added  to 
the  alloy. 


46.  To  what  purposes  vnay  copper  be  applied? 

47.  y/mt  ofverdegris.'  48.  Brua  >  49.  W«a  iu 
sMuriActum  kMwn  to  the  aneienla  ?    50.  Of 


CHAP.  XXIII. 

USEFUL  METALS.— CoHTiMoaD. 

TIN. 

1.  Tin  it  a  metal,  which  hat  a  fine 
white  color  like  silver.  When  fresh  ita 
brilliancy  is  very  groat.  It  hat  a  slightly 
disagreeable  taste,  and  emits  a  peculiar 
smell  when  rubbed.  It  seems  to  have 
been  one  of  the  earliest  articles  of  com- 
merce in  Britain ;  for  the  Phenicians  trad- 
ed to  England  for  tin,  five  hundred  yeart 
before  the  Chrijtian  era. 

2.  They  called  Britain,  Barutatuu,  or 
(Ae  land  of  tin}  and  some  have  oven 
thought  that  to  be  the  origin  of  the  pre- 
sent name  of  the  Island.  It  is  an  arti- 
cle of  considerable  exportation  to  this  day. 
Soiiio  countries  in  Germany  have  mines 
of  tin  ;  but  the  supply  is  not  in  any  quan- 
tity beyond  what  ia  sufiicient  for  their  own 
use.  It  is  England  which  afibrds  to  moit 
other  nations  this  simple  and  useful  ma- 
terial. Tlte  tin  mines  are  situated  iu 
Cornwall  and  Devonshire,  where  are  alito 
many  productive  mines  of  copper. 

3.  In  tome  places,  the  eve  of  tin  bean 
so  much  the  t<ppearancu  of  common 
stones,  that  it  is  only  by  their  great  weight 
that  the  pretence  of  tin  is  ditcovered.  In 
other  parts,  tin  and  earthy  substance*  are 
so  intimately  mingled,  that  they  teem  like 
a  atone,  of  a  blnish-gray  color. 

4.  The  ore  is  uauaJly  found  in  veine, 
called  by  the  minora  a  We.  These  TeioB 
penetrate  the  hardest  rocks.  Small  veins 
are  fint  ditcovered,  not  more,  perhaps, 
than  half  an  inch  in  diameter ;  but  they 
increase  in  tubstance  as  they  are  followed. 
The  direction  of  these  veins  is  usually  east 
and  west.  Frequently,  mattes  of  ore  of 
twenty  poundt*  weigdt,  are  found  ;  aome- 
timet  the  vein,  or  lode,  breaka  off  audd^a- 


what  does  the  best  brass  consist  i    61.  What  of 
bell-meUl » 
I.  What  of  Un?  9.  What  waa  Britain oalkd  by 


1 


midf 


•r^ 


m  an  "111   JiiK  n  liWri 


■■H^Runr 


i»i-.«» « 


.••tfrnfT 


64 


BOOK   or   COMHMRCI. 


ly,  and  they  have  to  hunt  for  the  continua- 
tion ;  miners  who  ore  accustomed  to  tliis, 
are  aware,  tliat  a  little  on  one  side  they 
■hall  find  tho  broken  vein ;  they  dig,  there- 
fore, and  in  general  soon  discover  it. 

0.  They  follow  thus  the  lode,  or  vein, 
lot  it  wind  which  way  it  will,  through  the 
flinty  rock.  When  the  waters  become 
troublcHome,  they  are  pumped  up  by  ma- 
chinery, kept  constantly  in  motion  by 
■team-engines.  Sometimes  it  is  more  con- 
venient to  cut  a  drain,  called  an  adii,  hIo- 
ping  downwards,  to  let  them  off)  when 
this  can  be  made,  it  saves,  wh(>o  once 
constructed,  much  expense. 

6.  To  raise  the  ore  to  {h«  surface,  they 
fiwquentty  sink  a  shaft,  just  over  the  spot 
in  which  they  want  it.  Herein,  the 
geometrical  knowledge  of  the  captain  of 
the  mine  appears  to  advantage  j  whatever 
tnay  be  the  v/indings  of  the  mine  below, 
he  traces  similar  windings  on  the  surface 
above,  and  tells  the  workmen  where  to 
begin  sinking  the  shaft,  or  well,  ut  the 
•ame  time  those  below  begin  working  up- 
wards ;  and  botli  work  on  till  they  meet. 

7.  jn  thiH  case,  if  those  above  should  be 
but  half  a  yard  perpendicularly  away  from 
those  below,  it  would  be  thought  -a  bung- 
ling job.  The  rope  i'  descend  through 
the  ahaft  must  hang  i  •  --endi  ^.^Urly ;  if  it 
press  against  the  sides,  i  will  not  work. 

8.  At  the  top  of  tv-t«  shaft  is  placed  t 
windlass,  by  means  oi  >^  hich  the  kibbuts, 
or  baskets  of  ore,  are  wound  up. 

9.  Near  St.  Austle,  in  Cornwall,  is  a 
tin  mine,  which  has  not  less  than  fifty 
shafts,  half  of  which  are  still  in  use. 
Bome  of  these  veins  have  been  worked  a 
Aill  mile  in  lengh.  The  depth  of  the 
■haft  is  nearly  seven  hundred  feet. 

10.  At  St.  Austle'a  Moor,  there  is  an- 
other mine  of  stream  tin.  ■  Into  a  narrow 
valley,  about  three  miles  long,  many  small 


■treama  ftrom  the  hills  empty  themaelvea. 
Almost  stagnating,  they  have  formed  m 
collection  of  soil,  nearly  twenty  feet  deep ; 
and  the  sevrtti  materiutA  of  which  this  is 
composed,  !tave  settlud,  the  heaviest  at 
bottom,  ui'  course,  into  Motveral  slrar  i. 

1 1.  The  first  strata  ere  c«rt:h,  cuijr,  and 
f^ravcl ;   then  comes  a   Mtraiunt    of  more 

stony  substances,  aud  firmer  consistence  ; 
these  reach  to  tii»>  depth  of  ten  f  r  twelve 
feet.  B(M>i»«i\li  these  comes  a  layer  of  tin 
stones,  ■M^m^is  as  big  as  an  apple,  some 
smaii  almost  as  sand.  The  tin  found  in 
these  stones  is  very  pure.  At  tho  depth  of 
eighteen  or  twenty  feet,  you  come  to  the 
solid  rock,  in  which  is  no  tin.  They  wash 
off  the  earth,  sand,  and  gravel,  by  conduct- 
ing narrow  streams  of  water  through  the 
most  promising  (tarts,  and  thereby  they 
lay  bare  the  tin  stones  with  tolerable  ease. 

12.  The  ore,  when  raised  out  of  the 
mine,  is  broken  in  stamping  mills,  the  lift- 
ers of  which  are. kept  in  action  by  water- 
wheels,  and  are  shod  with  iron.  They 
continue  stamping  till  the  ore  is  small 
enough  to  pass  away  through  an  iron  gra- 
ting beneath.  A  run  of  water  in  tho  mean 
time  helps  to  cleanse  it. 

13.  The  next  process  is  to  melt  it, 
which  is  done  in  ftirnaces  built  on  pur- 
pose; the  melter  having  about  one-third 
iff  the  produce  for  his  trouble.     It  is  then 

:  MLyed,  to  examine  its  fineness.  When 
it  has  been  run  into  large  blocks,  it  nmst 
be  coined,  before  it  can  be  marketable. 
This  is  done  by  the  proper  oflScer,  who 
cuts  off  from  one  corner  a  small  part,  and 
then  stamps  it  with  the  seal  of  the  Dutchy 
of  Cornwall,  and  the  name  of  the  smelter. 
A  duty  of  four  shillings  on  every  hundred 
weight  is  paid  to  the  Prince  of  Wales,  as 
Duke  of  Cornwall.  This  brings  in  from 
ter  to  thirty  thousand  pounds  per  annum. 

14.  The  substance  of  pewter  is  tin ;  the 


the  Pheniciani  ?  3.  4.  What  is  said  of  the  oie  f  5. 
How  do  they  folk>w  this  vein  ?    6.  7. 8.  How  do 


they  raiw  the  ore  to  the  surface  ?  9.  What  of  the 
Cornwall  tin  mine?  10.  tl.  St  AusUe's  Moor' 


r<ti^tiu*nlhii'iJMiiii^'mmM,i^itm*ntiiiivi^,mMl!tMt'iViiaMi«)fitnM!tSiWm^it.itul^ 


.rv. 


:«'Hn-rim-<r'"^''V^ 


pty  themielvM. 
Iiave  formod  ■ 
renty  foet  deep ; 
}f  which  this  it 
he  heavieat  at 
irai  slrofi. 
e«rth,  cuijf,  and 
raiurii  of  iiioro 
er  coiiSiHteneo ; 
f  ten  9r  twelve 
!)•  a  layer  of  tin 
in  epple,  BOine 
lie  tin  found  in 
At  the  depth  of 
ou  come  to  the 
:in.  They  waah 
ve\,  by  conduct- 
ter  through  the 
d  thereby  they 
li  tolerable  ease, 
ised  out  of  the 
)g  mills,  the  lift- 
ction  by  water- 
ith  iron.  They 
le  ore  ia  small 
igh  an  iron  gra- 
iter  in  the  mean 

is   to   melt   it, 

8  built  on  pur- 
about  one-third 
tbie.  It  is  then 
ineness.    When 

blocks,  it  must 

be  marketable. 

ler  officer,  who 

>  small  part,  and 

i\  of  the  Dutchy 

9  of  the  smelter. 
1  every  hundred 
ice  of  Wales,  as 

brings  in  from 
ads  per  annum. 
tteter  is  tin ;  the 

«?  0.  What  of  the 
3t.  AusUe'sMoprr 


mfffUftmrmit  vfm'm   'vm  i  nnfyi  nf i 


•Wfltf  •^C^ifll^^P^^W^fWI'T' 


CtSrCI.   MBTALi. 


80 


other  metals  mingled  to  make  it  pewter,  am 
lead  and  brass,  in  small  quantities.  >Vhon 
pewter  plates,  &c.  were  displaced  by  the 
introduction  of  earthenware,  one  consider- 
able market  for  tin  was  destroyed. 

16.  In  the  operation  of  making  tin-plate, 
very  thin  plates  of  iron  are  covered  with 
a  coat  of  tin ;  which  gives  to  the  tin  more 
lolidity  and  firmness  than  it  possesses  nat- 
nrully.  Ilese  tin-plates  are  then  wrought 
'nto  utensils  of  great  variety,  for  domestic 
lervice,  being  very  cleanly  and  whole- 
lome. 

16.  The  process  is  as  follows:  Thin 
plates  of  iron,  perfectly  clean  and  bright, 
tre  dipiwd  into  molted  tin ;  which  is  kept 
'U  its  metallic  state  by  o  covering  of  melted 
Ullow,  by  which  it  is  defended  A-o^n  the 
air.  The  affinity  between  the  two  metals 
is  such,  that  the  iron  is  instantly,  and  firm- 
ly, covered  with  a  thin  layer  of  tin.  This 
tin  covering  keeps  the  iron  from  rusting, 
and  also  renders  it  very  pliable  uniier  the 
hammer ;  so  that  it  is  easily  formed  into 
many  culinary  articles.  The  surface  of 
this  tin-i)late  is  rendered  peculiarly  smooth, 
by  being  passed  between  powcriVil  rollers. 

17.  The  inside  of  copper  and  iron  ves- 
sels can  also  ba  covered  with  a  coating  of 
tin.  To  perform  this,  the  inside  of  the 
vessel  must  be  well  cleaned,  by  rubbing 
it  with  an  acid  or  with  sal-ammoniac. 
The  tin  is  then  melted  in  the  vessel,  and 
by  the  help  of  old  rags  doubled  up,  is 
spread  all  over  the  surfhce,  wherever  it  is 
wished  that  it  should  adhere. 

18.  Tin  mokes  part  of  the  cargoes  sent 
out  to  China.  The  Dutch  made  great 
profit,  by  supplying  the  Chinese  from  some 
mines  of  tin  in  Sumatra.  The  East-India 
Company,  therefore,  determined  to  share 
with  them  in  this  trade,  by  sending  out 

19.  What  is  done  with  tlie  ore?  13.  Tlie  next 
proceM?  14.  Whst  of  pewter  ?  15.16.  How  in 
tin  plate  made .'  17.  The  inside  of  copp«>r—?  18. 
1.1  un  sent  to  Chins .'  19.  What  of  leui .'  30.  How 
8 


annually  many  tons  of  tin.  fVom  the  En- 
glish mines  in  Cornwall. 
LKAD. 
19.  Lead  is  of  n  bluish  gray  color;  it  M 

I  upwards  of  eleven  timits  heavier  than  wa- 
ter. Next  to  iron,  lend  is  the  most  exten- 
sively dispersed,  and  is  ono  of  the  most 

Ibbundant  of  metals:  it  has  never  been 
found  pure,  but  mostly  combined  with 
iron,  manganese,  antimony,  silver,  or  their 
ores.  The  load  used  for  common  pur- 
poses is  obtained  from  an  ore  called  galena, 
or  sulphurate  of  lead. 

20.  About  seven  or  eight  hundred 
pounds  weight  of  lead  are  obtained  from  a 
ton,  tliot  is,  twenty  hundred  weight  of 
ore ;  there  is  commonly  a  mixture  of  silver 
with  lead ;  and  a  ton  of  the  metal  will 
yield  nearly  fifty  ounces  of  silver. 

21.  Lead  is  one  of  the  soAest  of  metals; 
it  may  be  cut  with  a  knife,  yet  it  is  not 
very  ductile ;  for  it  cannot  bo  drawn  into 
wire,  nor  can  it  well  stand  the  pressure 
which  might  make  it  into  a  thin  leaf;  it  so 
easily  cracks.  Yet  the  closeness  of  its 
paiticlea  is  s>ich,  that  it  is  the  heaviest 
metal,  next  to  gold  and  silver. 

22.  Al!  mechanics  who  work  in  lead, 
suflTer  more  or  lesn  from  its  poisonous 
effluvia.  Even  whe;,  transformed  into 
white  lead  for  painting,  the  artificers  are 
afflicted  with  a  [leculiar,  and  very  terrible 
sort  of  colic. 

23.  Lead  is  easily  calcined  by  fire,  or 
converted  into  a  fine  powder.  And  this 
powder  is  made  to  take  a  variety  of  oeau- 
tiful  colors,  according  as  the  heat  is  man- 
aged, from  yellow  called  massicot,  to  a 
fiery  red  called  minium,  or  more  com- 
monly, red  lead.  It  may  even  be  convert- 
ed into  glass,  opaque  as  it  is ;  cud  much 
of  it  is  used  in  making  that  transparent 


many  pounds  may  'oe  obtained  from  a  ton  of  the 
ore  ?  How  miicli  silver?  SI.  Whatof  the  proper- 
tiei  of  lead .'  22.  The  poisonoiw  effluvia?  23.  May 
lead  be  calcined  ?    What  is  massicot  ?    Minioio  ? 


«-*^*.'  ;-^^i^9$>^d'i*}^^^ii^^^0^^x^x\'^ 


r 


mtifmiHmrMm^ 


r<  Villi  .1. 


BOOK   or   OOMMIHCB. 


body.  Riigar  of  lead,  which  !■  a  aalt 
drawn  from  it  by  vinegar,  ia  extremely 
•weet ;  hut  it  Im  one  of  the  raiikeat  poiaona 
we  know  of. 

94.  Lead  ia  forrod  through  a  mill  of 
poeuliar  conNiruciinn,  by  thi>  glaziora,  ao 
M  to  produce  a  groove  on  each  Ride,  for 
holding  the  anmll  nquares  of  glaaa  in  caae- 
menta.  It  ia  niao,  by  wooden  roilera, 
made  into  flat  aheela,  three  or  four  feet 
wide,  and  of  atill  greater  length ;  in  which 
atate  it  ia  used  far  ainka  and  ciaterna,  or 
for  covering  houaes. 

20.  Melted  lend  ia  poured  through  re- 
volving aievea,  raiaed  to  a  groat  heigiit, 
over  a  ciatcrn  of  water,  to  form  ahot ;  the 
revolving  aievea  lot  it  through  in  amall 
dropa  while  liquid ;  and  in  that  liquid  atate 
the  pressure  of  the  atmosphere  makes 
every  single  drop  [lerfiictly  round  ;  it  liow- 
ever  cools  in  foiling  from  so  great  a  height, 
and,  dropping  into  woter,  it  is  not  flat- 
tened, but  retalna  its  roundness.  In  this 
manner  shot  is  formed,  for  sportsmen. 
DiflTerent  sized  aieves  make  the  shot  larger 
or  amoller,  by  letting  through  more  or  less 
of  the  melted  lead. 

26.  The  ore  of  lead  ja  aometimes  dug 
out  with  a  pickaxe,  and  sometimea  the 
mine  is  blasted  with  gtmpowder.  But  I 
have  found  a  story  which  may  amuae  you, 
while  it  shows  the  manner  of  the  opera- 
tion. It  is  taken  from  Gilpin's  Picturesque 
Tour  in  Scotlond : 

27.  'A  gentleman,  of  the  name  of 
Lothian,  had  long  sought  ore,  in  the  hills 
near  Cory-lin,  but  in  vain.  Many  a  time 
he  resolved  to  desist,  but  the  workmen 
raised  his  spirits  with  firesh  hopes :  some- 
times, they  said  the  rock  was  just  cut 
through,  which  had  occasioned  so  much 
delay ;  or  the  soil  was  manifestly  marked 
with  signs  of  '.re;  or  springs  wen^  found 
which  had  the  true  mineral  tinge.     They 


thus  deluded  him  with  (Use  hopes,  till  he 
was  almost  ruined. 

28.  At  thia  crisis,  a  boy  came  aecretly 
to  him,  and  told  him  that  the  men  wore 
deceiving  him ;  that  ore  had  lieen  found, 
and  waa  hid  up  from  him.  Mr.  Lothian 
iierceived  the  depth  of  their  roguery ;  they 
Intended  to  ruin  him,  and  then  hoped  (o 
take  the  aflair  on  themselves,  at  a  low 
rate.  The  boy  declared  he  shouM  bo  mur- 
dered if  it  were  fount!  out  that  he  had 
given  this  inibrmation. 

20.  Lothian  encouraged  the  boy,  and 
told  him,  that  the  next  morning  he  would 
come  into  the  mine  as  uaual,  and  finding 
the  boy  Idle,  he  would  acold  him.  It  waa 
agreed  that  the  boy  ahould  feign  to  be  in 
a  paaaion  at  being  acolded,  and  should,  aa 
in  anger,  throw  down  hia  tools  as  near 
the  place  where  the  ore  had  licon  fuuud 
as  possible :  this  was  done  acconlingly. 
Ho  struck  the  boy  for  his  idleness,  and 
the  boy,  ii  .apparent  anger,  threw  down 
his  tools,  aikj  declared  he  would  work  for 
him  uo  longer. 

30.  Lothian  marked  the  spot,  without 
seeming  to  notice  it.  He  began  talking 
with  the  men  aa  uaual,  and  received  the 
uaual  answers.  At  length,  he  took  up 
a  pickaxe,  and  began  striking  here  and 
there,  eareleaaly:  till  by  degreea  he  earn* 


Sugar  of  lead?    24.   For  what  is  lead   used? 
85  Describe  the  orocsis  of  mMiufscturing  shot. 


to  the  proper  place ;  when  he  ioob  dii* 
covered  the  ore,  and,  ■•  if  greatly  aur- 


96.  What  of  the  ore  of  Uad  ?    97- 
i>  the  story  about  Lothian  and  the 


1^ 


ti-— i«'<winH[iiMiAwi[^  Ma.'WifawW 


Ii»j-»..^ii-||-||"  liM-HnWhr  I 


w>i>wwmv*iii",'»  'tmrtr 


Wt 


4   ' 


hopea,  till  h« 

cnmo  iGcrfitly 

lie  iiion  wore 

iMon  found, 

Mr.  Lotliiuii 

roguery }  tht-y 

then  hopeil  (u 

>lve»,  at  a  low 

■houH  bo  inur« 

It  that  he  had 

the  boy,  and 

ning  hu  would 

al,  and  finding 

i  him.     It  waa 

i  feign  to  be  iu 

and  ithould,  aa 

toola  as  near 

ad  l)ccn  fuuud 

le   accordingly, 

a  idlcnoaa,  and 

r,  threw  down 

would  work  for 

)  spot,  without 
began  talking 
d  received  the 
li,  he  took  up 
king  here  and 
h«  oamt 


I  bt  MOD  dii- 
r  greatly  nir- 


' 


priaed,  called  all  the  men  to  examine  if 
thia  were  not  the  right  place  to  work  at. 
They  were  loth  lo  own  it  {  but,  aa  he  con> 
tinuud  picking,  they  were  obliged  to  aee, 
and  at  hia  command  they  dug  deeper. 
When  they  could  rcaiat  the  diaeovery  no 
longer,  they  afrecte<l  to  wonder  how  they 
could  have  worked  ao  near,  anti  not 
found  it  before.  Tho  ore  proved  lo  be 
very  rich,  and  he  aoon  recovered  hia 
financea.* 

31.  The  lend  mineaof  theBiiaaiaaipiii  are 
very  productive.  The  tract  la  more  than 
300  milea  iii  extent,  and  containa  inex- 
hauaiible  quantitiea  of  lead  ore.  The 
chief  minea  are  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Oalena  in  the  northweatern  part  of  Illinoia. 
Here  are  the  richeat  lead  mines  on  the 
globe.  There  are  very  productive  lead 
mines  in  the  neighliorhood  of  Potosi,  in 
Miasouri.  The  ore  ia  found  not  in  veins, 
but  in  detached  maaaea  fVom  two  to  twenty 
feet  below  thr  aurfkce  of  the  groimcl. 
About  8,000,000  pounds  are  annually 
smelted. 

NICKEL. 

32.  Nickel  ia  found  in  different  porta  of 
Germany.  When  perfectly  pure,  it  ia  of  a 
fine  white  color,  resembling  silver.  It  ia 
more  malleable  than  iron.  It  is  attracted 
by  the  magnet  as  strongly  as  iron,  and 
may  be  converted  into  a  magnet.  Nickel 
ia  employed  in  ftotteries,  and  in  (he  manu- 
fkcturing  of  porcelain.  A  beautlAil  green 
color  may  b«  obtained  flrom  it. 

'2INC. 

33.  Ziao  is  iTtnetal  of  a  brilliant  white 
color,  with  a  shade  of  Uue,  and  is  com- 
posed of  a  number  of  thin  platea  adhcriiig 
together.  The  ore  is  often  found  in  great 
quantities,  in  lead  mines. 

MANGANESE. 
84.  Manganese   ia  about  seven   times 
heavier  than  water.     Ita  color  ia  a  ruaty 


31.  What  of  the  lead  minaa  of  the  Miwisiippi  > 
Hoir  ia  the  ore  iViund  ?   3!I.  Nickel  f   33.  Zinc  ? 


gray.  It  ia  brittle,  in  a  slight  degree  msl* 
lealde,  and  is  never  found  |Nire.  It  is 
uaetl  in  ginaa-making,  and  a  IteauliAil  violet 
color  is  olitained  from  it,  which  is  employ* 
ed  In  painting  |turcelain. 
ARSENIC. 
80.  Arsenic  it  a  metal  of  •  light  lead- 
blue  color.  It  ia  a  aubatance  of  very  flre< 
quent  occurrence,  being  found  in  combina- 
lion  with  almoat  every  other  metal,  af  well 
aa  with  aulphur  and  lime.  Arsenic  is  one 
«if  the  moat  active  of  mineral  poisons,  and 
a  very  aniall  quantity  of  it  is  able  to  de- 
airoy  life.  It  is  alao  aometimes  used  as  m 
medicine,  and,  when  judiciously  employed, 
ia  capable  of  producing  the  most  powerful 
and  beneficial  efTects.  Arsenic  is  much 
employed  in  the  oris.  It  is  used  in  glai* 
ing  porcelain,  and  the  manufacture  of 
glaaa.  It  ia  alao  much  used  in  the  com- 
position of  paint. 

ANTIMONY. 
36.  Antimony  ia  a  suhatance  separated 
by  fbaion  fVom  a  very  hard  and  heavy 
lead-colored  metal,  which  has  a  sparkling 
app)>aranco  when  fVeshly  broken.  It  is 
employed  in  medicine  and  in  coloring 
gloss.  It  is  also  uaed  in  the  compoaition 
of  type-metal. 

COBALT. 
87.  The  weight  of  thia  metal  is  about 
eight  times  that  of  water :  its  color  is  gray 
with  a  tinge  of  red,  and  it  is  very  difficult 
of  fUsion.  It  is  attracted  by  the  magnet, 
and  a  beautiful  blue  color  may  be  obtain- 
ed firom  it.  The  solution  of  muriate  of 
cobalt  affords  a  celebrated  sympathetic 
ink.  When  much  diluted,  if  letten  are 
troced  with  it  on  paper,  and  allowed  to 
dry,  they  are  invisible;  but  when  the 
paper  is  exposed  to  a  moderate  heat,  they, 
appear  of  a  lively  i^^een.  They  disappear 
again  when  cold,  but  by  a  very  strong  hea* 
they  mcy  be  rendered  permanent. 


34.  Manganese.'   35   Arienic?   36.  Antimony' 
37.  Cobalt  .> 


■•n>J* 


i 


V 


u 


1001    or   COMHBRC*. 


CIIAF.  XXIV. 

COAL. 

1.  CoaI  nppt^ari,  in  iminn  cawt't,  to  havt< 
b«0n  ori((iimlly  vi>Ki<talil«  irmttiir,  iiml,  i.y 
lonR  liiirinl  in  tlip  imrtli,  lu  havn  Ixiflii 
■oakcd  with  hilumrn,  till  ita  very  ttili- 
Mitnce  haa  befln  chniigvd ;  for  aoitu'tinifn 
it  haa  b««n  found  but  partially  chauKetl, 
with  the  fibroua  formation  yet  iliNceruiblu. 
Mora  commonly,  however,  it  accmn  to 
have  b«en  aome  earthy  tiubatanre,  thua 
impregnated  and  ctioiiged,  by  petroleum, 
or  aome  oily  matter. 

3.  England  ia  highly  favored  by  thia 
Itind  provision  of  A'  t,  suited  to  her  cold 
^J'  climate,  and  i  |m,'iftlly  necessary  for  a 
n<9i'uikcturin)<,  ouutry.  For  ages.  In- 
due iji,  w«iji  weMi  ihi^  <mly  kind  of  tiring  in 
UBO ',  M-.d  «i9  tKfl  Isund  was  anciently  so 
niucki  eovered  ifitli  iimber,  the  noniniodity 
did  not  bccom  .<  sf fuce.  Ah,  however,  pop- 
ulation ^iicreitcod,  and  corn  was  wanted, 
thfa  forests  wete  cut  down,  and  the  land 
brought  into  CMiturc,  so  that  in  some  dis- 
tricts Aiel  becan>o  itcarce  and  dear. 

3.  In  countries  where  coal  abounds,  it 
was  imimssjble  ttut  aome  particles,  at  least, 
must  havi  been  wo«hed  out  of  the  earth 
by  the  floods.  This  takrn  placet  tc  the 
present  day.  That  these  black  atones 
would  burn  was  i he  next  discover),  and 
searching  for  thei.t  was  as  natural,  when 
wood  became  difiict.h  to  procure. 

4.  Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  in  Northum- 
berland, is  a  principol  "cal  country.  Hen- 
ry III.  gave  the  iMhabitk>nM  the  first  char- 
tor  for  digging  coul,  about  the  year  1239. 
They  wcrt',  however,  forbidden  to  be 
brought  to  London  at  one  tim«?,  till  the 
destruction  of  the  woods  aljout  the  city 
rendered  some  other  supply  of  fuel  neces- 
sary. At  present,  the  quantity  ia  very 
great:   in   the  year  1800,  eight  hundred 


1.  What  of  coal?  3.  What  country  particular- 
fy  abounds  in  this  subiUnce  ?  4.  What  of  New- 


and  sixty-aix  thousand  eight  hundred  ontf 
ten  rhaldrcni*  wer««  brought  to  Lundoa. 
A  chaldron  cuntaina  thirty-six  bushels. 
The  <|uautity  IncreaseH  every  year,  and 
fully  keeps  pacu  with  the  great  increase 
of  houses. 

5.  That  the  various  sulMtances  under* 
neath  the  aoii  lie  all  in  atrata,  haa  (Ve- 
quently  beei'  ;<tated.  Coul  Is  found  in  this 
muiiner.  Sometimes  the  stratum  is  many 
feet  tliick,  somatimos  not  more  than  six 
inches.  When  ibund,  it  ia  followed,  and 
though  thin  at  first,  it  soon  becomes  mora 
profitable.  In  following  the  vein  of  coal, 
the  minors  are  obliged  to  go  far  into  the 
Iwwels  of  the  earth,  and  somotiniea  to 
great  de|rths. 

6.  The  coal  minca  at  Whitehaven  in 
England  are  very  wonderAil.  You  enter 
at  the  bottom  of  a  bill,  and  pass  an 
amazingly  long  way  among  huge  galle- 
ries, where  the  roof  is  propped  up  by  vast 
pillars  of  coal,  left  for  that  purpose,  nine 
feet  high,  and  thirty-..<x  ftet  thick.  The 
mines  sink  to  the  deptli  of  seven  or  eight 
hundred  feet.  They  run  under  the  sea  to 
a  great  extent ;  so  that  large  shipa  sail 
over  the  miners*  heads.  The  stratum  of 
coal  is  always  inclined,  or  dipt  as  they  call 
it ;  and  frequently  the  miners  have  to  sink, 
or  to  rise,  a  hundred  feet,  or  more,  to  find 
the  remainder  of  a  broken  vein.  These 
breaks  appear  to  be  the  consequence  of 
some  violent  concussion  of  the  earth,  by 
which  the  vein  of  coal  ia  cast  up,  or  down, 
out  of  the  regular  course }  auch  a  break  ir 
called  a  dyAe. 

7.  One  of  the  most  remarkable  coal* 
works  was  at  Borrowstonefs,  in  Scotland. 
The  vein  nf  coal  went  under  an  arm  of 
the  sea,  till  it  raoched  a  spot  half  a  mil* 
firom  the  shore;  this  was  formed  into  a 
quay,  for  an  entrance,  aa  coming  more 


CMtle-upnn-Tyne ?    5.  How  ia  coal  found?   6. 
The  '■oal  mines  at  Whitehaven?    7.  Borrow 


n»«6i^iimm'<mi>^*^i^SatK: iWr il>il»iiWii»^Hi|[    ■  1  i,<Mi» , iniWiilmiiJ»l*t|'""tei"Hii<  i(i|Am>»!i«ii(liW>Vi  1'¥.'^i|i<|ti('i ' i '  "n '   '  iljl " 


hundred  and 
to   Lundon. 

■ix  liusheh. 
nry  y»inr,  and 
gritat  iucrvtM 

tuicca  under« 
trata,  has  (Vso 
a  found  in  thia 
ralum  ia  inauy 
iiioro  than  aix 

followed,  and 
bcconiea  more 
fl  vein  of  coal, 
o  fur  into  the 

aomotiniea  to 

Vhiteliavon  in 
il.     You  enter 

and  |>au  an 
ig  huge  galle- 
>ed  up  by  vast 

purpoae,  nine 
9t  ihiclc.  The 
Bovon  or  eight 
idor  the  aca  to 
rge  ahipa  aail 
he  atratum  of 
Ipi  aa  they  call 
8  have  to  ahik, 
r  more,  to  find 

vein.  Theae 
•naequenoe  of 
the  earth,  by 
It  up,  or  down, 
uch  a  break  ir 

larkable  coal- 
B,  in  Scotland. 
Br  an  arm  of 
lot  half  a  mila 
formed  into  a 
coming  more 

coal  found?  & 
»?    7.  Borrow 


*fw 


wnni>[iii 'i^wmnam,  n>i<^<»p»  f«r  n,^i|j^iyT  ,-*-,i,f^.fjf.w>m^r 


eoAk 


mm 


iinni«diat«ly  upoa  the  worka;  the  enni 
«f«M  laid  there,  and  aliipping  rould  ciim» 
cloa<>,  and  take  Iham  in.  FrcNh  water 
^>rang  frttm  the  botioiii  of  the  mine,  and 
waa  pumped  out,  from  a  depth  of  340 
fcet.  Il  wna  a  wondert\jl  work,  and  waa 
wrought  to  great  advantaK«  for  many 
jaara.  At  laat,  an  exintonlinarily  higli 
tide  roiM  above  thu  mouth  of  ilie  coal- 
pit, and  drowned  the  whole  eoncern,  with 
all  who  were  then  at  work  in  it. 

8.  Ueaidea  the  general  gltomineia  of 
working  »o  flir  unilor  ground,  the  iiiinera 
are  lialile  to  aeverni  dangeroua  accidenta. 
Foul  air,  which  auflbcatea  and  killa ;  and 
the  fire  damp,  which  calchea,  if  any  flame 
eomea  near  it,  and  explodea  like  a  volcano, 
and  burna  for  a  long  while,  even  for  many 
montha  or  yeara.  Aa  this  foulncaa  takea 
fire  only  fVom  flame,  a  machine  waa  in- 
vented which  produced  a  stream  of  aparka, 
by  a  wheel  of  flinta  striking  againat  ateel ; 
which  glimmering  light  aufliced  for  the 
workmen. 

9.  Sir  Humphrey  Davy  afterwarda  dia> 
covered,  that  the  foul  air  waa  too  thick  to 
paaa  between  close  iron  wirea ;  be  there- 
fore invented  a  lamp  to  be  enclosed  in  a 
caae  of  wire  game ;  so  that  although  the 


<br  >'  acehlnnta  have  Iteen  tremendoua 
anii  "Ht        Y«i,  becauae  ilia  light  ia 

not  h  w  hen  enrloaed  In  ihia  kind 

of  wi,  ,tu  III  aa  without,  they  will  (Va> 
(|ii(riii|y  iny  thu  -atVty  screen  aalde,  at  the 
Imzard  of  their  lives  |  and  droadAil  conae* 
quenccM  have  ensued. 

10.  AAor  the  coal  haa  been  brought  to 
the  aurfiti-e  in  bnsketa.  It  muat  than  be  con- 
veyed to  the  water-side  for  shipping.  Fre> 
(juently,  therefore,  railruada  are  construct- 
ed, fVom  the  mouth  of  the  pit,  t«  the  edga 
of  the  water.  Theae  eonaist  tvf  groovea 
of  wood  or  of  iron,  in  whkh  the  wagon 
wheela  move  ao  eaaily,  that  one  horae  will 
draw  aa  much  aa  aix  without  auch  a  eon 
trivance  (  and,  if  the  alope  lie  aufllcient, 
the  loaded  wagona  will    run  dowB    bv 


light  paaaed  through  thia  wire  work  readi- 
ly, the  fire  damp  lodged  on  the  outaide 
and  waa  perfectly  harmleaa.  This  ia  a 
very  important  aafeguard  to  the  minera ; 

stoneas?   6.  To  what  accidents  an  the  miners  |  liable?  9.  What  did  Sir  Humphrey  Davy  iavam' 

V 


themaelvea,  till  they  come  to  the  appointed 
plaea.  Then,  a  pin  opena  a  trap  door  in 
the  bottom  of  the  wagon,  and  lata  the 
eoala  All  out,  through  a  tunnel,  into  the 
ahip  itaelf.  The  empty  wagona  are  drawn 
up  another  railroad,  by  the  aide  of  the  de- 
acending  one,  by  the  weight  and  force  of 
other  loaded  wagons,  which  are  coming 
down. 

1 1.  Sometimoa  large  barges,  called  ktd», 
ara  employed  to  take  the  coala  flrom  the 
wagona  to  the  ahips,  when  the  ahipa  draw 
too  much  water  to  come  ftr  enough  up 
the  river,  to  meet  the  wagona. 

12.  Coke  ia  coal  burnt,  or  rather  baked. 


II  I'iiiijitoaiini,^ 


■ 


III  a  mrt  of  Qv«n  i  ll  Ihiii  b«romm  chtrmi, 
Md  will  burn  •Avrwtnli  without  ■mokit, 
but  fl«<rf«ly.  In  lh<t  hurniiin  of  fokf>,  • 
•orl  of  tar  arlMa,  whi<<li  in  rari^Ailly  |ir«< 
Mrvml,  and  la  vcy  iiioftil.  Alio,  iha  hy- 
drogan  Raa,  diMnKaird  In  iha  proci^M, 
may  Im  raiight  i  and  whan  puriArd,  It 
ftvda  ihn  laih|Ni  whirh  hurn  w)  hrilllanily. 

18.  iHonie  coal  U  *o  nnmpapl,  that  it  i« 
iurnrd  Into  toya,  inutr-boxra,  iic.  Thia 
la  called  Cantut  coal;  and  la  found  in 
England  and  different  part*  of  Brotland. 

14.  Anthracite  ia  the  name  of  one  of 
the  moat  uaeAil  kinda  of  coal.  It  haa  b«i>n 
found  11  ativeral  Kuropean  c  n  Mrie*  Vul 
oecura  in  the  greatest  aburi!^!  i  li,  vie 
United  Blalea,  where  it  haa  heri.me  an  ar- 
tide  of  great  importance.  "J'k'  coni  ia  in- 
flammabia  with  aome  tM'  -ifj,  and  burna 
without  amall  or  amoke. 

IA.  In  Pennaylvania,  the  anthracite  coal 
fbrniation  cnvera  a  tract  of  country  many 
milca  in  width.  Mauch  Chunk,  upon  the 
Lehigh,  Pottaville,  rt  the  head  of  the 
Schuylkill  canal,  and  Wilkeabarre,  upon 
the  SuaquehaanaJh,  have  aflbrded  the  chief 
supply  of  coal  flrom  thia  region,  aa  well  aa 
the  grtateet  proportion  eonaumed  in  the 
United  Butea.    Much  of  thia  coal  la  tnui»' 


T  PP-  ^ 


^^^.^■^r-«i 


ported  flrom  the  minea  by  means  of  rail- 
roads. 


10. 11.  How  ii  the  eoa!  aonwtimea  thipped  f  13. 
What  ia  coke.'  13,  Cannel  coal ?  14.  What  of 
anthracits  (  15.  FennayWonia  coal  f  lU.  Mention 


10.  At  Portamouth,  In  Rhode  laland 
an  exlenaive  bed  of  this  coal  eilata  |  and 
a  mine  of  anthracite  haa  been  opened  it 
Worceater,  In  Maaaachuaetta,  at  the  head 
of  the  HIackatonc  canal. 

17.  The  namea  given  to  coal  are  varloui^ 
anil  are  generally  taken  (Vom  the  places 
where  it  ia  found.  Moat  of  the  biiumln 
oua  coal  eonaumed  in  the  eaalern  atatei^ 
ia  exported  from  l<ivcr|MH>l  |  although  con 
aidcrable  quantlliea  are  brought  Arom  Novs 
Bcotia,  called  Pietou  and  Sydney  coal. 

CHAP.  XXV. 
GRANITE.  MAKRLC.  ht, 

ntiAMTi:. 

1.  Oranllo  ia  a  very  hard  rough  kind 
of  atone,  ao  called  from  being  aprinkled 
over  with  a  great  many  little  aiaina,  that 
rcacmble  graina  of  aand.  It  ia  conaidored 
aa  the  foundation  rock  of  the  globe,  or 
that  upon  which  all  aecondary  rocka  rrpoao. 
Granite  occura  in  mnaaea  of  vaat  thickneaa, 
which  are  commonly  divided,  by  flaaures, 
into  blocks. 

9.  There  are  various  kinda  of  granite, 
and  it  occura  of  different  degrees  of  hard- 
ncss.  In  Russia  may  be  seen  irnm«'nse 
pillars  of  solid  granlts,  which  have  re- 
ceived a  polish  nearly  equal  to  that  whicb 
may  be  Imparted  to  flne  marble. 

8.  Granite  ia  found  abundantly  distri- 
buted through  New  England  and  other 
parta  of  tha  United  States.  The  most 
celebrated  quarries  in  Maasachusetts,  are 
those  of  Chelmsford  and  Quincy,  which 
h>^ve  supplied  the  materiala  for  the  fineal 
atructures  in  Boaton  sad  the  neighbor- 
hood. 

4.  The  Portland  stone  of  England  is  in 
high  repute.  It  is  sometimes  called  flree- 
stone,  because  it  works  iVeely,  cuts  any 


aomc  other  placea  where  coal  exiaU.    17. 
of  the  namea  given  to  coal  f 
1.  What  of  granite?  2.  Art  there  vuiooa 


I  n  II  '#^1  ill.mrirtlMtftifc    mill   iMltill I    'I     "    "I       tMuit,i^\i^Mmi   MjM, 


RhoHa  Iilu4 
joal  siUm  I  ami 
b«en  n|Miiiaci  M 
itu,  at  Iba  haa4 

roal  ara  varloiii^ 

fVnm  ihit  plarat 

of  th«  biiumln 

I  aaaiarn  atata^ 

I I  although  con 
lUght  A'om  Nov* 
lytlney  coal. 

v. 

LC.  k*. 

art!  roufh  kind 
Iwing  Nprinkled 
litlln  ataln*,  that 
It  ia  cniuiilcred 
)f  the  glohft,  or 
iry  rockN  rrpoie. 
)f  vaat  ihicknnaa, 
dad,  by  fiaaurea, 

linda  of  granite, 
degrena  of  hard> 
«  acctn  imm«'n8« 
which  have  re- 
al to  that  which 
larble. 

kundantly  diatri- 
[land  and  other 
tea.  The  moat 
laaaehuaetta,  are 
Quincy,  which 
la  for  the  fineal 
I  the   neighbor- 

of  England  la  in 
imea  called  flree- 
fVeely,  cuta  any 

lexiita.  17.  What 
there  vuiooi  kinda 


OMM 


^, 


rv^  >> 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


/. 


A 


U: 


u. 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


*-  Ilia 

S' 


illil 

14? 


1.4 


12.5 
22 

2.0 

L6 


^^ 


'/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


^ 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  873-4503 


^ 


^ 


v> 


^ 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICIVIH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  MIcroreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


pp*''^'' 


^*MH»^ 


~  Jlilii  J  i 


ORANITK,   MAMLI,  &C.  •! 


way,  and  is  not  apt  to  split,  as  many  other 
stones  do. 

0.  Th»  IhIo  of  Portland,  as  it  is  called, 
is  n  long  narrow  peninsula,  on  the  coast 
of  Dorsetshire.  The  whole  slip  of  land 
is,  as  it  were,  one  single  rock,  surrounded 
with  a  vast  ledge  of  rocks,  stretching  into 
the  sea,  and  making  the  place  as  impreg- 
nable as  any 'fortification  could  do.  Here 
■re  quarries,  which  have  blMn  dug  for 
many  years,  and  hare  been  flimoua  even 


since  the  reign  of  James  I.  The  finest 
structures  are  built  with  this  stone ;  and  it 
is  calculated,  that  nine  thousand  tons  of 
it  are  used  every  year.  •  It  is  remarkable 
for  iu  whiteness  and  durability.  The 
blocks  are  frequently  very  large,  and  the 
removal  of  them  is  very  difilcult. 
MARBLE. 

6.  Marble  is  ■  kind  of  stone  composed 
chiefly  of  lime.  It  is  found  of  a  great 
variety  of  colors,  and  is  of  so  hard,  com- 
pact and  fine  a  texture,  as  /eaidily  to  take 
a  beautiful  polish. 

7.  The  marble  most  esteemed  by  statu- 
aries is  that  which  is  brought  from  the 
island  of  Paros,  situate  in  the  Archipelago ; 
this  was  the  species  of  marble  employed 
by  the  prince  of  sculptors,  Praxiteles,  and 
by  Phidias,  both  of  whom  were  natives  of 
that  island.  The  Parian  marble  hardens 
by  exposure  to  the  air,  which  enables  it  to 


of  this  subsUnce  ?  3.  Where  i*  it  found?   4. 5. 
What  of  Portisnd  stone?  6.  Marble?    7.  What 


resist  decomposition  for  age«).  Its  color  is 
snow-white;  and  when  polished,  it  has 
something  of  a  waxy  appearance.  It 
receives  with  great  accuracy  the  most 
delicate  touches  of  the  chisel. 

8.  Although  the  United  States  are 
known  to  be  rich  in  marbles,  hitherto 
very  little  pains  have  been  taken  to  ex- 
plore them.  The  quarries  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, which  are  distant  about  20  miles 
fVom  Philadelphia,  afford  a  handsome  mar- 
ble. A  similar  voriety  is  also  quarried 
in  Thomaston,  Maine.  Beautiful  white 
marble  is  abundant  in  MaBsariiiistetts ;  it 
is  extensively  wrought  at  Lanusborough, 
Lenox  and  Stoekbriiigc.  The  vtrd  anftVyuc 
of  New  Haven  is  said  to  lie  the  rarest  and 
most  beautifiil  marble  yet  discovered  in 
the  United  States.  The  quarries,  though 
believed  to  be  inexhaustible,  are  nut 
wrought  at  present. 

SLATE. 

9.  Slate  is  a  fossil  or  compact  stone  that 
may  be  split  into  plates.  There  are  sev 
eral  varieties  of  this  mineral,  chiefly  dis- 
tinguished by  their  color,  which  is  in  gen- 
eral gray,  intermixed  with  blue,  green  or 
black  streaks.  Ti,,5»fo  are  very  valuable 
slate  quarries  in  '.laikie,  and  other  parts  of 
the  United  8ute».  The  principal  use  of 
slates  is  in  the  covering  of  houses,  for 
whidi  they  are  well  adapted.  Slate  is 
also  extensively  employed  for  the  purpose 
of  writing,  after  its  surface  has  been  prop- 
erly smoothed. 

SOAPSTONE. 

10.  Soapstone,  or  steatite,  as  it  is  called 
in  science,  is  a  substance  so  soft  that  it 
may  be  easily  cut  by  a  kuife,  and  in  most 
cases  scratched  by  the  nail.  It  is  a  com- 
pound of  silica,  magnesia,  alumina,  oxide 
of  iron,  and  water.  It  is  somewhat  oily 
to  the  touch,  and  is  oflen  mixed  with  talc, 
asbestos  &c.    Common  steatite  occurs  in 

is  the  most  esteemed  marble  ?    8.  What  of  mar- 
ble in  the  United  SUtes?    9.  What  of  slate? 
r2 


f\ 


^ 


ii'mk} 


'  '    ,1  .         1    , 


-' '  ^  ^ji).^n\t0mtm^'f 


9S 


■OOB   or   COMMBKCB. 


maraea  or  veins,  at  small  bed*.  The  loap- 
■tone  of  Springfield,  in  MaarachuMtts,  and 
Franciatown  in  New  Hainpahire,  appeara 
to  he  compoaed  chiefly  of  tale. 

1 1.  Biuntite  ia  not  aiisccptible  of  a  very 
fine  poliah,  but  ita  aoAneaa  and  ita  property 
of  becoming  hard  by  heat,  render  it  a  uae- 
All  mineral  in  the  arta.  It  ia  employed  for 
the  hearths  of  furnacca,  the  aides  of  fire- 
placea  and  atovca  &c.  It  haa  even  been 
uaed  for  the  purpoae  of  engraving;  for 
being  eaaily  cut  when  soft,  it  may  be  made 
to  aaaiime  any  form,  and  afterwards  ren- 
dered hard  by  heat.  Steatite  may  be  uaed 
in  the  manufacture  of  porcelain.  It  also 
forma  the  boais  of  some  preparations  of 
paint,  and  enters  into  the  composition  of 
the  greater  number  of  the  balla  which  are 
employed  for  cleaning  sillta  and  woollen 
clotlia. 

LIME. 

12.  Lime  is  one  of  thoae  earthy  aub- 
atancea  which  exist  in  every  part  of  the 
known  world.    It  is  found  purest  in  lime- 
stone, marble,  and  challc.    No  one  of  these 
sulistances  is  lime,  but   ihcy  become  ao 
when  burned  in  a  severe  heat.     Lime  is 
employed  principally  us  mortar  in  build- 
ing, and  as  a  manure  to   fertilize  lands. 
Vast  quantities  of  it  are  used  for  these  ])ur- 
poses.     It  is  also  much  used  by  tannerr  ' 
the  preparation  of  their  leather ;  by  so 
makers  for  dissolving    the  oil,  and 
sugar-bakers,  for  refining  their  sugar.     It 
is  likewise  of  some  medicinal  use. 

13.  Various  parts  of  the  United  States 
produce  lime  in  great  abundance.  It  is 
very  pUjntifui  at  Thoma^ton  and  Camden 
in  Manet  wli#i«  it  is  burnt  in  great  quan- 
tities for  esjiprtatiou.  The  limestone  ca- 
verns of  .  tKib  western  states  contain  a 
profusion  of  this  substance.  Chloride  of 
lime  may  be  obtained  from  common  lime 
by  a  very  simple  chemical  process. 


10.  ll.So«|Mtone?   12.  What  of  lime?   13.  Lime 
iD  the  United  States' 


CHAP.  XXVI. 
WOODS. 

OAK. 

1.  In  point  of  stn.-ngtli,  durability,  ana 
gcnerol  uae,  oak  cloima  precedence  of  al 
timber.  More  than  eighty  apeciea  of  thi. 
tree  are  known,  of  which  one  half  iuhabi 
North  America,  either  within, the  tcrritor) 
of  the  United  Statea,  or  on  the  mountaini 
of  Mexico. 

2.  The  white  oak  ia  one  of  the  nioal 
valuable  of  our  foreat  treea.  It  attaint 
the  height  of  aeventy  or  eighty  feet,  witl 
a  tnmk  aix  or  aeven  feet  in  diameter.  Il 
abounda  in  the  New  England  Statea,  bui 
ia  moat  plentiflil  in  Virginia  and  the  mid- 
dle States.  Among  the  great  variety  of 
uaea  to  which  thia  wood  ia  applied,  the 
moat  important  ia  ahip-building.  It  ia  alao 
extenaively  employed  by  the  wheelwright, 
and  ia  uaed  for  the  hoops  of  sieves,  whip« 
handles,  &c.  White  oak  timber  is  export- 
ed in  immense  quantities  from  the  porta 
of  the  northern  and  middle  states. 

3.  The  European  oak  is  said  to  lie 
tougher  and  more  lasting  than  ihat  of 
America.  The  knotty  oak  of  England, 
the  'unwedgeable  and  gnarled  oak,'  as 
Shakspeare  called  it,  affords  superior  tim- 
bre.    England  seems  to  have  abounded  in 

lik  forests,  although  they  tiave  now  be- 
come scorce.  Oaks  have  been  dug  up  in 
some  places,  buried  ■  hundred  feet  deep 
in  the  earth ;  their  braLches  were  oil  on 
them,  and  the  wood  had  become  so  hard 
that  no  tool  could  cut  it. 

4.  The  live  oak  is  a  tree  of  great  im- 
portance to  tho  United  States.  The  leaves 
are  evergreen ;  and  the  wood  is  admira- 
bly calculated  for  ship-building.  Its  dura- 
bility surpasses  that  of  the  European  oak. 
The  live  oak  is  found  along  the  coast  of 
the  United  States  from  latitude  37°  to  the 


1 .  What  of  oak  ?  2.  The  white  oak .'  3.  Europe 
an  oak .'  4.  The  live  oak?    5.  The  uaea  of  oak 


P 


liiii-iM»r.lmiliit:iU>i^,Ktet 


■'^'ff"'* 


fXVI. 

s. 

(til,  durability,  ana 
precedence  of  al 
hty  speciea  of  thi. 
Eh  oDe  half  iuhabi 
vitbin^tho  torritor) 
r  on  the  inountaini 

I  one  of  the  nioal 
trees.  It  attaint 
r  eighty  feet,  witl 
!t  in  diameter.  Il 
Ingland  Stalea,  but 
ginia  and  the  mid- 
B  great  variety  of 
od  ia  applied,  the 
luilding.  It  ia  alio 
y  the  wheelwright, 
18  of  sieves,  whip* 
k  timber  is  export* 
ies  from  the  ports 
Idle  Slates. 
>ak  is  said  to  lie 
Jng  than  ibat  of 
ouk  of  England, 
gnarled  oak,'  aa 
fords  superior  tim- 
hare  abounded  in 
bey  nave  now  be> 
ve  been  dug  up  in 
lundred  feet  deep 
^ches  were  all  on 
id  become  ao  hard 

tree  of  great  im- 
itates. The  leaves 
)  wood  is  admira- 
uilding.  Its  dura- 
he  European  oak. 
along  the  coast  of 
Btitude  37°  to  the 

hite  oak  ?  3.  Europe 
5.  The  uses  of  oak 


,a.»'i..i^fl:.^y'^..V,,,        ,. 


'r^/tV" 


<>  .  WMH|l  WIMP  li|"','i>lipMB't!l'W 


-v^vf  I  ipipn.-Jigy ir-^  . 


"1*^ 


WOODS. 


shores  of  the  gulf  of  Mexico.  Measures 
have  been  taken  by  government  fbr  the 
ftreaervation  and  improvement  of  live  oak 
plantations. 

A.  Besides  the  uses  of  oak  in  building 
either  ships  or  houses,  much  use  is  made 
of  every  part  of  it.  in  Europe,  the  bark 
by  ita  astringent  qualities,  is  the  main  de- 
pendence of  the  tanner.  To  the  dyer,  the 
saw-dust  afTurds  the  meana  of  tinging  his 
cloths  ;  and  the  acorns  fttten  pigs. 
PINE. 

6.  About  thirty  species  of  pine  arc 
known,  of  which  nearly  one-half  inhabit 
North  America.  Norway  Airnishes  im- 
mense quantities  of  this  wood,  and  the 
whole  country,  especially  the  bleak  moun- 
tainoua  parts,  may  be  called  one  forest, 
chiefly  of  the  fir  or  pine-tree. 

7.  Norway  haa  sc  ne  mines,  but  the 
forests  afford  ita  chief  riches.  Immense 
sums  are  obtained  from  other  notions,  to 
purchase  this  convenient  and  useAil  tree,  m 
its  various  shapes.  Some  straight  whole 
treea  are  useflii  aa  maats  for  ahipping,  or 
for  beams  in  bouses.   Young  straight  trees 


axi  called  bitlkt,  and  ara  aplit  to  make 
ladders.  What  are  called  dtaU,  are  large 
planka,  perhaps  twenty  feet  long,  from 
nine  inches  to  a  foot  broad,  and  three 
inches  thick.  If  not  above  five  inches 
wide,  they  ore  called  baUen$. 

6.  What  of  pine?  7.  Norway?  8.  The  fir-tieetof 
Norway '  0.  Saw  mills?  10.  By  what  ikolUties  is 


'8.  The  soil  of  Norwsy  seoms  to  suit 
the  fir  tribes.  The  seeds,  scattered  every 
where,  fall  into  chinks  and  crevices  in  the 
rucks,  where  they  ap|»ear  to  grow  more 
luxuriantly  (ban  in  any  plainer  spot.  It  is 
well  it  is  so ;  otherwise,  the  amazing  de- 
struction which  takes  place  in  foiling  tim- 
ber every  year,  must  have  cut  up  the 
whole  country  long  ugo.  Were  you  to 
visit  some  of  the  ports  of  Norway,  you 
would  see  such  mountainous  piles  of  doain, 
that  you  would  suppose  it  could  never  all 
be  used. 

0.  An  immense  number  of  saw-mills 
are  kept  in  motion.  The  tr«^  is  brought 
to  the  saw,  by  machinery,  omr  kept  in  its 
place ;  so  tiiut  it  is  cut  with  greot  accuracy 
and  expedition.  Many  families  are  em- 
ployed in  the  diflferent  Itranchos  of  this 
national  concern ;  as  felling  the  timt>er 
floating  it  down  to  the  places,  of  exporta 
tion,  and  sawing  it  out  into  deals. 

10.  Norway  is  much  intersected  with 
lakes,  and  long  arms  of  the  sea.  By  these 
assistances  the  timber  is  floated,  with  com- 
parative ease,  to  its  destination.  These 
streams  also  supply  the  sawmills,  and  keep 
them  in  motion  by  their  various  falls  of 
water. 

11.  Christiana  is  a  principal  port,  frou' 
which  the  timber  is  exported ;  it  is  seated 
at  the  bottom  of  a  gulf,  opposite  the  north- 
em  point  of  Denmark,  and  is  a  beautiful 
spot  in  tlie  summer  time.  Dronthoim  also 
has  a  considerable  export  trade  in  timber ; 
this  port  is  situated  on  the  coast  of  the 
Northern  Sea. 

12.  The  red  Canadian  pine  inhabits  the 
whole  of  Canada  from  the  Atlantic  to  the 
Pacific,  and  ia  also  found  in  the  northern 
and  eastern  parts  of  the  United  States. 
The  trunk  rises  to  the  height  of  70  or  80 
feet,  and  is  chiefly  renurkable  for  ita  uni- 
form aize  for  two  thirds  of  ita  length. 


the  timber  floated  ?  11 .  Chriitiona?   12.  The  red 
Cansdionpine?  13.  The  yellow  pine?  14.  The 


ytw  1. 1 1  iiii.ingiiiiiwmiiippfffpwiyip 


iy||Plp>TT.niip.iiniy(i. 


■OUB    or    COMMBRCI. 


v.r~ 


The  wood  ia  compact  and  flne-grnintfd, 
rendered  heavy  by  resinoua  matter,  and  ii 
highly  emtcemed  for  iu  Htrength  and  dura- 
bility. In  the  Britiih  provincea  and  in 
Maine,  it  is  fVcqiiontly  employed  in  naval 
architecture,  enpecially  for  the  decka  of 
veiwela,  fiirniRliing  planka  fVee  flrom  knots, 
of  forty  feet  in  length.  It  ia  exported  to 
OrcDt  Britain  both  iVom  Maine  and  the  St. 
Lawrence. 

'  13.  The  true  yellow  pine  ia  widely 
spread  over  the  United  States.  On  the 
south-western  pnrt  of  the  Alleghany 
mountains,  and  the  surrounding  country, 
it  enters  inU|the  composition  of  the  foreata, 
almundingW  the  most  barren  soil.  The 
trunk  rises  to  the  height  of  iil\y  or  sixty 
feet.  Immense  quantities  are  used  in 
the  building  of  ships,  and  in  some  districts 
houses  are  entirely  constructed  of  it.  The 
boards  are  exported  to  Great  Britain  and 
the  West  Indies. 

14.  The  pitch  pine  inhabits  the  northern 
and  middle  sections  of  the  Union,  and  does 
not  appear  to  exist  in  the  western  or  lower 
parts  of  the  Southern  States.  It  is  most 
abundant  along  the  Atlantic  coast,  where 
the  soil  ia  diversified,  but  generally  meagre. 

15.  The  loblolly,  or  old  field  pine  iei  found 
throughout  the  lower  parts  of  the  Southern 
States.  It  oAen  exceeds  80  feet  in  height 
and  has  a  wide  spreading  summit.  The 
long-leaved  pine  is,  perhaps,  the  most  im- 
portant of  all  our  forest  trees.  Not  only 
does  it  furnish  all  the  resin,  tar,  pitch  and 
turpentine  consumed  in  the  United  States, 
but  the  timber  is  valuable  and  enduring. 
The  resinous  products  arc  of  six  sorts; 
turpentine,  scrapings,  spirits  of  turpentine, 
resin,  tar  and  pitch.  The  two  first  are  de- 
livered in  their  natural  state,  but  the  others 
•re  modified  by  the  agency  of  fire. 

16.  The  turpentine  is  the  aap  obtained 
by  making  inciaiona  into  the  trunk,  and 


the  acrapinga  eonsist  merely  of  the  turpeo 
tine  which  baeoniM  hardened  haibre  i 


reaches  the  boxes  placed  to  reeeive  it.  In 
general  8000  trees  yield  annually  about 
75  barrels  of  turpentine  and  25  of  scrap- 
ings. Nearly  100,000  barrels  are  exported 
annually  to  the  Northern  States  an<l  to 
Great  Britain.  Throughout  the  United 
States,  it  is  employed  in  the  manufacture 
of  yellow  soap. 

17.  Great  quantities  of  spirits  of  turpen- 
tine are  made  in  North  Carolina,  and 
about  30,000  gallons  are  exported  annual- 
ly to  otlier  parts  of  the  United  States,  to 
England  and  to  France.  All  the  tar  is 
made  fjnm  the  dead  wood;  nnd  this  is 
supposed  to  be  the  caase  of  its  inferiority 
to  the  tar  of  the  north  of  Europe,  which 
ia  made  firom  treea  rfcently  ftiled.  Pilch 
ia  tar  reduced  by  evaporation. 

18.  The  white  pine  is  the  loftiest  tree 
in  the  United  States,  and  its  timber  is 
used  in  much  greater  quantities,  and  for  a 
greater  variety  of  purposes  thsn  any  other. 
Throughout  the  Northern  States,  three 
fourths  of  the  houses  are  almost  wholly 
of  white  pine.  It  is  also  much  used  for 
masts  of  vessels,  and  much  of  it  is  export- 
ed for  that  purpose. 

19.  The  persons  engaged  in  procuring 
white  pine  lumber,  after  having  previously 
ascertained  where  the  trees  abound,  enter 


17.  SpiriU  of  turpentine  f  18.  What  of  the  whils 
pine  ?   19.  The  persons  engaged  in  piocoiiaf  it ' 


■■■¥-' 


irelyofiheturpen 
>rd«n«d  h«roFe  i 


1  to  receive  it.  In 
Id  annually  about 
and  30  of  iRrnp. 
irrels  are  exported 
m  States  and  to 
ighout  the  United 
n  the  manufacture 

»f  spirits  ofturpcn- 
rth  Carolina,  and 
B  exported  annual- 
I  United  States,  to 
e.  All  the  tar  is 
rood;  and  this  is 
le  of  its  inferiority 
of  Europe,  which 
ntly  ftlled.  Pilch 
ration. 

is  the  loftiest  tree 
ind  iu  timber  is 
aantities,  and  fbr  a 
lea  than  any  other, 
lem  States,  three 
ire  almost  wholly 
so  much  used  for 
icli  of  it  is  export- 
aged  in  procuring 
having  previously 
'ees  abound,  enter 

3.  WhatofthewUto 
iged  in  procnriBg  it ' 


ViilppiiiniiiimiNv  "»'  i.iw»tir.  ii,i^rfivv**«>  ■ 


V""'''WI"^'V 


WOODS. 


tlio  forests  in  the  beginning  of  winter,  and 
establish  themselves  in  huts  covered  usu- 
ally with  birch  bark,  although  the  cold  is 
frequently  most  intense.  Wlien  the  trees 
are  felled  and  cut  into  logs,  they  drag  them, 
by  means  of  their  cattle,  to  the  nearest 
river,  after  fixing  upon  them  a  mark  of  pro- 
perty. At  the  breaking  up  of  the  ice,  the 
logs  float  down  the  current  till  they  arrive 
tt  their  tiestination.  If  stripped  of  their 
bark,  logs  will  remain  uninjured  for  many 
/ears ;  otherwise  they  are  liable  to  decay. 

20.  Maine  ftirnishes  nearly  three  fourths 
of  all  the  white  pine  lumber  exported 
from  the  United  States  {  and  next  to  Maine 
the  shores  of  lake  Champlain  seem  moat  to 
tbound  in  it.  The  wood  is  formed  into 
clapboards,  shingles  tec,  which  are  sent 
in  great  quantities  to  the  West  Indies. 

31.  Pine  forests  are  extremely  liable 
to  be  frequently  ravaged  by  fire;  and  it 
h  very  diflicult  to  arrest  the  flames 
when  they  have  once  seized  upon  them. 
In  some  parts  of  France,  the  following 
method  is  practised  with  success:— If  a 
fire  break  out  in  the  forest,  a  second  is 
kindled  at  a  point  directly  opposite,  when 
a  current  of  air  seta  finm  the  first  to  the 
second,  which  carries  the  flames  to  a  com- 
mon centre,  leaving  the  surrounding  woods 
uninjured. 

CORK-TREE. 

33.  The  cork-tree  is  a  species  of  oak, 
which  flourishes  in  Spain.  There  is  a 
large  wood  of  cork  trees  near  the  top  of 
mount  Etna,  in  Sicily.  Indeed,  in  France, 
and  in  all  the  south  of  Europe,  it  abounds. 

28.  The  trees  must  be  fifteen  years  old, 
before  their  bark  is  fit  to  be  peeled.  They 
may  then  yield  it  six  or  eight  years  suc- 
cessively. The  bark  is  cut  lengthwise 
from  the  trees,  from  top  to  bottom,  and  all 
around  it  also.    The  bark  is  stripped  from 


90.  What  does  Maine  Aimiah?  SI.  What  of  the 
liability  of  pine  forests  to  be  destroyed  by  fire  f 
98.  What  of  theeork-tiee  f  83.  How  old  must  the 


the  tree;  yet  the  tree  does  not  die,  be 
cause  the  new  bark,  which  comes  every 
year,  would  push  the  former  one  off,  were 
it  not  sirip|ied  in  this  manner.  The 
sheets  of  bark  are  put  under  water,  and 
riinde  flot  by  heavy  weights  put  on  them 
while  soaking.  It  is  afterwards  dried,  and 
then  becomes  fit  fur  use. 

84.  It  comes  over  to  us  in  broad  pieces, 
four  or  five  feet  long,  and  eiifl^en  or 
twenty  inches  wide.  The  cork  cutters, 
(for  it  is  n  business  by  itself,)  with  very 
sharp  knives,  cut  it  into  prn|)cr  lengths, 
and  round  it  fit  for  use.  The  best  sort, 
which  are  tolerably  firee  ft-om  veins  and 
cracks,  are  soft  and  pliable,  and  are  called 
velvet  corks.  Good  cork  is  very  compres- 
sible, being  very  porous ;  yet,  by  its  elas- 
ticity,  it  swells  again,  and  fills  up  the  place 
into  which  it  has  been  forced,  so  complete- 
ly, that  neither  water  nor  air  can  past 
through  it. 

39.  The  ancient  Romans  and  Greeks 
knew  the  tree,  and  the  bark  waa  used  as 
floats  to  fishermen's  nets.  It  was  used 
also  by  the  ladies,  as  soles  to  keep  their 
feet  from  the  wet,  and  to  raise  such  aa 
wished  to  appear  taller  than  their  natural 
height.  It  was  used  sometimes  to  stop 
vessels;  but  not  generally,  for  the  Ro- 
man wine-vessels  had  larger  mouths  than 
a  piece  of  cork  could  conveniently  fill. 
Wax,  clay,  pitch,  and  gypsum,  were  pre- 
ferred ;  or  the  upper  part  of  the  vessel  waa 
filled  with  oil,  or  honey,  to  prevent  the 
air  from  having  access  to  the  liquor;  a 
practice  still  common  in  Italy. 

36.  The  invention  of  glass  bottles 
brought  cork  into  general  use ;  their  necka 
being  small,  the  cork  suits  them,  and  be* 
comes  the  best  sort  of  stopper.  This  waa 
not  till  the  fifteenth  century.  The  French 
cork-wood  is  the  best  we  import. 


trees  be  before  their  bark  is  peeled?  84.  How 
does  the  cork  come  ?  85.  Wat  it  known  by  the 
ancient  Romans  and  Greeks  i  96.  By  wut  in- 


:.;-r"v 


'W^ 


I  |,*j"i  ipmim^mtnimK^frf!? 


mm 


BOOK  or  COHMmCI. 


CEDAR. 
97.  Thd  cedar  of  mniint  Lebanon,  men- 
tloofld  in  icriplure,  ka  rerkoiiutl  one  of  tlie 
ilneat  and  Inrgeat  treea  in  ttie  world.  Ita 
wood  ia  very  hard,  Iti'iiutiful,  aulid,  inclin- 
ing to  a  re«idiHli  color,  and  incorruptible. 
It  ia  naod  in  the  innniifiicturu  of  black  lead 
pencila,  and  iifliirdn  an  excellent  material 
for  poata.  Alany  of  llie  Woat  India  in- 
landa,  ^^rticularly  Jiimuica,  ore  well  alored 
with  ocdant.  Tlicy  are  likewiM  very 
plantiAil  in  North  America. 
WALNUT. 

38.  The  common  wolnut  ia  a  very  hand- 
•ome  and  a  very  uacAd  tree.  The  young 
treea  are  often  made  into  lioopa,  uiul  the 
wood  is  made  into  nxe-handiea,  and  a 
variety  of  agricullural  inatrumenta.  Tho 
white  walnut,  or  hickory,  ia  a  native  of 
North  America,  where  it  growa  to  be  a 
timber  of  conaideruhle  dimenaiona.  It  af- 
forda  excellent  fuel. 

CHESTNUT. 

39.  The  cheatnut-troe  ia  met  with  in 
great  abundance  throughout  moat  of  the 
United  Statca.  It  ia  very  ornamental 
when  growing,  and  it  makea  very  good 
limber.  Puata  made  of  cheatnut  are  aaid 
to  be  fkr  more  durable  than  thoae  of  oaK. 

MAPLE. 
80.  Of  the  maple  tlieni  ore  about  thirty- 
■bt  apeeiea,  nativca  of  varioua  countrica. 
Six  are  indigenoua  to  Euro|>e,  about  twelve 
to  America,  and  the  reat  to  varioua  porta 
of  Aaia.  The  Great  Maple,  called  also 
the  aycamore  and  the  plane-tree,  ia  hardy, 
and  growa  rapidly,  and  to  a  great  height. 
The  timber  is  very  close  and  compact, 
easily  cut,  and  of  a  bandaome  color.  As 
it  often  taltea  a  fine  polish,  and  bears  var- 
nishing well,  it  ir  much  uaed  for  certain 
porta  of  musical  instrumenta.  Before  the 
general  introduction  of  pottery  ware,  it 
was  the  common  material  for  bowla  and 


vantion  was  cork  brought  into  uie  i    S27.  What 
ofosdar?  S8.  Walnut?  39.  Chestnut ?   30.  Ma- 


plattera  of  all  aorta}    and  many  are  alii' 
made  of  it. 

3L  Tlie  sugar  maple  growa  plenliAilly 
in  the  United  8latea(  and  ft-oni  the  aap 
of  it,  a  considerable  quantity  of  sugar  ia 
made.  The  method  of  obtaining  thia  sugar 
haa  been  already  deacribed. 
TEAK.TREE. 

33.  The  teak-tree  ia  a  native  of  India. 
It  is  used  in  ship>building  like  the  oak. 
and  has  aome  reaemblanee  to  it  in  ita  tim 
ber.  It  ia  a  tree  of  uncommon  aize,  and 
bears  a  hard  nut.  On  tho  banks  of  the 
river  Irawaddy,  in  the  Birman  empire,  the 
teak  foreau  are  unrivalled  (  and  they  riao 
BO  far  over  the  Jungle  or  hruahwood,  by 
which  tropical  foreata  are  usually  encum- 
bered, that  they  aeem  almoat  aa  if  ono 
forest  were  raiaed  on  gigantic  polea  over 
the  top  of  another.  Eflbru  are  alwut  to 
bt;  made  to  raiae  thia  tree  in  Florida. 

83.  There  are  numerous  other  kinds  of 
trees  useftil  either  for  their  timlter  or  their 
peculiar  qualitiea,  which  our  limits  pre- 
vent us  ,j^om  enumerating.  In  the  suc- 
ceeding chapter  a  description  of  the  prin- 
cipal ornamental  wooda  will  be  given. 

CHAP.  XXVII. 
WOODS  — CosTisoio. 

MAHOQANT. 

1.  The  common  mahogany  ia  one  of 
the  moat  majestic  treaa  in  the  world.  In 
Cuba  and  Honduras,  thia  tree,  during  a 
growth  of  two  centuries,  expands  to  such  a 
gigantic  size,  throws  out  such  massive 
arms,  and  spreads  the  shado  of  ita  shining 
green  leaves  over  such  a  vast  surfkce,  that 
even  the  proudest  oaks  of  our  fbrest  ap- 
pear insignificant  in  comparison  with  it. 
A  single  log  has  often  weighed  six  or 
seven  tons,  and  been  sold  for  more  than 
one  thouaand  dollars. 


ple.>    3L  Sunr  maple.'     33.  The  leak-trss. 
1.   What  of  mahogany  f    S.  Its  discovery ' 


.■..■L:f..|.^,  ,.A.-,  ,i     ■,^j.^''-A-^ 


II  ii»ir>iirii«'MiitMiiii,''i»». 


"tSP~- 


**§i 


•nd  many  are  alii' 

B  growa  plentiAilly 
and  IVoni  the  aap 
uantily  of  augar  ia 
obtaining  tbia  augar 
ibed. 
REE. 

I  a  native  of  India, 
tiding  lilte  tbe  oak. 
nee  to  it  in  iu  tim 
loommon  iize,  and 
I  the  banka  of  the 
Birman  empire,  the 
tiled  I  and  they  ria« 
t  or  hruibwood,  by 
are  usually  eneuni- 
I  almost  aa  if  one 
gigantic  polea  o^er 
Sflbrts  are  about  to 
ree  iu  Florida, 
roua  other  kinds  of 
their  timlwr  or  their 
ich  our  limita  pre- 
ating.  In  the  auc- 
ription  of  the  prin- 
s  will  be  given. 

txvii. 

ORTIHDID. 

ANT. 

lahogany  ia  one  of 
s  in  the  world.  In 
tbia  tree,  during  a 
IS,  expanda  to  such  a 
out  such  maaaive 
ahada  of  ita  ahining 
1  a  vast  aurikee,  that 
IB  of  our  forest  ap* 
comparison  with  it. 
en  weighed  aix  or 
aold  for  more  than 


33. 


The  teak-trse. 
Its  discovery' 


iX  milii  I 


"t** 


iiir«Mk^Mi«»  •••Ti»'0mJ9t*iKt*  •fT''*^^ 


V 


WOODS. 


S.  The  discovery  of  lliis  brnutiflil  tim- 
tM>r  was  acnidnnlal,  and  its  inlrodiirtion 
into  notice  was  slow.  A  physi<-ian  of  the 
namo  of  Gibbons,  who  rt-'siilfd  in  London, 
riTcivod  in  1794  a  present  of  souio  ma. 
hflgnny  planks  fVoin  his  brotlmr,  a  Wi<st 
India  captain.  The  Doctor  was  nrcctliiK 
a  house,  and  gave  the  pInnkN  to  the  work- 
inoii,  who  r<'ji!ct<><l  tlii-ni  as  bring  loo  boril. 
Tbe  Doctor's  cablnet-makvr  was  cmploycil 
to  make  a  candle-box  of  it,  and  as  he  won 
aawiug  up  the  plank  he  also  complained 
of  the  hardness  of  the  timber.  Hut  when 
the  candl«-box  was  finished,  it  oiilslionn 
ill  licniity  all  the  Doctor's  otiinr  (\irniturt', 
and  bccami)  on  object  of  curiosity  und  ex- 
hibition. The  (vood  wos  then  taken  into 
fnvor ;  ond  the  despised  tnnlioguny  bitcamo 
a  prominent  article  of  luxury  among  the 
rich. 

3.  The  mahogany  tree  is  found  in  great 
quantities  on  the  low  and  woody  lundn, 
and  oven  upon  the  rocks  in  the  connlrics 
on  the  wrstcni  shores  of  tlio  Carilibcaii 
sea,  aliout  Honduras  and  Canipeochy.  It 
Ih  also  abundant  iu  the  islands  of  Cuba 
and  Hayti,  ai.d  it  used  to  be  pIcntiAil  in 
Jamaica,  where  it  woa  of  excellent  quality ; 
but  most  of  the  larger  trees  have  been  cut 
down. 

4.  The  season  for  cutting  the  mahogany 
in  Honduras  usually  commences  about  the 
month  of  August.  The  gnnga  of  laborers 
eihployed  in  tbia  work  consist  of  iVom 
twenty  to  fifty  each,  but  few  exceed  the 
latter  number.  They  are  compoHctI  of 
slaves  and  firee  persons,  and  each  gang  boa 
one  person  belonging  to  it  ternic«i  the 
huntsman.  His  chief  occupation  is  to 
aearab  the  woods,  or,  as  it  is  called,  the 
bush,  to  find  labor  for  the  whole. 

5.  Accordingly,  about  the  beginning 
of  August,  the  huntsman  ia  despatched  on 
hia  important  mission.     He  cuts  bis  way 


3.  Where  is  it  found  f  4.  When  is  the  season 

for  cutUng  i  6.  How  are  the  trees  selected .'  6. 

8 


Ihrniigh  tlio  tliickrst  of  tlii^  wnodx  to  soma 
I'liivaled  siiuoiion,  niiil  rlliiil>i  the  tallest 
tree  ho  finds,  iVoiii  wbirli  ho  minutely  sur- 
vi'ys  the  surrounding  country.  At  this 
seiiNon  the  leaves  of  tlm  mnhn^nny  tree 
are  invariitbly  of  a  yi'llow  reddish  bur,  nnd 
an  ryn  accUKtomed  to  tlilH  kind  nf  exer- 
cise cnii,  at  a  great  distance,  discern  tbe 
places  wiicre  llie  wood  is  iiinst  abundant. 

6.  He  now  dcHccnds,  and  direrts  Ids 
steps  to  the  spot  which  bo  inny  hove  se- 
lected. Hnvin;;  reached  it  with  bis  party, 
the  next  opernlioii  is  the  felling  of  a  siif- 
flcietit  number  of  trees  to  employ  the 
gnng  during  the  season.  The  mahogany 
tree  is  coinninnly  cut  nliout  ten  or  twelve 
feet  (Vom  the  ground,  a  stngo  being  erected 
for  the  axe-iiinn  employed  in  levelling  it. 
Tbe  trunk  of  the  tree,  from  the  dimensions 
of  the  wood,  is  jrencrolly  preferred  j  but,  for 
ornaiiieiitiil  piirpoKes,  the  limbs  or  branches 
are  generally  preferred. 

7.  A  suflli'ieiit.  number  of  trees  being 
felled  to  occupy  tlio  gang  during  the  seu 
son,  they  comiiienoo  c^":iig  tlie  roads  upon 
which  they  nre  to  ' '  ^niiisported.  "rhis 
may  fairly  bo  cstiinr..r;;  .it  two-thirda  of 
the  labor  ond  expense  of  mahogony  cut- 
ting. Each  mahogany  work  forma  in  It- 
self a  small  village  on  the  banks  of  a  river, 
and  the  nearer  the  trees  grow  to  the  river, 
the  less  difficulty  there  is  in  their  trans- 
portation. 

8.  If  the  mahogany  trees  are  much  dis- 
persed or  scattered,  the  labor  and  extent 
of  rood-cutting  ore  of  course  greatly  in- 
creased. It  liot  unfVequently  occurs  that 
miles  of  rond  and  many  bridges  aro  made 
to  a  single  tree,  that  may  ultimotely  yield 
but  one  log.  When  roads  are  cleared  *>f 
brush-wood,  they  still  require  the  labor 
of  hoes,  pickaxes,  and  sledge-hammers,  to 
level  down  the  hillocks,  to  break  the  rocks, 
and  to  cut  such  of  the  remaining  stumpa 


What  is  then  done  ?  7.  A  sufficient  namber  of 
trees  being  (blled—  ?  8.  What  of  road'Cutting  •*' 


-jEsss-Htttrrrr^s 


1 


II 


^ 


T^ 


IW  IM    I  If 


■oof  or  coMMiiirR. 


' 


f 


u  might  Inipriln  tlin  wliooU  tlml  ore  Imri)- 
•Aar  l<>  pax*  nvrr  thi'in. 

9.  Tliu  rnatlM  Ih-Ihk  now  in  •  ■laCn  of 
rrailiiiMM,  which  iiiny  K''»<'rally  Ihi  cH't'rti'ti 
Ity  th*i  iiionlh  uf  I)i<fi>iM>»«r,  ihi*  iiiiiliogiiiiy 
Ireo  ia  cut  into  Kirm,  wliirh  ar*'  N)|iiori<ii  hy 
innana  of  tlio  nxtt.  In  March,  tlio  fi'naon 
iKfIng  ilry,  it  ia  iIiiip  to  <lruw  tlowii  tlin  loya 
fVoin  lliflir  plucif  nl*  Krowili.  A  khiik  of 
forty  men  in  iri'iicrolly  cupaltlo  of  worltinK 
aix  trurkN.  Karli  inicit  ri'ipiirca  novcn 
jiair  of  oxvn  oimI  two  itriverit :  nixiccn  to 
cut  food  for  till!  cuiilu,  anil  twnlve  to  hinil 
or  put  Iho  loga  on  ihi*  rorriiiKca, 

.  10.  From  thn  intcnau  licnl  of  tho  nun, 
the  callln,  eaporially,  woiijil  ho  unublo  to 
work  ilurinff  ita  iulhi«!iic«{  ami,  comui- 
quently  the  loading  and  carriage  of  tho 
limhor  are  performed  in  thn  \\\^\\U  I'Iccch 
of  wood  aplit  A-om  the  trunk  of  thn  piich- 
pino  are  uaed  aa  lorclica  hy  the  workmen. 
The  river-aidn  la  generally  reached  by 
the  wearied  drivera  and  ratllo  before 
the  aun  ia  at  ita  higheat  power;  and  the 
Iflga,  marked  with  the  owner'a  initiala,  are 
thrown  into  the  river. 

11.  About  the  end  of  Mr.y  the  periodiral 
raina  again  commenre.  The  torrenta  of 
water  diacharged  A-om  the  clouda  are  ao 
great  aa  to  render  the  rouda  impaaaable  in 
the  courae  of  a  few  houra,  when  all  truck- 
ing ceaaca.  Aliout  the  middle  of  June, 
tho  rivora  are  awollen  to  an  immenao 
height.  Tho  loga  then  float  down  a  dia- 
tonce  of  two  hundred  milea,  being  follow- 
ed by  the  gang  in  conoea,  to  disengage 
them  fVom  the  branchea  of  the  overhang- 
ing treea,  until  they  are  stopped  in  aome 
convenient  aituation  at  the  mouth  of  tho 
river.  Each  gang  then  acparatea  ita  own 
cutting!,  whicli  are  recognised  by  the  marks 
on  the  ends  of  the  logs,  and  forma  them 
into  largo  rafta;  in  this  atate  they  ore 
brought  down  to  the  wharvea  of  the  pro- 


9.  How  is  the  mahogany  traniported?  10.  When 
if  the  operation  of  loading  pertormod .'  11.  WItat 


prietora,  where  they  are  taken  nut  of  the 
water,  uiid  smoothed  on  their  aides  by  th« 
axe.  The  end*,  which  frecpmnily  get  split 
ntid  rent  by  being  daithed  ogninit  rocka  in 
the  river,  are  aUo  sawed  itfT  They  are 
now  ready  for  shipping.  Ilelixo  ia  the 
princi|ial  |Mirt  for  this  piarpose, 

noxwuoD. 

13.  The  box-tree  is  u  native  of  nil  the 
middle  and  southern  parts  of  Kurnpo.  It 
is  a  shrubby  evergreen,  twelve  or  flAoen 
feet  high,  and  wiili  bright,  myrtlu-shapud 
leaves.  It  haa  been  remarked  that  tliit 
tree  was  formerly  ao  common  ir  aeveral 
parts  of  Fugland  as  to  have  given  name  to 
several  places,  |mrticularly  to  Koxliill  in 
Hurry,  and  Koxley  in  Kent;  and  in  1810, 
there  were  cut  down  at  Hoxhill,  as  many 
trees  of  this  sort  aa  produced  u|)warda 
of  £10,000.  This  tree  waa  much  ad- 
mired by  tho  ancient  Romans,  and  has 
been  much  cultivated,  in  latter  timoa,  on 
account  of  ita  being  easily  clipped  into 
tho  forma  of  animala  and  other  fantastic 
sliapea. 

IS.  Tho  wood  ia  of  a  yellowish  color, 
closely  grained,  very  hard  and  heavy,  and 
admita  of  a  l)eautiAil  poliah.  On  theae 
accounts,  it  ia  much  used  by  turncra,  by 
engravers  on  wood,  curvera,  and  mathe- 
matical instrument  makera.  Flutea  and 
other  wind  instrumenta  are  formed  of  it  \ 
and  Airniture  made  of  box-wood,  would 
bo  valuable  were  it  not  too  heavy,  oa  it 
would  not  only  be  very  beautiAil,  but  iu 
better  quality  would  aecure  it  (Vom  the  at- 
tacka  of  insects.  In  France  it  ia  in  much 
demand  for  combe,  knife  handlea  and  but- 
ton moulda;  ond  it  haa  been  atated  that 
the  quantity  annually  aent  firom  Spain  to 
Paris  in  nione  estimated  at  more  than  ten 
thousand  livres.  An  oil  distilled  fl-om  the 
shavings  of  hox-wood  haa  been  found  to 
relieve  tho  tooth-ache,  and  to  be  uaeflil  in 


of  the  swelling  of  the  rivers.'    18.  What  of  box- 
wood }    13.  Its  color  &c.  i>   14.  What  of  eograr- 


-nJi.^.fc.j..  ^.^t*^mmti  iT^m rti.i  liiiJI    .iii^'i'.iUliPflt'lWWiiMO.i'litin^*. 


fokiin  nut  nf  ih« 
Ihnlr  alilna  \>y  th« 
r<>r|iiflnily  kiiI  pplil 
I  aKniiiil  rofkt  In 
il  off.  Tiny  ire 
r.  Ili'llio  U  Iht 
r|>u««. 

3D. 

iinllva  of  nil  tli« 
tN  f)f  Kuropo.      It 

twclvu  or  flftoeii 
hi,  inyrtlo-Nliopud 
tinarkt'd  tlint  tliii 
tinniuit  Ir  lovcral 
Bvn  f(\vvi\  nniiiA  to 
irly  to  lioxliill  in 
I'lM;   anil  in  1810. 

Iloxhill,  aa  many 
•roiliiccd  upwnnla 
n  waa  inucli  nil- 
Rnrnana,  anil  liaa 
n  lntt»<r  limiw,  nn 
unily  clippnl  into 
ntl  other  flintaatic 

yellowiah  color, 
rd  and  hnavy,  and 
^liah.  On  tlinae 
mA  by  turnrm,  by 
rvera,  and  maihe- 
kers.     Flutea  and 

ere  formod  of  it ; 

box-wood,  would 

:  too  heavy,  as  it 
r  beautifbl,  but  iu 
ure  it  (Vom  the  at- 
ancn  it  la  in  much 
u  handlea  and  but- 
been  stated  that 
RUt  Oom  Spain  to 

at  more  than  ten 
I  diatilled  iVom  the 
lias  been  found  to 
nd  to  be  uaeflil  in 

i>    IS,  What  of  box- 
14.  What  of  engiar* 


'TSt^,^- 


, 


weopi. 


other    fomplainta;     and     the     powdrrrd 
liiavaa  d<**iroy  wnrnia. 

14.  Tliitre  ia  one  |Hir|KM«  for  which 
Imx,  and  box  alone,  ia  properly  ailaptrd, 
and  that  ia  the  funning  of  wood  rula,  titr 
ilhialnitioriN  In  Itoitka.  Thcan  rcdure  the 
pritu  riinniilrrubly  in  the  Drat  «-nirrnviii|r, 
and  alaw  in  the  printing  |  while  the  wimkI- 
rut  in  box  n<lmita  of  aa  fine  and  »harp  a 
Aniah  aa  any  iiii'ial,and  lakra  the  Ink  much 
txitter.  Il  ia  rrmarknhly  durnbli'  loot  for, 
if  the  cut  he  not  cxpoacd  to  niternalii 
nioiaiure  or  linai,  ao  na  lo  warp  or  rruah  it, 
the  nuiiibrra  of  tlnMiaanda  ihnt  it  will  print 
ia  almoat  increilible.  Thn  illuatrntlnn*  of 
thia  book  are  eiigrnvinKa  on  box-wood. 

KBONY. 
IA.  F.bony-wood  ia  hrouKht  0mm  thi> 
Iiidiea.  It  la  exri'i'dinirly  hard  and  heavy, 
auacepliblo  of  a  very  fine  |Ntliah,  and  on 
that  acroinit  uaed  in  rnoMnic  and  Inlaid 
worka.  lliero  are  mitny  kiiida  of  ebony : 
the  moat  imual  are  hinrk,  red,  anti  ^reen. 
HIack  ebony  ia  murli  prftVrrod  to  llint  of 
any  other  color.  It  ia  mtw  much  leaa 
uaed  than  formerly;  ainvo  the  <liacovery 
of  ao  many  waya  of  imparting  to  other 
woods  a  black  color. 

LIONUMV1TAE. 

16.  The  Liffttumvititt  nf  commerce  ii  a 
dark-looking  evergreen,  and  grown  to  a 
great  aize  in  the  West  India  iaianda,  of 
which  it  Is  a  native.  It  ia  a  very  hardy 
tree,  and  retains  its  greenness  in  the  dryest 
weather.  It  strikes  its  root  deep  into  the 
ground,  and  thus  defies  the  hurricane  aa 
well  as  the  drought.  The  bark  is  hard, 
smooth  and  brittle ;  and  the  wood  is  of  a 
yellowish,  or,  ratlior,  olive  color. 

17.  Lignumvitae  is  the  weightiest  tim- 
ber with  which  we  are  acquainted,  and  it 
is  the  most  difficult  to  work.  It  can  hard- 
ly be  split,  but  breaks  into  pieces  like  a 
stone  or  crystallized  metal.     It  is  flill  of 


Ing  on  wood  f  16.  What  of  ebony .'  16.  Lignam. 
viter  17.  lU  weight.'  IS.  Of  whstiise  ia  it  when 


rcsinouM  jiiire,  which  |»revents  oil  or  water 
fVom  working  into  it;  and  it  ia,  tlicrrfoi* 
proof  ngnlnitl  dccny.  Ila  weight  and 
iinrdni'ia  make  il  ijie  very  brat  tiirdier  fbr 
Ninmp«-ra  and  malh'la  of  all  aorta  (  and  Its 
rcainiiua  nialter  flta  it  the  lieat  for  th« 
Mhenvca  or  piiltoya  of  blocka,  and  for  frie- 
lion  rollcra  and  caatora. 

IH.  When  M\  grown,  the  largrat  lig- 
iinnivilae  trcca  are  iVom  forty  to  fifty  fbel 
in  height,  and  iVoin  fourteen  to  eighieen 
inchca  in  tlinnicter.  The  reain  nf  the  lig- 
Hurnvilae,  l)um  dunieum  of  the  aho|Hi, 
may  be  oblnined  by  lapping  the  live  tree, 
and  alao  by  boiling  llie  chi|M  and  aawduat 
of  the  wood.  Il  ia  aronialin,  allghtly 
bitter,  and  prescribed  in  chronic  rhoum»* 
liaina  and  other  dixi'iiix'a. 

ROSKWOOD,  &o. 

10.  Tlie  wood  moat  in  uae  fitr  cabinet 
worka,  next  to  mnhn({nny  Is  rosewood. 
The  naaie  of  this  specieN  of  wood  is  de- 
rived fVoui  ila  fVugrance ;  anil  It  haa  long 
iNien  known  lo  cabinet-mokera.  It  was 
firat  inlroiltici'd,  it  ia  anid,  fVom  the  inland 
of  Cypriia;  though  the  groat  supply  now 
comea  A'oni  Hraxil.  The  width  of  the 
logs  imported  into  this  country  averages 
twenty-two  inchca,  ao  that  it  must  be  the 
produce  of  a  coniiilerable  tree.  The 
wood  is  usually  cut  into  veneers  of  nine 
to  an  inch ;  and  is  employed  In  this  way 
for  all  the  larger  f\irniture,  such  as  tables ; 
hut  s«>lid  for  the  legs  of  chairs,  tables  and 
cabineta. 

20.  There  are  many  other,  varieties  of 
fancy  wood,  aa  the  cnlamander  wood  of 
the  iaiand  of  Ceylon,  zebra  wood,  sandal 
wood,  aatin  wood,  Coromandel  wood  &c 
Thean  are  leas  used  than  thoae  which  we 
have  dcHcribed,  but  perhaps  they  are  not 
much  inferior  to  them  in  beauty.  Brazil 
f\irniahea  an  endless  variety  of  usefbl  and 
ornamental  wood. 


full  gruwn .'   What  ia  gum  guaieum  i*   19.  Rose 
wood .'  !<U.  W  lint  of  other  kinds  of  wood  i 


■I 


•i 


I J  I*.  ..^■^. 


>J|^.1I>*WIII  iiil)l>l)  il>.    Hill 


l,^ 


uni'wm^*'*fsi'''9t*' 


*tm^ 


mmn 


100 


■  001    or    COMMItCI. 


CHAP.  XXVIII. 

tMvnu,  Mr.uiciNr.ii,  i»vr.Mrii»r.i &•. 
i,(>uwut)U. 

1.  Tlili  U  iImi  wu<h1  «iI'  a  irc*,  o  imltvi*  i 
•f  Anmries,  anil  which  •luiii*  ihn  Krciilril  i 
parfvcliun  at  CaiiiiMiorhy  aiiii  In  lltn  W«<it , 
InilicN.     Thu  irru  gruvva  vrry  high.       Il» 
Mwtta  ara  kiiuwit  hy  iho  iiaiiin  iil'  Jamaica  j 
p«p|M)r  ur  aiU|)icii.     Logwood  la  ao  h«av]r 
u  lo  aliik  ill  waleri  It  la  liunl,  cniiiiiacl,  oi* 
•  Aim  grain,  rapultla  of  iMting  |ioliahed,  an<l 
•carcnly  au*cf|>(ibl«  of  ili-ray. 

ti.  Tho  rhiif  ua«  of  logwonil  la  Tor 
dying.  Fur  thia  iturpoan  ila  juire,  aa  It  la 
eoiiiinonly  railed,  iiioy  ho  extracted  by 
dacoction  with  walvr.  Alcohol  cxiracta 
it  morn  readily  and  co|tiou«ly  ilmii  walcr. 
The  color  ol'  ita  dyca  ia  a  tiiia  red,  iiiL-lin- 
ing  a  lililo  lo  vloliit  or  piirpli'.  Acid*  iiiru 
it  ytillow  I  alknlivH  dueitfin  ita  color.  Log- 
wood ia  an  artlcio  of  grnnt  coinnuircial 
iin|t«)rlanci>.  It  In  iin|iorti'il  in  logn,  which 
wr«  ancrwurda  clii|>|i«'d. 

URAXIL-WOOl). 

8.  Thia  wood  ia  ao  culled  (Voin  tho 
provinco  whcncu  it  waa  hrnught ;  although 
il  haa  btinn  contvMod  that  tlio  iianio  and 
tho  womi  were  common  hui'ore  thu  dia- 
eovery  of  Aiiu'riva,  and  tliut  the  provinca 
received  ita  namo  from  the  wood.  Tho 
tree  ia  large,  cnwked  and  knotty.  Thu 
leavea  ore  of  o  bcautifbl  red,  aiid  exhale 
u  agreeable  odor.  Tho  principal  uoe  of 
the  wood  ia  in  dying  red  ;  and  though  the 
color  ia  liable  to  decay,  yet,  by  mi.xinj;  it 
with  alum  and  tartar,  it  ia  caaily  niudu 
permanent.  There  ia  uImo  made  of  it,  by 
meana  of  acida,  n  aort  of  liquid  lake  or 
««rinine,  for  painting  in  miniature. 
FUSTIC. 

4.  Fuatle  ia  the  wood  of  a  ipeciea  of 
mulberry,  growing  in  moat  parte  of  South 
America,  in  the  United  Statea,  and  the 
Weat  India   ialanda.     It   ia   a   large  and 


1.   What  of  logwood  r  3.  lu  um?    3.  Driiil 


handaiime  tree ;  and  thn  llinlter,  though 
iikit  moat  oilinr  dy«>wooda,  brillli',  l»  hard 
ami  eliHir- grained.  It  ia  very  rxiHimlvely 
uaad  aa  an  ingradiani  in  iho  dying  of  yal* 
low,  and  ia  largely  iniporlud  lor  tiiut  piir- 

|HHM<. 

ANNorrt). 
a.  Aniioilo,  or  Arnaiio,  ia  a  kind  of 
biiil'-colored  dye,  which  haa  aci|ulred  wiili 
iia  the  name  of  A*«inA((N,  iVom  Nanking 
In  China,  whence  tha  calico  ao  rolore«l 
flrat  came.  It  ia  procured  fVoiii  tho  aead 
ea|iaulaa  of  the  liiia,  a  tree  of  Houth 
America.  The  aceda  are  contained  in  a 
|iod  aimilnr  to  a  cheatnul.  Thia  ariiclo  ia 
extunaively  uoed  in  dying  and  pointing. 

fOtilllNKAL, 
H.  t'oi'liiiMid  ia  found  in  Mexico, 
(Jeorgiii,  Hoiitli  Carolina,  anti  aoiiie  of  ihu 
Weat  India  iainiida,  but  it  ia  in  iMexico 
only  tliiit  it  ia  reared  with  care  and  I'orma 
an  iiii|inrtiiiit  article  of  cointnerre.  It  ia  n 
unioll  iiiwcl,  u'Idtim  exceeding  the  ai/o  of 
a  Kfain  of  barley  |  niid  wna  generally  l>« 
jit^ved,  for  a  coiiHitlerulilu  time  athr  it 
iMigan  to  be  iin|Kirted  iiilu  Europe,  to  be  u 
H«)rt  of  vegetable  grain  or  aued.  It  ia  prin- 
cipally uaed  in  the  dying  of  acarlot,  rrim- 
feon.  Olid  other  bright  color*.  It  la  Impor- 
ted in  bngH,  each  containing  about  900  lb*. 

7.  Tho  two  oexea  of  thia  inacci  are  ex  • 
ceedingly  diaaimilar  in  their  appearance. 
The  fomale,  which  alone  ia  valuoble  fur  ita 
color,  ia  ill-ahaped,  awkward  and  atupid. 
Tho  mule  ia  very  Mcnrue,  and  one  i*  autli- 
ciont  for  300  fvmnle*.  It  ia  aniall,  ilendor 
and  ociive  in  compariaon  with  the  female. 

8.  The  cochineal  inaect  may,  in  aome 
reapeciM,  Im  compared  to  the  ailk-worni, 
particularly  in  the  manner  of  depoaiting  ita 
egga.  The  iniecta  deatined  for  thia  pur- 
poao  ore  taken  at  a  proper  time  of  their 
growth,  and  put  into  a  box  well  cloecd, 
and  lined  with  a  coarae  cloth,  leit  any  of 
them  ahould  be  loat ;  ond  in  thia  confine- 


wood?    4.  Fuitio?   6.  Annotto.'  From  what  ia 


-^  T.»n.«  »»i.iiiwii<itaiiiii>'»ii>i  jMaiMtiiriip   .. 


iliit  lliiilwr,  ili<iii|h 
»«!•,  ItrltllM,  li  liwil 
U  vi'ry  rxlttimlviily 
II  Ihi)  tlyiiiir  uf  y«l> 
turlvtl  I'or  lliut  |tiir* 

TO. 

itio,  ii  a   kinil   of 

iiu  aci|iilri*il  Willi 

i*n,  IViiiii  NuiikiiiK 

rnliro   ao  roliiro«i 

irt'ti  tVotii  ihu  Mt«il 

•   Iruu    iif  Huutli 

•ra  rniiuiimii  in  ii 

ul.    Till*  iirtitit)  la 

IK  unit  |ialiitliiK. 

;al, 

otiiiii  ill  Mixlcn, 
II,  uiitl  iit)iiii<  of  tliu 
II  It  In  III  Mexico 
llli  roni  oiiil  iiiriim 
coiiiini'rri'.  It  in  k 
M'ciliiiK  ilin  iii'/.«  III' 

wiiM  gt'iiorully  liii 
lililu  liiiio  nih'r  it 
ilu  Kuropi',  lu  Im  u 
ir  Rui'd.  li  ii  prill- 
ig  of  •cnrlut,  rrini- 
uloM.  Il  i*  iiiipnr- 
iiing  about  900  llw. 
tliia  iiisvcl  aru  ex- 

llirir  a|)pcarauct). 
e  il  valuablu  fur  ita 
Icward  and  itiipiil. 
',  and  Olio  In  milH- 
It  in  ■mall,  ilnndur 
n  with  llie  foiiinlo. 
lect  may,  in  aoine 
Id  the  HJilt-woriii, 
ler  of  depoaiiiiig  ita 
lined  for  thli  pur* 
oper  lime  of  their 

box  well  cloaed, 
cloth,  leit  any  of 
fid  in  Ihla  confine- 
lotto .'  From  what  ia 


.AM 


*4i'^ 


•aiTM,  Hioiciifii,  »ri'iTorri,  Ice. 


101 


ni«ni  ihcy  lay  ih«<lr  ^ggn  and  dif.  At 
Oaxara,  rorhUifal  Inifrin  ar««  galhrrril  In 
larxn  i|uanllilca,  and  form  an  KnirnMlvc 
liranrh  <if  >*omtiii*rc«  |  ih«  riililvailnn  of 
ihcae  IIiiIk  friialiiraa  ItriiiK  thi>ri<  the  rhirf 
«*mploymi<ni  of  ihn  Indiana.  Corhhiral  la 
■om«llini«a  iiafid  in  niadlrine. 
IMDiaO. 
0.  Indian  la  thn  driif  which  ylflda  ih«* 
InmuiIAiI  dye  of  that  name.  Il  i«  obtained 
fViim  curtain  tropical  plania,  which  are 
riiltivated  both  In  India  and  America.  It 
il  probable  that  the  culture  of  the  indigo 
plant  haa  been  practiaed  In  India  flrom  a 
remoii  period.  Aa  It  la  (bund  in  com- 
merce, Indigo  preienia  the  Airm  of  little 
■quare  or  oblong  cnkra,  of  a  deep  blue 
color,  It  ia  brittle,  rather  light,  and  with- 
out tamle  or  odor,  flulphiirlo  acid  la  ih« 
only  lingle  agent  that  dlMudvea  Indigo 
without  dcitroying  Iti  color. 

10.  The  Indigo  |ilant  reqiiirea  a  light, 
rich  Moil,  and  a  warm  cxpoiiirc.  It  auc- 
ceeda  beit  on  newly  cleared  Inndi,  on  ac- 
count of  their  moliuurn.  Tlie  accd,  which, 
oa  to  figure  and  color,  rcacmblci  gunpow- 
der, la  town  in  little  fVirrowa,  at  ■  fbol 
diatant  flrom  each  other.  Though  it  may 
be  aown  in  all  aeaaona,  the  apring  ia  com- 
monly preferred.  When  the  filnnt  haa 
been  cut  down,  it  ia  placed  in  Inyera  in  a 
large  wooden  veaitel,  and  covered  with 
water.  In  thia  altuatlon  it  cannot  remain 
long  in  warm  climatea  without  undergoing 
aome  change.  A  blue  aedliiicnt  ii  finally 
obtained  in  thia  manner,  which  when 
dried  ia  formed  Into  amall  lumpi,  and 
packed  for  exportation. 

11.  The  value  of  the  IndigA  conaumed 
In  the  United  Btatea  in  1820,  waa  t-itima- 
ted  at  two  milliona  of  dollari.  Of  thia, 
•bout  one  tenth  part  only,  or  200,000 
pounda  woa  raiacd  in  the  country.  It  ia 
computed  that  Britiah  India  aupplioa  three 


it  procured?     lu  uie?    6.  Where  ii  onch!ne«l 
fbmid'  0.  What  of  Indigo?  10.  WhatofiUcul- 


ftiurtha  of    all   the   indign  brought   Int* 
F.uro|M>an  markeia. 

MAIIDKR 
12.  Madder  ia  ihti  runt  nf  a  plant  of 
which  there  are  leverai  tarleiica.  It  la 
very  much  iiied  in  dying  red  i  and  ihnugh 
ihe  cohir  which  it  im|Hiria  be  Icaa  bright 
and  lieaiiill\il  than  that  of  cochineal,  Il  ha« 
the  advantage  of  lieing  cheaper  anil  mora 
durable.  It  ia  a  native  of  the  Moutli  of 
Kurupe,  Aaia  Minnr,  and  ltidi,i. 

I4ARILI.A. 
m.  Itarilla  ia  ilie  name  of  a  aea-plaiM 
which  growa  very  plenilAilly  on  ihe  coaal 
of  Hpalii.  Il  alKiiiiida  with  anda  |  and  tb* 
Imnura  aabea  of  the  plant,  containing  that 
aalt  In  great  uliiindance,  form  an  important 
artlcio  of  commerce.  The  aKiica  then»> 
aelvea  are  coiiinionly  called  barilla, 
OVM  ARARfC. 

14.  Thia  gum  exiidea  fVom  Ihe  Kgyfitian 
afapin  or  thorn-tree,  whoao  IVuli  atTorda 
the  iiiwfri«tialed  Juice  of  tliat  name.  It  !■ 
brought  to  ihia  country  prInclpHlly  fVom 
Iho  Levant,  It  i*  employed  by  dyero, 
calico-printera  tic,  and  la  of  aonio  iiae  ill 
medicine, 

ABRA-rOKTIDA. 

15.  Thia  iiibatance  ia  brought  in  larft 
maiai-a  fVom  I'eraia  and  the  Haat  Indieo. 
It  ia  a  compact,  gummy,  reainoui  buIh 
■lance,  and  aof\  and  pliable  like  wax  when 
new.  It  amella  like  garlic,  but  much 
itronger,  and  baa  a  bitter,  biting  taate.  It 
ia  iiaed  in  medicine  aa  a  powcrAil  aiimu- 
lant,  particulnrly  of  iht  nervoua  ayiiem. 

COPAL. 

16.  Thia  (tuiri-rcHin  ia  obtained  flroin 
a  tree,  which  la  a  native  of  North  Ameri- 
ca. It  ia  tranaparnnt,  and  of  a  brifkl 
brown  color.  It  forma  an  excellent  w- 
niah,  whicli,  when  properly  applied  and 
■lowly  dried,  la  very  hard  and  durable.  It 
ia  applied  to  aiiiifTlinxcH,  tea-lioardi,  &e. 


ture?  II 
United  SUtci? 


What  of  the  niwntity  cunmimed  in  the 
What  of  madder/   13.  B» 


13. 


W  tlllilir    I   .inWi 


mMiii^mJulmM^^ttnti  .  ».i,.iM*  '-■■.'■  .i".^.,i 


.■wniiit 


■10 


^'ijftv^rrir.js^  •' 


BOOK   or  COMMBKCI. 


CAOUTCHOUC. 

17.  This  aubBtnuec,  usually  termed  /n- 
dian  rubber,  is  propareti  from  tlie  juice  of 
a  tree  growing  in  Cayenne,  und  ottier  |>arts 
of  South  America.  The  trunk  of  the  tree 
it  wounded  by  a  shacp  instrument,  and 
the  juice  which  flows  from  it  applied  in 
successive  coatings  on  a  mould  of  clay, 
«nd  dried  by  the  tire  or  the  sun.  When 
ft  is  of  a  suflicient  thickness,  the  mould  is 
removed. 

18.  Besides  its  use  for  removing  the 
marks  of  black  lead  fVom  paper,  it  is  now 
employed  in  the  manufacture  of  shoes, 
surgical  instruments  and  a  variety  of  other 
articles.  India  rubber  shoes  ore  exported 
flrom  Para  in  South  Americaj  and  have 
become  a  very  important  article  of  com- 
merce. This  valuable  product  was  first 
made  known  to  Europeans  in  1736*  Va- 
rious attempts  have  been  made  to  trans- 
port it  to  Europe  in  its  fluid  state,  but 
without  success.  Its  application  to  the 
arts  is  various,  but,  until  recently,  no  ad- 
vantage has  been  taken  of  one  of  its  most 
femarkable  properties,  its  elasticity.  Two 
ingenious  chemists  of  Paris,  by  a  new  pro- 
cess, have  succeeded  in  spinning  it  into 
threads  of  various  sizes,  and  it  is  now  wo- 
ven into  suspenders,  garters,  surgical  ban- 
dages for  ruptures,  fractured  or  dislocated 
limbs. 

OAMB0(}E. 

19.  Gamboge  is  a  resinous  gum  of  a 
firm  and  compact  texture,  and  of  a  beauti 
fill  yellow   color.     It  is  chiefly  brought 
firom  Cambaja,  or  Cambogia,  in  the  East 
Indies,  whence  it  has  obtained  its  name. 

«  The  best  sort  is  of  a  deep  yellow  or  orange 
color.  It  has  no  smell  and  very  little 
taste.  It  is  used  in  medicine  as  a  strong 
purgative,  but  its  principal  use  is  as  a  pig- 
ment in  water  colors,  though  it  does  not 
stand. 


rills  r   14.  Gum  Arabic  !>    15.  AsM-foetida?   16. 
C^?  17.  Caoutchouc?  18.  lUuaet.'  19.  What 


OUM-LAC. 

20.  Lac  or  gum-lar  is  the  produce  of 
an  insect,  which  deposits  its  eggs  on  the 
branches  of  a  tree  called  Bihar,  in  Assam, 
ond  elsewhere  in  India.  Lac  possesses 
the  properties  of  a  resin,  and  is  tlie  basis 
of  many  varnishes,  and  of  the  finest  kinds 
of  sealing-wax.  It  is  used  in  painting, 
and  imparts  a  fine  red  color  to  silk  and 
cotton.  In  India,  lac  is  formed  into  wings^ 
beads,  and  other  trinkets. 

MYRRH. 

21.  Myrrh  is  brought  firom  the  East  In- 
dies, and  likewise  from  Alexandria,  Smyr- 
na, and  Aleppo.  It  is  hard,  dry,  glossy, 
and  of  various  colors,  and  is  the  produce 
of  a  tree,  of  which  very  little  is  known. 
Myrrh  has  a  peculiar  and  rather  iVagrant 
odor,  and  a  bitter  aromatic  taste.  It  is 
used  chiefly  in  medicine. 

TRAGACANTH. 

22.  Tragiifiinth  Im  obtained  from  a  small 
plant  of  the  same  nan)e  growing  in  Syria 
and  other  eastern  parts.  It  is  brought  to 
us  chiefly  from  Turkey.  It  is  usually 
dearer  than  other  gums.  This  article  is 
of  great  use  in  medicine.  Skinners  and 
curriers  likewise  use  considerable  quan- 
tities of  it  in  the  preparation  of  their 
leather. 

CAMPHOR. 

23.  Camphor,  as  we  have  it,  looks 
something  like  white  sugar-candy.  It  is 
of  the  nature  of  rosin.  It  tastes  very  bit- 
ter; and  will  not  dissolve  in  water,  but 
only  in  spirits  of  wine. 

24.  The  camphor  tree  is  a  species  of 
laurel,  which  grows  in  the  East  Indies 
chiefly  in  the  islands  of  Borneo  and 
Ceylon.  It  is  procured  by  distillation,  ir 
Japan.  Great  quantities  are  used  in  me* 
dicine ;  and  Eastern  princes  burn  it,  as  il 
is  very  inflammable,  gives  a  great  light,  and 
yields  a  considerable  degree  of  fragrance. 


■>■A.■^t.lr^<'■^V  •"«*  ■'■- 


of  gamboge^  20.  Gam-lac?  21.  Myrrh?  SS.Tra 
gacanthr   23.  24.  Camphor?   35.  How  is  it  ob 


.      .,  ..    :    -.:.;■  .■  .,     '.-,.  :,W;,,. ..-;;..  :■.,..    ..:..:.    .    » 


r  %ii'  Hl(S)»nWr-' 


ITXi 


ii)ipn^n»  I.Hi*  H'lW 


''^ 


^ 


AOOS,   MIDIOINiei,   DTB-tTOrrS,   4(C. 


108 


,c. 

in  the  produce  of 
ts  it8  oggB  on  the 
1  Bihar,  in  AHsam, 
a.  Lttc  posaesses 
1,  and  is  the  baBia 
of  the  fineat  kinds 
used  in  painting, 
color  to  silk  and 
tormed  into  tings, 

9. 

I. 

IVom  the  East  In- 
Alexandria,  Smyr* 

hard,  dry,  glossy, 
nd  is  the  produce 
ry  little  is  known, 
nd  rather  iVagrant 
natlc  taste.  It  is 
t. 

>NTH. 

ained  from  a  small 
!  growing  in  Syria 
It  is  brought  to 
y.  It  is  usually 
s.  This  article  is 
ne.  Skinners  and 
lonsiderabie  qiiau- 
eparation  of  their 

ve   have  it,  looks 

lugar-candy.     It  is 

It  tastes  very  bit- 

live  in  water,  but 

ee  is  a  species  of 
I  the  £ast  Indies 
I  of  Borneo  and 
1  by  distillation,  ir 
>s  are  used  in  me* 
■inccs  burn  it,  as  it 
BB  a  great  light,  and 
!gree  of  fragrance. 

'  31.  Myrrh?  2ii.Tra 
t>  35.  How  is  it  ob 


25.  Camphor  is  imported  in  chests, 
drums  and  casks.  When  pure,  it  has  a 
strong,  flragrunt,  penetrating  odor,  and  a 
bitter,  pungent,  aromatic  taste.  Camphor 
is  obtained  in  Sumatra  iy  concrete  masses 
from  the  hnort  of  the  tree ;  but  not  above 
one  tree  in  three  hundred  contains  this 
valuable  substance,  which  is  daily  becom- 
ing scarcer.  China  and  Japan  camphor  is 
obtained  by  boiling  the  roots  and  smaller 
branches  of  the  tree,  cut  into  small  pieces. 
In  large  iron  kettles,  on  the  top  of  which 
the  camphor  rises.  When  refined,  cam- 
phor is  in  thin  hollow  cakes  of  a  virgin 
whiteness,  and,  if  exposed  to  the  air,  total- 
ly evaporates.  It  is  so  inflammable  as  to 
preserve  its  flame  in  water. 

OPIUM. 

26.  Opium  is  obtained  from  the  white 
poppy,  a  plant  which  is  cultivated  in  great 
abundance  in  India  and  other  parts  of  the 
East.  The  poppy  is  planted  in  a  fertile 
soil  and  well  watered.  When  at  its  full 
growth  an  incision  is  made  in  the  top  of 
the  plant,  from  which  there  issues  a  white 
milky  juice,  which  soon  hardens,  and  is 
fcraped  oflT  the  plants,  and  wrought  into 
cakes.  In  this  state  it  is  exported.  Opi- 
um thus  prepared  is  a  tough,  brown  sub- 
stance, has  a  peculiar  smell,  and  a  bitter 
taste.  It  bums  very  readily  when  held  to 
%  flame. 

27.  The  Turkish  opium  is  in  most  es- 
teem, and  la>'ge  quantities  of  it  are  expor- 
ted to  China.  An  excessive  fondness  for 
opium  prevails  in  all  parts  of  Turkey,  and 
the  East  Indies.  In  vain  have  the  laws 
of  China  condemned  to  the  flames  every 
vessel  that  imports,  and  every  house  that 
receives  it;  its  use  is  rot  less  consider- 
able. It  is  still  greater  at  Malacca,  Borneo, 
Sumatra  &r.  These  islanders  smoke  it 
with  their  tobacco :  those  who  are  desir- 
ous of  attempting  some  desperate  action 
intoxicate  themselves  with  the  fume.   The 


Turks,  likewise,  smoke  and  chew  opiuia 
just  before  they  go  into  battle. 

28.  The  eflucis  of  opium  on  those  who 
are  accustomed  to  take  it  in  considerable 
quantities,  are  highly  exhilarating.  It  pro< 
duces  a  kind  of  pleasing  delirium,  in  which 
the  imagination  is  vividly  employed  in 
contemplating  the  most  delightful  images, 
and  forming  the  most  extravagant  com- 
binations of  ideas.  But  the  depression 
which  ensues,  when  its  effects  have  subsi- 
ded, is  proportionally  great.  The  ill  con- 
sequences which  arise  from  the  use  of 
opium  are  more  serious  than  those  from 
the  immoderate  drinking  of  wine.  The 
most  dreadful  nervous  irritation  and  de- 
bility are  experienced,  and  the  strength  of 
the  body,  and  the  powers  of  the  mind  are 
soon  dextroye«?.  Laudanum,  a  powerAil 
poison,  is  obtained  from  opium. 

GINSENG. 

29.  The  root  of  this  plant  has  been 
celebrated  for  a  long  time  atr.ong  the  Chi- 
nese ;  and  indeed  so  highly  is  it  prized  aa 
to  have  received  the  appellations  of  "  pure 
spirit  of  the  earth,"  and  "  plant  that  gives 
immortality."  Volumes  have  been  written 
on  its  virtues,  and  recourse  is  hod  to  it  in 
every  difficulty.  The  plant  is  said  to  be  a 
native  of  T.-'rtary,  growing  wild  in  a 
mountain  ^us  and  wooded  region,  where  it 
is  collected  with  many  precautions  by  the 
Chinese  and  Tartars,  at  the  commence- 
ment of  spring  and  in  the  latter  i>art  of 
autunm,  and  is  so  rare  as  to  bring  three 
times  its  weight  in  silver.  An  early 
traveller  relates  that  the  em|ieror  of  China 
employed,  in  one  year,  10,000  Tartars  in 
procuring  this  root.  From  China  it  wa* 
itn|M>rted  into  Japan,  where  it  was  obtained 
by  the  Dutch,  who  first  brought  it  to  Eu- 
rope. 

30.  Notwithstanding  the  extravagant 
price  and  high  reputation  of  ginseng  in 
China,  it  appears   to   be,  really,  a   plant 


tained?  26.  What  of  opium?  27.  Turkish  opium?   23.  Its  effects?   29.  What  of  ginseng  ?  30.  Doef 


tt  jJo<lU4it>j>wtafi|i)rii)iftM><tMM.i  JiiriiiWiiifeii  ■>iiriiir«lii)iV liiiSMlWWc^iiiiMrwiA  i 


p 


f 


pfsysi 


104 


BOOK    or    COMMIRCI. 


of  very  little  efficacy ;  the  tofite  in  sweet 
■nd  mucilaginous,  accompnuicil  with  Home 
bitternew,  and  also  aligliily  aromntic.  The 
■anie  plant  inlialtita  the  UnitiiJ  States, 
chiefly  in  the  vicinity  or  u|ion  the  Alleg- 
hany mountains,  and  has  been  exported  to 
China  in  such  quantities  as  to  reduce  tlie 
price  very  much. 

LIQUOR  ici;. 

31.  This  root  grows  wild  in  mnny  parts 
of  France,  Italy,  Spain,  and  Germany. 
The  plant  which  affords  li(]uorice-root  sel- 
dom exceeds  a  foot  in  height;  its  leaves 
are  of  a  dark  glossy  green  color ;  the  blos- 
soms are  red,  ond  produce  small  pods, 
which  contain  the  seed.  The  inspissated 
juice  of  the  common  liquorice-root  is 
brought  to  us  in  rolls,  or  cakes,  usually 
covered  with  liny-Ieaves,  from  Spiiiu  and 
Holland.  Refined  liquorice,  or  that  de- 
scription of  the  orticio  which  is  vemlod  in 
thin,  rounded,  and  glazed  ))icc<>9,  about  the 
thickness  of  a  crow's  quill,  is  jirepared  in 
England  and  in  this  country.  The  whole 
process  consists  m  evaporating  the  liquor- 
ice-ball uncw,  and  purifying  it  with  the 
he!p  of  isinglass  &c. 

RHUBARB. 

32.  .There  are  several  species  of  the 
rhuborb-plaut.  Two  sorts  of  rhubarb  are 
met  with  in  the  shops.  The  first  is  im- 
ported from  Turkey  and  Russia.  .  The 
other,  which  is  less  esteemed,  comes  im- 
mediately from  the  East  Indies.  The 
mountains  nf  Thibet  aI)ound  with  rhu- 
barb; and  it  is  produced  in  great  abun- 
dance on  the  confines  of  China  and  Tar- 
fary.  Rhubarb  is  much  used  m  medicine. 
Its  yer.ow  color  is  remarkably  less  destruc- 

^  tible  than  any  other  vegetable  yellows. 
MANNA.  • 

83.  Several  vegfjtabk-s  aflTord  manna. 
It  is  extracted  from  the  pine,  the  fir,  the 
maple,  the  oak,  the  fig,  the  olive,  and  a 

It  fmwin  the  United  States?    31.  What  of  li- 
fmriee>  33.  Rhubarb?  33.  34.  Wimt  of  manna.' 


variety  of  other  trees;  but  the  ash,  the 
larch,  and  the  alhagi  aflTord  it  in  the  larg 
est  quantities.  The  ash  which  aflTords 
mapna  grows  naturally  in  all  temfierate 
climates ;  but  Ci|lubria  and  Sicily  appear 
to  1)0  the  ntost  congenial  countries  to  thii 
tree ;  or  at  least,  it  is  only  in  these  coun 
tries  that  it  abundantly  furnishes  the  juice 
called  manna  in  commerce. 

84.  Tiie  manna  flows  naturally  from 
this  tree,  and  attaches  nself  to  its  sides  in 
the  form  of  white  transparent  drops ;  but 
incisions  are  made  in  the  tree  in  tummet 
to  facilitate  the  extraction.  The  moimo 
flows  through  these  apertures  upon  the 
rrunk  of  the  tree,  from  whence  it  is  de 
tached  with  wooden  instruments.  Th» 
alhagi  is  a  tree  which  grows  in  Persia.  A 
juice  transudes  from  its  leaves  in  the  form 
of  drops  of  various  sizes,  wliich  the  sun 
hardens.  The  manna  most  frequently 
used  is  that  which  is  brought  from  Cala- 
bria. The  best  sort  of  manna  comes  from 
Sicily. 

ALUM. 
35.  Alum  is  a  mineral  substance  com- 
posed of  a  peculiar  earth  termed  tAumint 
and  sulphuric  acid.  Alum  is  sometimea 
found  native,  but  by  far  the  greater  part 
of  that  which  ia  met  with  in  commerce  is 
artificially  prepared.  The  best  alum  is 
that  vyhich  is  made  in  Italy.  It  is  shipped 
in  considerable  quantities  from  Smyrna, 
and  some  is  brought  from  England.  The 
principal  use  of  alum  is  in  the  process  of 
dying — as  it  gives  permanency  to  colors 
which  otherwise  would  not  adhere  at  all, 
or  but  for  a  very  short  time.  It  is  also 
used  in  medicine,  and  for  a  variety  of 
purposes.  The  ancients  are  supposed  to 
have  been  unocquainter  with  alum.  It 
was  first  discovered  by  the  Orientals,  who 
established  alum  works  in  Syria  in  the 
thirteenth  or  fourteenth  centnrv. 


35  Alum  ?  For  what  is  it  used .'  Was  it  known 
by  tbe  ancients  ? 


-^Wj»..y^-^M^y-it^-v4  •  -'.ri-m  I  .i.'y.  ;M.'Wff:/^  'i    ■  -j;;  I>-1V  -Ml.- -JHIP*<||jl 


^■IHf!  >.!pwf iw  •  ■;:: 


WHALE    niHBRT. 


lOf 


but  the  aBli,  the 
ford  it  in  the  larg 
lih   which  afibrdt 

in  all  temperate 
and  Sicily  appear 
1  countries  to  thii 
nly  in  those  coun 
\irnishes  the  juice 
■ce. 

V  naturally  from 
self  to  its  sides  in 
parent  drops;  but 
le  tree  in  summet 
on.  The  maiino 
terturea  upon  the 

whence  it  is  de 
istruments.      Th» 
ows  in  Persia.    A 
leaves  in  the  form 
lis,  wliich  the  sun 

most  frequently 
ought  from  Cala- 
lanuu  conivs  from 


I  substance  com- 
!i  termed  alum\n$ 
lum  is  sometimes 

the  greater  part 
h  in  commerce  is 
he  best  alum  is 
ily.  It  is  shipped 
!s  from  Smyrna, 
n  England.  The 
in  the  process  of 
lanency  to  colors 
not  adhere  at  all, 
time.  It  is  also 
for  a  variety  of 

are  supposed  to 

with  alum.  It 
tie  Orientals,  who 

in  Syria  in  the 
entnrv. 

id?  Wat  it  kuowo 


1 -'.";.,  livvit;^  *(>*-'i .';  .'S** 


ipjl^fciritsal 


CHAP.  XXIX. 

WHALE  FISHERY. 

1.  The  whale  is  the  largest  fish  that 
swimH,  of  which  we  haw  any  certain 
knowledge.  Those  which  are  now  found 
do  not  seem  to  rise  to  the  vast  dimensions 
of  which  we  revd  in  former  times,  when 
they  have  been  found  ninety,  and  even  a 
hundred  feet  long.  It  is  rather  a  clumsy 
fish,  for  its  head  is  one  third  of  its  whole 
size. 

2.  The  whale  has,  in  the  upper  part  of 
its  head,  two  openings  from  its  mouth. 
Through  these  it  spouts  out  water,  as  if 
for  its  amusement;  though  oAen  to  its 
ruin,  as  the  whalers  discern  by  that  where- 
abouts the  fish  are  swimming.  This  water 
is  spouted  out  not  only  in  great  quantities, 
but  frequently  with  a  thundering  noise. 
Its  eyes  seem  very  small ;  not  larger  than 
those  of  a  bull. 

S.  It  does  not  seem  fond  of  our  WPT..er 
climates.  It  rather  chooses  the  cold  re- 
gions of  the  poles,  both  northern  and 
southern.    There,  for  ages,  it  played  about 


undisturbed ;  but  of  later  years  it  has  been 
much  interrupted  in  its  sports. 

4.  So  early  as  the  time  of  Alfi«d,  the 
people  of  Norway  had  begun  to  catch 
whales.  But  this  knowledge  seems  to 
have  been  lost  or  useless,  for  seven  hun- 


1.  S.  3.  What  of  the  whale?   4.  When  did 
people  begin  to  catnh  whales?   5.  When  were 
» 


I  dred  years.  The  people  of  Biscay,  a  prov 
inco  of  Spain,  wore  eminent  in  this  fishery, 
and  first  followed  the  whales  into  their 
Polar  recesses.  They  wore  once  common 
in  the  ocean,  before  they  were  hunted 
thus.  So  that,  in  the  time  of  Elizabeth, 
when  the  English  began  to  prosecute  that 
business,  it  was  advised  to  procure  flrom 
•Biscaye  men  skilAil  in  catching  the  whale, 
and  orderinge  of  the  oyle.' 

ff.  The  oil  indeed  was  the  only  mate- 
rial sought  by  the  English  for  a  long  time. 
But  a  vessel  which  had  been  unsuccess- 
Ailly  endeavoring  to  fish  near  Cupe  Bre- 
ton, in  North  America,  met  with  the  re ' 
mains  of  a  ship  of  Biscay,  which  had 
been  wrecked  on  that  coast  the  year  be- 
fore ;  and  on  board  were  found  eight  hun- 
dred pieces  of  whalebone,  which  were 
brought  home.  This  was  the  first  time 
any  of  that  commodity  appeared  in  Eng« 
laud. 

6.  The  jaw-bones  of  the  whale  are  very 
large ;  a  foot  thick,  and  fiAeen  or  twenty 
feet  long :  they  are  sometimes  set  up  as 
gate  posts:  but  what  is  called  tehalebone, 
is  not  the-  bones  of  the  whale,  but  rather 
some  very  large  gristly  substances  which 
it  has  inside  its  mouth,  by  means  of  which 
it  strains  oflT  the  snails  it  feeds  upon,  so 
that  when  it  forces  out  the  water,  it  still 
retains  them.  Instead  of  teeth,  the  whale 
has  five  hundred  homy  substances,  lami- 
nated, or  formed  of  thin  plates  laid  one 
over  another.  These  are  attached  to  the 
upper  jaw,  and  make  a  sort  of  cage  of  the 
mouth.  Some  of  them  are  five  feet  long, 
ending  in  fine  hairs ;  and  tliey  diounish  in 
size,  till  some  are  quite  small. 

7.  The  skin  of  the  whale  is  not  covered 
with  kcales ;  it  is  an  inch  thick,  and  under 
it  is  a  lining  of  fat,  called  Uubber,  almost 
half  a  yard  thick.  In  so  large  a  creature, 
this  makes  a  vast  quantity ;  a  single  whale 

they  caught  for   their  bones?     6.   What  of 
whalebone  ?    7.  The  skin  of  the  whale  ?  Blub- 


i.' iSirA,-,iVf:iiitx,-. 


liidia&teafc. 


■WP'W 


"II'W 


ummoiiM 


WW'  UMIII 


tot 


■ooK  or  oomiimoi. 


yielding  sometimei  a  hundred  and  fifty 
tone  oroii. 

8.  The  flesh  of  the  whale  is  eaten  by 
the  Greonlondera,  either  raw  or  halted,  or 
dried  in  the  Biin.  The  skin,  the  tail,  and 
the  fins,  are  accounted  delicacies  without 
any  cooking.  The  intestines  are  formed 
into  a  transparent  skin,  fur  their  windows ; 
and  the  tendons  are  split  into  threads,  for 
twine  for  their  nets,  or  for  sewing. 

9.  It  may  be  supposed,  that  the  cotch- 
ing  of  a  creature  of  such  an  enormous 
bulk,  must  be  attended  with  considerable 
hazard.  When  a  wliale  is  angry,  it  will 
sometimes  dash  the  boat  and  all  in  it  to 
destruction,  with  one  stroke  of  its  huge 
tail.  The  ship  itself  is  hardly  able  to  re- 
sist ito  fury,  when  attacked  by  it.  In 
some  casis,  the  mariners  throw  out  an 
empty  barrel  to  the  enraged  animal:  if 
the  whale  attacks  this,  the  boats  row  away 
in  safety  ;  while  he  teases  himself,  in  beat- 
lug  aliout  this  supposed  enemy, 

10.  Every  ship  carries  with  it  six  boots, 
with  hands  enough  to  put  a  harpooner 
and  six  men  into  each.  When  they  come 
to  that  part  of  the  sea  where  they  ex|)ect 
to  find  the  fish,  they  keep  two  boats  con- 
atantly  on  the  watch,  and  the  others  in 
readiness.  When  one  of  these  watching 
boats  descries  a  whale,  they  both  row  af- 


ter it.     The  harpooner  who  first  comes 
near  enough,  darts  his  harpoon  info  it, 

ber>   8.  The  flesh?   d— 12.  The  whale  fishery? 


with  all  his  force.  As  soon  as  a  whole  ia 
struck,  an  oar  is  set  upright  in  the  boat,  a* 
a  signal ;  and  immediately  all  the  other* 
row  thither,  to  assist  in  securing  the  prize. 

11.  To  the  harpoon  is  attached  a  long 
line,  so  coiled  up  as  to  run  out  without 
hindrance.  Should  it  get  entangled  with 
the  boat,  the  boot  would  be  dragged  undei 
water  instantly;  for  the  wounded  fish 
swims  off  with  great  rapidity,  and  often 
dives  in  a  perpendicular  direction.  To 
prevent  such  a  danger,  one  man  stands 
over  the  line,  as  it  passes  the  edge  of  tho 
boat,  with  a  hatchet  raised  ready  to  strike, 
thot  he  might  cut  the  rope  in  an  instant. 
Indeed,  the  velocity  of  the  creature  is  so 
great,  that  the  men  continually  wet  the 
edge  of  the  boat  where  the  line  runs,  lest 
it  should,  by  the  intense  friction,  catch 
fire. 

12.  The  whole  rannot  continue  im> 
mersed  in  the  water  for  any  great  length  of 
time ;  he  must  come  up  to  breethe.  When 
they  see  him  rising,  they  row  after  him, 
and  strike  him  with  another  harpoon,  in 
order  to  ensure  and  expedite  his  dying. 
Becoming  exhausted,  he  cannot  now  con- 
tinue under  water  so  long  as  before ;  and 
when  he  comes  up  again,  he  is  little  able 
to  moke  a  third  descent.  The  boata 
therefore  gather  around  him,  and  the  men 
kill  him  with  long  laneea. 

13.  The  harpoon  is  a  long  stafiT,  at  one 
end  of  which  is  a  ring  for  the  line,  at  the 
other  a  triangular  iron,  or  sharp  barbed 
spear-head,  for  penetrating  deeply  into  the 
creature's  body.  An  instrument  more  ef- 
fectual, ond  which  is  now  coining  into  use, 
is  the  gun  harpoon ;  a  contrivance  for 
darting  the  instrument  from  a  blunderbuss, 
or  swivel  gun.  This  will  efi^ect  the  pur- 
pose more  certainly,  and  at  a  greater  dis- 
tance. This  also  is  more  merciful ;  us, 
by  entering  more  deeply,  the  fish  is  killed 
at  once,  or  does  not  live  above  a  quarter 


/ 


13.   Describe   the  harpoon,    The  gunliarpooa 


.'tiriiiWiAl 


ion  M  a  whole  is 
(lit  in  the  lioat,  w 
!ly  all  the  other* 
icuring  (he  prize. 

I  attached  a  long 
run  out  without 
it  entangled  with 
be  dragged  undei 
e  wounded  fiib 
pidity,  and  often 
r  direction.  To 
one  man  itanda 

the  edge  of  tho 
d  ready  to  strike, 
pe  in  an  instant. 
lie  creature  is  so 
tinually  wet  the 
he  line  runs,  lest 
e  friction,  catch 

ot  continue  im* 
ly  great  length  of 
>  breathe.  When 
'  row  after  him, 
tlier  harpoon,  in 
teditc  his  dying, 
cannot  now  con- 
K  as  before ;  and 
,  he  is  little  able 
It.  The  boau 
lim,  and  the  men 

long  itaflT,  at  one 
r  the  line,  at  the 
or  sharp  barbed 
g  deeply  into  the 
ruinent  more  ef- 
coming  into  use, 
contrivance  for 
m  a  blunderbuss, 

II  effect  the  pur- 
at  a  greater  dis- 
re  merciful ;  us, 
the  fish  is  killed 
above  a  quarter 

The  gunliarpooB 


t  r 


wHAi.!  riiaiir. 


101 


of  nn  hour.  He  is  known  to  be  near  dy- 
ing,  when  the  water  he  spouts  out  becomes 
tinged  with  blood. 

14.  When  they  have  conquered  him,  he 
is  fastened  with  ropes  to  the  side  of  tlio 
sitip,  and  tho  men  begin,  standing  upon 
taiin,  to  cut  out  his  fat,  in  large  lumps ; 
ind  to  cut  off,  with  hatchets,  the  whole- 
Done  from  his  upper  jaw.  The  substance 
of  tlio  vurcara  tlioy  leave  for  the  bears  or 
oirils  of  prey.  A  fish  so  obtained  will  be 
worth  a  thousand  pounds,  or  less,  accord- 
ing to  its  siz.e ;  and  produces  about  seven- 
iy  butts  of  blubber. 

15.  These  fish,  at  first,  came  into  all 
the  bays,  and  shallower  arms  of  the  sea ; 
but  having  been  so  much  disturbed,  they 
now  ft-equent  only  the  deeper  waters. 
Davis's  Straits  seem  of  late  to  be  their 
favorite  haunt.  Yet  in  November,  they 
are  found  in  great  numbers  about  the 
moutii  of  the  river  St.  Lawrence  to 
which  tiie  females  retire  to  bring  forth 
their  young. 

16.  Another  product  of  the  whole  is 
Spermaceti.  There  is  ono  species  of 
whale  so  named,  because  it  yields  this 
matter  in  greoter  abundance.  This  is  a 
white,  flaky,  half-greasy  substance,  of 
much  use  in  medicine,  for  its  oily  quali- 
ties. Token  inwardly,  it  softens  and  lu- 
bricates ;  and  by  the  same  qualities,  when 
used  externally,  it  renders  the  skin  soft 
and  delicate.  The  ladies  use  it  in  their 
cosmetics ;  and  excellent  candles  ore  made 
of  it. 

17.  The  real  nature  of  spermaceti  wos 
not  known  for  a  long  time ;  but  it  is  now 
agreed  to  be  the  brain  of  the  whole ;  some 
tons  ore  yielded  by  a  single  fish.  This  is 
cut,  and  melted,  and  strained  repeatedly ; 
by  which  means  it  becomes  delicately 
white. 

18.  Something  like  it  may  be  manufac- 
tured from  whale  oil,  and  the  coarser  parts 


15—17.  What  of  spermaceti'  18.  Amiiergriaf 


of  the  fish,  aa  the  tail,  &c.    But  this  la  not 
so  good,  nor  will  it  keep  its  color. 

19.  Another  substance,  having  been 
found  in  the  bowels  of  the  whole,  is  sup- 
posed to  be  on  onimol  concretion ;  this  is 
Ambergris ;  valued  chiefly  as  a  perAtme, 
although  the  Asiatics  use  it  os  a  spice,  to 
flavor  their  dishes.  It  hos  often  been 
found  floating  in  the  seo,  and  its  true 
source  was  not  known  till  lately.  It  is 
chiefly  in  the  spermaceti  whole  that  it  has 
been  met  with.  One  lucky  fisherman 
found  in  a  whole  a  mass  so  large  and  fine, 
thot  he  sold  it  for  five  hundred  pounds. 

20.  .\lthougli  Greenland,  ond  its  neigh- 
boring seas  in  the  North,  hove  been  fVe 
quented  most  fur  whole  catching,  yet  these 
fishes  have  been  discoveret'i  in  the  Antorc- 
tic  seas ;  ond  the  Southern  whole  fishery 
hos  proved  very  lucrative ;  olthough  the 
distonce  being  greater,  it  becomes  o  much 
longer  and  more  expensive  voyoge.  The 
season  in  the  Northern  seas  is  in  Moy, 
June,  and  July ;  and,  whether  successfttl 
or  not,  the  ships  must  come  awoy  by  Au- 
gust, or  they  would  be  frozen  up  in  the 
ice. 

21.  Mon  is  the  greotest  enemy  the 
whale  has ;  yet  he  has  others.  The  black 
s|iermoceti  whole  attacks  and  tears  to 
pieces  the  smaller  white  whales.  The 
unicorn  fish  never  meets  the  great  whale 
without  a  battle.  The  white  bear  sits  on 
the  ice  wotching  bis  movements,  and, 
plunging  after  him,  by  repeated  wounds 
overcomes  the  unwieldy  prize.  Some- 
times two  or  more  sow-fish  attack  the 
whole.  The  only  weapon  the  whole  has 
is  its  toil ;  if  be  con  strike  his  enemy  with 
thot,  he  dashes  him  to  pieces.  The  saw- 
fish very  nimbly  avoids  this  by  bounding 
out  of  the  water,  and,  returning,  strikes 
his  saw  into  the  back  of  the  whale. 

22.  In  1822,  two  boots  belonging  to  the 
ship  Baffin  went  in  pursuit  of  a  whale. 

19.  The  southern  whale-fitheiy  ?    20.  The  ea* 
a8 


:i 


J! 


"^ 


V--,i5fVV'»' 


*miSlr:,i^ftr^,,,,i|M,.Mt■)l•m:'l»i^^^ 


rtliMjJlft^ 


108 


BOOB  er  comntoi. 


John  Carr  was  harpnoncr  and  coinmandflr 
of  ono  of  tlii<tn.  The  whalo  they  puraued 
l«d  tlicin  into  a  vast  ihoal  of  his  own 
■peeiea ;  they  were  so  numerous  that  their 
blowing  was  incesHsnt,  and  they  hvlievcd 
that  they  did  not  see  fewer  than  an  hun- 
dred. FearAil  of  alarming  thcni  witJiout 
striking  any,  they  remained  for  awhile 
motionless.  At  lust,  one  rose  near  Carr's 
boot,  ond  he  approached,  and  fatally  for 
himself,  harpooned  it.  When  he  struck, 
the  fish  was  approaching  the  boat;  and, 
passing  very  rapidly,  jerked  the  line  out 
of  its  place  over  the  stern,  and  threw  it 
upon  the  gunwale.  Its  pressure  in  this 
unfavorable  position  so  careened  the  boat, 
tliat  the  side  was  pulled  under  water,  and 
it  began  to  fill. 

23.  In  this  emergency,  Carr,  who  was  a 
brave,  active  man,  siezed  the  line,  and  en- 
deavored to  relieve  the  boat  by  rcstorin;r  it 
to  its  place;  but,  by  some  circuuiHtance 
which  was  never  accounted  for,  a  lurn  of 
the  line  flew  over  his  arm,  dragged  liim 
overboard  in  an  instant,  and  drew  him 
under  tlie  water,  never  more  to  rise.  So 
sudden  was  the  accident,  that  only  one 
man,  who  was  watching  him,  saw  what 
bad  happened;  so  that  when  the  boat 
righted,  which  it  immediately  did,  though 
half  flill  of  water,  the  whole  crew  ou  look- 
ing round  inquired  what  had  become  of 
Carr. 

24.  It  is  impossible  to  imagine  a  death 
more  awflilly  sudden  and  unexpected. 
The  invisible  bullet  could  not  have  effected 
more  instantaneous  destruction.  The  ve- 
locity of  the  whale  at  iu  first  descent  is 
from  thirteen  to  fifteen  feet  per  second. 
Now  as  this  unfortunate  man  was  adjust- 
ing the  line  at  the  water's  very  edge,  where 
it  must  have  been  perfectly  tight,  owing  to 
its  obstruction  in  running  out  of  the  boat, 
the  interval  between  the  fastening  the 
line  about  him    and   his    disappearance 

of  the  whale'  31—23.  Carr's  adventure ? 


could  not  hive  exceeded  the  third  part  of 
a  second  of  time,  for  in  one  second  only 
he  must  have  l)een  dragged  ten  or  twelve 
feet  deep.  Indeed  he  had  nut  time  for 
the  Inast  exclamation  ;  and  the  person  who 
saw  his  removal,  observed  that  it  was  so 
exceeding  quick,  that  though  his  eye 
was  upon  him  at  the  moment,  he  could 
scarcely  distinguish  his  figure  as  he  disap* 
peared. 

25.  A  harpooner  once  succeeded  in 
striking  a  whale,  at  the  distance  of  throe 
hundred  and  fifty  yards.  It  dragged  out 
ten  lines,  (2400  yords,)  and  was  supposed 
to  be  seen  blowing  in  different  holes  in 
the  ice.  After  some  time  it  made  its  ap- 
pearance on  the  exterior,  and  was  again 
struck,  at  the  moment  it  was  about  to  go 
under  the  second  time.  Aliout  an  hun- 
dred yards  fVom  the  edge,  it  broke  the  ice 
where  it  was  a  foot  thick,  with  its  head, 
and  respired  through  the  opening.  It  then 
pushed  forward,  breaking  the  ice  as  it  ad- 
vanced, in  spite  of  the  lances  constantly 
directed  against  it.  At  last  it  reached  a 
kind  of  basin  in  the  field,  where  it  floated 
on  the  surface  without  any  incumbrance 
firom  ice. 

26.  Its  back  being  fairly  exposed,  the 
harpoon  struck  fiom  the  boat  on  the  out- 
side, was  observed  to  be  so  slightly  entan- 
gled, that  it  was  ready  to  drop  out.  Soma 
of  the  oflicers  lamented  this  circumstance, 
and  wished  that  the  harpoon  might  be  bet- 
ter/<u(;  at  the  same  time  observing  that 
if  it  should  slip  out,  either  the  Hah  would 
be  lost,  or  they  would  be  under  the  neces- 
sity of  flinching  it  where  it  lay,  and  of 
drugging  the  blubber  over  the  ice  to  the 
ship;  a  kind  and  degree  of  labor  every 
one  was  anxious  to  avoid. 

27.  No  sooner  was  the  wish  expressed 
and  its  importance  explained,  than  a  young 
and  daring  sailor  stepped  forward,  and 
offered  to  strike  the  harpoon  deeper.    Not 


84—27.  Tbe  sailor  who  jumped  on  a  whale's 


L.^^^w.iitt*ii.  iinv..aftiiTiatirt»',  I'l^tfarwi ,  i^^^ 


I  the  third  port  nf 
one  MRond  only 
god  ten  or  twelve 
had  not  time  for 
nd  the  person  who 
'ed  that  it  was  au 
though  hia  eye 
moment,  ho  could 
figure  an  he  diiap> 

nee  succeeded  in 
distance  of  three 
).     It  dragged  out 
and  was  supposed 
different  holes  in 
ne  it  made  its  ap- 
tr,  and  was  again 
I  was  about  to  go 
About  an  huu- 
[p,  it  broke  tlie  ice 
ck,  with  its  head, 
I  opening.    It  then 
ig  the  ice  as  it  ad- 
lances  constantly 
last  it  reached  a 
J,  where  it  floated 
any  incumbrance 

iiirly  exposed,  the 
I  boat  on  the  out- 
so  slightly  entan- 
)  drop  out.  Soma 
this  circumstance, 
oon  might  be  bet- 
ne  observing  that 
er  the  fish  would 
I  under  the  neces- 
re  it  lay,  and  of 
'er  the  ice  to  the 
e  of  labor  every 
id. 

B  wish  expressed 
ncd,  than  a  young 
led  forward,  and 
oon  deeper.    Not 

aped  on  •  whale's 


HIICBLLAItlOCS    PHODOCTIOIfS. 


nt  all  intimidated  by  the  surprise  manifest- 
ed on  every  countenance  at  such  a  bold 
proposal,  he  leaped  on  the  back  of  the  liv- 
ing whale,  ond  cut  the  harpoon  out  with 
his  pocket  knife.  Htiiiiulittcd  by  bis  gal- 
lant exampli',  one  nf  bis  companions  pro- 
ceeded to  bis  aMiHtanco.  While  one  nf 
them  hauled  upon  the  line  and  hold  it  in 
his  hands,  the  other  set  his  shoulder 
against  the  end  of  the  bnrpoon,  and  though 
it  was  witliout  a  stock,  contrived  to  strike 
it  ogain  into  the  fish  more  eflbctuully  than 
at  first ! 

38.  The  whale  was  in  motion  tw^fore 
they  had  finished.  After  they  got  off'  its 
back,  it  advanced  a  considerable  distance, 
breaking  the  ice  all  the  way,  and  survived 
this  novel  treatment  ten  or  fifteen  minutes. 
This  daring  deed  was  of  essential  service. 
The  whale  fortunately  sunk  spontaneously 
after  it  expirtid ;  on  which  it  was  hauled 
out  under  the  ice  by  the  line  and  secured 
without  farther  trouble.  It  proved  a 
mighty  whale ;  a  very  considerable  prize. 

39.  Captain  Lyons  while  prosecuting 
the  whale-fishery  on  the  Labrador  coast, 
in  the  season  of  1803,  discovered  a  large 
whale  at  a  short  distance  fVom  the  ship. 
Four  boats  were  despatched  in  pursuit, 
and  two  of  them  succeeded  in  approaching 
it  so  closely  together,  that  two  harpoons 
were  struck  at  the  same  moment.  The 
fish  descended  a  few  fathoms  in  the  direc- 
tion of  another  of  the  boats,  which  was  on 
the  advance,  rose  accidentally  beneath  it, 
struck  it  with  its  head,  and  threw  the  boat, 
men,  and  apparatus,  about  fifteen  feet  into 
the  air.  It  was  inverted  by  the  stroke, 
and  fell  into  the  water  with  its  keel  up- 
wards. All  the  people  were  picked  up 
alive  by  the  fourth  boat,  which  was  just  at 
hand,  excepting  one  man,  who  having  got 
entangled  in  the  boat,  fell  beneath  it,  and 
was  unfortunately  drowned. 


book }  S8.  The  boat  upset  by  a  whale  >  29.  What 
of  the  Ameman  whale  fiaheiy  f  30.  What  places 
10 


80.  The  whale-fiithery  <s  an  important 
branch  of  Anieriran  iniinstry  and  enter- 
priKe.  Nnlliwilhstnnding  tite  imposing 
dangiTS  and  severe  hardshi|>s  wliirli  it  in 
volvrs,  tliero  ore  many  who  liccoino  at- 
tacho<l  to  the  pursuit.  The  inhnbitunts  of 
Nantucket  are  extensively  engoged  in  the 
whale-fishery,  and  their  ships  penetrate  to 
the  most  distant  seas  on  tlio  globt>.  Tlie 
town  of  Now  Bedford  also  sends  forth 
many  vessels  in  pursuit  of  tlie  wlialu.  It 
employs  more  than  40,000  tons  of  ship- 
ping in  the  business. 

CHAP.  XXX. 

MlSCtLLANEOUS  PRODUCTIONS. 

TOBACCO. 

1.  Our  first  knowliMlxu  nf  this  plant, 
now  so  vnlunble,  was  tliron^h  ilie  Span- 
iards, uboiit  tiio  year  1560.  Tlic.v  lironght 
it  ft-om  Talmco,  in  tho  province  of  Yuea- 
I  tnn,  from  which  place  it  obtains  its  nome. 
I  Sir  Walter  Ralegli  introduced  it  into  Eng- 
land. Tho  first  time  ho  smoked  it  was 
in  private ;  he  had  called  his  servant  for  a 
jug  of  water ;  when  tho  man  lirouj;lit  it 
in,  he  sow  the  smoke  coinin;;  out  of  bis 
master's  mouth,  and  natiirnlly  supposing 
he  was  on  fire,  he  as  naturally  throw  the 
jug  of  water  over  him,  to  put  it  out. 

3.  Virginia  has  been  famous  for  the 
successful  cultivation  of  tho  tobouco-plaut. 
It  has  become  the  staple  of  the  province ; 
though  it  is  said  to  be  now  giving  way  to 
a  much  wider  cultivation  of  wheat.  The 
tobocco-plont,  when  full  grown,  will  rise 
to  six  feet  in  height.  The  stem  is  pretty 
straight,  rather  hairy  and  clammy.  The 
leaves  are  of  considerable  length,  of  a  yel 
low  green;  those  nearest  the  ground  ar« 
the  largest,  but  they  make  the  coarsest  to 
bacoo. 

3.  As  the  plants    grow,  they  require 


in  the  U.  Sintcs  are  exteniivcl 
1.  What  of  tobacco?  3— i 


>Jy  engaged  in  it  ? 
Describe  the  plant 


i 


^ 


Jf 


«' 


||j|'fli^iiWrliftllT'l''liJ«itei  il»i«>i  i|i'ifii»ia/  riimii,>'«[|i)fi  I'iJ'm.fciiiiiVittfcea. 


■4 


^. 


t 


m" 


';J^^^^ 


•P^* 


t 


110 


■eoK  tf  eoMMimct. 


much  attention,  to  kcrp  tlie  grniind  Iw- 
tween  the  rowi  clear  tVom  wrciIn  ;  and  to 
pull  off  nil  the  loweit  and  conrscMt  leave* 
flrum  the  plont  itielf,  in  order  to  (led  more 


I  Ully  the  upper  one*.  This  lahorioiia  work 
ia  done  by  negro  alavea.  When  the  leaf 
lurna  brown,  the  plant  ih  ripe.  The  plantH, 
M  they  ripen,  are  cut  down,  and  are  luid 
in  a  hciip  to  huat;  uHcr  whicli  they  are 
hung  up  Hcparntvly  to  dry,  in  houaea  built 
on  purimao. 

4.  Wlion  thus  prepared,  the  leaves  arc 
atrippcd  ofTthu  stalks,  and  sorted  out;  the 
finer  ones,  or  those  growing  towards  the 
top,  being  kept  by  thoniselves.  Tlioy  arc 
then  packed  up  in  hogsheads,  and  sliipped 
oflf  for  Europe.  The  lands,  however  fer- 
tile, ere  soon  impoverished  by  the  plant. 
Virginia  has,  in  some  years,  exported  sev- 
enty thousand  hogsheads  of  tobacco. 

6.  Culm  is  celebrated  for  its  tobacco, 
particularly  its  cigars.  These  consist  of 
the  leaves  formed  into  small  rolls  for  the 
purpose  of  smoking.  Ilavannah  cigors 
are  usually  reckoned  the  best.  Recently, 
the  exportation  of  cigars  from  Cuba  is 
■aid  to  have  amounted  to  200,000  boxes  a 
year.  Tlie  tobacco  used  in  Cuba  by  the 
lower  classes  is  chiefly  imported  from  the 
United  States. 

6.  In  some  countries,  as  England,  to- 
bacco is  principally  used  in  the  form  of 
■DuflT;  in  others  it  is  principally  chewed ; 


and  its  culture.  5.  What  of  Cuba  tobacco  ?  The 


iWsw-.r  ■..'■-:..  -r.    -  ;Vw ,-.'-  r    ;    ,-        -'fc.i    -.-.^'^  -.^^^-i^»-^-**'^-: 


but  in  one  ftirm  or  other  it  is  every  whert 
made  use  of.  Ho  early  us  1031,  Vopn 
Urban  VIII.  issued  a  bull  exrommiinicnt- 
ing  those  who  smoked  in  churrhr*.  In 
8|)ain,  France,  and  Germany,  in  Holland, 
Sweden,  Denmark,  and  Runsia,  the  prac- 
tice of  smoking  tobacco  prevails  among 
the  rich  and  poor,  the  learned  and  the  gay. 
In  our  own  country,  smoking  Is  oHen  car- 
ried to  excess.  The  efli'cts  of  lliis  practice 
are  oAen  highly  injurious,  and  the  longer 
a  person  relVains  fVom  it  the  butler. 

7.  For  a  long  time  smoking  was  forbid- 
den in  many  ports  of  New  England  un<ler 
severe  penalties.  In  Uussiu  it  was  pro- 
hibited under  pain  of  having  the  nose  cut 
off.  James  the  First,  king  of  England, 
did  not  think  it  beneath  the  royal  dignity 
to  take  up  his  pen  upon  the  subject.  He 
accordingly  in  1603,  published  his  fiimous 
'  Countorblasto  to  Tobacco,'  in  which  the 
following  remarkable  passage  o.?curs:— 
"  It  is  a  custom  loathesome  to  the  eye, 
hateAil  to  the  nose,  harmfljl  to  the  brain, 
dangerous  to  the  lungs,  and  in  the  black 
fume  thereof  nearest  resembling  the  horri- 
ble Stygian  smoke  of  the  pit  that  is  bot- 
tomless." 

HEMP. 

8.  Hemp  is  a  valuable  plant  which 
grows  wild  in  the  East  Indies  and  some 
parts  of  America.  In  the  United  States, 
the  hemp  has  become  naturalized  in  many 
spots,  and  is  common  in  waste  places 
along  road-tides  &c.  Though  cultivated 
to  somo  extent  in  the  United  States,  it  still 
forms  a  large  article  of  import  fl-om  Eu- 
rope, and  particularly  IVom  Russia. 

9.  Only  the  courser  kinds  of  hemp  are 
employed  iic  making  cordage ;  the  better 
sorts  being  used  for  linen,  which,  though  it 
can  never  be  made  so  fine  as  that  from 
flax,  is  yet  much  stronger,  and  equally 
susceptible  of  bleaching.  Cloths  made  of 
hemp  have  also  this  property,  that 


uses  of  tobacco  f  7.  The  prohibitions  of  its 


^4-  V"; 


1 


IIIICII,I.AIIIOCt    raODUGTIONI. 


Ill 


it  ii  ovrry  nliort 

f  ui  loai,  I'opfi 

ill  vxroniniiinicnu 
in  cliiirrlir*.  In 
many,  in  lloliuntli 
RnxMin,  the  prnc- 
I  pruvnilN  BMinng 
irnuil  nnil  tlit)  ((ay. 
>l(iiif(  ia  nlU>n  rut- 
MMol'tiiia  priictiro 
H,  onil  tliu  longKr 
llie  liiitlor. 
nking  wua  forliiiU 
w  England  under 
iikhIu  it  wua  prn> 
viiig  llio  noflo  cut 
icing  of  England, 
the  royal  dignity 
tlio  iubj«!ct.  He 
iliihed  Ilia  fiimoui 
ro,*  in  which  the 
anaage  o.''curM  :-— 
Kouio  to  the  eye, 
nfiji  to  the  brain, 
and  in  the  black 
!nibling  the  horri- 
lu  pit  that  ia  bot- 


Itlfl  plane  which 
Indiea  and  aome 
ho  United  Statea, 
turalized  in  many 
in  woate  placet 
'hough  cultivated 
ited  Slatoa,  it  atill 
import  iVom  £u- 
)m  Rnsfia. 
inda  of  hemp  are 
'dage;  the  better 
I,  which,  though  it 
line  aa  that  from 
iger,  and  equally 
Ciotha  made  of 
'operty,  that  their 

thibitionaof  itanaa* 


color  iinprnvea  by  wearing,  while  that  of 
flax  lin(*n  thtraya. 

10.  Tlie  hrmp  plant,  growa  uaually  to 
the  height  of  fVoni  Ave  to  alx  f<!«t.  It  ia 
Bown  in  April,  and  becumea  fit  for  gatlinr- 
ing  in,  nt\or  harvoat.  It  bnara  a  lilun 
flower,  and  the  plant  ia  valuahin  both  for 
ita  HcotJN,  which  are  given  to  birda  kept  in 
cagca,  aa  aUo  for  ila  bark,  which,  when 
properly  treated,  becoin««(  a  tiaaue  of  tough 
long  flhrca ;  of  which  thread,  twine,  cord- 
ago,  and  liuge  ropco,  are  made. 

11.  When  the  honip-aeod  ia  ripe,  ia  the 
proper  time  to  gather  the  planta;  which  ia 
done  by  plucking  them  up  by  the  rooia,  in 
amall  bundlea.  When  the  planta  have 
been  auffleiently  dried,  they  are  threahed 
with  a  flail,  to  looaen  the  rind  in  aome  de- 
gree. There  la  an  outward  huak,  which, 
iHiing  of  no  uae,  ia  cleaned  ofl!".  Then  the 
whole  plant  ia  put  into  water  to  aoak,  till 
the  proper  bark  begina  to  oeporate  fl-om 
the  atem.  It  ia  then  uken  out,  cut  into 
auilahle  lengtha,  and  dried.  The  flhroua 
bark  becoming  •  parcel  of  otringa. 

13.  It  muot  now  be  reduced  into  tow. 
Thia  ia  done  by  a  aort  of  combing,  which 
ia  called  hackling.  The  comb  in  thia  caae 
conainta  of  aeveral  rowa  of  atrong  ateel 
pina,  eight  or  nine  inchea  long.  Thia  ia 
fixed  on  the  bench.  A  handAil  of  theae 
fibrea  ia  atruck  among  the  pins,  and  drawn 
out  quickly,  flrat  one  end  of  them,  then 
the  other.  Thia  ia  often  repeated,  and  re- 
peated  with  hackling  pina  atill  finer  and 
cloaer;  till  the  whole  ia  brought  into  ita 
aeparate  throada.  In  thia  maaa  uf  regular, 
diatinct,  and  alender  threada,  it  ia  called 
tow. 

13.  The  tow  ia  then  apun  into  threada, 
finer  or  coaraer,  according  to  the  work  for 
which  it  ia  intended.  If  intended  for  fine 
work,  aa  cloth  fur  shirts,  Sic.  the  opera- 
tion is  much  the  aame  as  for  flax. 


8  What  of  hemp?  9.  The  nuking  of  cordoee ? 
10.  The  hemp-plant?   11—13.  How  ia  the  tow 


14.  In  spinning  tow  iVir  twine,  or  cord- 
age, the  workman  winds  a  wisp  of  It  round 
his  waist ;  so  aa  tlin  two  enda  of  it  may 
meet  Ixifore  him.  With  the  fingera  of  the 
luft  hand,  he  unites  a  few  of  ihvsn  two 
ends  of  tow  together,  and  with  tlie  thumb 
and  finger  of  liie  riglit  hand,  ho  draws  out 
a  sort  of  thread  firom  these  united  enda, 
and  slightly  twists  it.  On  the  adroltnesa  of 
hia  riglit  hand  much  de|>enita.  Ilut  the 
principal  operation  of  the  twiating  ia  per- 
formed by  a  wheel  which  is  turned  very 
flut :  this  turns  a  hook,  which  is  made  to 
revolve  with  conaiderabie  rapidity  ;  and  by 
thia  the  thread  he  produroa  is  strongly 
twisted.  As  the  thread  becomes  longer, 
he  walks  backward,  spinning  us  ho  goea, 
till  ho  comea  to  the  end  of  the  walk. 

IA.  Much  hemp  ia  apun  for  thread,  to 
weave  into  sailcloth.  Aa  a  'arge  ahip 
takes  tliirteen  or  fourteen  thousand  yards 
of  canvass,  it  ia  no  littlo  quantity  that  will 
sufllce  for  our  navy.  Then  all  aorta  of 
cordage,  fVom  the  atout  ahrouda  and  cablea 
down  to  the  slenderest  clew  line,  are  made 
of  hemp.  Also  netting  of  many  diflerent 
aorta  and  aizes,  are  manufac'.ared  from  the 
same  plant. 

16.  We  may  just  oboervt,  that  hempen 
cloth  beara  a  high  price,  being  exceedingly 
strong  and  durable.  Though  a  dozen 
hempen  shirts  may  cost  more  at  the  first 
purchase,  yet  they  will  ktat  twice  oa  long 
aa  Iriah  linen. 

17.  The  utility  of  hemp  ia  not  yet  con- 
cluded ;  for  after  it  ia  completely  worn  out 
aa  cloth,  the  remnanta  and  raga  become  of 
great  importance  in  the  manufacture  of 
paper.  We  have  farther  to  add,  that  the 
aeeda  of  hemp  are  not  only  given  to  birds 
in  cages,  but  a  very  valuable  oil  ia  pressed 
from  them,  in  b  mill,  (called  rape  oil,)  of 
great  use  in  many  manufiicturea.  When 
thia  ia  done,  the  rcfiiho  forms  a  glutinous 

prepared?   11.  How  spun?  15.  la  it  wove  into 
sailcloth  1  W  What  of  hempen  cloth?  17.  The 


•^iltttf-'r-'  -*'-— ^■^m^rr^■^^%  ir-<lilii'm»iiiliiiiiiii-?iiiftinii'iiiii  y'iiil 


M^^^ufe  t  'A0i  I  «i  ■■nil  ii'iauM 


1 


'  f*P!'L"»-^^T* 


I 


I 


IM 


loot  or  eoKMiitet. 


e*k«  i  whicit,  brokoii  in  |»ii>roi,  (kit'  ni  rat- 
Ik  f«ry  fnat. 

LCATIIKIl.  Xf.. 

18.  All  leailirr  !•  inuilx  m'  HkiiiM.  The 
raw  ikina  itro  worn  hy  maviiko  tmiioiiN,  who 
do  not  know  how  to  tan  it }  hut  It  loon 
|«ta  very  itlfT  and  hnnl,  morn  likely  to 
hurt  the  (kot  than  to  mvp  tht'in.  ll«<Miilf<ii, 
raw  ikinii  when  ilry  are  hut  thin,  ami 
rather  hriiile  than  tough.  It  hoa  hiten  illii- 
covered,  that  loakinif  llirm  in  certain  vrg- 
etahle  liquori  ooeniit  to  fill  them  up,  and  to 
|ivo  tbem  thicknen,  flrmnen),  and  tough- 
DMO.  It  alio  takeaawiiy  their  lendriicy  to 
pulrify  and  rot.  Thla  requircM  n  long  tim<>, 
and  la  a  v<*ry  troult|*i«oinn  prorcii,  though 
very  uoeflil.  It  niakt'P  tho  akin  quitu  a 
difl'ervnt  thing  from  wlint  it  wa*. 

19.  Thfl  vegetable  liqiiora,  which  hold 
what  is  colled  the  tnnnin,  nm  all  vi<ry  at- 
tringont;  they  loom  to  ahrlvfl  nnd  bind 
up  all  thoy  act  upon.  Oak  hnrk  yieldi 
thla  iubHtance  in  the  greuti'it  plnniy,  ai 
well  at  hemlock  and  u  few  otlicr  trees, 
You  may  seo  by  tho  sides  of  a  wood, 
where  they  havo  been  cutting  down  many 
trees,  long  piles  of  this  hark,  which  ore  of 
conaidcroble  value,  as  sold  to  the  tanners. 

90.  Skins  are  tough  membrones,  flill, 
■s  it  were,  of  Jelly :  if  long  boiled,  they  be- 
come jelly  and  ore  so  modo  into  glue. 
Galls,  oak  bark  ond  such  strong  •  astrin- 
gents, act  upon  this  jelly  called  gelatine, 
and  horden  and  fix  it  in  the  skin,  which 
imbibes  a  gummy  substance  fVqin  the  bark, 
and  oo  forms  the  whole  into  looth«r. 

31.  The  first  part  of  the  process  of  ton- 
ning  ia  to  steep  the  skins  in  water,  to  wash 
ftom  them  all  the  blood  and  dirt;  then 
the  horns,  ears,  and  toil  are  cut  oflf.  They 
ttn  next  to  be  flreed  flrom  the  hair:  this  is 
done  by  laying  them  in  water  with  lime 
for  a  few  days.  They  are  then  token  out 
and  drained ;  then  put  in  again  to  fresh 
Hfl|0^tf,  and  so  on,  twice  a  week,  for  sev- 

vtfHty  of  hmft    18.  10.   What  of  l«athe7> 


erol  weeks.  The  skins  ore  ihffl  laid 
orross  a  lirnm  of  wood,  when  the  hair  Is 
srrsped  ofl'  with  o  pro|M>r  knilV. 

99.  The  skins  ore  then  laid  in  other 
pits  roreAilly,  onn  ovrr  the  other,  with  a 
layer  of  ton  (which  is  the  bark  rnamely 
ground  to  fMtwder)  between  each  skin. 
Hern  they  lie  for  months,  only  Iteing 
c-lionged  into  flresh  pits,  with  stronger  de- 
grees of  ton,  till  it  is  incorporated  through 
tlie  whole  sulistonce  of  the  skin  i  it  then 
becomes  leather.  It  is  of  the  hides  of 
bullocks  we  hove  been  speaking  \  and  the 
leather  so  made  Is  fbr  the  iolet  of  ohoeo. 


98.  The  skins,  when  sufBelently  unned, 
are  dried,  stretched,  and  cleaned.  Cows' 
and  calves'  skins  ore  tanned  on  the  same 
principles;  but  do  not  lie  so  long  In  the 
ton. 

94.  This  process  takes  many  months: 
but  some  lonncra  accomplish  tho  work  in 
a  few  weeks,  by  suspending  the  skins  in 
pits  of  tan,  so  thot  the  liquor  geU  at  them 
more  easily  thon  when  they  lie  one  upon 
another. 

95.  Softer  leathers  are  not  imbued  with 
ton ;  but  tho  thickening  effect  is  produced 
by  repeotedly  soaking  them  in  woter,  in 
which  salt  and  alum  hove  been  dissolved. 

96.  The  currier's  business  follows  the 
tanner's,  in  oil  skins  intended  for  upper 
leathers  of  shoes  or  the  legs  of  boots. 
This  consists  in  shaving  or  scraping  the 

1 90.  Skins?    91—93.  The  procns  of  tonaing* 


ii»an  i«ii]*i— » 


•»t^r— a***-''''- 


rn  ihm  laid 
n  the  Imir  In 
fr. 

nlil  In   nthftr 

oihrr,  Willi  a 

nrk  roarorly 

I    rncli   ■kin. 

only   Itfinf 

Ktronxor  iln< 

ruled  through 

■kiiii   It  then 

the   hldei  of 

ilnf  I  Md  lh« 

n  of  ■hoti. 


iicntly  tanned, 

aned.    Cowe* 

on  the  eame 

0  long  in  the 

riany  inonthBt 

1  thH  work  in 
the  akin*  in 

r  gets  at  them 
lie  Olio  upon 

t  imbued  with 
t  la  produced 

in  water,  in 
en  diitolved. 
a  A>llowa  the 
ed  for  upper 
ega  of  boota. 

scraping  the 

iM  of  tanaiog* 


Mil 


111 


inilde  of  the  akin,  with  a  iieeuller  kind  of: 
knifn,  to  reduen  lia  lulMlancn,  ami  niuk«  ll 
uf  an  evfn  tlilcknraa  all  ovKrt    ll  In  llicn  | 
ruhbed  with  trnin  oil,  or  wiih  oil  and  ml- 
low,  to  make  It  ()iili4i  m>i\  \  or  the  Il«ili 
aide  it  wnll  woxinI,     Oil  and  lamp  lilnck ; 
give  It  n  color;  or  rup|(cioii  wnirr  lilui-k- 
ona  ll,  if  not  oiled.  , 

37.  I'arrlimxni  ix  not  maniifuriured  at 
the  lanniir'a  (  Imi,  ua  ll  la  madii  of  »klna,  I 
you  niny  as  wi-ll  learn   soniMlhlng  of  ii  ^ 
here.  | 

28.  Tlin  akin,  liihfr  of  a  aheep  or  n 
goal,  will  do  for  pnrclimeiit.  It  imial  ho  I 
soakcil  In  the  lline'pil,  as  iM'foro  {  ii  la  then 
Hirotrhttd  on  a  A-ame,  that  It  may  lio  con- 1 
venlently  scraiied  with  an  Iron,  to  got  oil' 
tho  fleshy  |)arla  (  It  la  then  apriiikled  willi 
rhalk  dual,  and  rublied  with  piimioo  atonu. 
This  aeraping  and  chalking  are  done  fVe- 
quently  to  grt  It  quite  Ihlii,  and  the  chalk 
is  well  rubbed  Into  ita  aubatancet  it  la 
then  cut  aquare,  and  the  edges  neat,  and 
is  At  to  write  upon.  Parchment  will  last 
for  a  very  long  time  t  It  is,  therefor'?,  use- 
All  (br  de«)ds,  records,  and  any  writing  In- 
tended for  tboao  who  come  long  al\ar  ua. 
It  waa  invented  at  Pcrgamos,  and  firom 
tbenee  It  waa  callen  porgamenta,  now 
parchment. 

99.  Vellum  Is  the  skin  of  very  young 
calves,  treated  In  the  same  manner ;  this  is 
finer  and  neater,  and  fit,  not  only  for  writ- 
ing, hilt  tor  drawing  on. 

80.  Ail  the  edges  and  ciillinga  of  parch- 
ment are  uhcAiI  to  make  gluo.  The  skins 
of  any  animals  Itecome  n  jelly  with  long 
boiling;  which  jelly,  whfu  cold,  la  quite 
bard.  But  the  whole  skins  are  too  valu- 
able i  therefore,  all  the  odd  bita  and  cut- 
tinga  which  come  off,  and  all  about  the 
head  and  feet,  which  are  not  worth  niak- 
iog  into  leather,  are  boil«d  into  glue. 

31.  Bklns,  when  well  tanned  and  quite 

K.  What  of  softer  leathers?   90.  What  la  the 
aonier's  buaiasss  t  87.  88.  What  of  parotameat  ? 
8 


rUan,  are  dyed  of  many  benutlAil  colom 
Kid  iclovra  for  llin  laJlpa  muat  Iw  all  man* 
mtr  of  delirnie  mlora,  airaw,  pink,  light 
blue,  Ige.  (ienllemitn'a  ;ilovea  are  either 
plain  yellow,  or  vnrioua  greeniah  shades. 
Then  Moroei-o  leather  ia  a  bright  acarlat. 
The  dying  of  nkina  ia  roiiduiteil  on  much 
llie  annul  priiu'lplea  aa  the  dying  of  wool- 
Irii.  TImi  akin  iiiiinl  firal  Ih*  prepared  by 
a  pro|M-r  mordaiii,  nod  then  it  will  iniblba 
ihe  i-olnriiig  iiiuierini  fVoiii  the  liquid,  aa 
dvaired. 

.3d.  The  imea  of  luutl.rr  are  well  known. 
Ileaidea  being  niauuAirtiired  into  shoes, 
ItooiM,  Sir,,  ll  ia  ua«id  for  a  great  variety  of 
other  piirpoaea.  There  are  few  tradot 
more  iiaelU*.  tlinii  ilini  of  ilie  ahoo-maker, 
niid  perliupa  not  nmiiy  that  are  more  profit- 
able, when  ll  ia  carried  on  to  a  consider- 
abhi  exti-nt.  Thi>  town  of  Lynn  In  Masaa- 
ehiiaeiia  ia  releliraled  for  ila  manufketura 
of  alio. a.  Grent  iiiiiiiliera  are  annually 
cx|M}rtod  to  the  Weal  liidiea. 
lilDKH. 

33.  Hides  slgniiy,  generally,  the  akina 
of  beaats ;  but  the  torni  ia  inoru  particular- 
ly applietl  to  those  of  large  oattle  |  such  aa 
bullocka,  cows,  horses  Slc.  Illdea  are 
either  raw  or  green ;  that  Ij,  the  same  aa 
when  taken  off  the  carcaas,  or  salted  and 
aeaaoned.  In  which  casii  they  are  dresaad 
with  hnIi,  alum  and  saltpetre,  to  prevent 
them  IVom  putrefying ;  or  they  are  eurad 
or  tanned.  The  hides  of  South  America 
are  in  tho  higlieat  repute,  and  vast  quanti* 
Ilea  of  them  are  annually  Imported  into 
this  country  and  sent  to  Europe. 

CHAP.  XXXI. 

MISCEL.t.ANBal'8  riODUCTIONI.-Oo«ni8va» 

PAPF.R. 
1.  The  manufacture  -  of  paper  araa  tool 
known  by  the  ancients.    The  Egyptiant 


'ZD.  Vellum?  30.  Glue?    31.  The  colonag  af 
skins.'  38.  Shoes?  33.  Hidesf 


rinamiiif'.  ,»f*^»iiii,  >,»  . 


[H 


,1 


-,^,ii-    --,.^  : 


114 


f 


wrntn  upon  mlla  of  lliipn,  onrt  wn  liavK 
•onia  iif  llmtn  alxtiil  ilicir  iminiMitr*,  al 
this  vary  <Uyi  on  Mfliich  ihit  liiirrlpiioiiN 
am  very  li*Klbli>.  A  later  iiiviiiiiiHi  uf  llii« 
KgyptiNiia  iprKatl  i'or  many  yrara  ovt'r  lli« 
lUarary  world  i  iliia  waa  liirtnlnK  ilin  Inner 
bark  of  ilia  ruali  |»a|i)riiM  Into  a  «niiH)ili 
alirat.  Kroni  llm  ittrin  |M|iyrua  ruinca  nur 
m«Ml«rn  uania*,  \m\wr, 

fl.  pHiMir  iVoiM  iliia  iiUni  waa  in  u>«*  lill 
about  ibe  lanlh  reniury,  wben  rnllon  waa 
baalan  inlu  a  |)ul|i,  and  H|iri-a(l  out  lor  |hi- 
par. 

I.  Who  it  waa  tbat  flrat  applkil  lini>n 
rafa  to  Iha  making  of  papar  wa  ilo  not 
know.  In  lh«  iblrleenib  century  it  iH'Kan 
to  Donw  into  ua«  (  but  wa  ar«  to  Ibia  day 
under  gnu  obliifailon  to  llm  inventor. 
The  art  of  printing  would  liave  be«n  of 
iltlla  avail,  hail  not  a  material  fur  printing 
on  been  dia4*overed,  aufllrlcntly  plrntiAjJ, 
ebaa|i,  and  neat,  for  ibe  pur|Hi»«t. 

4.  The  material  of  which  |Hi|N!r  ia  now 
made,  ia  only  the  ra|pi  and  wurn'uut 
ahreda  of  linen  i  what  were  of  no  uao) 
what  every  tidy  houaewiA)  uaed  to  burn 
out  of  the  way,  tbat  they  niiRht  not  make 
•  litter.  Theae  raga  are  now  IwuKht  up 
by  ptdlera,  who  travel  all  over  the  coun- 
try, and  collect  them  in  amall  quantitiea. 
Thay  then  come  into  the  handa  of  the  rag 
■larehani,  who  ia  a  conaiderable  dealer, 
Md  hn  aella  them  to  the  pa|icrMnaker. 

6.  The  firat  proceaa  ia  to  aort  theae  rnga, 
aeeordinx  to  their  flneneaa  or  coaraeneaa ; 
ijiia  ia  done  in  a  room  where  are  a  number 
of  women  aeated,  with  each  a  parcel  of 
dWiaiona  before  her,  five  or  aix,  into  which 
•he  caau  each  aeparate  piece,  aa  aha  aort* 
them. 

6.  They  ara  then  to  be  cleanaed,  which 
ia  done  kjr  waahing  them  well  with  hot 
water,  by  a  mill. 


1.  Waa  the  manufiuture  of  paper  known  by 
Iha  ancient*  .>  What  of  the  E^ptian  papyrua^ 
ft  Wh*B  wa# paper  made  from  oottoa  f  3.  From 


7.  Tim  rpduclng  them  to  ahrwda.  And  a 
pulp,  uufd  to  lie  by  |Niunillng  tham  (  It  la 
now  dooM  by  rutting  tbrni.  A  large  roll 
er,  l\ill  of  knivpa,  lurna  round  In  a  trough 
whirli  trough  )a  ala4i  aturk  i\ill  of  linillar 
liladra,  facing  ibi*  other  way  i  the  raga  are 
(Hit  In,  with  a  pro|Hir  ipianlity  of  water. 
Aa  thn  roller,  or  cylinder,  lurna  with  great 
rapidity,  it  ruta  ovary  thing  minutely  line, 
to  a  pulp,  in  a  very  little  lime.  Tbia  ia 
railed  half  aluff. 

H.  Freipiently,  in  ihia  atage  of  the  pro- 
reaa,  ihe  rnga  are  bleached,  to  lake  out  all 
ataina  and  color  iVom  llieni,  and  inaka 
tbeiii  |N)rfecily  white  t  ihia  bleaching  con* 
aiala  in  ex|MtHing  them  to  the  action  of  a 
aulphuric  fpt»,  wlilcli  quickly  dtacliargna  all 
rulur.  The  rap  muat  Iw  taken  out  aa 
aoon  aa  tlio  color  vaniahea,  and  well  waah* 
I'd,  elae  ihia  aama  goa  would  daatroy  tho 
raga  tliemaelvea. 

0.  When  the  pulp  ia  thoroughly  com 
minuted  and  bleached,  it  ia  put  Into  a  cla« 
tern  or  vat,  mingled  with  auch  a  quantity 
of  water  aa  will  auit  for  dipping  out. 

10.  The  next  proceaa  i*  called  couching. 
A  mould,  aa  it  ia  termed,  ia  a  aort  of 
aievn  |  coiiaiating  of  a  aquare  firame,  alioui 
an  inch  deep,  with  a  bottom  of  braaa  wirea 
very  cloaely  placed.  Tbia  ia  dipped  into 
the  vat,  and  becomea  fliled  with  pulp. 
The  water  draina  away  through  the  inter* 
aticea  of  the  wirea,  and  leavea  a  flat  thin 
layer  of  pulp.  The  marka  of  the  wirea 
may  be  aeen,  if  |Mip«r  ia  held  up  to  the 
light.  Thia  layer  ia  careAilly  Uken  out, 
■nd  placed  on  a  aquare  of  felt,  or  coarao 
cloth.  Another  aheet,  and  another  pieco 
of  felt  are  placed  on,  and  on,  till  tho  heap 
containa  aix  quire8,or  144  aheett  of  paper, 
whidh  ia  called  a  poet.  The  weight  of  tho 
heap  preaaea  the  aheeu  a  little  {  but  whon 
a  poat  ia  made,  the  whole  ia  amartly  | 


linen  f  4.  What  ia  the  material  of  whiek  paper 
ia  now  made  f  6.  7.  When  oleanaed  how  are 
the  raga  tadueed  to  ahieda  t  6.  How  bUaahad/ 


HltCII,L4IIIIOVt   riMOUVTin»*. 


Ill 


1 


0  ihrmla,  And  • 
iiiK  ihnin  |  ll  U 

A  \»rgn  riill 
mil  In  •  irntigh 
l\ill  of  iliiilUr 
y  I  ih«  rNRfl  aro 
iiiiiiy  of  water, 
urn*  with  vraal 

1  minuinly  Am, 
tiina.     Ttila  la 

aKt)  nf  ilia  \mh 

la  laka  out  all 

fill,   an«l   niaka 

lilracliing  ron- 

ilifl  anion  of  a 

ly  (liicliarKva  all 

lakvn   out   aa 

and  woll  waah« 

uld  deatroy  tha 

lorouKhly  com 
a  put  into  a  rla- 
aurli  a  quantity 
|iplnf  out. 
callad  oouchinK. 
I,  la  a  aort  of 
ir«  flrame,  alwui 
ni  of  braaa  wiraa 
I  la  dipped  into 
lied  with  pulp, 
rough  the  inter* 
avea  a  flat  thin 
ka  of  tho  wirea 
held  up  to  the 
Ailly  uken  out, 
f  felt,  or  coarae 
1  another  piece 
nn,  till  the  heap 
aheeta  of  paper, 
lie  weight  of  th« 
little;  but  whan 
ia  amartly  ] 


eit,  (I'lla  find  all,  wlilfh  ■()uii«ar«  nui  ukmi 
nf  ih«i  MiiM'rdiiiitiN  wAli'f.  HliPiit  hy  «hi'»l 
M  llirn  Hfparaii^d  fVoin  lh«  (Vila  and  Inld 
one  on  aiKiihfr.  They  are  pri>M#il  agalh, 
and  ihrn  hung  up  In  dry. 

II.  Tlio  nt'iii  <)|M<rNll(in  lailnlng,  ihai  i«, 
uniMriiilnK  ihrin  wiih  a  wnak  Miri  of  fUw, 
iiilxml  with  alum,  iiiln  whlrh,  na  hni  an  iIii* 
liitnd  ran  li^nr,  rarh  ahert  U  dl|>p«'d.  ThU 
innkfD  It  hold  Ink  |  oihrrwiM  lh«*  Ink 
would  run,  Jiiol  a*  It  dn««a  If  you  Iry  lo 
writx  on  hloiiliig  pnprr. 

19.  The  nliKfia  are  hung  up  rn  dry 
again.  They  are  iViiiucnlly  pri*««rd,  and 
at  laat  wlih  grf^t  violence,  lo  make  them 
flat  and  mnooih.  The  dnnmgrd  ahertN  am 
then  pirkxd  oiil,  wlilrh  make  lhf<  two  oitt- 
aidn  <|uir««.  Twrniy-foiir  nIici'In  innkn  a 
quire ;  and  iwrnly  qulr«>«,  which  innki<  a 
ream,  are  lied  up  together,  In  wrap|M'r«,  for 
aale. 

IS.  Thia  la  the  prnccaa  for  flmt  wrillng- 
pa|M>r.  It  I*  niado  of  variouii  iiixci>,  nnd  of 
varioua  qualitica,  for  prlMlIng,  writing,  or 
drawing.  It  ia  aUo  made  of  vnrinua  de- 
greea  of  Itnenraa  i  an,  while,  lirown,  blue, 
nnd  coiiimon  brown  paper.  The  rnaraer 
aorta  are  niaiie  nf  c oaraer  tnalcrialM,  even 
uf  old  mpea,  and  aacking. 

14.  Pa|M.>ra  are  dyed  of  varioua  colore, 
for  the  euvora  of  tnagazinea  and  pamph- 
let*. Marbled  paper  la  vury  l)cautil\il  i 
the  manner  of  making  it  ia  aa  fullowa ;  a 
trough  ia  provided,  of  the  aize  nf  the  paiwr 
to  be  inarhled;  thia  ia  filled  with  water 
etrongly  aaturatod  with  gum  nrnhic.  Dif- 
Airent  colore  are  then  aprinkhtd  on  the 
aurfkco  of  thia  gum  water,  according  to 
the  laale  of  the  operator.  Thcan  colore 
apread  of  ihomiiclvca  on  tho  Oat  nurfncp 
of  the  liquor;  the  aheet  nf  pnprr  In  then 
adroitly  laid  on  the  flat  aurface,  when  it 
■baorba  all  the  colore  spread  there.     It  ia 


lal  of  whieh  [ 
cleanard  how  are 
i.  Hew  blaaahad/ 


10.  What  la  the  proccaa  of  couching  Ml.  Siting 
111.  Haw  many  nhrela  make  a  quire  J*  Hnw  many  I 
quirrt  a  ream .'  14.  What  of  Uie  coloring  of  pa- 1 


i.nken  off  cnrxftilly,  hung  up  In  dry,  and 
poliahcd  with  a  rulilier. 

n(M)KM 

IA.  flook*  are  dlvtiled  into  the  (V)||ow< 
Ing  claMea,  according  lo  the  nuHla  ill 
wliif'ti  ihe  aheeta  of  ihe  pa|M<r  nn  whIeh 
they  nrt<  printed,  nrn  folded  t  namely, /o/je, 
when  the  aheei  i*  folded  Inin  two  leavea; 
7Mir(«,  when  iVdded  liiln  four  |  ectuva  whan 
folded  liiln  eight  |  tluodttimo,  when  th« 
aheet  la  folded  inin  twelve  ito.  In  moll* 
ing  iheae  clnaaiOi'ntloiia,  no  alteniion  I* 
pahl  lo  the  »ht>  of  llin  aheet. 

16.  Copjf-ritfM  la  the  right  which  th« 
authora  or  coinpilera  nf  hooka,  or  traaiiaaa 
claim  lo  the  excluaive  privilege  of  prinllnf 
and  piihllahlng  lliem.  Mualcal  compo- 
aiiiona,  engravinga,  mn|Hi,  aciilpiurea,  mod- 
«|a,  tcr.  enjoy  a  aiiMllnr  prnlectiun. 

17.  The  principal  inarta  for  hooka  In 
the  United  Htaiea  are  New  York,  Boaton 
and  I'hilndelphia.  The  number  of  naw 
ptililicnliona  thai  iaaue  flroni  the  preaeea  of 
iliran  three  citiea  la  flir  greater  than  that 
which  n|tpeara  In  all  the  real  of  the  country. 

in.  Lnndnn  i*  the  groat  centre  of  the, 
Kritlah  bonk  trade.     It  haa  been  eatlmatad 
tlinl  alHMil  l,A<)0  volumea  of  new  public** 
tioiia  are  annually  produced  in  Oraal  DrW 
tain. 

BPONOE. 

19.  flponge  la  a  aoft,  light,  very  poroua 
nnd  compreaaible  aulmlance,  readily  im* 
hihing  water  and  aa  readily  giving  it  out 
again.  It  waa  formerly  auppoaed  to  ba  a 
vegelahle  production,  hut  it  lian  lately  been 
found  to  be  an  animal  aubatance.  Th« 
iiihahilanla  in  aereral  nf  the  Greek  iaianda 
have  lieen  trained  from  their  infkncy  to 
dive  for  apongca.  They  odhere  firmly  to 
the  bottom ;  nnd  arc  not  detatched  without 
a  good  deal  of  trouble.  The  extraordina- 
ry clcarneae  of  the  watera  aida  the  divert. 

nrnf  I.**.  Into  what  elitaaea  are  booka  divided^ 
1(1.  What  of  nopy-right  f  17.  Booka  In  the  U. 
SMtrc?  H.  The Brituli book-lnuie  *  19.  Sponge? 


rt~- 


:.^ia!smMm^m^yjj.M'^. 


-•^ifa^f'MJ>M<|jfi,pyiij/|p.i,,jii4iiw',>,,i|(i<p^>»l|^^^^ 


116 


■001    or    COMHBRCI. 


CHAP.  XXXII. 


MISCELLANEOUS.— coNTiNuxo. 

PINS. 

1.  Tho  pins  mo8t  in  eHtepiii  are  those 
of  England.  Pina  are  made  of  brnaa, 
drawn  out  into  wire.  Do  you  i<iinw  liow 
that  ia  done  ?  The  bar  of  metal  is  drawn 
through  a  hole  in  an  iron  plntu,  which  isi 
nthor  too  amall  for  it ;  but  tho  force  em- 
ployed by  turning  a  wlioel  with  great  velo- 
eity^  drags  it  through,  eNf)eciully  aa  it  ia 
but  a  little  smaller,  it  is  then  dragged 
through  another  hole,  n  little  anraller  tlian 
It  now  is;  and  so  on,  till  the  wire  becoirea 
■mall  enough.  What  it  thus  loses  in 
thickness,  it  gains  in  length,  ao  that  noth- 
ing ia  lost  by  the  operation,  and  it  ia  done 
with  groat  rapidity. 

2.  It  must  then  be  rendered  quite 
■traight :  to  effect  this,  it  is  drawn  again 
between  iron  pins,  ^rnily  flxed,  so  us  to 
leave  a  straight  path  between  the  rows. 

8  It  it  then  cut  into  proper  lengths, 
etch  Bufliciont  to  make  six  pins. 

4.  They  must  now  be  sharpened  to 
their  points.  Boys  sit,  with  each  a  coupio 
of  grindstones  before  him,  one  coarse  and 
one  fine,  which  are  turned  by  a  wheel. 
The  boy  takes  up  a  handful  of  these 
lengths  of  wire,  and  claps  all  their  ends 
flat  against  the  coarse  grindstone ;  taking 
care  to  keep  them  all  turning  round  the 
while  between  his  fingers.  He  then  puts 
them  to  the  finer  stone,  and  oAcrwards 
■erres  the  other  ends  the  »ame:  this  is 
done  quicker  than  one  can  toll  you  about 
it;  for  a  lad  can  point  thus,  16,000  pins 
in  an  hour's  time. 

5.  The  length  of  a  pin  is  then  taken  off 
eeeh  end  by  another  hand  ;  when  the  re- 
maining lengths  are  ground  again  to  points, 
and  shortened  again,  till  the  six  pin  lengths 
•re  taken  off. 

1. — 5.  Describe  the  manufacture  of  pins.  6. 
"How  is  the  beading  of  pins  performed  ?  7.  How 


6.  But  tlip  heading  of  pina  is  one  of  the 
most  curious  parts  of  the  business :  it  is 
culled  head  spinning.  Suppose  yourself  in 
a'piu  manufactory  and  observe  thut  girl: 
3'uu  see  a  straight  wire ;  by  a  twirl  of  the 
wheel  she  twists  another  wire  around  it, 
to  a  considerable  length,  with  the  turns 
quite  close  together,  ho  that  you  do  not  seo 
the  straight  wire.  When  that  straight 
wire  is  drawn  out,  the  twisted  part  is  hol- 
low; so  that  you  might  st^e  through  it. 
This  lo:if|  string  oi*  wire  is  cut,  two  twists 
at  a  time,  into  bits;  these  are  to  make 
heads  for  the  pins ;  but  they  mu.st  bci  hoA- 
eued,  this  is  done  by  hewing  Uiciii  red 
hot;  they  are  then  cooled.  And  now, 
you  see,  a  heap  of  them  in  a  dish  is  placed 
before  each  of  those  children.  Now,  mind 
what  tools  they  have.  Each  Ims  a  little 
anvil  before  him,  and  a  hammer  which  he 
works — that  is,  causes  to  strike  upon  the 
anvil — with  his  foot.  Now  watch  him; 
see  how  cleverly  he  thrusts  the  blunt  end 
of  his  pin  into  one  of  tbesie  hollow  twists, 
which  lie  before  b'<m.  And  there,  with  a 
blow  of  his  hammer,  he  has  fastened  it 
on;  and  has  got  another  ready,  quicker 
than  you  can  discern.  You  are  only  afraid 
he  should  bruise  his  own  fingers,  by  hit- 
ting so  quick. 

7.  When  n  pin  is  made,  it  is  still  only 
yellow  brass  ;  and  does  not  look  nice  ant) 
neat,  fit  for  a  lady's  use.  To  give  it 
whiteness,  a  solution  of  tin  is  prepariMi 
with  wine  lees.  AAer  a  while  the  tin 
leaves  the  liquid,  and  fastens  upon  tho 
brass.  Still  it  looks  very  dull.  To  polish 
it  therefore,  they  put  nuinlters  of  them  in- 
to a  vessel  of  bran,  which  is  turned 
round  with  great  velocity.  This  rubs 
them,  and  they  are  found  perfectly  bright. 
The  pina  must  now  oe  regularly  and  neat- 
ly stuck  in  papers ;  so  many  in  a  row,  and 
in  this  state  they  are  ready  for  sale. 


■^ 


are  pins  polished  ? 
be  performed' 


What  is  the  lact  operation  tu 


""■^"""■-  ;•*■*- — '-^■'-'^ 


. — ..■....^■•A^i- 


imfftfisAlii/ttuti 


iiffiiik 


f.r 


HOT  !■  one  of  the 
e  busine^H :  it  u 
ipoRO  yourself  in 
•serve  thut  girl: 
ty  a  twirl  of  the 

wire  around  it, 

with  the  tnruB 
It  you  do  not  see 
m  that  Htruight 
Bted  part  is  hoU 

see  through  it. 
B  cut,  two  twists 
He  ure  to  inako 
ley  nuiHt  \w  Hoi\- 
^ing  tlicui  red 
led.  And  now, 
1  a  dish  is  placed 
rcn.  Now,  mind 
lach  has  a  little 
inimer  which  he 

strike  upon  the 
ciw  watch  him ; 
ts  the  blunt  end 
10  hollow  twists, 
nd  there,  with  a 

l.as  fastened  it 
■  ready,  quicker 
lu  are  only  afraid 
1  fingers,  by  hit- 

e,  it  is  still  only 
ot  look  nice  ant) 
se.     To   give   it 

tin  is  prepareii 
I  while  the  tin 
istens  upon  tho 
dull.  To  polish 
I)er8  of  them  in- 
'hich  is  turned 
ity.      This   ruba 

perfectly  bright, 
'ularly  and  neat- 
ny  in  a  row,  and 
f  for  sale. 

he  lac-^.  opermtion  tu 


'^MiiumitAimllfytia-t\  C-  Ifi 


^¥ 


i' 


MUCELLANIOUt   MODCCTIONI. 


ItT 


OIINPOWDER. 

8.  Before  gunpowder  wus  invented,  or 
at  least  brought  into  military  use,  the 
sword,  and  the  spear,  and  the  arrow,  <leci- 
ded  every  battle :  the  arrow  slew  at  a  dis- 
tance, but  the  iword  and  spear  brought 
men  hand  to  hand ;  In  this  caae  the  fight 
waa  not  ended  till  one  or  both  of  the  com- 
batants wai  killed.  Such  battles  were  al- 
ways  vary  bloody.  It  waa  not  till  the 
middle  of  the  fourteenth  century,  that 
gunpowder  waa  applied  to  war.  It  was 
loudly  cried  out  against  at  firat,  as  contrary 
to  fair  fighting.  However,  the  use  of  it 
gained  ground :  it  is  now  universal,  and  its 
use  haa  changed  the  nature  of  all  warfare, 
almost  always  confining  it  to  a  distance ; 
liy  which  war  is  rendered  less  destructive, 
not  one  bullet  in  10,000  taking  eftect.  It 
has  changed  too  the  nature  of  all  fortifica- 
tion ;  for  a  high  tower  is  now  no  defence, 
but  an  incumbrance.  All  fortifications  at 
this  time  are  flat,  and  almost  level  with 
the  ground. 

9.  Gunpowder  is  a  mixture  of  sulphur 
and  charcoal,  with  nitre,  or  saltpetre. 
The  sulphur  easily  takes  fire  with  a  apark; 
the  charcoal  holds  the  fire,  and  makes  it 
very  fierce;  and  the  saltpetre,  being  de 
composed  by  the  fire,  explodes.  The  gaaea 
generated  hereby,  having  an  amazing  ex- 
pansive force,  will  rend  any  thing  to  pieces 
in  which  they  are  eucloaed.  Now,  a  gun 
made  very  stroDg  to  bear  this  explosion, 
except  towards  the  muzzle,  where  there  is 
no  opposition ;  finding  vent  that  way,  itt 
explosion  comes  out  at  the  mouth,  and 
drives  every  thing  before  it.  The  ball, 
being  placed  there  on  purpose,  is  violently 
driven  out;  And  passing  through  so  long  a 
tube,  it  ukes  the  direction  thus  given  to 
it,  and  strikes  against  what  it  hits  with 
great  violence ;  so  that  a  bullet  will  enter 
A  man's  body,  and  make  a  grievous  wound, 
and  if  it  cuts  any  vital  part,  it  kills  him  in 


stantly.  The  ball  from  a  cannon,  striking 
againHt  a  wall,  will  batter  it  down.  A 
musket,  it  is  snid,  will  carry  a  mile.  Ships, 
which  have  long  guns,  sometimes  begin  to 
fire  at  three  miles'  distance. 

10.  The  three  ingredients,  sulphur, 
charcoal,  ami  nitre,  must  be  separately 
pounded  Into  a  very  fine  powder;  they 
must  then  be  mixed  thoroughly  together; 
in  doing  which  they  are  kept  wet,  that 
they  may  not  take  fire,  with  water,  or 
vinegar,  or  brandy,  &c.  When  mixed, 
and  the  composition  is  a  sort  of  paste,  it  is 
forced  through  a  coarse  sieve,  by  which  it 
is  brought  into  grains,  which  is  the  beat 
state  fbr  ex|dosion. 

11.  It  happens  every  now  and  then,  that 
the  powder  mills  blow  up ;  as  all  who  are 
are  in  them  perish,  we  can  never  tell  how 
it  happened ;  we  only  know,  that  "if  by  a 
nail  in  the  mixture,  or  any  how  else,  • 
H[Nirk  of  fire  comes  in  among  the  powder, 
the  explosion  is  instantaneous  and  irreaia- 
tible. 

12.  Children  who  are  very  fond  of  play- 
ing with  gunpowder,  should  not  be  suffered 
to  do  it,  without  some  older  person  to  take 
care.  Many  have  had  their  eyes  blown 
out,  and  been  even  killed,  by  accidents,  of 
which  they  cannot  be  aware.  To  leave 
guns  or  pistols  within  their  reach,  is  very 
wrong;  children  should  never  touch  them; 
many  a  little  boy  has  killed  himself  or  hi« 
sister,  by  touching  fire  arms  which  war* 
loaded,  and  went  off  by  accident 

181NOLABS. 

13.  Isinglass  is  one  of  the  purest  and 
finest  of  the  animal  glues.  It  is  a  product, 
the  preparation  of  which  is  almost  peculiar 
to  Russia.  It  is  made  of  the  air-biaddef> 
and  sounds  of  different  kinds  of  fish  whieh 
are  found  in  the  large  rivers  which  fall  in- 
to the  North  Sea  and  the  Caspian.  The 
best  isinglass  is  usually  rolled  in  Iittl« 
ringlets;  the  second  sort  is  laid  together 


6.   What  of  gunpowder?  9.  Its  manoftcture/ 


11.  AccidenU  bygoapowder?  13.  The  dangei 


M^^^tThii'i  .1.  w    J 


.tMu^^thi^'^jXlllM 


J,  ^:. 


118 


■001  or  ooHiinoi. 


W' 


like  the  leavei  or  a  book ;  and  the  com- 
mon  lort  is  dried  without  any  care. 
When  fine,  it  in  of  a  white  color,  almost 
tranapareut  and  dry.  It  dittHulvea  readily 
In  boiling  water,  and  i»  nnich  iid«d  in 
eookery.  It  is  also  usi-d  in  lining  liquors 
of  the  fermented  kind,  ond  in  making 
mock  pearls,  stiffening  linpus,  silks,  gauzes, 
&c.  Boiled  in  milk  it  forms  a  mild,  nuiri 
tious  jelly,  and  is  thus  sometimes  employed 
medicinally.  This,  when  flavore<l  by  the  art 
of  the  cook,  is  the  Wane  mange  of  our  tables. 
HOPS. 

14.  The  hop  is  a  perennial  plant  of 
which  there  are  several  varieties.  When 
the  hops  are  picked,  they  muot  be  well 
dried  in  a  kiln,  on  a  hair  cloth.  They  are 
laid  nearly  a  foot  thick,  and  will  take  ten 
or  twelve  houra  to  dry  them.  When  they 
grow  pretty  warm,  it  is  a  good  way  to  let 
down  a  tin  cover  over  the  whole  mass, 
which  reflects  the  heat  back  again  on  the 
tops,  and  helps  to  dry  the  upper  part  more 
equally.  When  they  have  been  dried 
about  three  weeks,  they  should  be  put  up 
in  bags,  and  this  is  done  as  follows:  a 
hole  is  cut  in  a  floor,  and  a  bag  is  fastened 
to  its  opening ;  a  man  then  gets  into  the 
bag,  and  treads  the  hops  down  very  close, 
while  another  man  keeps  putting  in,  by 
little  and  little,  as  many  as  it  will  hold. 
They  are  now  ready  for  the  market ;  yet  if 
well  prepared,  they  will  keep  some  years, 
and  be  as  good  as  ever. 

10.  When  hops  were  first  used  in  brew- 
ing, there  was  a  great  outcry  against  them ; 
and  in  many  places  people  were  forbidden 
tw  use  that  poisonous  weed,  the  hop. 
However,  it  has  been  found  by  experience, 
that  the  hop  not  only  gives  a  pleasant  bit- 
ter  to  ale,  but,  by  breaking  its  viscidity, 
makes  it  more  wholesome ;  and,  also,  by 
preventing  its  turning  sour,  enables  it  to 
keep  longer. 


of  playing    with    it.'    13.  What   of  isinelaM.' 
Hops?  15.   Their  first  uw'   16.  What  of 


M 


BRICKS. 

16.  Besides  the  wonder  Ail  production! 
of  which  the  land  is  the  fi-uitAil  source, 
the  very  substance  of  the  soil  itself  is 
formed,  by  the  ingenuity  of  man,  into 
many  important  and  useful  articles.  One 
of  the  coarsest,  and  perhaps  the  most  ear- 
ly inventions  of  this  nature,  was  to  make 
it  into  bricks.  At  first,  by  reason  of  the 
little  knowledge  among  mankind,  and  also 
possibly  by  the  nature  of  the  climate, 
bricks  were  only  dried  in  the  sun.  In  the 
Babylonian  regions,  where  the  invention 
began,  and,  indeed,  all  around,  in  those 
warm  countries,  they  form  their  bricks  in 
that  manner  to  this  day  ;  yet  the  burning 
them  is  also  very  ancient. 

17.  We  read.  Gen.  xi.  1^-4,  that  when, 
after  the  flood,  the  tribes  of  men  journey- 
ed eastward,  they  fonnd  the  plains  of  Shi- 
mar  fertile  and  convenient ;  and  they  said, 
"Go  to  now,  let  us  build  a  city,  and  a 
tower  whose  top  may  reach  to  heaven. 
They  had  brick  fur  stone,  which  they 
burnt  thoroughly,  and  slime  (that  is  bitu- 
men) had  they  for  mortar."  This  was  the 
famous  Tower  of  Babel.  And  although 
the  tribes  and  families  of  Noah's  sons  were 
scattered  by  God  for  their  profane  at- 
tempt, yet  the  spot  was  still  preferred  by 
some,  and  it  became  afterwards  the  grand 
city,  Babylon.  This  city  has  indeed  long 
been  destroyed,  according  to  prophecy; 
yet  omong  the  heaps  of  ruins,  which  are 
all  that  now  remain  of  it,  are  found  bricks 
of  considerable  size,  and  in  a  state  of 
hardness  and  preservation. 

18.  The  children  of  Israel,  too,  were  in 
Egypt  kept  at  hard  labour  in  this  same 
occupation ;  and  by  the  tyranny  of  Pha- 
raoh were  obliged  to  make  bricks  without 
straw. 

10.  In  many  countries,  stone  is  scarce 
and  dear,  so  that  bricks  are  made  use  of^ 


bricks?  17 — 19.  Are  they  mentioned  in  the  bible  ? 
SO  Of  what  are  they  composed  ?  SI.  How  aio 


■MlrfkMiMOMiaHjflH 


iLunMimiitiiiifiiiW 


-"^ 


■'i 


MltCULAKBOOt   raOBOOTIOIfl. 


119 


il  productioM 
■uhAil  aouree, 

aoil  itwlfis 
of  man,  iuto 
irticlea.  One 
the  most  ear- 

waa  to  make 
reaaon  of  the 
(ind,  and  alao 

the  climate, 

aun.  In  the 
the  inTention 
und,  in  thoae 
heir  briclia  in 
t  the  burning 

■4,  that  when, 
men  journey- 
plaina  of  Shi> 
tnd  they  aaid, 
I  city,  and  a 
1  to  heaven. 

which  they 
(that  is  bitu- 
Thia  waa  the 
ind  ahhough 
lii'a  Bona  were 
■  profane  at- 
preferred  by 
rda  the  grand 

indeed  long 
:o  prophecy ; 
18,  which  are 
found  bricka 
D  a  state  of 

too,  were  In 
in  rhia  aaine 
amy  of  Pha- 
■if  ka  without 

ne  ia  scarce 
nade  use  of^ 


net  only  for  common  habitationa,  but  for 
■ome  grand  and  costly  buildings. 

30.  Bricks  are  composed  of  earth  made 
into  aquarish  lumps,  and,  by  burning,  half 
vitrified  and  made  hard.— The  best  earth 
for  this  |Hirpo8o  is  a  clay  rather  red  in  its 
color,  and  soft  to  the  touch ;  a  little  sandy, 
but  not  too  much  so.  Almost  any  earth 
that  is  free  fVoin  stones  will  do  very  well ; 
though  some  sorts  are  ikr  preferable  to 
others. 

31.  Although  bricks  may  be  manufac- 
tured from  almost  any  kind  of  narth,  yet 
there  ia  much  preparation  necessary  to 
make  them  good  and  durable.  One  of  the 
first  and  most  important  operations  is  to 
knead,  or  mix  up,  and  work  the  clay  into 
an  uniform  and  pliable  mass :  such  as  will 
have  no  lumps,  but  is  quite  smooth.  This 
kneading,  too,  makes  the  clay  tough  and 
gluey.  Thia  ia  done  in  small  quantities, 
by  riding  a  horse  round  and  round  in  it, 
who  treada  it  with  hia  feet.  But  some- 
times, a  mill  is  erected,  which  w  turned 
by  a  horse,  and  grinds  and  mixes  the  ma- 
terials thoroughly. 

83.  The  clay  should  be  dug,  or  cast, 
before  the  winter  sets  in ;  and,  after  en- 
during the  firosts,  it  will  iu  the  spring  be 
fit  for  tempering  and  making  up:  indeed, 
if  dug  two  years  before  used,  it  is  better 
still. 

33.  Bricks  are  shaped  in  a  wooden 
mould,  an  inch  larger  than  the  brick  is 
wanted  to  be,  as  it  shrinks  in  burning. 
The  man  takes  a  lump  of  clay,  and  forci- 
bly thrusts  it  into  the  mould,  so  as  to 
make  it  fill  the  comers.  He  presses  it  in 
with  his  knuckles,  and  then,  by  the 
straight  edge  of  a  board,  he  strikes  it  over 
the  top,  and  scrapes  off  all  the  clay  which 
waa  more  than  enough  to  fill  the  mould. 
This  done,  he  shakea  it  out,  and  forms 
another.     One  Is  made  in  less  time  than 


they  prepared  ?  23.  How 
•B.  IIow  are  they  shaped  ? 


should  the  clay  be  ? 
94.  What  precautioiis 


we  have  taken  to  tell  how  it  is  done ;  for 
a  good  workman,  who  works  early  and 
late,  will  mould  five  thousand  in  one  day's 
work. 

34.  Boys  then,  on  latticed  barrows, 
wheel  a  parcel  of  them  away,  to  that  part 
of  the  field  where  they  are  to  dry.  They 
are  placed  so  as  not  to  touch  each  other, 
in  long  ranges,  called  hacks,  which  are 
loosely  covered  with  straw,  that  neither 
the  sun  may  dry  them  too  fast,  nor  the 
rain  prevent  them  fVom  drying.  AAer  a 
few  days  drying  they  are  placed  afiresh 
and  turned,  so  that  all  sides  may  get  the 
wind  equally. 

35.  When  the  bricks  are  pretty  well 
dried,  they  are  ready  for  burning.  The 
burning  is  done  in  the  country  chiefly  in 
kilns  which  are  composed  of  four  walls, 
open  at  top.  In  the  hollow  within  the 
bricka  are  placed,  each  at  a  distaiice  flrom 
ita  neighbors,  so  that  when  a  fire  is  kin- 
dled at  bottom  it  rises  through  aM  these 
interstices,  and  bakes  the  whole  in  about 
two  days  and  nights;  often  30,000  at 
once. 

36.  Tiles  are  thin  bricks,  made  in  much 
the  same  way,  only  the  earth  should  be 
better.  Some  are  flat,  and  some  twisted, 
called  pantiles.  As  bricks  are  used  for 
building  the  walls  of  houses,  tiles  are  used 
for  covering  their  roofs. 

STARCH. 

37.  Starch  is  a  substance  obtained  from 
vegetables.  It  is  generally  of  a  fine  white 
color,  has  scarcely  any  amell,  and  very 
little  taste.  When  kept  dry,  it  continues 
for  a  long  time  uninjured,  though  exposed 
to  the  air.  It  is  insoluble  in  cold  water ; 
but  combines  with  boiling  water — forming 
with  it  a  kind  of  jelly.  Po*atoe  atarch 
goes  a  good  deal  further  than  wheat  stareh 
—a  less  quantity  of  it  sufficing  to  form  a 
paste  of  equal  thickness,  with  water. 


•re  uied  in  drying  them.'  35.  How  are  they 
burned'  What  are  tilci?  27.  What  of  stareh? 


>([-»'_'■.(  -zi -r^Jbf^jAk-.-' 


^ 


•  r 


I     M 


110 


■00«   or  COMMIRCI. 


PEARL  ASHES. 
98.  Poarl  oMiieH  aro  preporcil  liy  mix- 
ing tiie  aaliuR  of  burnt  wood  wild  watur, 
evaporating  the  irlunr  ley,  and  cuJL-ining 
them  for  a  considerable  tinto  in  an  oven 
moderately  hot.  The  goodnenH  of  p«arU 
uhea  is  distingiiislied  by  tlioir  strong 
body,  and  an  uniform  white  appearance : 
and  their  value  decreases  in  proportion  as 
they  assume  a  blue  cast.  Pearl-ashes  are 
chiefly  prepared  in  North  America,  Hun- 
gary, Poland  und  RuKsia.  They  are  much 
used  in  the  manufacture  of  glass,  as  also 
for  bleaching. 

HORSES. 

29.  The  horse  is  known  to  most  na- 
tions as  the  most  useful  and  manageable 
of  those  animals  which  live  under  the 
sway  of  man.  Besides  his  invaluable  ser- 
vices whilst  alive,  after  death  his  skiu  is 
used  for  a  Variety  of  purposes.  The  hnir 
of  his  nione  and  tail  is  employed  for 
chair-bottoms,  mattrasses,  &c.  His  flesh 
although  rejected  among  civilized  nations, 
ia  much  used  among  several  rude  tribes. 
The  life  of  the  horse,  when  not  shortened 
by  ill-usage,  extends  from  twenty-five  to 
thirty  years.  The  Arabian  horses  are  the 
most  esteemed  for  beauty  and  speed. 

80.  Wild  horses  are  found  in  various 
parts  of  Texas  and  South  America.  They 
are  supposed  to  be  descendants  of  those 
which  were  originally  introduced  by  the 
Spaniards.  The  herds  of  wild  horses 
present  a  beautiAil  spectacle  when  they 
are  alarmed  in  their  native  wilds  by  the 
intrusion  of  an  army.  Instead  of  flying, 
as  the  deer  and  other  timid  animals,  they 
gallop  round  in  compact  masses  of  many 
thousands,  apparently  for  the  purpose 
of  reconnoitring  the  strangers ;  and  fre- 
quently advance  boldly  to  within  a  few 
yards  of  the  line  of  march,  where  they 
halt  to  gaze  at  the  troops,  snorting  and 


98.  Fearl-ashpa?   29.  What  of  horses.'  30.  Wild 
horses?  31.  The  ass' 


•bowing  every  sign  of  astonishment  and 
dinpleasurt:,  especially  at  sight  of  the  ca- 
valry. These  droves  are  always  headed 
by  some  line  looking  old  baMhcws,  wiiuse 
flowing  manes  and  tails  plainly  show  that 
they  have  never  been  subject  to  man's 
control;  and  in  the  rear  the  mares  and 
colts  follow. 

THE  ASS. 
31.  We  may  as  well  here  speak  of  that 
much  despised  and  much  abused  animal 
— the  ass.  Could  we  see  him  in  his  na- 
tive state,  in  the  warm  climates  of  Africa, 
we  should  And  him  all  life  and  spirit ;  but 
in  «  cold  country,  he  is  rather  dull  and 
hea^'y.  As  his  lot  is  to  be  the  property  of 
the  poor,  he  partakes  with  them  in  their 
wants,  and  suflers  under  their  ignorance 
nnd  brutality.  It  is  true,  he  will  feed  upon 
plants  which  horses  refuse,  esteeming  a 
thistle,  with  its  prickles,  much  as  we  do  a 
sullad,  when  heightened  with  mustard  ond 
vinegar.  Hut  ho  does  not  always  get  his 
All,  even  of  such  homely  fore ;  and  in  win- 
ter, when  the  hedges  fail  him,  he  is  but 
poorly  provided  with  hay ;  as  to  com,  he 
never  thinks  of  it.  Though  easily  fed, 
yet  the  ass  is  peculiarly  dainty  in  drink- 
ing ;  none  but  the  clearest  waters  will  he 
touch.  He  is  as  careful  too,  not  to  wet 
feet,  but  will  go  round  a  puddle  rather 
than  through  it,  even  when  loaded.  It 
has  been  said,  that  were  a  higher  class  to 
take  him  in  hand,  and  rear  him  with  gen- 
tleness and  care,  the  ass  would  be  more 
docile  and  more  serviceable. 

CHAP.  XXXIII. 

MODES  OF  CONVEYANCE. 

I.  The  most  ancient  mode  of  conducting 
the  traffic  of  distant  aations,  was  by  cara- 
vans. Of  this  nation  was  the  company  of 
Midianites  or  Ishmaelites,  to  whom  Joseph 


1.  What  was  the  most  ancient  mode  of  eon- 
ducting  the  traffic  of  distant  nations?  3.  What 


LJIllUiJi..."  iia--'^-  -"-II  "    '"' 


i^ 


toriialimnnt  and 
iglit  or  the  ca- 
slwnvi  hcoded 

ainiy  rIiow  tbnt 
I'ject  to  man'a 
llio  mares  and 


«  apeak  of  (hat 
abuseii  animal 
him  in  his  na- 
latca  of  Africa, 
and  spirit ;  but 
rather  dull  and 
the  property  of 
1  them  in  their 
their  ignorance 
will  feed  upon 
e,  esteeming  a 
uch  OB  we  do  a 
th  mustard  and 
always  get  hia 
re ;  and  in  win- 
him,  he  is  but 
as  to  corn,  he 
igh  easily  fed, 
ainty  in  driuk- 
waters  will  he 
00,  not  to  wet 
puddle  rather 
en   loaded.     It 
higher  class  to 
him  with  geo- 
ould  be  more 


[I. 

ANCE. 

of  conducting 
,  was  by  cara- 
le  company  of 
whom  Joseph 

it  mode  of  eon* 
tions?  9.  What 


'  ■>-    -B^-t-  \ 


imiiiMaiiri 


MISCItLAWKOVi   FHODDCTIONI. 


191 


was  sold,  (Genent  xxxvi..  28.)  Such  ca- 
ravans are  in  use  at  the  present  day,  and 
consist  sometimes  of  forty  thousand  per- 
sons, sometimes  almost  doul)le  that  num- 
ber, besides  six  or  seven  tliouannd  camtils, 
aiid  Mtme  hundred  horses.  Those,  which 
are  called  ktatiy  rnravatu,  have  in  them 
elephants  also. 

2.  Any  one  who  wishes  t9  travel,  may 
collect  a  caravan;  but  they  are  seldom 
gathered  by  private  persons.  Most  com- 
monly they  are  public  concerns,  gathered 
and  regulated  by  authority ;  thny  set  off 
on  a  fixed  day,  and  are  under  a  sort 
of  military  discipline.  Four  caravans  go 
every  year  to  Mecca,  with  the  Mohamme- 
dan pilgrims,  to  the  tomb  of  the  Prophet. 
One  from  the  European  provinces,  which 
sets  out  from  Damascus;  one  from  the 
Barbery  States  and  Egypt ;  a  third  from 
Arabia ;  and  a  fourth  from  the  ports 
about  Babylon,  with  which  come  the 
Persian  devotees. 

3.  There  are  four  officers  to  such  a 
company.  One  has  supreme  command; 
a  second  is  the  guide,  who  r&giilates  the 
march ;  a  third  rules  when  the  caravon 
stops  to  rest ;  and  the  fourth  regulates  the 
distribution  of  the  provisions.  Almost  all 
the  commerce  of  those  countries  is  con- 
ducted thus.  Merchants  take  the  oppor- 
tunity of  ao  large  a  body,  many  of  whom 
are  regular  troops,  to  travel  in  safety, 
through  the  Deserts  especially,  where  the 
wimdering  Arabs  think  they  have  a  right 
to  plunder  all  whom  they  can  overcome. 
In  the  history  of  commerce  appended,  is 
nn  account  of  a  canvan  taken  by  Richard 
I.,  of  England,  with  all  its  varied  and  rich 
commodities. 

4.  The  eameli,  which  journey  to  Mecca, 
have  rich  furniture ;  those  which  carry  the 
presents  made  by  the  princea  to  the  tomb  of 
Mohammed,  are  magnificently  accoutred. 


of  caravtiM?    3.  How  are  they  conducted  ?   i. 

How  are  the  camels  aecoatfed  on  ■ucb  iourneyt  ? 

U 


Their  various  stages  in  the  journey  are 
regulated,  as  they  must  arrive  at  Mecca 
by  a  certain  day.  They  continue  only 
twelve  days  there ;  during  which  short 
period,  a  very  large  and  profitable  trade 
is  carried  on,  in  the  exchange  of  the 
most  precious  productions  of  India,  Per- 
sia, Egypt,  Barlmry,  and  Europe. 

5.  As  they  have  not  roads  like  ours,  in 
(hose  E!>!*tern  countries,  nor  any  inns  to 
accoinniodato  travellers,  they  must  take 
with  them  ail  they  wnnt.  Yet  in  many 
places  are  buildings  erected,  for  their 
use,  called  canvanttruit.  These,  how- 
ever, only  afford  shelter ;  for  neither  food, 
nor  beds,  nor  servants,  can  be  had. 

6.  The  Cqffila  is  somewhat  similar  to 
the  caravan.  In  the  East  Indies,  it  al- 
ways belongs  to  some  prince ;  whereas,  a 
caravan  is  nn  association  of  various  per- 
sons. But  in  Africa,  the  term  intimates 
generally,  a  company  of  dealers,  who  thua 
convey  their  slaves  for  sale,  with  gold- 
dust,  salt,  and  other  valuable  commoditiea ; 
travelling  together  for  greater  security  and 
mutual  assistance.  They  go  from  the 
centre  of  Negroland,  sometimes  eastward 
towards  Egypt,  and  sometimes  westward 
towards  Senegal.  In  those  countries,  it  ia 
frequently  called  a  coffle. 

7.  Something  akin  to  this  coffle,  once 
waa  common  in  England;  when  whole 
trains  of  padt-hmr»t»  used  to  travel,  load- 
ed with  woollen  goods,  over  the  hills  and 
moors  of  Yorkshire ;  led  by  the  foremost 
horse,  old,  steady,  and  ^ell  accustomed 
to  the  road ;  and  regulated  by  only  one 
man,  who  brought  up  the  rear. 

8.  Even  now  too,  in  Spain,  strings  of 
mulet  are  employed  in  the  same  way ;  and 
the  arrieaoa  or  muleteers  form  a  numerous 
and  rather  conspicuous  part  of  the  Span 
ish  population.  Mules  are  preferred  in 
Spain  for  driving,  as  being  more  sure- 

5.  What  are  caravanseraii  ?  6.  What  of  the  eof- 
fila  r  7.  The  coffle?  8.  What  of  mulet  in  Spam  > 


'     -■  rtHJW»irJi>'J''4f    '. 


pP^'tv*  »■"*'' 


79^ 


ipffUpui  iPW.iWIpilP'WWP 


't 


IM 


aooB  or  ommsaea. 


footed  and  hirdier  of  living  than  horiea. 
Besidei  which,  there  are  caruvana  of 
mules,  with  loadi  on  their  backi,  con- 
stantly croasiug  Spain  on  the  varinua 
roada,  carrying  corn,  rice,  flour,  pulae, 
wine,  and  oil  in  akina,  aa  well  aa  gooda 
iVom  the  acaports  to  the  interior.  The 
muleteer  ia  a  jovial  being;  he  wandera 
all  over  the  country ;  hia  home  ia  every 
where :  light-hearted  and  happy,  he  ia  olao 
honeat,  and  hia  punctuality  may  in  general 
be  depended  upon.  He  ia  very  kind  to 
hi*  mulea,  calla  thoni  by  their  namea,  talka 
to  them,  acolda  them,  and  hia  firat  core  on 
arriving  at  the  inu  ia  to  aee  them  comfort- 
ably provided  for,  and  then,  and  not  till 
then,  he  thiuka  of  bimoelf. 

9.  Mulea  are  much  uaed  for  travelling 
In  South  America.  Travellera  in  the 
United  States  can  have  but  a  faint  idea 
of  the  labor  and  danger  of  crosaing  the 
Andes,  that  immenoe  mountain  chain  by 


~ 

^ 

> 

■*■  1 

'.    -v 

\  - 

...^  ■ 

'^%T 

t   ■         , 

^.,_,,ar--.V^ 

V  ' 

which  the  eontinent  of  South  America  ia 
interaected,  flrom  its  southern  to  it*  most 
northen  extremity,  dividing  Peru  and 
Chile,  on  the  western  coaata  from  Colom- 
bia and  Brazil  on  the  cantrrn.  Many  of 
the  paaaes  are  upwards  of  18,000  ft;et,  or 
nearly  four  milesi,  above  the  level  of  the 
sea.  In  some  parts,  men,  who  hove  made 
it  their  sole  occupation,  carry  the  pas- 
senger up  the  moat  steep  and  dangerous 
paths,  in  a  kind  of  chair  fuatened  to  their 


9.  TravelUng  in  South  America?  10— IC.  What   ii  the  traveUer'a  atory  of  travelling  over  the  An- 


boekat  but  m  geaeral,  the  Journey  b 
made  by  travellera  mounted  on  the  patient 
and  aure-fooled  mule.  The  following  de- 
acription  of  a  journey  with  mulea  ia  from 
the  account  of  a  recent  traveller  in  South 
America. 

10  **  Aa  I  was  looking  up  at  the  region 
of  snow,  and  as  my  mule  was  scrambling 
along  the  steep  of  rock,  the  captain  over- 
took me,  and  asked  me  if  I  choae  to  come 
on,  aa  he  waa  going  to  look  at  a  very  dan- 
geroua  part  of  the  road,  which  we  were 
approaching,  to  aee  if  it  were  passable, 
before  the  mules  came  to  it.  In  half  an 
hour  we  arrived  at  the  spot.  It  is  the 
worst  pass  in  the  whole  road  over  the 
Andes.  The  mountain  above  appears  al- 
most perpendicular,  and  in  one  continued 
slope  down  to  a  rapid  torrent  that  is  rag- 
ing underneath.  The  surface  is  covered 
with  loose  earth  and  atonea,  which  have 
been  brought  down  by  the  waters.  The 
path  goes  across  this  slope,  and  is  very 
bad  for  about  seventy  yards,  being  only  a 
few  inches  broad  ;  but  the  point  of  danger 
ia  a  apot,  where  the  water,  which  comes 
down  from  the  top  of  the  mountain,  either 
washes  the  path  away,  or  covers  it  over 
with  loose  atones.  In  some  places,  the 
rock  almost  touches  one's  shoulder,  while 
the  precipice  is  immediately  under  the 
opposite  foot,  and  high  overhead  are  a 
number  of  loose  atones,  which  appear  as 
if  the  slightest  touch  would  send  them 
rolling  into  the  torrent  beneath,  which  is 
foaming  and  running  with  great  violence. 

11.  "As  soon  as  we  had  croiuied  the 
pass,  which  is  only  sevfuiy  ards  long, 
the  captain  told  me  it  Wii<i  a  very  bad 
place  for  baggage-mules ;  that  four  hun- 
dred had  been  lost  there;  and  that  wc 
should  probably  lose  one. 

12.  **  The  drove  of  mules  now  came  in 
sight,  one  following  another :  a  few  were 
carrying  no  burdens,  but  the  rest  were 


'  4,  \^^iiff>ivmf9pm'mmmmmmfmitF''^* 


le  Journey  b 
on  the  patient 
following  de- 
niulee  ia  from 
eller  in  South 

at  the  region 
ai  scrambling 

captain  over- 
chose  to  come 
at  a  very  dan- 
bich  we  were 
rere  passable, 
I.  In  half  an 
ot.  It  is  the 
road  over  the 
re  appears  al- 
one continued 
)nt  that  is  rag- 
ce  is  covered 
I,  which  have 
waters.  The 
1,  and  is  very 
I  being  only  a 
loint  of  danger 
,  which  comes 
ouiitain,  either 
;overs  it  over 
le  places,  the 
boulder,  while 
ily  under  the 
'erhead  are  a 
licit  appear  us 
Id  send  them 
eath,  which  is 
p^at  violence. 
I  cromed  the 
y  .  ards  long, 
it  a  very  bad 
tiat  four  hun- 
and  that  we 

now  came  in 
:  a  few  were 
he  rest  were 

■g  over  the  An- 


MOABS   or   eONVITAHei. 


118 


•itiior  mounted  or  heavily  laden.  As  soon 
OS  the  leading  mule  came  to  the  com- 
mencement of  the  noss,  he  stopped,  evi- 
dently unwilling  to  proceed,  and  of  course 
all  the  rout  stopped  also. 

13.  •'  lie  was  the  finest  mule  we  had, 
and,  on  that  account,  hail  twice  as  much 
to  curry  as  any  of  the  others.  With  his 
no8o  to  tlio  ground,  literally  smelling  his 
way,  ho  walked  gently  on,  oAen  changing 
the  position  of  his  feet,  if  he  found  the 
ground  would  not  bear,  until  he  came  to 
the  bod  part  of  the  pass,  when  he  stopped ; 
but  the  drivers  threw  stones  at  him,  and 
he  continued  his  path  in  saftty,  and  sev- 
eral others  followed. 

14.  *' At  length,  a  young  mule,  carrying 
a  portmanteau,  with  two  large  sacks  of 
provisions,  and  many  other  things,  in  pass- 
ing the  bad  point,  struck  his  load  against 
the  rock,  which  knocked  his  two  hind 
legs  over  the  precipice,  and  the  loose 
stones  ininiediately  Itegan  to  roll  away 
iVom  under  them :  however,  his  fore  legs 
were  still  upon  the  narrow  path :  he  had 
no  room  to  put  his  head  there,  but  he 
placed  his  nose  on  the  path  to  his  left, 
and  nppeored  to  hold  on  by  his  mouth: 
his  perilous  fute  was  soon  decided  by  a 
loose  mule,  who,  in  walking  along  after 
him,  knocked  his  comrade's  nose  off  the 
path,  destroyed  his  balance,  and  head  over 
heels  the  poor  creature  instantly  com- 
menced a  fall,  which  was  really  quite  ter- 
rific. 

15.  "With  all  his  baggage  firmly  lash- 
ed to  him,  he  rolled  down  the  steep  slope, 
until  he  came  to  the  part  which  was  per- 
pendicular, and  then  he  seemed  to  bound 
oflT,  and  turning  round  in  the  air,  fell  into 
the  deep  torrent,  on  his  back,  and  upon 
his  baggage,  and  instantly  disappeared. 

16.  "To  any  other  animal  but  a  mule 
this  fall  must  have  been  fatal ;  he  was  car- 
ried down  by  the  stream  in  spite  of  all  his 


dsk  >    |7.  What  of  the  Urge  wagons  of  the  Alio- 


edbrts,  and,  turning  thn  comer  of  a  rock, 
was  given  up  for  lost.  At  length  I  saw 
at  a  distance  a  solitary  mule  walking  to- 
wards us !  We  instantly  perceived  that  he 
was  the  Phaeton  whose  full  we  had  just 
witnessed,  and  in  a  few  moments  he  came 
up  to  us  to  join  his  comrades.  He  was, 
of  course  dripping  wet,  his  eye  looked 
dull,  and  his  whole  countenance  was  de- 
jected, but  none  of  bis  bones  were  broken : 
he  was  very  little  cut,  and  his  sound  ap- 
pearance was  actually  incredible." 

17.  The  large,  heavy  wogons,  which 
cross  the  Alleghany  mountains,  in  the 
United  States,  are  well  worthy  of  mention. 
The  exchange  of  goods  between  the  east- 
ern and  western  paru  of  Pennsylvania  is 
mostly  effected  by  means  of  these  wagons. 
They  are  drawn  by  five  or  six  horses, 
and  are  built  very  stout  for  travelling  the 
rough  roads  across  the  mountains.  They 
have  coverings  of  cloth,  supported  by  strong 
wooden  hoops,  and  carry  very  heavy  loads. 
The  horses  have  small  bells  attached  to  the 
hames,  as  they  are  called,  and  the  merry 
jingle  of  these,  when  passing  through  the 
woods,  is  very  pleasant.  These  bells  serve 
Hs  music  to  the  tired  teamster,  but  they 
also  answer  a  more  important  purpose; 
being  heard  at  a  distaoee,  they  give  in- 
formation in  season,  that  no  aecidant  may 
happen  by  two  teams  coming  in  contact, 
by  meeting  unexpectedly  in  the  sight 
Sixty  or  more  of  thesa  hurge  wagons  may 
often  be  seen  in  n  line. 

18.  There  is  a  trafllic  carried  on  be- 
tween St.  Louis  in  Missouri  and  Santa 
Fe  in  Mexico,  by  caravans  of  mules  and 
horse  wagons.  They  carry  to  Santa  Fe 
manufactured  goods,  tobacco,  spirits,  &c. 
and  receive  specie,  or  gold  and  silver  ore 
in  return.  Herds  of  wild  buffaloes  are 
sometimes  met  on  this  route.  These  roam 
in  thousands  over  the  far  western  prai- 
ries, and  swim  large  rivers  in  nearly  the 

ghanies?     18   What  of  the  trade  between  St 
h3 


•Ufa 


•if^:<.; 


'^im' 


*rf»*^»w«rw"ii»'i** 


IM 


■001  or  eoMHtiici. 


nma  order,  in  which  they  trav«rBe  th« 
plaini. 


19.  In  winter  when  the  ground  ii  cov- 
•red  with  mow,  travelling  in  tleighi  ie  a 
rapid  and  flivorite  mode  of  conveyance. 
Bella  are  uaually  attached  to  aome  port  of 
the  harneaa,  in  order  to  give  warning  to 


the  foot>puMng«r.  The  aledgo  of  the 
Laplander  maybe  mentioned  in  thia  place. 
It  is  shaped  somewhat  like  a  small  boat, 
and  ia  usually  drawn  by  the  reindeer,  who 
glides  with  incredible  swiftness  over  the 
snow  and-  ice.  This  animal,  it  is  said,  can 
run  with  ease  two  hundred  miles  a  day. 

20.  The  invention  of  rail-roads  proiiiii'es 
to  increase  the  facility  of  cominuniration 
between  distant  places  to  a  won«lerful  de- 
gree.   Iron  grooves  are  sunk  in  wooden 


Louia  and  Santa  Fe .'  19.  Travelling  in  ileighi 
Ac.  90.  The  invention  of  railroadi  >  21.  The 
powers  used  upon  rail-roads?  22.  What  of  the 


(Vames,  on  the  frrounii ;  and  the  wagona 
are  flimishcd  with  iron  wheels,  which  run 
in  these  grooves  with  very  little  IViction. 

ill.  Gravity,  harse>|)ower  and  steam- 
power  have  l>een  used  on  rail-rnaiis. 
Where  the  road  is  sufficiently  sloping  in 
one  direction,  the  force  of  gravity  may 
move  the  carriage  in  iha*  direction.  Lo- 
comotive or  steam  engines  aiw  much  ufeJ 
in  England,  and  thorn  are  several  in  this 
country.  It  haa  been  computed  thit  one 
of  Ibese  locomotive  cngineH  will  |ierfi)riii 
the  work  of  340  horses  travelling  at  the 
rate  of  ten  miles  per  hour  upon  a  turnpike 
road,  the  velocity  of  the  locomotive  being 
flftcen  miles  per  hour. 

23.  The  Quincy  rail-road  was  tim  first 
work  of  the  kind  attempted  in  the  United 
Stales.  It  was  constructed  solely  for  tlio 
transportation  of  granite,  and  coninienccs 
at  the  granite  quarry  in  Quincy,  ond  ter- 
minates at  the  Neponset  Kiver,  which 
flows  into  Boston  harbor.  It  is  tlirco 
miles  in  length.  Many  other  ruil-roads 
are  in  the  course  of  constriietion  through 
different  parts  of  Massachusetts.  The 
principal  of  these  «re  the  Boston  and 
Lowell  rail-read,  and  the  Boston  and 
Worcester  rail-road. 

33.  The  Mohawk  and  Hudson  rail-road 
in  New  York  was  begun  in  1830,  and  is 
to  extend  Oom  the  Hudson  at  Albany,  to 
the  Erie  canal  at  Schenectady.  Steam 
can  have  travelled  upon  it  with  a  load  of 
eight  tons,  at  the  rate  of  thirty  miles  per 
hour.  The  Camden  and  Amboy  rail-road 
commences  at  Camden  on  the  Delaware, 
opposite  to  Philadelphia,  and  terminates  at 
Amboy.  The  whole  distance  in  a  direct 
line  ia  aixty  miles. 

34.  The  Baltimore  and  Ohio  rail-road 
is  intended  tu  unite  the  city  of  Baltimore 
with  the  great  Ohio  River.     A  considere- 


Quincy  rail-road  f  Other  rail-roads  in  Maasaeha- 
leUi  .>  S3.  The  Mohawk  and  Hudson  rail-road  r 
Camden  and  Amboy .'    34.  The  Baltimore  and 


Mnai^.^ 


.x-ii^..^  II, J  ii^<«i'»ii>i  »[*iiMiri<iiiaiip>i 


I.  fci.  'I  ■  rf  It  ii.rt  ahwxaiwfcii 


■^-^MMlMll 


'Ti. 


HO»H   or   CONVITAIfOI. 


lU 


nd  th«  WAfont 
enla,  which  run 
y  little  A-iction. 
«r  aud  Ktrani- 
on  niil-rnada. 
nlly  vioping  in 
sf  (P'avity  may 
direction.  Lo- 
ai«  much  iifed 
•everal  in  thia 
iputed  thit  one 
ca  will  |N>rfortn 
avelliiig  at  the 
ipon  a  turnpike 
icomolive  Mng 

id  waa  tim  firat 
<d  in  the  United 
d  aoleiy  for  tlio 
ind  coniinoneea 
tuinry,  and  ter- 
Rivi-r,  which 
r.  It  in  three 
Dther  raii-roada 
riietion  through 
chuaetti.  The 
le  Huston  and 
le    Boaton   and 

ludaon  rail-road 
in  1830,  and  ia 
n  at  Albany,  to 
FCtady.  Steam 
:  with  a  load  of 
ihirty  niiica  per 
Lmboy  railroad 
the  Delaware, 
id  terminatea  at 
nee  in  a  direct 

Ohio  rail-road 

ly  of  Baltimore 

A  eonaidera- 

•da  in  Muaoehn- 
fludaon  rail-road  ? 
he  Baltimore  and 


bla  part  of  It  la  already  completed,  and  car« 
an  now  in  operation  upon  Ik     Paaaaagara 


•re  conveyed  in  theao  can  with  freat  ra- 
pidity to  different  pointa  on  the  road.  Tlie 
length  of  thia  rail-road  when  completed 
will  be  one  hundred  and  eighty  niilea,  and 
there  will  be  but  one  aunimit  in  the  whole 
line  requiring  atationary  power.  The  eaii- 
mated  expenae  ia  twenty  thouaand  doilara 
pep  mile.  The  bridgea  are  ail  built  of 
atone.  One,  over  Owynn'a  Folia,  conaiata 
of  a  aingie  arch  of  eighty  feet  apan,  with 
an  elevation  of  fiAy-eight  feet  to  the 
top  of  the  parapet,  and  three  hundred 
feet  in  length.  Another,  acroaa  the  Pe- 
tapaco  haa  two  archea  of  fifty-five  ftet 
apan  each,  and  two  of  twenty  feet  apan. 
It  riaea  forty-aix  feet  high,  and  ia  three 
hundred  and  aevonty-five  feet  long.  The 
deopeat  cut  will  bo  aeventy-nino  feet,  and 
the  highest  eniboiikment  fifty-acven  feet. 
In  one  place  the  road  haa  lieen  carried 
through  a  aolid  masa  of  rock  rising  fifty- 
eight  feet  above  iu  aurfiice. 

35.  We  have  mentioned  but  a  few 
of  the  principal  rail-roada  in  the  United 
Statea.  These  meana  of  conveyance  are 
ikat  multiplying  throughout  our  vaat  coun- 
try and  can  hardly  fail  to  produce  the 
moat  beneficial  reaulta.  In  England  raii- 
roada  have  inereaaed  amazingly  within  the 
last  twelve  yeara ;  and  throughout  Europe 


Obio?   SB.  The  increase  of  this  meana  of  trans- 
ponatioB' 


an  awakcnrd  atii>ntiiin  senma  to  have  been 
turned  to  the  aiiltjeri. 

CHAP,  xx.xiv. 

MODM  OF  rONVF.YANCR.-CoRTiRO*D. 

1.  The  iiutst  woiiilfrftil,  and  at  the 
aame  time  niiiHt  I'litivciiii'nt  method  of 
trans|M>rting  (loodN  tVom  one  country  to 
another,  ia  liy  niimns  of  a  ship.  That  a 
body  BO  Inrgtt  and  so  licnvily  ladrn,  sliould 
float  on  tliii  wiitnrt  that  it  should  be  so 
weil'hnlnnPiHl  iim  not. to  tilt  over;  that  ma- 
riners should  he  alilu  to  guide  ita  move- 
mcnta  to  any  quarter  of  ilie  globe,  and  in 
any  niannrr  tJioy  ploasn,  are  all  circuni- 
sloncus  of  grrnt  iuiportancc,  and  exiiihit 
in  a  striking  iiglit  the  power  and  ingenuity 
of  man. 

9.  A  aingie  ship  is  a  boautiAil  object ; 
when  in  lull  aail  i/he  glidea  majestically 
along,  cutting  the  wavea  with  her  aharp 
prow,  and  dashing  them  behind  in  her 
foaming  wake.  The  eye  ia  never  weary  in 
watching  her  ateady  and  graeeftil  motiona. 


3.  A  fleet  of  ahip*  eomiag  into  port, 
to  the  amount  of  one  hundred  and  fifty 
aail  perhapa  of  merchantmen,  ia  certainly 
a  grand  eight ;  all  under  regulated  move- 
menta,  and  bearing  treasurea  to  the  amount 
of  aome  milUona  of  money.  The  eonunu- 
nieation  Is  mutually  beneficial ;  the  inter- 


1.  8.  What  is  said  of  the  ship?   3.  A  fleet  of 
ships  M.  The  English  East  India  ships  ?  5.  Tbo 


ipp 


|>||  jw  ■  .iiijwui  iiiiH  i iimwi  I  III  ^  I 


»W|l»»|l||iHI>:|- 


elianffl  of  rnmmndillM  ii  ■(IvnnUgrniii  | 
Ihe  ramritriM  of  Itoih  rrgioiia  ura  mora 
than  dnulilfcl  liy  th«  irafflr, 

4.  The  F.iiKli*h  Emit  India  nhipa  am 
oAan  nf  onn  thoucand  two  hundred  tnna 
burdan.  Their  vnlut*,  wh«n  rirhlv  laden, 
ia  iiiiinnnwt.  OalUtonii,  are  very  lorK** 
ahlpa,  employed  hy  the  H|mnlnrdii,  to  con- 
vey the  Ireaiiuri'ii  of  the  Kant  Indie*  neroM 
the  great  Pacifir,  in  Aciipiilpo;  or,  in 
the  Atlantic,  to  bring  the  produce  of  the 
American  minea  of  gold  and  ailver,  to 
F.nropc,  to  the  mother  country.  Tlioae 
which  come  to  Europe,  are  collectively 
called  tht  Flola. 

6.  8hip4  fVom  their  aize  are,  in  many 
eaat!*,  unable  to  approach  near  the  <ihore. 
Then  la  a  need  of  amaller  veanela,  to  con- 
vey their  merchandiae  or  their  paaaengera 
to  and  (Vom  the  land:  luch  aa  boali, 
whieh  ara  moved  with  oara;  or  hoyi, 
imaekt,  eutttri,  &c.  which  have  maata  and 
Mila. 

4.  Th«  Chlneaa  veM«b  arc  called  Jtmkt ; 


tbey  an  but  amall,  eompand  with  our* ; 
but  they  may  be  aeeii  in  gnat  nuinbera  ou 
their  eanala. 

7.  By  eotioc  ia  meant  •  aort  of  boat,  not 
built  up  with  riba  and  planita,  but  hollow- 
ed out  of  one  aingle  trunit  of  a  tree,  and 
shaped  for  the  purpoae :  ao  they  are  oAen 
eonatnieted  in  the  tropical  part  of  the  At- 
lantic and  by  the  North  American  Indiana. 


■amea  of  aone  anialler  ve«ela .'  6.  The  Chineae 


In  the  mora  north  i)rn  and  aouthem  parts, 
they  ara  (brmed  with  |)iecea  of  harli  aew* 
ed  together.  The  Qreenlander'a  canoe  ia 
made  with  very  alender  latha  joined  with 
whalelione,  and  covered  with  aeel  aliina. 

8.  The  prow,  uaed  among  The  Ladrone 
lalea,  have  always  etcil.(d  laurpriiei  as 
they  will  ssil  si  the  rste  of  twenty  milea 
an  hour,  owing  to  their  {rr^'ulisr  con- 
Htruction.  One  side  of  ttiese  esnoen,  thut 
which  is  on  the  lee  side,  or  awsy  IVom 
the  wind,  is  enilraly  straight,  the  other  ia 
bowed  out,  in  the  uaual  shape.  The  euda 
ara  by  thia  means  made  very  aharp,  to  cut 
the  water,  eapecially  aa  tiiey  are  made 
narrower  hereby.  Both  ends  are  equally 
•liarpi  ao  that  the  navigatora  have  no 
need  to  lu.-*<.  but  can  come  Imclc  again 
with  case.  ;.:pnses  thus  formed  would 
be  very  liable  to  t^irn  over  t  indeed,  they 
could  hardly  live  in  a  rough  aea.  To  pre- 
vent this,  the  Ladrones  have  an  out-rigger, 
conaiating  of  a  fl«me  projecting  on  the 
windward  side,  with  a  log  oif  wood,  shaped 
like  a  boat,  at  ita  end.  The  weight  of  thia 
flrame  keepa  the  balance,  for  ihe  wind  can 
hardly  tilt  the  canoe  so  ss  to  raiae  the 
flrame  out  of  the  water ;  while  the  hollow* 
nesa  of  the  little  boat  praventa  ita  sinking 
on  that  aide.  The  planka  of  this  proa  sra 
sewed  together  with  strips  of  bark:  no 
iron  being  uaed  in  it.  The  aaila  conaist 
of  mats;  and  the  masts,  ysrds,  and  out< 
rigger,  are  made  of  the  bamboo,  whieh  is 
extremely  light. 

9.  Inland  commerce  ia  carried  on  by 
water  in  a  graat  measure,  in  many  coun- 
triea.  Our  own  country  ia  now  well  aup- 
plied  whh  canals ;  Holland  haa  long  been 
Amoua  for  such  conveniences ;  and  Chiiw 
is  intersected  to  a  very  grast  degree  by 
them.  It  is  said,  that  aa  many  inhabit* 
ants  of  that  country  live  and  die  on  the 
water,  as  on  land. 

10.  Canal  boaU  are  generally  of  peculiar 


junks .'  7.  The  eoaoe  t  8.  The  praaaf  0.  Caaala* 


iHTiii'Ii 


,.a  .  aubfir-  r  i     -i..- 


.  7w;  ■  •imjtiAibm«^tiutiiim\<^^^^iJf^^^ 


■MMi 


■eon  or  eoRvirARei. 


IIT 


Rouihffrn  part*. 

of  hark  miw* 
inilnr'i  caiio«  U 
iha  Joinml  with 
Ith  wmI  tklna. 
nf  Tita  l^adrone 
4  liiurpriMi  ••■ 
of  tivtnljr  milaa 

}>r«''uliar  con- 
«a(r  «anoea,  ihut 
I  or  away  Ottm 
hi,  III*  other  la 
ap««.  Th«  eiiila 
ry  aharp,  to  cut 
they  are  made 
mda  are  equally 
(atora  havo  no 
Dme  Imek  again 

foriiieti  would 
r  t  indeed,  they 
h  aea.  Tu  pre- 
re  an  out-rig|fer, 
)jec:ing  on  tho 
of  wood,  ahnpcd 
e  weight  of  thia 
or  ihe  wind  can 
aa  to  raiae  the 
hile  the  hollow- 
renta  ita  ainking 
of  thia  proa  are 
w  of  bark:  no 
he  aaiia  eonaiat 
yarda,  and  out< 
imboo,  whieh  it 

carried  on  by 
In  many  coun« 
I  now  well  aup- 
A  haa  long  been 
cea ;  and  Chin* 
[Teat  degree  by 
many  inhabit* 
and  die  on  the 

rally  of  peculiar 
^roaaf  9.  Caaala' 


dimenalona,  auiied  to  their  particular  pur- 
poaa,  and  to  nothing  alae.   They  are  aome- 


timet  aavaaty  Ami  long,  and  only  all  ftet 
wide  \  that  they  may  be  able  to  paaa  each 
other  without  requiring  the  eanal  to  be  of 
an  inconvenient  width.  They  will  con- 
tain  a  very  large  quantity  of  gooda,  and 
yet  may  be  drawn  by  a  aingle  hone  with 
tolerable  caae.  There  ia  a  towing-path 
on  the  aide  of  the  eanal,  fbr  the  horaea. 

11.  Ope  of  the  moat  remarkable  diaco- 
veriea  of  modern  timea  ia  the  art  of  pro- 
pelling veaaela  by  ateam.  The  principle  ia, 
by  a  ateam  engine  of  eonaiderable  power, 
to  work  •  large  wheel,  or  rather  two 
wheela,  one  on  eaeh  aide,  whieh,  by  pad- 
dlea,  puah  againat  the  water,  and  thua 
above  the  veaael  forward.  For  the  iirat 
weeeaaflil  applieatioo  of  thia  diacovery, 
the  world  ia  indebted  to  Robert  Fulton, 
an  American.  Hia  account  of  the  con- 
atruetion  of  bla  ilrat  ateamboat  ia  well  wor- 
thy the  peruaal  of  my  young  readera  i  it 
ia  taken  from  Judge  Story'a  Oiacourae  be- 
fore the  Boaton  Mechaniea*  Inatiiuiion. 

19. «« When,**  aaid  Fulton,  <«  I  waa  build- 
ing my  Arat  ateamboat  at  New  York,  the 
project  waa  viewed  by  the  public  either 
with  IndiflTerenee,  or  with  contempt  aa 
•  viaionary  acheme.  My  frienda  indeed 
were  civil,  but  they  were  ahy.  They  iiat- 
ened  with  patience  to  my  expUnatiuna,  but 
with  a  aettled  caat  of  incredulity  on  their 


rnMnlenaiima.     I  fitll  the  Aill  fl*rr«  of  llie 

lamnnlalion  of  ihii  |Mirl, 

••  Triilh*  wnuM  |rmi  iMch  In  ••*•  *  ttnlilnf  taM, 
All  ikuN,  Miiw  114  (rott,  »»4  Aiw  untf«m*n4." 

Aa  I  had  occasion  to  paaa  dally  to  and 
from  the  huiltling  yard,  while  my  Itoai  waa 
in  prn|{r«M,  I  have  oAmi  loiirri'd  unknown 
near  llm  Idln  gronpa  of  atrangt'ta,  gather- 
ing In  liiile  i*ir<-li<«,  and  heard  varioiia  in- 
qulri«B  aa  to  the  obJKCl  of  this  nnw  vehi- 
cle. The  language  wna  unlfurnily  that 
of  acorn,  or  anenr,  or  ridicule.  The  loud 
laugh  o(\«n  rose  at  my  rxfifnae ;  the  dry 
je«l ;  the  wIm  calculation  of  loaaea  and 
ex|N9ndiliirpa ;  the  dull  but  endleaa  repeti- 
tion of  the  Fulton  Folly. 

18.  "Never  «iid  a  »ingle  encouraging 
remark,  a  bright  hope,  or  a  warm  wiah, 
croaa  my  path.  Hiltince  itaelf  waa  but  po- 
lit«n«>Ra,  veiling  ita  double,  or  hiding  ita 
reproachea.  At  length  the  day  arrived 
when  the  experiment  waa  to  be  put  in 
npitration.  To  mo  it  waa  a  moat  trying 
and  interesting  ocrasion.  I  invited  many 
frienda  to  go  on  board  to  witneaa  the  flrat 
BucceaaAil  trip.  Many  of  them  did  me  the 
favor  to  attend,  aa  a  matter  of  peraonal 
respect ;  but  it  waa  manifoat  that  they  did 
it  with  reluctance,  fearing  to  be  the  part- 
nera  of  my  mortification,  and  not  of  my 
triumph.  I  waa  well  aware,  that  in  my 
case  there  were  many  reaaona  to  doubt 
of  my  own  aucceaa.  Tbt  machinery  waa 
new  and  ill  made  {  manf  putt  of  it  were 
cooatructed  by  mechaniea  uoaoeuatomed 
to  auch  work ;  and  unexpected  difficultiea 
might  reasonably  be  presumed  to  present 
ihemaelvea  from  other  chub«b. 

14.  "The  moment  arrived,  in  which  the 
word  waa  to  be  given  for  the  veaael  to 
move.  My  frienda  were  in  groupe  on  the 
deck.  There  waa  anxiety  mixed  with  fear 
among  them.  They  were  ailent,  and  aad, 
and  weary.  I  read  in  their  looka  nothing 
but  disaster,  and  alinoat  repented  of  my 


10.Canal-boaia?  11.  The  staamboat?  To  whom   are  we  indebted  ibr  this  invealion .' IS— 15.  What 


ai^*^ 


mf^m 


mmmmmmmitmmw^mm^m 


Itt 


•flbrta  Th*  ■Ignal  wm  givrn,  and  ih« 
boat  itinvril  on  •  ■hort  tUainnrn,  snti  limn 
■(opp«>(l  aiitl  iMiraiiir  iiniiiovalild.  To  llii* 
■ticuca  ofihn  \trt>rnUng  itioiiifiii  now  hmc- 
giwtlail  iiniriiMini  of  ilt«i*oiiii<iii  ainl  aifiia- 
tlona,  anil  MrhU|M>ni  ami  nliruKa.  I  roulil 
haar  ili«ii>irily  n>|)<^aii'il,  •  I  loltl  you  ll 
woulil  Itn  ao— ll  I*  a  I'ooliuli  arhciii*— I 
wUh  w«  vit'tx  Wfll  otil  of  ii.'  I  •tiavalad 
inyMilf  ii|Htii  a  |ilailoriM,  and  aildraaaad 
Ilia  aaaoMiltly.  I  alaliMl,  thai  I  liniiw  noi 
what  wan  llin  nialliT  \  liiil  If  ihay  would 
b«i  quki,  and  IihIuIki^  itit*  lor  a  half  hour,  I 
would  «'iihi>r  |rn  on,  or  abandon  iho  voj> 
■g«  for  Ihal  lliua. 

19.  "Tliia  Mliorl  rcapili*  wa*  rnnradad 
without  nhjfcilon.  I  went  In>Iow,  rxam- 
Incd  thn  niarhlnvry,  and  dliroverad  that 
Iba  cauaa  woa  ■  alight  nial-adjuatinrni  of 
•onie  of  Ilia  work.  In  ■  aliort  |H>rl<Mi  ll 
waa  obvlalKd.  Thn  ImwI  wua  ogaiii  put  In 
motion.  8ha  ronlinutid  to  niovK  on.  All 
ware  aiill  Incrrduloua.  Nona  aerin«>d  wiU 
ling  to  truai  tli«  avlilrnea  of  their  own 
Muaea.  Wa  lei)  the  Air  city  of  New 
York;  we  pamied  through  the  romantic 
and  flver-vnrylngaceni>ry  of  ih<<  highlanda ; 
we  doarrind  lh«t  rliialeriiig  liouaoa  of  Al< 
bany ;  we  rcuchad  ila  aliorpa  \  and  then, 
eren  then,  whi^n  all  aeeiiied  Mkkved,  I 
waa  the  victim  of  dlan|i|ioiniiutiit.  laiag- 
tnatlou  8U|)eraeded  thn  iiiAuenea  of  fiicl. 
It  waa  then  dor 'tod,  if  it  rould  he  done 
again ;  or  if  done,  it  waa  doiihtml  if  It 
could  be  made  of  any  groat  value." 

16.  Since  the  death  of  Fulton,  ateam> 
boata  have  multiplied  to  an  incredible  ex- 
tent in  all  parte  of  the  world  ;  but  no* 
where  to  auch  an  extent  aa  on  tlie  broad 
Miaalaaippi  and  other  mighty  rivera  of  the 
weat.  Some  of  the  ■teaiiibuala  of  the 
Miaalaaippi  are  fitted  up  in  an  uncommon 
■Cjrie  of  elegance,  and  may  aliiioat  merit  Iho 
deaigiiallon  of  «  floating  |ialaro8."     Steam- 


la  Fulton'a  acrount  of  the  trial  of  hi*  Ant  ateam' 
beat*   16.  What  of  the  inoieaae  ofatcBin-bmU' 


hoala  paaa  batwaen  Providenra  and  New 
York,  through  Long  laUiid  Mound,  during 
all  the  open  aeaaon.  Nearly  the  whole  of 
the  auninwr  travelling  (Vuni  Uoatoo  to  tb« 
•ouih  paaaaa  by  thla  routa. 


17.  On  th*  CMMd*!  mnI  rivar  navigation 
of  England,  aleamboata  ara  vary  (Va<|ueBt ; 
yet,  at  preaant,  thay  ara  rather  uaod  (br 
conveying  paaaangara  than  gooda.  They 
Ventura  out  to  aaa,  eroaa  tba  Atlantic, 
and  even  go  to  tka  Eaal  Indiaa.    Thay  uaa 


inaata  and  aaila  when  tha  wiad  anlta  {  but 
aa  they  can  go  by  ataam  onlj,  without 
aalla,  if  the  wind  be  againat  tham,  which 
totally  praventa  a  ahip  flrom  proeaading,  it 
ia  no  great  impediment  to  the  aiaam  vaa- 
acl  I  it  makea  ila  way  in  apite  of  contrary 
winda  ond  advene  tidea. 

18.  We  have  one  aort  of  water  convey- 
ance nut  yet  noted,  although  it  ia  very  an* 


BteamboaUnn  the  MiHiMippl?  17.  In  England) 
la.  What  of  the  timber-float'  19.  Tiodwreatla 


rttfa  aiwi  Ntw 

Mound,  liurtni 

y  lh«  wboi*  of 

I  BoMon  10  Ut« 


rivtr  mvl|iiion 
I  Tcry  (Vtquent  | 
«th«r  uacd  ft>r 
I  foods.  They 
■  tbo  Alltntic, 
dlM.    Th«y  UN 


iHnd  mitt;  but. 
I  only,  without 
Mt  them,  whieh 
M  proMfldiof,  it 
I  ilie  ateam  vm- 
ipitn  of  contrary 

>f  wtter  convey- 
gh  It  ii  very  an- 

>  17.  In  Engkad} 
10.  Timber  eat  ia 


'Miialli 


IM 


eieni,  and  In  mme  piarM,  <iv«ii  now,  of 
ffval  um  I  ihnl  !•,  the  (I'mtrr  Jlont.  Thi> 
timber  from  LclMnon,  ini^mitnl  fur  Holo- 
mon'e  litinplp,  wm  Hoalcd  In  the  ■on  In 
JaptM,  (Vom  wlirnt'D  It  wn«  inken  by  Iniul 
rarrla|n  lo  JmiMJnni. 

I(».  Miirh  of  ihn  limber  nil  In  Norway 
la  floaiKd  down  llitt  rtvcm,  lo  llm  riiif*, 
IVom  wlianre  ll  la  lo  Im  ttX|iorii<il  lo  otbrr 
eounlrloa.  A  «*<:naid«>riitilii  proporilon  of 
Ibia  la  iiplil,ihlvtriid  lo  plfrpK,  or  othrrwlno  | 
damaKttd,  In  Ita  wivriituroim  voyaKn.  Vi<i 
ii|Kin  iha  wholly,  ibla  la  lb**  clirnpoat  mode  ^ 
of  tranali  |  and  In  aonie  rnaca,  nwin|{  to  tb« 
ruffflduvaa  of  the  roiiniry,  tb«t  only  innbod 
by  wblcb  aiirh  bulky  iiiatnrlals  euuld  bo 
oonveytNl  to  the  placn  of  aala, 

90.  Hut  ibn  grand  Hnalage  of  the  pre- 
a«nt  day  In  Kurope  laliea  place  on  ibe 
Rhine.  On  lia  broad  airfain,  lloata  of 
tlnilMtr  treea,  to  the  value  of  thirty  thod- 
aand  puunda,  in  one  inaM,  proceod  every 
year,  (Vnni  the  fon^ula  n*>ar  ita  aourve,  to 
the  clliea  of  ibe  Nethnrtauda,  where  they 
are  broken  up  for  aale.  The  maaa  la 
often  a  thousand  feet  long,  and  nearly  a 
hundred  In  width,  and  of  a  tbickiieaa  8uf< 
Aelent  to  raiae  the  ujipcr  part  aovcn  feet 
oat  of  the  water.  Tbeae  treea  are  all  tiriii" 
J  pinned  and  bound  together.    It  requires 


•averal  Itundred  men  to  navigate  such 
■u  unwieldy  concern ;  and  tlieae  live  on 
tfao  float,  in  two  rows  of  biita  formed  on 


Norway  f   90.  The  timber-floata  of  the  Rhine  f 
m.  Wkat  la  a  nA  /  fli.  What  ef  linker  la  MabM ' 


ii,  with  a  ri>giilnr  aireet  between  them. 
Hevrral  aninilfr  lloaia  gn  In  (Vont,  by 
nieana  of  whirh  llie  great  lN)dy  la  lowed 
along,  rl«<ar  iVoni  olwlrurilona. 

91.  .4  ri\/\  la  a  aniall  flooring  of  ilmbtr, 
aurli  aa  rotnra  lo  band.  In  rede  of  eblp- 
wri'i'k  t  wtiirh,  being  liialt'nrd  together, 
will  tlo'il  iNiNK' Mgera  and  gooda,  ibough 
Willi  MMirli  ioronvKnIciire,  yet  aaA-ly,  lo 
the  aliore.  A  rnt\,  loo,  la  the  form  Id 
wlili'b  iloilM-ra  nro.  In  ibe  Haltir,  ronveyt<il 
lo  llie  •lil|)piii;rt  wbirb  wall  lo  Iraiiapon 
ibein  lo  lorfigii  (■ouiilriea. 

39.  The  noi;fliprii  paria  of  Maine  (\ir' 
nixli  vnal  c|iiaiiilllea  of  timber.  Tbn  Ireaa 
are  filled  In  the  itrpih  of  winter  '.)y  iwrtlaa 
wlilrh  go  Into  the  woo«U  In  autumn  fbr 
that  piirpoae,  and  cut  down  ilia  trees  aftsf 
ibe  ground  iai-ovcred  with  anow  aufllcleik'* 
ly  to  enable  ibcin  In  drug  the  timber  by 
oxen  to  Ibe  rivers  where  they  are  rollad 
upon  the  kn.  When  the  Ice  melta  In  the 
apring,  the  logs  are  floated  down  to  lh« 
sea.     Where  the  riven  are  wida  and  un 


interrupted  by  fklls,  tha  logs  ara  (kstanad 
together  In  rafts. 

93.  Immense  timber  rafts  may  often  be 
seen  u|M>n  Lake  Cbamplain,  floating  down 
on  their  way  to  Albany  and  the  towns  on 
the  lludaon.  These  rsfts  contain  houses 
for  lodging  tba  crews;  and  when  tha 
wind  ia  fkir,  sails  are  Axed  up  to  assist 
their  course. 


Wlien  are  the  trees  foUcd  > 
LsksChaaplalB? 


•%ij|||iiS'V        r    -"^f-'-'-l*;^-'"'''"     ■::rL'^iA..:    i.  :."■.'.  ^'  ii^^.-      t      ^^ 


mn 


33.  Timber-rafts  on 


"•^A^isr 


11 


M 


I 


"^mffmrn 


"■""'!>  w.yjw 


ItO 


BOOK   or   COMtfBBt'B. 


CHAP.  XXXV. 

rACILITIES  FOR  fROBECUTINO  COMMERCE. 

1.  Of  all  the  discoveries  made  by  moo, 
that  of  communicating  thoughts,  and  es- 
pecially of  rendering  them  permanent,  by 
means  of  letters,  is  certainly  the  moHt 
wonderAil  and  important.  By  this  nieuns 
have  all  the  great  inventions  and  sublime 
productions  of  human  genius  been  com- 
municated from  one  nation  to  another,  and 
with  successive  improvements  transmitted 
firom  generation  to  generation.  The  sci- 
entific and  literary  acquirements  of  the 
ancients  have  thus  become  the  property 
of  the  moderns.  They  still  live  in  their 
literary  labors ;  their  thoughts  exist  in 
their  writings,  and  after  the  lapse  of  above 
two  thousand  years,  we  enjoy  their  con- 
versation, and  are  enlightened  by  their  in- 
structions. The  knowledge  of  the  pre- 
ceding is,  thus,  the  foundation  of  that  of 
the  present  century,  which,  still  improved 
and  extended,  will  illuminate  posterity. 

2.  The  opinions  of  authors  concerning 
the  origin  of  letters  are  various.  The 
Indiana,  the  Chinese,  the  Chaldeans,  the 
Anbiani,  the  Egyptians,  the  Phenicicns, 
have  respectively  their  pretensions  to  that 
honor.  Memnon,  the  Egyptian^  is  by 
some  aiippoud  to  have  invented  letters 
In  the  year  1822  before  Christ.  Letters 
were  first  brought  icto  Greece  by  Cad- 
miia,  the  Phenician,  who  was  contempo- 
rary with  David.  His  alphabet  consisted 
of  sixteen  letters,  and  the  rest  '.vere  added 
afterwards,  as  signs  for  proper  sounds 
were  needed. 

8.  To  write,  or,  in  other  words,  to  ex- 
press the  thoughts  to  the  eye,  was  early 
attempted  in  Egypt,  hy  means  of  hiero- 
glyphics: these  were  figures  o£  animals, 
parts  of  the  human  body,  and  even  me- 
chanical instruments ;  as  the  former  were 
made  choice  of  on  account  of  the  pecu- 


liar properties  or  qualities  of  the  animal% 
so  they  are  said  to  have  represented  simi- 
lar qunlitics  in  the  gods,  heroes,  or  other! 
to  whom  they  were  applied. 

4.  But  these  were  not  confined  to  Egypt: 
figures,  composed  of  feathers,  werp  em- 
ployed to  express  ideas,  in  Peru;  and 
Montezuma  received  intelligence  of  the 
invasion  of  his  kingdom  by  the  Spaniards, 
in  this  way.  In  Peru,  arithmetic  was 
composed  only  of  diflerent  colored  knots. 

6.  The  next  step  in  the  progress  of 
writing,  appeors  to  be  tlie  expression  of  a 
word  by  a  single  mark  or  letter,  which  is 
the  Chinese  method  of  writing.  They 
have  upwards  of  sixty  thousand  of  these 
marks,  which  they  employ  in  aflfairs  of 
science.  Instead  of  using  marks  to  re- 
present words,  which  are  infinite,  we  em- 
ploy letters  to  represent  articulate  sounds, 
which  compose  words.  Their  inferior 
and  inconvenient  mode  of  writing  readily 
accoimts  for  the  state  of  literature  among 
the  Chinese,  and  their  relative  superiority 
in  respect  to  the  artr<,  being  imitative,  may 
be  acquired  by  practice  or  oral  instruc- 
tion. 

6.  The  art  of  writing  seems  to  have 
been  known  in  Greece  when  Homer  com- 
posed the  Iliad,  and  Odyssey ;  and  ciphers, 
invented  in  Hindoostan,  were  brought  into 
France  from  Arabia  about  the  end  of  the 
tenth  century. 

7.  The  ancient  order  of  v/riting  was 
from  right  to  left,  and  this  method  pre- 
vailed even  among  thu  Greeks.  They 
used,  afterwards,  to  write  alternately  firom 
right  to  left,  and  from  left  to  right ;  this 
continued  to  the  time  of  Solon,  the  fa« 
mous  Athenian  legislator.  The  motion 
from  the  left  to  the  right  being  found 
more  natural  and  convenient,  this  method 
was  adopted  by  all  the  European  nations. 

8.  Writing  was  first  exhibited  on  pillars 
and  tables  of  stone ;  afterwards  on  lead, 


1.  What  of  the  invention  of  letters  >   3.  To 
whom  is  the  discovery  attributed  I  3.  What  of 


hierofflyphics  f   Writing  in  Peru  and  Mezioo? 
5.  Ctuneae  writing?  6.  The  Iliad  i  7.  Wliat  WM 


■  itjijihiii  iiii>i»hi>'i<»*»'>'i«»*'i>ni'>'t'i '  'Hiiit>\i ti^'itf^"'- 


K*^~ 


■  I^.iimwiinpi  iiiiiiiiii.ii,nyp»iiipi.|ii  'iii|tf»«gwijWip|!«i|w4wifflnwy^yi?^.',t*;f^gf<^P^ 


rACILITIEt   rOR    PKOtBCCTIHO   COMMKKCI. 


It| 


of  the  animal% 

preicnted  siiiii- 

eroet,  or  others 

d. 

nfined  to  Egypt: 

lera,  were  ein- 

in  Peru;  aiid 
lligcnce  of  the 
I  tho  Spaniards, 
arilhnietic  was 
t  colored  knots, 
he  progress  of 
expression  of  a 

letter,  which  is 
writing.  They 
[)U8and  of  these 
»y  in  aflairs  of 
g  marks  to  re- 
infinite,  we  em- 
rticulate  sounds. 

Their  inferior 
'  writing  readily 
literature  among 
utive  superiority 
ig  imitative,  may 
or  oral  instruc* 

:  seems  to  have 
len  Homer  com- 
sey ;  and  ciphers, 
irere  brought  into 
t  the  end  of  the 

of  v/riting  was 
his  method  pre- 
Greeks.  They 
alternately  firom 
sft  to  right;  this 
f  Solon,  the  fa- 
ir. The  motion 
ght  being  found 
lient,  this  method 
Suropean  nationi. 
Jiibited  on  pillan 
erwards  on  lead, 

Peru  and  Mezioo? 
Iliad?7.Wlutvai 


and  on  plates  of  the  softer  metals.  When 
t  became  more  extensively  practised,  in 
some  countries,  the  leaves  of  plants  and 
the  bark  of  trees  were  used ;  in  others, 
tablets  of  wood  covered  with  a  thin  coat 
of  soft  wax,  on  which  the  impression  was 
made  with  a  stylus,  or  pen  of  iron.  After 
this,  parchment  made  of  tho  hides  of  ani- 
i.?ils  was  used. 

THE  MAIL  SYSTEM,  Su-. 
9.  Thb  establishment  of  posts,  by  which 
letters  and  packeU  moy  be  regularly  con- 
veyed flrom  one  place  to  another,  has  prov- 
ed one  of  the  most  effective  instrumentt 
of  civilisation.  "  We  find  the  first  posts 
in  the  Persian  empire.  Darius  I,  son  of 
Hystaspes,  caused  couriers,  with  saddled 
horses,  to  stand  ready  at  difTerent  stations 
throughout  the  empire,  situated  one  day's 
journey  from  each  other.  In  order  to  re- 
ceive reports  from  the  provinces  without 
delay. 

la  "  The  name  of  potia  is  said  to  be 
derived  from  the  Latin  po<t(u«,  which 
moans  plaetd,  because  horses  were  pvt  at 
certain  distances,  to  transport  letters  or 
travellers.  In  the  ninth  century,  there 
existed  in  Germany,  France  and  Italy, 
messengers  who  travelled  on  horseback, 
destined,  however  only  for  the  service  of 
government;  and  this  establishment,  be- 
sides, was  of  little  duration. 

11.  "Carrier  pigeons  are  used  in  the 
oast,  and  became  known  in  Europe 
through  the  Crusaders,  but  seem  never  to 
have  been  introduced  in  the  latter  part 
of  the  world  to  auy  extent.  The  pigeons 
chosen  for  this  service  are  called,  in  Ara- 
bic, hamahn.  They  build  their  nests  in 
the  neighborhood  of  human  habitations. 
The  first  pigeon  used  as  a  messenger, 
some  consider  to  be  that  which  Noah  sent 
fl-om  the  ark,  and  which  returned  with 

the  ancient  order  of  writing?  8.  How  was  writ- 
ing first  exhibited  ?  9.  What  is  said  of  the  etta- 
Uuhment  of  posU  i  10.  Whence  is  the  uaine  de- 


the  leaf  of  the  olive.  An  actual  post 
system,  in  which  pigeons  were  the  mee- 
snngers,  was  established  by  the  sultan 
Noureddin  Mahmood,  who  died  in  1174. 
It  was  improved  and  extended  by  the  ca- 
liph of  Bagdad,  who  died  in  1225.  The 
pries  of  a  well-trained  pair  of  such  pigeons 
was,  at  that  time,  one  thousand  Arabian 
ducats.  This  flying  post  lasted  till  13A8, 
when  Bagdad  fell  into  the  hands  of  tha 
Mongols,  ond  was  destroyed  by  them.  At 
present,  only  a  fuw  wealthy  individuals  in 
the  east  ke^p  these  pigeons.  It  requires 
much  time  and  patience  to  train  them. 

12.  "As  soon  as  the  young  are  fledged, 
they  are  made  as  tame  as  possible,  and  ac- 
customed to  (.-ach  other's  society.  They 
are  then  sent  in  an  uncovered  cage  to  the 
place  whither  they  are  usually  to  carry 
messages.  If  one  of  them  is  carried 
away,  after  having  been  well  treated  for 
some  time,  it  will  certainly  return  to  its 
mate.  A  small  letter  is  written  on  tlie 
finest  silk-paper,  sometimes  on  a  partic- 
ular kind  called  bird-paper.  This  is  plac- 
ed lengthwise  under  one  wing,  and  fasten- 
ed with  a  pin  to  a  feather.  A  pigeon  of 
this  kind  can  go  a  distance  of  more  than 
2700  miles  in  a  day.  It  is  well  known, 
that  some  merchants  in  Paris  and  Am- 
sterdam employ  carrier  pigeons,  in  order 
that  the  prices  of  stocks  &c.  in  Paris,  may 
be  known  as  soon  as  possible  in  Amster- 
dam. 

13.  "When  commerce  began  to  flouiisb, 
the  larger  commercial  cities,  particularly 
of  Germany,  began  to  establish  mounted 
messengers  and  stage-coaches.  Travelling 
merchants  and  butchers,  who  rode  about 
the  country  to  buy  cattle,  used  to  take 
charge  of  letters. 

14.  "In  the  year  1654,  a  regular  post 
office    was    established  in    England,  by 


rived?  11.12.  What  of  carrier-pigeons?  13.  How 
wpre  lettpft  conveyed  of  old  in  Germany  ?  14. 
When  was  a  regular  post-office  established  in 


f.  fllMWIWIp'PPI^il'ISWW 


1 


IM 


■OOS   OP   OOHMBRCK. 


Oromwell,  and  Rince  t)iat  time  the  ByBtem 
baa  been  ianproved  by  varioun  acta  or  par- 
liament. About  the  year  1784,  a  great 
iroprorement  was  made  in  the  mode  of 
conveying  the  mails.  Instead  of  nond- 
ing  the  mails  by  a  boy  on  horseback,  or 
in  carts,  it  was  proposed  that  govern- 
ment should  contract  with  the  masters 
of  coaches  to  carry  the  mail,  along  with  a 
guard,  for  its  protection.  The  plan  was 
finally  established,  and  met  with  complete 
Nocess.  The  regularity  with  which  the 
post  now  comes  and  goes,  and  the  letters 
are  received  and  distributed  in  England, 
is  remarkable.  Nowhere  is  the  inviolabil- 
ity of  letters  more  respected  than  in  Eng- 
land and  the  United  Biates. 

10.  **  In  the  English  colonies  in  North 
America,  a  post-office  was  projected  aa 
early  as  1692.  The  first  oiico  in  the  co- 
lonies was  established  in  1710,  by  an  act 
of  parliament,  '  for  establishing  a  general 
poat-oflice  for  all  her  majesty's  dominions.' 
The  postmaster  general  was  to  be  'at 
liberty  to  keep  one  chief  letter-office  in 
New  York,  and  other  chief  offices  at 
aome  convenient  place  or  places  in  each 
of  her  majesty's  provinces  or  colonies  in 
America.' 

16.  "  After  the  breaking  out  of  the  re- 
rolution,  thia  department  came  of  course 
under  the  control  of  the  congresa  of  the 
confederacy.  The  constitution  of  the 
United  States,  adopted  in  1789,  gave  the 
exclusive  power  of  establishing  post-offices 
and  post-roads  to  congress,  thus  preventing 
the  difficulties  which  would  have  resulted 
from  leavifig  this  department  to  the  several 
Mates. 

17.  "There  is  at  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  a  general  poet- 
office,  under  the  direction  of  the  post-mas- 
ter general,  who  is  appointed  by  the  pre- 


England  f  What  improvement  was  made  in  the 
Bvstem  in  1784 .'  15.  VVhi'n  wm  a  posl-oflicp  pro- 
•eoted  in  the  North  American  colonies?   When 


aident,  and  appoints  two  assistants,  and 
such  clerka  as  may  be  necessary  for  the 
performance  of  the  business  of  his  office. 
He  establishes  post-offlcea,  and  appoints 
post-maaters  at  all  auch  places  as  appear 
to  him  expedient  on  poat-roada  establish- 
ed by  law.  He  instructs  the  poat-masters. 
provides  for  the  carriage  of  the  mail,  and 
directs  the  routes.  *'  No  stage,  or  other 
vehicle  which  regularly  performs  trips  on 
a  post-road,  or  a  roail  parallel  to  it,  shall 
convey  letters,  nor  any  packet-boat  or 
other  vesael  which  regularly  pliea  on  • 
water  declared  to  be  a  post-road,  except  it 
relates  to  aome  part  of  the  cargo,  under 
the  penalty  of  fifty  dollars." 

18.  Robbery  of  the  mail  is  punishable 
with  impriiwnment  from  five  to  ten  years, 
and  a  aecond  offence  with  death.  Dead 
lettera,  or  such  as  have  remained  in  the 
poat-office  for  a  long  time,  without  lieing 
called  for,  must  he  sent  to  the  post-master 
general,  at  Washington,  who  opens  them, 
and  if  they  contain  any  thing  valuable  en- 
deavors to  return  them  to  the  owners. 

19.  The  privilege  of  franking  Is  an  im- 
munity from  postage,  which  is  enjoyed 
by  certain  officers  of  government  and  by 
members  of  congress.  A  letter  is  said  to 
be  firanked  when  the  name  of  the  indi- 
vidual possessed  of  such  privilege  writes 
his  name  upon  the  envelope. 

20.  We  have  already  mentioned  that  the 
mails  are  usually  transported  in  coaches 
on  the  land  route.  Difficulties  are  often 
encountered  by  stage-drivers  in  the  more 
unfrequented  pana  of  the  country  on  ac- 
count of  the  badness  of  the  roads  or  the 
swelling  of  rivers.  Sometimes  a  heavy 
fall  of  snow  obstructs  the  way,  ard  some- 
times a  bridge  has  been  broktin  by  She  ice 
and  carried  away.  Wfc  ;u  these  obstacles 
are  finally  overcome,  tht  mail-bags  are 


I 


established  ?  16.  After  the  breaking  out  of  the 
revolution—.*  17.  What  of  the  general  poat-of- 
fioe?  '18.  The  ponishaient  for  robbery  ef  the 


%. 


mtAti 


iitmi!makmti^tmmii\^u 


""'^^W^' 


>f»i>«s*<»n«s*i 


wwiffiip  aiitiyyjj  '!,',*!tJfWI!'"-'*P"'y  t 


rAciLiTiit  roR  paoiicDTiifa  commbhcb. 


IM 


anaistants,  and 
;e88ary  for  the 
m  of  hia  office. 
,  and  appoints 
lacea  as  appear 
roada  eslabliah- 
e  poat-mattera, 
'  the  mail,  and 
itago,  or  other 
forma  trips  on 
Jl«l  to  it,  shall 
Micket-boat  or 
riy  pliea  on  a 
•road,  except  it 
a  cargo,  under 

ia  punishable 
e  to  ten  years, 

death.     Dead 
mained  in  the 

without  lieinf 
he  post-moHter 
o  opens  them, 
ig  valuable  en- 
[ie  owners, 
iking  Is  an  im- 
ch  ia  enjoyed 
nment  and  by 
etter  ia  said  to 
e  of  the  indi- 
irivilege  writes 
). 

itioned  that  the 
ed  in  coaches 
hies  are  often 
8  in  the  more 
country  on  ac- 
i  roads  or  the 
times  a  heavy 
ray,  ard  some- 
ken  by  She  ice 
these  obstacles 
mail-bags  are 

iking  out  of  the 
>  general  poat-of- 
'  robbery  af  tba 


safely  delivered  at  the  poat-office  and  the 
letters  and  newspapers  distributed 


31.  TIm  mode  in  which  letters  are  car- 
ried in  some  parts  of  South  America  is 
curious.  The  postman  who  is  the  medi- 
um of  communication  between  the  coasts 
of  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  the  province* 
which  are  aituated  on  the  eaat  of  the 
Andes,  awima  for  twd  daya  down  the 
river  Chamaya,  and  through  a  part  of  the 
Amazon,  carrying  his  bag  of  letters  wrap- 
ped about  bia  head,  like  a  turban.  There 
is  acareely  an  insunce  of  the  lettera  hav- 
ing been  lost  or  even  wetted. 

n,  "  Great  numbers  of  letters  pass  be- 
tween America  and  Europe  in  the  lines 
of  packets,  particularly  tliose  which  run 
between  New  York  and  Liverpool  and 
Havre,  and  are  supported  by  the  enterprise 
of  private  individuals  in  the  United  States. 
The  number  of  lettera  delivered  by  these 
packets  into  tlie  New  York  post-office, 
sometimes  amounts,  (when  several  arrive 
together  in  consequence  of  a  continuance 
of  contrary  winds  on  the  coast,)  to  many 
thousands  in  one  day." 

BOOK-KEEPING. 

23.  Book-keeping  is  the  art  of  teaching 
how  to  dispose  the  accounts  of  business, 
so  that  the  true  state  of  every  part  and 
of  the  whole,  may  be  easily  and  distinctly 


aMkil?  19.  The  privilege  of  ftankins  ?  90.  The 
diffieultiea  of  truuporting  the  mail  f  21.  What 
eoriooa  nuide  of  curyinf  letters  is  mentioned  ? 
SB.  What  of  the  ttanspoitation  of  letten  between 
18 


.■^  'X^ 


known.  Merchanta'  Itooks  are  kept  either 
by  single  or  by  double  entry  ;  the  former 
method  is  used  by  retailers  of  merchan- 
dise, and  the  latter  by  morchanU,  wholeaale 
dealers,  &c. 

24.  Tlio  most  conftiderabla  books,  ac- 
cording to  the  Italian  method  of  double 
entry,  are  the  wa-tte-book,  tlie  journal  and 
the  ledger;  but  l)p»idcs  tlii.>iie  three,  which 
are  absolutely  necesHnry,  there  are  several 
others,  called  auxiliary  books,  which  are 
used  in  proportion  to  the  business  a  man 
transacts.  These  books  arc  the  cash-book, 
the  bill-book,  the  invoice-book,  the  ac- 
count-current book,  the  commission,  or 
order,  or  advice-book,  the  letter-liook,  Ate. 
all  of  which  are  more  or  less  in  use. 

26.  The  Waste-Book  contains  a  distinct 
record  of  all  transactions  and  dealings,  ia 
the  way  of  trade,  related  in  a  plain,  sim- 
ple style,  and  in  order  of  time,  as  they 
succeed  one  another.  It  is  ruled  with 
two  columns  on  the  right  hsnd,  for  dol- 
lars and  cents.  The  several  transactions 
are  separated  from  each  other  by  a  line, 
in  the  middle  of  which,  or  on  the  left 
margin,  the  date  is  placed.  The  waste 
book  should  contain  a  record  of  all  the 
merchant's  pecuniary  afiairs;  and  every 
occurrence  that  affects  his  stock,  so  ss 
to  impair  or  increase  it,  should  be  noted 
down.  In  it  should  be  written  under  the 
date  of  each  day,  every  tranaaction,  whe- 
ther  of  buying  or  selling,  giving  or  re- 
ceiving ;  noting  well  the  persons,  quanti- 
ties, and  prices. 

26.  The  Jcmmal  is  the  book  in  whieb 
the  transactiona  recorded  in  the  waste- 
book  are  prepared  to  be  carried  to  the 
ledger.  It  is  in  fact  only  the  waste-book 
copied  out,  but  the  matters  ore  stated  dif 
ferently.  In  the  Waste-book,  the  severs, 
transactions  are  simply  noted  down,  as 

Europe  and  Amprics  ?  S23.  What  is  said  of  book- 
keeping? 84.  What  books  are  used  accordinff  to 
the  Italian  method  of  doulile  entry  ?  35.  What 
is  the  waste-book?   2G.  The  journal?   ftt.  The 


'UMiyW 


■r  pi  w  I  "■'  i^/mmm^ttmfi.  »'iwiii  »mi  ).m.' 


p||>fiii».i'iiii.y-' 


iwifiy.ifi 


iS4 


kOOK    or   COMMERCI. 


H 


you  might  enter  thorn  yoiirsolven;  hut  in 
the  Journal,  thoy  are  tolJ  in  the  mer- 
chants' puculiar  language ;  Nuch  oa  you 
would  hardly  undertitand,  till  you  should 
come  to  1)0  occustonicd  to  it.  Uut  it  is  so 
stated  In  Deblor  and  Creditor  as  to  be  the 
more  readily  transferred  to  (h)3  several  dis- 
tinct accounts  in  the  Ledger  ;  ond  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  render  the  detection  of 
errors  more  easy. 

97.  The  Ledger  is  the  principal  book, 
wherein  all  the  several  articles  of  each 
particular  account  that  lie  scattered  in 
other  books,  according  to  their  dates,  are 
eollected  and  placed  together  in  spaces 
allotted  for  them,  in  such  a  manner  that 
the  opposite  parts  of  every  account  are 
directly  set  fVonting  one  another,  on  oppo- 
■ite  sides  of  the  same  page  or  folio. 

28.  The  ledger's  folios  are  divided  into 
•paces  for  containing  the  accounts,  on  the 
head  of  which  are  written  the  titles  of  the 
accounts,  marked  Dr.  on  the  left  hand 
page,  and  Cr.  on  the  right ;  below  which 
stand  the  articles,  with  the  word  7\>  pre- 
fixed on  the  Dr.  side,  and  the  word  By  on 
the  Cr.  side ;  and  upon  the  margin  are  re- 
corded the  dates  of  the  articles,  in  two 
small  columns  allotted  for  that  purpose. 
The  person  who  owes  me  any  thing  is 
called  my  debtor :  the  person  whom  I  owe 
is  called  my  ertditor:  the  balance  is  the 
overplus  or  difference— so  much  aa  one 
side  of  the  account  exceeds  the  other. 

29.  I  will  now  endeavor  to  explain  to 
jou  some  of  those  mercantile  terms  which 
you  must  often  hear,  but  may  not  always 
understand.  A  biU  of  exchange  is  a  secu- 
rity, originally  invented  among  merchants 
in  different  countries  for  the  mure  easy 
remittance  of  money  from  the  one  to  the 
other.  It  is  an  open  letter  of  request, 
from  one  man  to  another  desiring  him  to 
pay  a  sum  mentioned   therein,  either  to 


ledger?   SB.  How  ia  the  ledmr amnged ?   S9. 
What  is  a  bill  of  exchange?   30.  Wlitt  is  meant 


his  own  order,  or  to  a  third  person,  on  hia 
account;  by  which  means  a  man  at  the 
most  distant  part  of  the  world  may  have 
money  remitted  to  him  ft'oin  any  trading 
country.  In  common  speech,  auch  a  bill 
is  often  called  a  drq/l.  The  following 
may  be  the  form  of  a  bill  of  exchange. 

"AW  York,  March  11,  1832. 
$000. 

**  ISeehe  mtmthi  q/ter  date,  pajf  to  Mr 
iVaiKW  Freeport,  or  hi$  order,  fipe  hundred 
doUar»,/or  value  recened,  and  a»  advised 
Ay  Laurence  Long. 

To  Mu$rt.  John  and  fyUliam  Btdl, 
London,  England." 

SO.  This  expression,  '*  as  advised,"  inti> 
mates  that  Mr.  Long  would  write  them 
word  concerning  this  settlement,  and  that 
they  would  be  expected  to  honor,  or,  in 
other  words,  to  pay  the  bill  exactly  at 
the  time  appointed.  When  a  bill  is  pre- 
sented at  the  proper  time,  and  the  money 
is  not  paid,  it  is  said  to  be  diahonored. 

31.  To  use  this  bill,  Mr.  Freeport  must 
find  somebody  who  owes  as  much  money 
in  London.  Instead  of  sending  that  caah 
across  the  Atlantic,  he  will  pay  him  $500 ; 
Freeport  will  then  give  him  this  bill ;  and 
the  latter  will  send  it  to  London,  to  the 
person  to  whom  he  owed  the  money,  who 
will  present  it  at  the  proper  time  to  Messrs. 
Bull,  and  will  receive  the  amount.  So 
all  parties  will  be  accommodated,  without 
running  the  hazard  of  losing  the  cash 
itself  in  the  voyage,  although  some  differ- 
ence may  exist  by  the  vdue  of  money 
being  greater  in  one  place  than  in  the 
other. 

32.  Transactions  of  thit>  kind  are  gener- 
ally managed  by  persons  called  exchange 
brokers,  who,  being  acquainted  with  the 
different  merchants  abroad  and  at  home, 
can  give  the  information  which   may  be 


by  the  honoring  or  dishonoring  of  a  bill  ? 
use  this  bill  what  must  be  done .'  32.  By 


31.  To 

whom 


mniirwiiiii  rfiii 


:'^^' 


'  ■■■wumi  mj  I'juy"^'  ■, '»'  ".P  ^ 


■ARII,   tic. 


person,  on  liii 
ihan  ot  th« 
rid  may  liave 
n  uny  trading 
ch,  such  a  bill 
be  followinf 
excbaogu. 

h  11,  1832. 

e,  fay  to  Mr 
•,Jbt€  hundrtd 
nd  tu  odvittd 
rence  Long, 
iam  Bull, 

advised,**  intu 
write  tbem 
lent,  and  that 

honor,  or,  in 
[ill  exactly  at 
a  bill  is  pre- 
id  the  money 
ishonared. 
Preeport  must 

much  money 
ling  that  caah 
ay  him  $500; 
this  bill ;  and 
ondon,  to  the 
3  money,  who 
ime  to  Messrs. 
amount.  So 
lated,  without 
ing  the  cash 
i  some  difer- 
le  of  money 

than  in  the 

ind  are  gener< 
led  exchange 
ited  with  the 
ind  at  home, 
hich   may  be 

a  bill?   31.  To 
3S.  By  whom 


wanted,  for  which  they  are  paid  at  a  re- 
gular rate. 

S3.  An  invoice  is  an  account  of  goods 
or  merchandiHe  shippud  by  merchants  for 
their  correspondents  abroad,  in  which  the 
peculiar  marka  of  each  package,  with 
other  particulars,  are  sot  forth.  The 
pricea,  duties,  and  charges  of  every  kind 
upon  them  are  recorded,  and  a  book  is 
kept  into  which  they  are  duly  copied. 

84.  A  foreign  agttU  or  factor,  is  a  per- 
son in  aome  foreign  land,  employed  by  a 
merchant  to  transact  business  for  him, 
whether  buying  or  aelling.  For  thia  trou- 
ble he  has  his  commission  ;  that  is,  so 
much  per  cent,  on  the  amount  of  the  busi- 
ness done. 

85.  The  people  who  insure  shipping 
and  their  cargoes  are  called  Underwriten, 
and  they  make  it  their  business  to  know 
what  the  hazards  are  in  every  sort  of  voy- 
age. Now,  if  they  know,  by  long  experi- 
ence, that  in  the  trade  to  Europe,  for  in- 
stance, not  above  one  ship  in  a  hundred  is 
lost ;  then,  if  they  receive  one  dollar  in 
the  hundred  for  all  they  insure,  they  will, 
unless  peculiar  losses  occur,  be  safe.  And 
if  they  charge  rather  more  than  the  aver- 
age loss,  they  will  gain  a  profit.  Each 
man  uses  his  wisdom  and  experience  in 
such  eases,  and  many  gain  great  wealth 
thereby.  In  some  cases,  the  insurance  is 
much  less ;  in  others,  it  is  more. 

86.  Insurance  may  be  effected  on  many 
different  kinds  of  property.  Several  insur- 
ance-ofRces  have  been  established  against 
loss  by  fire,  lossef  at  sea,  and  even  against 
loss  of  life.  The  instrument,  by  which 
the  contract  of  insurance  is  tnade,  is  call- 
ed a  poliey.  Policies  of  insurance  on  lives 
usually  make  an  exception  of  death  by 
suicide. 


an  traniactiont  of  thii  kind  generally  mannged  ? 
33.  What  is  an  invoice.'  34.  A  foreign  agent  or 
fketor?  35.  What  of  underwriten .'  30.  What  is 
a  policy  of  insurance .'  37.  Wbatofpromiicorr 


37.  Promiuory  notes  or  notes  of  hand, 
are  merely  written  promises  to  pay  within 
a  certoin  time  the  sums  therein  stated, 
either  to  a  particular  person,  or  to  any 
person  who  may  be  the  bearer  of  the  note. 
A  note  is  said  to  bo  endoned  when  the 
name  of  some  individual,  who  must  be 
responsible  for  its  payment,  is  written 
upon  the  back  of  it.  The  following  is  the 
form  of  a  promissory  note. 

"Boston,  nth  Ftbruary,  1838. 
1150. 

7^00  month$  ajter  date,  I  promite  to  paig 
to  John  Johnton,  Eaq.  or  order.  Me  turn  i^f 
one  hundred  and  fifly  dollars,  for  oo/ue  re- 
ceived. George  Bale.*' 

CHAP.  XXXVI. 

BANKS,  Ite. 

1.  A  bank  is  a  common  repository, 
where  many  persons  agree  to  keep  their 
money,  that  it  may  always  be  at  their  call  or 
direction.  Banks  are  of  three  kinds,  viz : 
of  deposit,  of  discount,  and  of  circulation. 

2.  A  bank  of  deposit  receives  money  to 
keep  for  the  depositor,  until  he  draws  it 
out.  Another  branch  of  the  banking  busi- 
ness is  the  discounting  of  promissory  notes 
and  bills  of  exchange,  or  loaning  money 
upon  security. 

3.  A-  bank  of  circulation  issues  bills  or 
notes  of  its  own,  intended  to  be  the 
circulating  currency  or  medium  of  ex- 
changes, instead  ofgold  and  silver.  Banks 
are  also  divided  into  public  and  private. 
In  England,  there  is  but  one  public  bank, 
namely,  the  bank  of  England ;  whereas, 
ill  the  United  States,  most  of  the  bank* 
are  public,  and,  in  some  of  the  states,  pri- 
vate banks  of  circulation  are  prohibited  by 
law. 

4.  Banks  are  generally  formed  by  a 


notei .' 

1.  What  is  abank  f  Howmanykindi  of  banks 
arc  there?  2.  What  is  a  bank  of  depoait?  Of 
discount  ?    A  bank  of  circulation  f    4.  How  aw 


k  "  ^"^^iJMM^.'ifcl"      "" 


#??«*»»■,«*«(*■, 


""^fet^WS- 


I 


•-W»' 


i^^MfH}^tt4.  JWIHifl 


r"W 


ICI. 


number  of  moneyed  individusli,  who,  for 
currying  on  the  biiiinen  of  exchanging  or 
dealing  in  bullion,  mouey  and  billii,  advuiico 
a  considerable  turn  ua  a  joint  capital,  which 
alao  forms  a  security  to  those  who  deposit 
money  with  them.  The  convenience  of 
weh  institutions  in  facilitating  couimurcial 
irmnsiivtionB,  has  caused  them  to  be  estab- 
lished  in  almost  every  city  of  Europe  and 
the  United  Stutcs. 

5.  The  Imnk  of  Venice  was  established 
about  the  year  1157,  the  Imnk  of  Genoa 
IH  1345,  the  bonk  of  Amsterdam  in  1600, 
the  bonk  of  llomburgh  in  1610,  the  bank 
of  Rotterdam  in  1635,  the  bank  of  Eng- 
land in  1604,the  bank  of  Scotland  in  1695, 
and  the  bank  of  France  in  1716. 

6.  The  old  bank  of  the  United  States 
was  incorporated  by  an  act  of  Congress, 
in  1791.  Its  charter  expired  in  1811. 
The  new  United  States  hank  at  Philadel- 
phia was  chartered  in  1816,  with  a  capital 
of  $35,000,000.  Branches,  or  smaller 
hooka  connected  with  it,  have  been  estab- 
lished in  the  most  considerable  cities  of 
the  Union. 

EXCHANGES. 

7.  An  exchange  signifies  a  place  iu  most 
considerable  cities  wherein  the  raerchaiits, 
agents,  bankers,  brokers,  and  other  persons 
concerned  in  commerce,  meet  at  certain 
times,  to  confer  on  matters  of  business. 
The  moat  considerable  exchanges  in  Eu- 
rope are  tliosa  of  London,  Amsterdam, 
Dublin,  Bourdeaux  and  St.  Petersburg. 

8.  The  Royal  Exchange  of  London 
WM  founded  by  Sir  Thomas  Gresham,  in 
1566.  It  was  destroyed  by  fire  precisely 
n  eentury  sAer  its  erection.  The  present 
magnificent  structure  was  built  in  1668, 
and  cost  80,000  pounds  sterling.  There 
ia  an  area,  where  the  merchants  meet  every 
day  at  change  hours ;  and,  for  the  more 

banks  generally  formed  ?  5.  What  of  the  banks 
•r  Europe  ?  6.  The  United  Stales  Bank  >  7. 
What  u  an  exchange  ?    8.  What  of  the  Royal 


regular  despatch  of  buaineaa,  they  dispose 
of  themselves  In  separate  walks,  each  of 
which  bus  its  appropriate  name.  The 
Exchange  is  open  every  day  flrom  eight  in 


the  morning,  till  half  past  four  In  the  after- 
noon ;  but  it  ia  most  flrequented  between 
one  and  three  o'clock.  The  aaaembly  ia 
then  very  great,  and  the  mixture  of  color, 
dresses,  and  language,  ia  very  amusing  to 
one  disposed  to  listen  and  observe. 

9.  The  chambers  over  the  area  are  oc- 
cupied by  Lloyd'a  Coffee-houae  and  aeveral 
public  companies.  Lloyd's  Coflee-house 
deserves  some  description.  It  is  the  place 
whera  gentlemen  wlio  are  called  uiiifer- 
writtrt  assemble ;  who  agree  to  insure 
shipping  from  all  the  dangera  of  the  seas, 
or  rather  to  make  good  the  loas,  should 
any  occur,  on  being  paid  a  certain  premium, 
in  proportion  to  the  value  of  the  cargo, 
and  the  risk  of  the  voyage.  The  principal 
merchants  of  the  city  belong  to  it.  They 
usually  have  the  first  intelligence  of  every 
event  which  regards  the  shipping  intereat , 
all  which  is  entered  regularly  in  their 
tiooks.  The  committee  hare  often  given 
rewards,  with  a  liberal  hand,  to  soldiers 
and  sailors,  and  to  their  widows  and  orphans. 

10.  There  are  large  vaults  beneath,  which 
are  used  by  the  East-India  Company,  as 
storehouses  for  their  pepper. 


Exchange  of  London }  0.  Lloyd's  CoffM-honse  * 
10.  For  what  parpase  aie  the  vaults  of  the  bnild 
ingosed?  II.  What  of  the  Mew  York  Exchange. 


5«> 

l'jlJiJ.i.ihipih"  'I 


DOC»|   WBARTIS,   itC 


m 


m,  ih«7  ditpow 

Nralkt,  fltcli  of 

name.     Th« 

r  from  eight  in 


ur  in  the  sAer- 
inted  between 
le  enembly  is 
sture  of  color, 
ry  Binuaing  to 
bscrve. 

e  area  are  oc- 
UBo  and  aeveral 
i  Coffee-liouM 
It  is  tlie  place 
called  under- 
•nt  to  insure 
re  of  the  leaa, 
le  Ion,  should 
rtain  premium, 
of  the  cargo, 
The  principal 
g  to  it.  They 
(coee  of  every 
|)ping  interest , 
larly  in  their 
«  oAen  given 
id,  to  soldiers 
rs  and  orphans. 
Iieneath,  which 
I  Company,  as 


'iCoflpe-hoosal 

iiltoofthebnild 

fofkExcbsage. 


II.  The  New  York  Exchange  is  hand- 
somely built  of  white  marble.  It  has  four 
marble  columns  iu  iVont,  made  of  single 
shafts.  The  exchange  room  is  large,  and 
resorted  to  by  merchanU  between  one  and 
three  o'clock.  There  is  a  telegraph  on 
the  tup  of  the  building,  which  communi- 
cates with  another  on  Sandy  Hook,  and 
by  this  means  the  merchants  receive  early 
intelligence  of  the  approach  of  Iheir  ven- 
sols.  From  the  exchsngo  are  doors  and 
passages  leading  to  a  commercial  reading- 
room,  and  there  are  numerous  newspaper 
and  other  offices  within  the  ediAce. 

19.  The  Merchant's  Exchange  of  Oalti- 
morc,  built  by  private  subscription,  is  a 
very  large  edifice,  in  form  somewhat  re- 
sembling the  letter  II.  It  has  four  wings 
—one  fur  the  United  States  Branch  Bank, 
one  for  the  custom-house,  and  one  for  a 
coffee-house.  In  the  centre  is  the  great 
hall,  lighted  from  the  done,  which  is  ninety 
feet  from  the  floor. 

13.  It  may  not  be  inappropriate  to 
mention  here  the  bazaars  of  Asio.  The 
word  is  Arabic  originally  denotes  tale  or 
txekange.  Some  are  open,  some  covered 
with  lofty  ceilings  or  domes.  At  the  ba- 
zaars, or  in  the  neighborhood  of  them,  are 
the  coffee-houses,  so  much  iVequented  in 
Persia,  and  other  Eastern  countries.  As 
the  Orientals  live  almost  entirely  out  of 
doors,  the  bazaars  of  populous  cities,  be- 
sides tl  «ir  mercantile  importance,  are  of 
conaequence  as  places  of  social  intercourse. 
The  bazaar  of  Ispahan  is  one  of  the  finest 
in  Persia.  At  Consuntinople  are  two  ba- 
zaars— the  old  and  new  one.  In  the  Ori- 
ental tales, — for  instance,  in  the  Arabian 
Nights, — the  bazoars  occupy  a  very  con- 
spicuous place.  The  word  bazaar  has 
been  recently  used  in  Europe ;  and  there 
is  one  in  London,  which  is  large  and  weil- 
fVequented. 


IS.  The  Merchant's  Exchange  of  Boltimoie  I 
««  WhttofthebaasafsofAsia? 


CHAP,  xxxvn. 

DOCKS.  WHAKVeS.  TELEQIUPim,  lio. 

I.  A  dork  ii«  an  artificial  bosin,  by  th« 
side  of  a  harbor,  made  convenient  either 
for  the  liuililing  or  repairing  of  vessels 
In  America  the  spaces  between  the  whsrvea 
are  called  docks. 

3.  A  dry  dock  is  a  place  where  the  water 
is  kept  out  by  great  flood-gates,  till  the 
ship  Is  built  or  repaired,  when  the  gates 
are  o|ion«d,  and  the  water  let  in  to  float 
niid  laiineii  her.  A  tett  dock  is  a  place 
into  which  the  ship  may  be  hauled,  out  of 
tlio  tide's  way,  and  so  dock  herself,  or  sink 
for  herself  a  place  to  lie  in. 

8.  The  docks  of  Liverpool  were  the  flrst 
constructed  in  England  ;  and  many  other 
seaport  towns  have  been  induced  to  follow 
her  example.  It  is  scarcely  thirty  years, 
since  the  whole  of  the  vessels  wliicli  en- 
tered the  port  of  London  were  obliged  to 
remain  moored  iu  the  open  stream  of  the 
Thames.  The  London  docks  were  begun 
in  1800,  and  completed  in  1805.    Befor« 


these  docks  were  formed,  all  the  cargoe« 
of  the  shipping  were  exposed  to  the  dep- 
redations of  pilferers,  to  an  immense  ex- 
tent. Those  goods  were,  of  necessity,  left 
on  the.  various  quays,  when  taken  out  of 
the  ships  ;  and  it  was  not  always  possible 
to  take  them  away  immediately. 

4.  When   it  is  considered,  that  m0r« 

1.  AVhat  issdock?    3.  A  dry  dock?    A  wet 
dock  ?    3.  What  of  the  docks  of  Liverpool  aad 


':}:^tSffi;lmfiSfi'^\'tiik''litiiJim^i^ 


1 1  f  in>m;i 


f';gi !  ? 


ilill.WlUBP^fjiil w     j  W>    tljnpWMI 


■■ll«il^»f*»1P«^|J««" 


110 


■OOB   or   COMMItCS. 


than  thirteen  thouMnd  vmmIi  come  loadoil 
to  London  every  year,  wltich  diiicliarge 
three  millions  of  package!,  aome  of  them  uf 
freat  value,  we  may  aupitoae  the  vaat  conAi- 
■ion  of  audi  IrafHc,  wliiirh  may  give  oppor- 
tunity  to  the  idle  and  diMhonnat  to  purloin, 
without  the  poBiibility  of  detection,  to  a 
very  groat  amount.  River  piratea  came 
in  hoati,  and  broke  into  tlie  ahipa  in  the 
night ;  and  aome  thonaand  pilferera  were 
atroiling  among  the  landed  gouda  upon  the 
quaya. 

6.  By  unloading  the  ahipping  in  theae 
dock*,  the  greateit  part  of  thia  plundering 
ia  prevented :  the  docka  are  aurrounded 
with  high  walla ;  they  have  no  houae  ad- 
joining,  and  are  locked  up  every  night,  and 
well  watched.  It  haa  been  calculated  that, 
by  thii  means,  goods  have  l)een  aaved  to 
the  value  of  161,162f.  in  a  aingle  year. 

6.  There  is  also  a  marine  police,  cstab- 
lished  in  1798,  which  patrols  the  river 
with  great  care,  whose  vigilance  cannot 
easily  he  evaded.  Depredators  are  in- 
atantly  apprehended,  and  magistrates  con- 
stantly attend  at  the  marine  police-offices, 
to  render  speedy  justice. 

7.  Many  or  the  commercial  citiea  of  the 
United  States  give  evidence  of  the  enter- 
prise and  liberality  of  their  merchants,  in 
the  neatness  of  their  docks  and  the  extent 
and  regularity  of  their  wharvea.  The 
United  Sutes  Dry  Dock,  recently  con- 
structed at  the  Navy  Yard,  Chariestown, 
Mass.,  is  an  object  deserving  some  atten- 
tion. The  Dock  is  341  feet  in  length,  by 
80  in  width,  and  80  feet  deep.     It  is  ca- 

,  pable  of  admitting  the  largest  ship  in  our 
navy—- 'Viz.  the  Pennsylvania,  the  entrance 
of  the  dock  being  60  feet  across,  and  th? 
width  of  that  ship  being  55  feet.  Besides 
these,  there  is  what  is  denominated  tlie  float- 


London  ?  4.  Before  the  conitruotion  of  the  Lon- 
don doelu,  were  veiaels  liable  to  be  robbed  ?  5. 
How  u  the  plundering  now  prevented  f  0.  What 
of  the  marine  policed    7.  What  of  tho  docks  of 


ing  gate,  which  waigha  300  tons.  It  is  built 
like  a  vessel,  is  60  feet  long,  15  wide,  and 
30  in  height — requiring  about  10  feet  of 
water  to  float  iu  This  is  set  in  a  groovt 
outside  of  the  other  gates,  fliled  with  iron 
and  sunk. 

8.  Fur  emptying  the  dock  of  water,  a 
powerAil  hydraulic  apparatus  is  employed 
wrought  by  a  steam-engine  of  60  horsci 
power.  There  are  8  liA  pumps,  each  'J 
feet  6  inchea  in  diameter,  and  discharging 
altogether,  at  every  atroke,  13  hogsheads: 
there  are  also  8  chain  pum|M,  1  foot  in 
diameter.  The  water  is  flrst  forced  fVom 
the  dock  into  wells,  then  into  a  large  reser- 
voir, whence  it  runs  into  the  sea.  The 
weight  of  the  ateam-engino  and  niaehinary 
is  about  132  tons. 

9.  The  floating  gote  is  said  to  eonttin 
timlier  enough  to  build  a  ship  of  800  or 
400  tons;  and  some  8  or  4,000  dollars' 
worth  of  sheathing  and  bolt  cnpfter  have 
already  been  used  upon  it.  The  turning 
gates,  at  high  water,  sustain  a  preaaure 
equal  to  about  800  ton*. 

THE  TELEGRAPH. 

10.  The  tolegrajih  ia  a  contrivance  by 
which  intelligence  may  be  conveyed  a  great 
distance  by  means  of  visible  signala.  The 
art  of  conversing,  between  parties  remote 
iVom  each  other,  by  certain  aigns,  previously 
agreed  upon,  is  very  ancient.  To  make 
known  that  some  expected  event  had  actu- 
ally happened, it  waa only  necessary  tokindia 
a  fire  on  a  high  hill,  and  the  intelligence  was 
rapidly  spread :  but  this  sign  must  have 
been  before  agreed  upon,  or  those  who 
saw  it  might  be  uncertain  what  it  meant 
Now,  by  the  telegraph,  whole  sentence! 
can  be  rapidly  conveyed,  and  a  regulai 
conversation  can  be  kept  up. 

11.  The  telegraph  used  in  Boston  con 


the  United  Sutes?  The  Chariestown  dry  dock  f 
a  How  is  it  emptied.'  0.  What  of  the  gateaP 
10.  What  of  the  telei^ph?  11.  Tlie  telegraph 
used  in  Boston  ?    13.  Is  a  telegraphic  dictionarv 


lona.  Il  !■  built 
K,  10  wide,  and 
bout  19  Taet  of 
•ot  in  •  groovt 
flJIed  with  iron 

ick  of  water,  a 
lua  !■  employed 
(le  of  60  hors6 

pumpa,  each  'J 
and  dieoharging 
,  13  hogaheada: 
uiiipa,  1  foot  in 
rat  forced  t\rom 
to  a  large  reaer* 

the  aea.  The 
>  and  machinery 

laid  to  contain 
■hip  of  800  or 
r  4,000  dollars' 
bit  copfier  have 
.  The  turning 
itain  a  preaaure 

contrivnnco  by 
lonveycd  a  great 
le  aignala.     The 

parties  remote 
•igns,  previously 
ent.  To  make 
event  had  actu< 
cessary  to  kindle 
iutclligence  was 
sign  must  have 

or  those  who 

what  it  meant 
irhole  aentencei 

and  a  regulai 

P- 

in  Boston  con 

estown  dry  dook  f 
hat  of  the  gates? 
1.  The  telegraph  , 
;ra|ihio  dictlonarv  ' 


p.j.wii  wjypi 


wp»'*^"W"P»«i'»fp«"iwp*i»i«**«i»«pi«MPri" 


DOCKS,   WNARVIS,   4(0. 


lit 


•ists  of  an  upright  post  or  mast,  about  forty 
Aet  ill  height,  having  a  small  movable 
arm  about  sit  foot  long  and  tw«ilvo  inches 
broad,  railed  the  indicator;  niiil  two  lunger 
arms  made  uf  plank,  eucli  about  ten  feel 
long,  and  one  foot  broad,  whieh  are  placed 
at  dillerent  and  convonieut  diatannus  below 
the  indicator,  to  carry  on  the  communica- 
tions. The  indicator,  and  arms  am  colored 
black  ill  order  to  be  the  better  aeeii  hy  day- 
light.—They  may  l>e  placed,  each  in  six 
ditTereiit  positions.  The  several  iiosiiions 
denote  the  numerals  flrom  one  to  six,  so 
that  the  two  anna  together  may  lake  twelve 
|»sitions ;  and  this  number  of  fiositions 
by  the  familiar  principles  of  change  and 
combination,  affbrds  sufficient  signs  to  ex- 
preu  any  numeral  from  one  to  many  hun- 
dred thousands. 

13.  'With  the  telegraph  are  used  three 
hooks  like  dictionaries  containing  sets  of 
numerals  arranged  in  order,  with  the  words 
denoted  \r  these  numerals  placed  by  the 
side  of  them,  exactly  u|M>n  the  principle 
of  a  dictionary  of  any  language.  The 
telegraphic  dictionary  only  difters  from 
ony  other,  in  having  a  list  of  numerals  in- 
stead of  words  under  each  letter  of  the 
alphabet,  with  the  meanings  following  the 
numerals ;  just  as  in  a  French  dictionary, 
for  example,  the  French  word  would  be 
put  first,  and  then  the  English  signification 
following  it.  Now  the  arms  of  the  tele- 
graph being  placed  in  certain  positions, 
express  particular  numbers,  the  observer 
then  looks  for  the  number  in  his  telegraphic 
dictionary,  and  by  the  aide  of  it,  he  finds 
the  word  signified  by  it.' 

13.  Thcro  is  another  kind  of  telegraph 
which  is  used  at  sea,  and  v/hich  is  of  great 
use  in  conveying  intelligence  from  one 
ahip  to  another,  or  from  the  ship  to  the 
shore.  A  telegraph  of  flags  has  been  in- 
vented, and  called  the  *  Marine  Telegraph.' 

used .'  13.  What  of  the  marine  telegraph  ?  14. 
How  many  changes  oroombinalions  can  be  made .' 


The  use  of  these  flags  rests  upon  the  same 
principle  with  the  signal  arms  of  the  Und 
telegraph.  Ttiey  are  six  in  nuiiilier,  and 
correspond  to  the  six  positions  of  the  arms 
of  the  land  telegraph  denoting  the  iiuiiie- 
rals  1,  3,  3,  4,  d,  0:  they  are  blue  and 
white,  and  all  of  the  same  si/o,  with  du- 
plicate numbers  of  each  (lag.  To  them  is 
added  a  conversation  flag,  which  like  the  in- 
dicator of  the  lund  telegraph,  shows  that  the 
ship  itittkiiig  (his  signal  desires  to  converse. 

14.  Nearly  ten  thousand  changes  or 
combinations  can  be  made,  designating 
words  and  phrases.  By  this  meana  ships 
at  sea  can  communicate  with  each  other, 
even  at  the  distance  of  several  inilea,  and 
when  they  approach  the  coast,  can  hold 
correspondence  with  the  land  telegraph. 
LIOIIT-HOUSEB. 

Id.  A  light-house  is  a  4)uilding  erected 
upon  a  rape  or  proinoiilory  on  the  aea- 
cuast,  or  upon  some  rock  in  the  sea,  and 
linviiig  on  its  top,  in  the  nigiit  time,  a 
great  fire,  or  light,  which  is  constantly 
attended  by  some  cnreAil  peraon,  so  as 
to  bo  seen  at  a  great  distance  from  the 
land.  It  is  used  to  direct  the  shipping 
on  the  coast,  that  might  otherwise  run 
ashore,  or  steer  an  impro|wr  courae, 
when  the  darkness  of  the  night  and  the 
uncertainty  of  currents  &c.,  might  render 
their  situation  with  regard  to  the  shore 
extremely  doubtfuh 

16.  Lomp  lights  ore,  on  many  accounts, 
preferable  to  either  coal  fires  or  candlea ; 
and  the  eflfect  of  these  may  be  increased 
by  placing  them  either  behind  glass  hemis- 
pheres, or  before  properly  disposed  glass 
or  metal  reflectors,  which  last  method  is 
now  very  generally  adopted. 

17.  The  most  remarkable  light-house 
ever  erected  is  perhaps  the  famous  Eddy- 
slope  Light-house.  It  is  built  on  one  of 
the  rocks  of  that  name,  which  lie  in  the 


15.  What  is  a  light-houie  >    1((.  What  kind  oi 
lights  are  used .     17.  What  is  the  most  remorka. 


".>»WJtK)iti'iT-  •"—-■ 


mm 


mm't' 


140 


■001  or  coHHiaci. 


Engliih  CliKRnel,  ahoul  14  mile*  louih- 
weal  IVoni  I'lyiiiouth.  Ai  ilifM)  mrki 
wero  not  vnry  iiiurli  elKvalril  >In>v«  lh« 
Mt  «t  any  liiiio,  and  at  liigli  watvr  wvm 
quite  cnvrrntl  by  it,  tliry  roriiifd  a  innni 
daiifcroua  oImIncIo  tu  iiaviKalion,  and  miV' 
•ral  voMvIa  wer«  ovury  aeaNoii  lout  upon 
them. 

18.  Many  a  gnltant  iliip,  which  had 
voyaged  in  Mft'iy  arroaa  lliu  wliole  bn'atllli 
of  llio  Atlnnlir,  wan  ahatturnd  to  \t\wv»  on 
thi»  hidden  Mourre  of  di'alnidion,  an  it  woa 
nearing  port,  and  went  down  widi  ila  crew 
in  aigiit  of  tlieir  nnlivo  ihoruK.  It  waa 
therefore  very  dvairaltlo  iliat  the  ipoi 
ahould,  if  |K)iwilile,  lie  |>ointed  out  by  a 
warning  light.  But  the  aaine  circumitan- 
cea  wliich  made  the  Eddyiione  rogka  ao 
formidable  to  the  mariner,  rundrred  the 
attempt  to  erect  a  light-hou«e  upon  them 
a  peculiarly  difficult  entorpriM). 

10.  Ttie  flmt  attempt  to  erect  a  light- 
houao  on  the  Eddyatone  rocks  waa  nimlo 
in  1690  ;  and  it  look  four  years  to  com- 
plete the  structure.  The  architect  felt  so 
confident  in  the  strength  of  the  building, 
that  he  (Vequently  declared,  his  only  wish 
waa  to  be  in  it  during  the  greatest  storm 
that  ever  blew  under  the  Ikce  of  the  hea- 
vens, that  he  might  see  what  would  be  the 
•flTect.  On  the  26th  of  November,  1703, 
he  was  in  the  light-house  superintending 
some  repairs,  when  there  came  on  the 
greatest  tempest  that  was  ever  kimwn  in 
England.  Next  morning  not  a  vestige  of 
the  light-house  was  to  he  seen.  It  had 
been  awcpt  into  the  deep  (Voni  the  founda- 
tion ;  not  •  stone,  or  beam,  or  iron-bar  re- 
moining  on  the  rock.  The  single  thing 
leA  was  a  piece  of  iron  chain,  which  iiad 
got  so  wedged   into  a  deep  cleft  that  it 


ble  light-house  yet  erpcted?  18.  What  of  the 
danger  of  the  Eddyatone  rocka  ?  lU.  What  of 
the  first  attempt  toouild  a  light-houae  on  theae 
looka?  110.  Did  an'  more  ahipwrecka  occur f 
81.  What  was  the  fa    of  the  second  hght^ioiisa  f 


stuck  there  till  it  was  cut  out  more  thaa 
llAy  years  afterwards. 

20.  Much  was  the  end  of  the  flrat  Eddy* 
stone  Lighl-hoUH4*.  8oon  after,  a  vessel 
returning  IVom  Virginia,  waa  lost  on  tha 
rorki,  wlicn  the  gruatvr  part  of  her  crew 
perisheil. 

21.  In  1709,  another  light-houae  way 
completed ;  and  this  buihiing,  nolwiih- 
Mianding  some  severe  storms  which  it  en« 
rouiilcred,  stood  till  December,  17A5 
when  it  waa  dcsiroycil  liy  fin*. 

22.  In  I7A9,  another  ligbt-linuae  was 
erected  by  a  celebrated  mechanic,  named 
Hmeaton.  This  light-houae  is  made  of 
Ntonc,  and  is  a  round  building,  gradually 
decreasing  in  circamference  ft-om  the  base 
up  to  a  certain  height,  like  the  trunk  of  an 
oak,  ft-om  which  the  architect  sutea  that 
he  took  the  idea  of  it. 

23.  Among  many  other  tempests  which 
it  has  endured  unshaken,  was  oi(n  of  ex- 
truordinary  Airy,  which  occurred  in  the 
iieglnning  of  the  year  1762.  One  individ- 
ual, Hmeaton  tella  us,  who  waa  fond  of 
predicting  its  Ate,  declared,  on  that  occa- 
sion, that  if  it  still  stood  it  would  atand 
forever. 

24.  On  the  morning  after  the  storm  had 
spent  iu  chief  ftiry,  many  anxious  observ- 
ers pointed  their  glasses  to  the  s|H>t,  where 
they  scarcely  ex|iected  ever  again  to  dis- 
cern it,  and  a  feeling  almost  of  wonder 
mixed  itself  with  the  joy  and  thankftilneaa 
of  the  architect'a  ft-iends,  as  ihey  with 
difficulty  descried  its  form  through  the 
still  dark  and  troubled  air.  It  was  unin- 
jured even  to  a  pane  of  glass  in  the  lantern. 
In  a  letter  fVom  Plymouth  upon  this  oc- 
coDion  the  writer  says,  •  it  is  now  my  most 
steady  belief,  as  well  as  every-body's  here, 
that  its  inhabitanta  are  rather  more  secure 


33.  When  and  by  whom  waa  the  preaent  one 
erected?  23.  Of  what  i«  it  built?  34.  Has  it 
withalood  any  violent  atorms?  Is  there  now 
much  doubt  of  ils  security  > 


•-~^— "  --I      I  i**MJil|ia#^iVli'ff>iiiij*"'''^!  *-3y»ix«^;- 


l**'^- 


m    imwpiiwwwp 


i^mfrimm 


it  out  ntor*  thai 

»r  thn  flnl  Kildy* 
fi  aftpr,  a  vcm«I 
woa  loRi  <>n  th« 
rart  of  lior  crewf 

lidht-hoiioe  wiur 
liltlinir,  iiolwith* 
in*  which  ll  «n- 
)«reiiiht!r,    17AA 

fin-. 

lighl-hniiaa  wat 
fiiechaiilc,  iiaiiiod 
itMe  ii  made  «if 
lihliiig,  gradually 
ce  (Voin  lh«  base 
R  ih«  iruiik  of  an 
tiitect  atatea  that 

r  temprita  which 
,  wa*  oMn  nf  ex- 
occurred  in  the 
2.  t)ne  individ- 
ho  waa  fond  of 
id,  on  that  occa- 
,  it  would  stand 

ter  the  storm  had 
r  anxioua  obmrv- 
o  the  apot,  where 
ver  again  to  dia- 
ImoM  of  wonder 
ond  thankfulneaa 
p,  aa  I  hey  with 
trm  through  the 
ir.  It  was  unin- 
laaa  in  the  lantern, 
th  upon  this  oc- 
t  ia  now  my  moat 
very-body'a  here, 
iher  more  secure 

M  the  preient  one 

built?    M.  Has  it 

ns?    Is  there  now 


cirrroMi,  tt 

.n  a  Btorm,  undrr  the  united  force  of  wind 
and  water,  than  wo  are  In  our  houaea  iVom 
the  former  only.' 

CHAP.  XXXVIII. 
CUMTUMS,  TARIKF,  lie. 

t.  The  cUHloins  or  dniiea  are  the  taxea 
rustomarily  paid  to  the  (iovivrnineni,  u|M)n 
the  nierchandisH  hriMighi  into  the  ('(luniry 
)r  acnt  out  of  it.  Thette  wary  aci'oriling 
aa  distinct  acta  of  t'ltngress  havi*  given  the 
right  to  lake  more  or  les*  upon  thi)  varioua 
artielea  of  cumnierce.  When  goods  are 
brought  Into  the  country  tlii»y  are  aaid  to 
he  iinpukCedi  when  they  are  aent  away, 
they  are  ex|iorted. 

3.  There  la  a  custom-house  in  every  port 
in  the  country,  to  which  vessels  come, 
to  unload  their  cargoea.  The  customs  are 
nut  gathered  without  a  great  number  of 
officers  to  assist  in  the  collection.  As  soon 
as  a  vessel  entera  the  harbor  fVum  abroad, 
it  ia  visited  by  a  Custom-houae  ufllirer,  rail- 
e<l  a  l!\de  tVaittr,  who  continues  on  board 
till  the  abip  arrives  at  ita  moorings.  Ilia 
buainess  is,  to  see  that  no  commodiiiea  are 
parted  with,  till  all  haa  been  properly  en- 
tered at  the  Cuatoin-house,  in  order  to 
have  the  duty  |Mid  on  all  the  goods. 

8.  The  endeavora  to  prevent  amuggling, 
aa  it  is  called,  occaaiona  great  numbera  of 
officers,  aailors,  cuttera,  &e.,  to  be  kept  on 
the  constant  look-out.  Thia  ia  aometimes 
cslled  the  Prtvtntivt  Servici,  They  have 
faat-aailing  cuttera,  in  which  they  go  to 
puraue  the  veaaela  which  they  auspect  to 
be  loaded  with  contraband  gooda;  and 
Bometimea  they  have  u  battle  on  land  with 
the  amugglera. 

4.  Perhaps  you  do  not  know  what 
smuggling  may  be.  Gooda  are  aaid  to  be 
smuggled  when  they  are  brought  into  the 


I.  What  of  the  cnstoms  or  datiM  f    When  are 

rids  said  to  be  imported?    When  esported? 
Ia  there  a  cuatem-nouao  in  every  port,  which 


',  *• 


ail  iin|i  j^k   m 


141 


country,  without  the  UwAjI  duty  belD| 
paid  upon  them.  People  aimietlmes  man- 
age to  amuggle  gooda  of  considerable 
value  I  and  they  usually  land  them  ia  th* 


..ly^ 


u',.jff' 


■s\> 


night  time  on  some  desolate  and  soUury 
coaat. 

6.  The  hiatory  of  customa  ia  a  little  cu- 
rious, when  we  compare  nio«lern  limes 
with  those  of  ancient  days.  In  the  time 
of  Henry  the  Third,  the  customs  of  Kng- 
land  on  foreign  merrhnndise  did  not 
amount  to  more  thnn  761.,  for  the  whole 
of  tho  suiniufr  of  the  year  1308.  During 
the  reign  of  Eliznltelh,  great  cxorii.-uis 
were  iniule  upon  tho  seas.;  and  the  ru»- 
toms  amounted  to  60,000/.  per  annum.  In 
1641,  in  iho  middle  of  the  reign  of  Charles 
I.  they  were  increased  tenfold,  oven  to 
000,000/.  At  the  beginning  of  the  reign 
of  Oeorgo  III.  their  produm  at  oil  the 
porta  of  England  was  1,969,938/.  And  in 
the  year  1808,  wo  And  the  customs  and 
excise  bringing  in  27,787,000/. 

6.  The  history  of  the  building,  loo,  may 
be  noticed.  In  early  times,  the  customs 
were  token  on  the  quay,  chiefly  at  Dillings- 
gate,  amid  oil  the  hurry  ond  buatle  of  that 
noisy  place.  A  cuatom-house  was  at  length 
reored,  for  this  increaaingly  important  pur- 
poae.  Thia  waa  deatroyed  by  the  great 
Are  in  1666 ;  and  the  buiiding  which  was 


What  of  smuggliagf    4 
d?    6.  What 


vessels  fVequent?    3 _.  _.  . 

When  are  goods  said  to  be  smuggled  ?    - — 

is  said  of  Uie  increaaa  of  customs  in  England  t 


"i 


w^ftmm 


141  Rooi  or 

•r««>tii<l  in  In  plar*  prrUliiiil  tiy  firn  In 
IHN,  WfiM'ii  Krcai  mnfUaloii  wn*  (irrmion- 
td  l>y  ihn  iMirnliig  nf  iHiok*  and  |Ni|M'ra  > 
■ml  iiiiirh  loaa  aiitialnail  tty  ihi*  tlrairiiciion 
of  vahialtU  |iro|t«riy  ihurrin  ilt<|N>Bli<>il, 
rnnaialing  of  |i«arla  and  uilier  roaily  ar- 
itrlfa. 

7.  A  M«w  anil  much  largrr  ItiiililinK  waa 
ihaii  ralaad.  Many  hnuaaa  wrrn  iiiirrhaa- 
•«!  lo  obtain  room,  at  tha  ax|N<nM  of  mora 
than  40,000/.,  tha  whole  axfionM  of  iha 
biiiltllnK  iNtlng  945,000/.  Tli<«  (VnnI  inca- 
■iiraa  aboiil  four  hiimlrad  ami  cigliiy-eifhi 
(hat,  ami  lla  ilfpih  la  ona  Inimired  and 
aaven  Art.  Thia  ItmllilinK  waa  oiMnml  fbr 
buainraa  in  May  1H|7.  Hut  In  I82A,  the 
canirai  part  of  the  hiillding  gnva  way,  not 
having  Imrn  prn|M>rly  aiipportiMJ,  and  tite 
Lonif  Aaom,  na  It  la  rallt'd,  frll  In. 

8.  Tha  Long  Room  la  tlio  prinrlpal 
puldic  room  for  himinnaa  |  It  la  onn  hun- 
dred and  ninety  fuft  long,  flfly-«lx  f««l 
wldi>,  and  HAy-Hve  fi<nt  high.  The  floora 
are  now  of  atone,  and  tlio  doora  which 
ae|Nirat«  th«  upartmwnta  aro  of  iron,  to 
prevent,  in  Aitur«,  arridcnia  liy  (Ire. 

9.  Entering  by  the  grand  atairraae  at 
the  end,  yon  coma  through  the  lobhiea,  to 
thia  buay  l^ong  Room.  Here  the  nume- 
roua  clerka  are  employed  with  'heir  huge 
booka,  keeping  account  of  every  veaael 
coming  in  or  going  out  of  the  port ;  reck- 
oning up  the  amount  of  the  varloua  dutlea 
to  be  paid,  and  aigning  and  delivering  the 
dnoumeniN  to  authoriae  the  landing,  and 
exMoiining  the  corgoea  of  the  ahipa  which 
have  made  a  due  report  of  them,  in  order 
to  diatribute  their  contenta  to  the  varioua 
merchanta)  or  of  auch  ahipa  outward- 
bound  aa  are  clearing  outwarda,  having 
paid  all  their  duea,  and  intending  to  de- 
part for  their  aevcral  foreign  deaiinationa. 

10.  The  total  value  of  importa  into  the 

6.  The  hiitory  of  the  building?  7.  The  new 
one?  6.  Thf  Long  Room  ?  0.  What  of  the  rm- 
ploroMnt  of  the  elerka  .*    10.  What  waa  tha  total 


Tnilad  fltaiea  Atr  the  yanr  1^93  wmi 
|IOI,0!IU,Vi(t(l,iil'whirh  110,731,03;,  wera 
In  foreign  vcnieU.  For  Ihn  year  prnred- 
ing,  the  total  value  of  impona  waa  $I03,« 
I0I,I'J4. 

II.  The  total  valu*  of  the  expert  (hf 
tha  year  ending  Hepiend)«r  IN  J!),  i^aa 
$70,170,013  i  that  of  ihoae  of  llio  prned- 
ing  y«<ar  waa  |NI,3I0,AH3.  The  doine«ile 
ortielea  ex|)orted  amounted  to  $03,137,179, 
and  the  l>>reign  to  $94,1030,473. 

19.  A  (ar^ia  a  table  or  calnlogue,  eon 
taining  the  nniiipa  of  diflVrent  aorta  irmfr. 
rhandiae,  with  thn  dutlea  lo  he  paid,  na 
atiitled  by  authority  amongst  trading  na- 
liona.  The  tariff  of  the  United  HlatcM  hna 
been  aubjected  to  alterntiona  from  tiinu  to 
time,  08  the  wanta  of  thu  people  de- 
manded. 

18.  I  will  now  undertake  to  explain  to 
you  aoine  of  tlioae  torma  uoniierted  wiili 
cuatom-houae  mattera,  which  ynu  may 
oAen  hear,  but  may  not  alwaya  underatand. 
A  draubaek  in  commerce,  ia  an  allowonce 
made  to  nierchmiia,  on  the  re-exporiaiion 
of  certaiit  gooda,  which  in  aome  caaca  con- 
aiata  of  the  whole,  in  othera  of  a  ftart,  of 
the  dutlea  which  had  been  paid  upon  th« 
importation. 

14.  Debenture  ia  the  certifirato  deliver 
ed  at  the  cuatom-houae,  whett  ilm  exporter 
of  any  gooda  or  merchandiae  haa  complied 
with  the  regulatlono,  in  conaequonce  of 
which  he  ia  entitled  lo  a  bounty  or  draw« 
bark  on  the  exportation.  Thia  certiftoata 
la  aigtied  by  the  officer  of  the  cuatoma 
when  the  gooda  aro  regularly  entered  and 
ahipped,  and  the  vnaael  ia  cleared  out  for 
her  intended  voyage. 

IA.  An  embargo  la  an  arreat  on  ahipa  or 
merchandiae,  by  public  authority;  or  m 
prohibition  of  state,  commonly  on  foreign 
ahipa,  in  time  of  war,  to  prevent  their  go« 

value  orimporU  into  the  U.  8.  for  the  year  183>.> 
ll.OfeiporU.'  la.  What  ia  the  meaning  of  taiiffr 
13.  A  drawbaek  f  14.  Uebantuit  f  16.  Embargo' 


MMI 


^w»* 


y«nr  1933  ww 
10,731,037.  Wfr* 
Ihn  yrar  iirnrKtl* 
liorti  ¥in%  #I03,> 

'  lh«  r»p"rt  fni- 
il)«r  IHJ'J,  VIM 
w  oC  iImi  |>rr«'ii(|< 
I.  Tlin  dmnrailo 
llo|«3,l37,I7a, 
19,173. 

r  raiuloyuA,  eon 
sni  Roru  il'invN 
I  lo  h«  |/iiiil,  •■ 
ifTit  irailltiK  na- 
lniti>il  Htali'M  liiia 
ma  from  liiiit)  tu 
Ihu    peo|il«    di<- 

kn  to  rxplniii  to 
unniii>rti>i|  Willi 
'hirh  ynu  may 
irayaundiirittaiMl. 
ia  an  ollowoncfl 
B  re<cxportaiiun 
■ome  raN<*>  con- 
»•  or  a  imrt,  of 
I  paid  upon  lh« 

tlifirate  dnlivor 
leu  tho  exporter 
w  haa  compliett 
cnnaequonce  of 
ounty  or  draw* 
Ttiia  certificala 
of  the  ciiitonia 
fly  pnterod  and 
cleared  out  for 

rest  on  ahipa  or 
luthorily ;  or  a 
only  on  foreigo 
'event  their  go- 

for  the  year  1838  > 
meanlng:oftariirr 
nl  15.  Embargn' 


WMOTMStWVRP 


cut 


iwrrgBii 


liijf  out  of  pnri,  aiKt  ■um«ilm«a  lo  pravvnt 
thrir  ro  <iii)K  in. 

10.  Hunrnnlin*  ia  the  prriod  during 
whim  a  ilitp,  coming  Oom  a  port  •iiiip«<*i- 
9i\  of  contagion,  or  having  a  foniit||i»iia 
tlrkni'M  wn  board,  ia  forbidden  ininnotiraa 
with  lite  |)hirii  where  ahn  arrlvea.  The 
term  la  diu'lvi><l  iVom  the  Italian  ifunranlina, 
t  apiire  of  forty  dayn,  lixcauMe  originally 
that  waa  the  fixed  period  lor  all  aliipn  un- 
•ler  auRh  eiroiinatancea.  Hut  the  time  of 
a  ahip'e  detention  la  now  very  varioua  ao< 
cording  In  the  exigenrlea  of  the  cniie. 

17.  Privnlrtrt  are  fighting  vcdmiU  fitted 
out  by  private  peraoni,  during  war,  where- 
in, at  iheir  own  haitard,  they  plunder  Ihe 
nnemy,  chiefly  attacking  merchant  veaaeU. 
They  mual  have  a  commlialou  fVom  gov- 
ernment, and  mual  conform  lo  all  the  rulea 
of  war,  and  the  law*  uf  nation*.  They 
|Niy  a  purl  of  their  prixea  lo  government  fur 
thia  permiaeion,  and  the  remainder  Ihe 
ownera  divWIe  among  themaelvee,  in  luuh 
proportiona  aa  have  been  agreed  upon. 

IH.  'The  public  dtht  i*  a  debt  cuntrarted 
by  Congreaa  in  behalf  of  the  United  Htatew. 
This  ia  dona  by  an  act  of  Congreaa,  which 
authorisea  the  aecretary  of  the  treaaury  (or 
any  other  peraon,  aa  Ihe  aet  may  expreaa) 
to  borrow  money,  and  iiaue  eertiflcatca  for 
the  aum  borrowed.  The  act  expreaaea  the 
whole  aum  to  be  borrowed,  tho  amount  of 
intereal  to  tie  paid,  and  the  time  when  the 
principal  ia  to  be  paid.  Booka  of  aubacrip- 
lion  are  opened  in  the  principal  ciilea,  and 
any  peraon  who  chooaea  to  lend,  aubjoriliea. 
Each  lender  receivea  a  certificate  thai  he 
ii  a  creditor  of  the  United  Statue  for  the 
•urn  by  him  loaned,  which  certificate  con- 
forme  10  the  act  authorizing  the  loan. 

19.  >0(  theae  eertificatoa  a  regiatry  ia 
made  at  aome  of  the  branch  bonka  of  the 

16.  What  of  i|uaninline?  17.  Of  Privateer*  P 
18.  What  of  the  publio  debt  >  11).  How  are  the 
oertifiealea  iMued  to  the  lendcra?  'iO.  Can  tuch 
tranafiin  be  made  aa  oflen  u  the  owacr  chooiP4  ? 


r,ke. 


14t 


Unll«*d  Htalea,  aa  the  praflire  now  i*(  (hr< 
m>*rly  there  wi'ri<  loan-ollli-i<«.  Any  par- 
NOD,  who  ia  Ihe  itwiirr  of  a  rerilllrate  can 
M'll  ill  and  in  aiifh  cuni%,  hn  tt>*ign*  hia 
cerliflcate  lo  the  p<irrha*er.  Tlint  cerllfl- 
rale  ia  prmtiirnd  at  the  iNink,  aiul  a  naw 
I'erlificnie  U  iMUcd  In  the  |Hirrhn«er. 

'JO.  ■i'tui'h  'raniifnra  ant  made  whi<never, 
an  i  a*  olloii  aa  the  owner  rhooaen  to  irana- 
fer,  and  without  any  expenne  to  the  owner. 
Tho  intereal  ia  paid  tpiarterly  at  lh)i  hank 
to  Ihe  peraon  liiere  regl»ii>red  aa  owner. 
Thie  puhlic  debt  la  known  by  tho  general 
name  of  tlotkt.  It  alwnya  haa  a  market 
value,  aomellnii'a  nhove,  and  aonii*tinii<«  be- 
low, the  nomliml  value.  It  i*  u  iiihjnct  of 
tperulaliun,  aa  any  thing  elax  may  li<<,  which 
ia  iNUighl  lu  Ite  aold,  on  the  expectutiun  of 
profit. 

ai.  Moat  of  the  nalinna  of  FiUro|)e  have 
■urh  iincka.  H|mculntionN  ari*  carried  on 
in  them  to  a  aurpriiing  amount.  Kortiinea 
are  won  and  toat  in  a  day.  The  pri**ent 
public  debt  of  the  United  Mtatea  i*  Iiinm  than 
four  cent*  lo  each  inhahiuint  of  the  United 
Btateai  while  tho  publio  debt  of  Great 
Britain,  at  preaeni,  la  aoiiielhing  more  than 
twenty-five  conta  to  each  Inhabitant  of  the 
whole  world  I ' 

33.  My  young  readera  may  fi'cqiienily 
have  hearti  peraone  talking  about  trading 
in  the  l\inds.  The  fViuding  ayatem  ia  u 
method  by  which  inoJern  governmenia 
have  Bought  to  give  Becuriiy  lo  publio 
loana,  and  thereby  atrengthen  tie  publio 
credit.  It  waa  flrat  uaed  in  England,  and 
afterwarda  follov/ed  by  all  the  other  atatea, 
which  paid  attention  to  their  credit.  It 
provides  that  on  the  creation  of  a  public 
loan,  flinds  ahall  immediately  be  farmed, 
and  aecurcd  by  law,  for  Ihe  redemption  of 
the  capital  itaelf.    Thii  gradual  redeeming 


By  what  name  ia  the  publio  debt  generally  known* 
31.  Have  moit  of  the  nation*  of  Europe  luch 
■tnckiP  What  of  the  publio  debt  of  the  United 
Bute*.'    Of  Great  Britain?    83.  What  of  the 


r 


AiM*miiiiLiMl<l¥^imiiiiia'»  ' 


33i5iiSBSB9SB»*i(f' 


I  i^lwHi  »»in<^—i  i>j  II 


144 


■ooR  or  coHMiaci. 


of  the  capital  ii  called  the  ninking  or  the 
debt,  and  the  fund  appropriated  fur  thin 
purpoM  i8  called  the  nnking  funil, 

28.  Variations  in  the  aaloalilo  value  of 
the  public  Ainda  at  first  were  caused  chiefly 
by  political  events,  which  were  vuppased  to 
affect  either  the  authority  of  tlinse  by  whom 
the  debts  were  contracted,  or  the  means 
of  paying  them  ;  hut  since  tlicir  great  in- 
crease has  induced  many  persons  to  make 
buying,  ond  selling  shares  therein  a  regidar 
trade,  the  fluctuations  of  the  current  price 
in  general  depends  principally  on  the  pro- 
portion  of  buyers  and  sellers,  and  on  the 
■chemes  and  conihinatiuns  in  which  they 
engage  in  support  of  their  respective  8|iec- 
ulations. 

24.  The  chief  part  of  the  public  funds 
in  England  consists  of  perpetual  annuities, 
or  those  debtn  on  which  a  stipulutetl  rate 
of  interest  is  to  continue  to  he  paid,  unless 
the  principal  should  be  redeemed ;  the  oth- 
er parts  consist  of  annuities  for  a  certain 
number  of  years,  and  life  annuities. 

25.  The  perpetual  annuities  are  distin- 
guished by  different  titles,  according  to  the 
rote  of  interest  th^y  pay,  or  the  time  and 
purpose  of  their  creation ;  and  when  gov- 
ernment, by  a  new  loan,  contracts  an  ad- 
ditional debt,  bearing  n  certain  fixed  in- 
terest, it  is  usual  to  add  the  capital  thus 
created,  to  the  amount  of  that  part  of  the 
public  debt  which  bears  the  same  interest ; 
hence  we  hear  of  3  per  cent.,  4  per  cent., 
and  5  per  cent.,  consolidated  annuities. 

26.  The  practice  of  $toek-joblnng  is  a 
kind  of  traffic  carried  on  amongst  persons 
who  possess  but  little  or  no  property  in  any 
of  the  flinds,  yet  who  contract  for  the  sale 
or  transfer  of  stock  at  some  future  period, 
the  latter  part  of  the  day,  or  the  next  ttt- 
Uing  day,  at  a  price  agreed  on  at  the  time. 

fbndinff  systein?  S3.  What  were  the  variations 
in  the  lands  prodneed  by  ?  24.  Of  what  does  the 
chief  part  of  the  fbnds  m  England  consia  ?  25. 
By  wnat  titles  are  the  perpetual  annuitiN  distin- 


Such  bargains  are  called  time  hargaint, 
an<l  are  contrary  to  law ;  and  this  practice 
is  gambling  in  every  sense  of  the  word. 
It  is,  however,  carried  on  to  a  great  extent. 

27.  The  terms,  ^/«  and  btar$  originated 
in  the  London  Stock  Exchange;  as  they 
are  ol^en  in  the  mouths  of  |ieople,  it  may 
be  well  enough  to  know  their  signification. 
Bulls  ore  buyers,  and  bears  sellers.  In 
New  York,  a  trai)ic  in  Monk  Stock  is  oAen 
carried  on,  in  which  these  words  ore  used. 

28.  A  Mini  is  a  ploce  where  money  is 
coined  by  the  ouibority  of  gnvernmcnk 
The  word  coin  is  fVoni  the  French  hin- 

igucge,  and  signifies  a  stomp.  Our  gold, 
silver  and  copper  money  is  thus  derived. 
Congress  estoblishes  the  proportions  of 
pure  metal,  and  of  alloy,  and  the  weight 
of  the  mixture,  which  makes  any  piece  of 
money. 

29.*  The  treasury  of  the  United  States 
buys  the  metal,  causes  it  to  be  tried  at  the 
mint,  and  prepared  in  the  circular  form  in 
which  we  see  it.  The  piocea  are  then 
placed  under  the  action  of  powerful  ma- 
chinery to  Im)  coined  or  stamped  The 
money  is  paid  out  by  the  treasury  and  so 
gets  into  circulation.  Banks  and  individ- 
uals may  have  bullion  coined  at  the  mint. 
The  United  States  mint  is  at  Philadelphia. 

80.  Congress  have  the  power  of  securing 
to  the  authors  of  new  and  useful  inventions, 
or  improvements,  an  exclusive  right  of 
making,  using  or  selling  them  for  the  term 
of  fourteen  years.  This  object  is  effected 
by  petitioning  for  a  patent,  and  sending 
with  the  petition  a  description  of  the  i»> 
vention  or  improvement. 

81.  A  patent,  unless  it  be  for  s  frivolous 
or  useless  object,  is  always  granted  when 
applied  for;  and  an  infVingement  of  it  may 
be  prosecuted  by  the  prtentee. 

gnished  f  96.  What  is  said  of  the  practice  of 
■tock'jobbing?  27.  Of  the  terms,  bulls  and 
bears?  28.  What  is  a  mint.'  89.  How  is  the 
coinissne^    30.  What  of  patents' 


I'n-w-Hi-'rt^^SS^^-i^SS^SiKtfflltf,*! 


!ft?t;rS9i^s^'vjit;T;.'S>fj)(}!(ij*?S;s!S6S 


'^tmm 


^■••Tiilirni 


"1W*P*^fPf'!W"B|l^*^9'I^|^B*'W(i(|ffflW5*^^ 


1 


■ISTOBT    or    CUMMERCB. 


14f 


ed  iime  bargaint, 
l  and  thia  practice 
•me  of  the  word. 
1  to  a  great  extent, 
lid  bear$  originated 
xchange;  as  they 
of  people,  it  may 
their  gigniiication. 
bears  sellers.  In 
lank  Stock  is  oAen 
le  words  are  used. 
se  where  money  is 
y  of  ffovernnivnb 
I*  the  French  lan- 
itamp.  Our  gold, 
;y  is  thus  derived. 
ie  proportions  of 
>y,  and  the  weight 
nakes  any  piece  of 

the  United  Statbs 
t  to  be  tried  at  the 
le  circular  form  in 
e  pieces  are  then 
I  of  powerful  mu- 
or  stamped  The 
lie  treasury  and  so 
Banks  and  iiidivid- 
coined  at  the  mint. 

is  at  Philadelphia, 
e  power  of  securing 
id  useful  inrentiona, 
exclusive  right  of 
I  them  for  the  term 
is  object  is  effected 
oXetit,  and  sending 
icription  of  the  in- 
t. 

it  be  for  a  frivoloui 
ways  granted  when 
Hngementofitmay 
Rtentee. 

•id  of  the  pnetice  of 
the  terms,  bulls  and 
lint?  89.  HowistbB 
fptteats' 


A    CONCISE    HISTORY   OF    COMMERCE. 


CHAP.  XXXIX. 

1.  I  have  drawn  up  a  History  of  Com- 
merce, that  you  may  see  the  course  it  has 
taken  among  the  nations,  the  vast  bone- 
fits  it  confers,  and  how  much  better  a  me- 
dium of  power  it  is  thon  conquest  ond  the 
sword. 

2.  The  first  hint  we  hove  of  distant  na- 
tions trading  together,  appears  in  the  book 
of  Oenetii,  chap,  xxxvii.  25,  when  the 
eruel  brethren  of  Joseph  sold  him  to  a 
caravan  of  Ishmaolites,  who  were  convey- 
ing their  precious  commodities  into  Egypt, 
OS  spicery,  balm,  and  myrrh.  They  are 
cattedMidianitet,  v.  36.  The  country  of 
Midian  is  part  of  Arabia,  south-east  of  the 
Dead  f*ea.  They  were  going  through  the 
land  of  Canaan  to  Egypt,  which  was  then 
a  highly  cultivated  kingdom.  The  myrrh 
was  the  produce  of  Arabia,  and  the  balm 
was  of  Gilead,  through  which  they  had 
travelled.  But  the  spices  intimate  that 
the  Arabians  hod,  very  early,  nautical 
connexion  with  the  country  we  call  India, 
where  chiefly  the  finer  spices  grow;  if 
so,  commerce,  in  its  widest  meaning,  must 
have  been  better  cultivated  than  we  are 
apt  to  suppose.  Certainly  the  shores  of 
Arabia,  on  the  Indian  Ocean  and  Red  Sen, 
must  have  given  great  facilities  to  mercan- 
tile enterprises. 

3.  The  central  situation  of  Egypt  has 
made  it  always  the  emporium  of  com- 
merce. By  caravans  the  treasures  of  Asia 
and  Africa  were  brought  thither.  Trade 
WM  at  aill  times  in  esteem,  because  of  the 
wealth  it  brought.  But  of  the  maritime 
trade  of  the  Egyptians  we  have  no  regular 
account ;  for  they  neglected  the  sea  super- 
■titkiusly  for  many  ages.  Their  own  pro- 
ductions, among  which  eorn  was  in  great 


8.  What  is  the  first  hint  we  have  of  the  traffic 
18 


abundance,  their  numerous  arts  and  man- 
ufactures, enabled  them  tu  purchase  Arom 
neighboring  nations,  and  by  making  the 
commerce  reciprocal,  they  made  it  also 
gainful.  The  advantage  of  navigation  by 
the  Nile  was  not  neglected  by  them;  their 
internal  trade,  which  distributed  the  lux- 
uries thus  obtained,  gained  great  facility 
for  tronaporting  them  from  Rameses  to 
Syene,  by  means  of  this  lordly  river. 
The  riches  and  power  once  enjoyed  in 
Egypt,  have  leA  imperishable  testimonials 
to  the  present  day,  in  its  massy  buildings, 
and  splendid  ruins  of  temples  and  tomb*. 
Commerce  ibrnishes  wealth  in  the  most 
quiet,  honorable,  and  abundant  manner; 
and  wherever  wealth  abounds,  the  country 
will  be  odorned  presently.  Convenience, 
pride,  patriotism,  will  contrive  many  last' 
ing  modes  of  storing  up  this  wealth,  in 
comforts  for  the  people,  splendor  for  their 
rulers,  and  sacred  edifices  for  their  religion. 
4.  Tyre  and  Sidon,  cities  of  Pliccniee, 
washed  by  the  Mediterranean,  are  next 
found  rising  into  notice.  Their  country 
was  nothing  as  to  produce ;  industry  alone 
made  their  rocks  productive ;  and  com- 
merce, by  feeding  industry,  was  itself  en- 
riched. These  peopb  possessed  but  a 
small  territory,  a  narrow  and  unproductiv* 
strip  of  land,  and  at  length  only  a  small 
island.  They  were  beset  on  the  land  side 
by  powerful  nations,  and  could  not  enlarge 
their  borders  by  conquest.  The  sea  was 
open^  to  them,  and  they  achieved  their 
victories  on  the  briny  wave.  The  ocean 
carried  them  to  many  countries  bordering 
upon  its  shores,  and  gave  them  security 
from  robbers  in  conveying  their  mer- 
chandise from  port  to  port ;  for  there  mm 
scarcely  any  other  people  who  ventured 


of  diiUnt  nations?     3.  What  of  the  tnde  of 


SJS$?^^:** 


" ' '  "^rR(?trtfciWwrt(w!a!wPwB*t'IS! 


»'^iiikd>»iAi''^i'imi!i»jiiivma>^'i^!>*^i 


'ii^timmf^ff- 


r 


■M^iffi  <|.<'j{|»iir'f^K«^||^^PMMiimf "- 


'^ 


A 


\. 


f- 


'i':\ 


14« 


BOOK   or   VOMMBRCB. 


upon  tlio  open  scoft.  Sidnn  ia  culled  f^talt, 
and  Tyro  a  «lron^  ettj/,  so  early  as  the 
time  of  Joshua.    (Chap,  xix.  28,  29.) 

A.  Coininerce  is  the  mother  of  tnany  in- 
vention!, and  afibrds  the  moans  of  Itring- 
ing  them  to  maturi'y.  The  Plia'uiciuns 
were  ohiiged  to  count,  in  order  to  value 
their  riches ;  they  are  said  to  have  been 
the  inventors  of  arithmetic.  No  mercan- 
tile concern  can  be  conducted  without  this 
simplo  but  wonderful  science. 

6.  JoHhua,  in  his  conquest  of  Canaan, 
disturbed  the  Phoenicians,  many  of  whom 
fled,  finding  they  were  no*  able  to  resist 
him.  Tyre  and  Sidon  could  not  contain 
all  the  reAigees ;  numerous  colonies  were 
sent  out  by  the  Phoenician  merchants,  to 
various  places,  on  both  sides  of  the  Me- 
diterranean ;  by  which  means  their  own 
traffic  was  extended  and  secured.  Two 
pillars,  erected  in  Africa,  near  the  straits, 
had  on  them  inscriptions  in  Phsnician 
letters,  intimating,  that  the  people  who 
came  there  had  fled  from  'Joshua  the 
robber,'  as  they  called  him.  This  was  in 
the  twenty-sixth  century  of  the  world's 
age,  or  fifteenth  before  Christ. 

7.  Aboi\|  eleven  hundred  years  before 
Christ,  in  tffe  time  of  David,  the  Phoeni- 
cians, in  the  true  spirit  of  commerce,  con- 
tinually extended  their  voyages ;  not  con- 
tent with  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  they 
passed  the  pillars  of  Hccules,  two  moun- 
taina  so  called,  one  on  the  shore  of  Spain, 
the  other  in  Africa,  and  ventured  into  the 
Atlantic  Ocean,  and  established  peaceful 
settlements  for  trade,  wherever  they  went. 
They  found  the  inhabitants  of  what  is 
now  Andalusia,  in  a  fruitful  country,  with 
plenty  of  gold,  of  which,  indeed,  their  com- 
mon utensils  were  made ;  and  one  of  their 
ahips  was  so  overloaded  with  silver,  that 
they  had  a  dangerous  voyage  home.    The 


rpt  ?  4.  Tyre  and  Sidon  ?  S,  The  Phoenicians  ? 
C.  Joshua  ?  The  inscription  on  the  two  pillars  ? 
7.  Where  did  the  Phgenioiana  extend  their  com- 


Phoenicians  formed  a  settlement  on  on 
island  culled  by  them  Gadir :  the  city  ia 
now  called  Cadiz. 

8.  The  Israelites  were  an  inland  peo- 
ple, and  never  famous  for  maritime  affaira. 
])avid  raised  his  kingdom  by  conquests. 
When  he  wanted  cedar  to  build  him  a 
house,  ho  applied  to  Hiram,  king  of  Tyre, 
with  whom  he  lived  in  amity,  and  who 
sent  it  by  sea.  From  the  same  king  he 
obtained  workmen  also,  for  his  buildings. 

0.  Solomon  suw  the  advantage  of  com- 
merce, and  employed  his  wealth  in  endea- 
voring to  obtain  a  share  of  it.  Hiram, 
king  of  Tyre,  assisted  him  with  ship- 
huildcra  and  seamen.  They  built  their 
fleets  at  a  port  on  the  Red  Sea.  The 
ships  sailed  to  Ophir,  which  seems  to  have 
been  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Africa ;  and 
they  brought  back  gold,  silver,  ivory,  cu- 
rious woods,  apes,  and  peacocks.  They 
were  three  years  on  their  voyage ;  and 
many  have  thought  they  sailed  all  round 
Africa,  and  returned  home  by  the  Medi- 
terranean. One  voyage  to  Ophir  brought 
him  in  two  millions  of  our  money,  in  gold 
only.  Solomon  had  also  great  traffic  with 
Egypt,  from  whence  was  brought  mer- 
chandise not  only  for  his  own  supply,  but 
also  for  the  king  of  the  Hittites,  and  the 
kings  of  Syria.  (1  Kings,  x.  29.)  Chariots, 
horses,  and  fine  linen  were  the  chief  com- 
modities thus  obtained.  His  wealth  and 
splendor,  as  much  as  his  wisdom,  raised 
his  fame,  and  spread  it  far  and  wide ;  so 
that  the  queen  of  Sheba  was  drawn  to 
visit  him.  The  gold  she  gave  him  was 
worth  above  £600,000  sterling;  besides 
which,  she  brought  him  precious  atones, 
and  such  spices  as  had  never  before  been 
known ;  perhaps,  nutmegs  ond  cloves  from 
the  Eastern  Isles. 

10.  The  grandeur  to  which  Israel  rose, 


merce  ?  What  aetttlement  did  they  form  }  What 
is  it  now  called?  8.  What  of  the  Iiraelitea  7  9 
Solomon  i   Ophir  i    The  visit  of  the  queen  of 


^"^'T^aii"'  -|.  ■) 


■  iiiiWiftli 


"Swa^f 


atmmm 


^ 


ttlcinent  on  an 
^tV;  tbo  city  in 

an  inland  pno- 
maritime  affbin. 
n  by  conquestH. 
to  build  liim  a 
n,  king  of  Tyre, 
imity,  and  who 
B  Home  king  he 
r  his  buildings, 
trantage  of  com- 
vcalth  in  endea- 
of  it.  Hiram, 
him  with  ship- 
rhey  built  their 
led  Sea.  The 
h  seems  to  have 
t  of  Africa ;  and 
lilver,  ivory,  cu- 
cacocks.  They 
ir  voyage ;  and 
wiled  all  round 
le  by  the  Medi- 
)  Ophir  brought 
■  money,  in  gold 
;reat  traffic  with 
IS  brought  mer- 
>wn  supply,  but 
Hittites,  and  the 
c.  29.)  Chariots, 
3  the  chief  com- 
His  wealth  and 
wisdom,  raised 
r  and  wide ;  so 
was  drawn  to 
;  gave  him  was 
terling ;  besides 
precious  stones, 
ver  before  been 
ond  cloves  from 

liich  Israel  rose, 

they  form  f  What 
the  Israelites?  9 
t  of  the  queen  of 


•«<«piliMi« 


«wi|l||,> '  !JHifiwiiii»j.iiii,||!ii>wvf-  .'iitJ  .1]  I  jiiiwi  if^fuwwfwuin. 


niSTORT    or   COMMERCE. 


I4T 


•'pnrs 


cbinrt 


during  the  long  ond  peaceful  reign  of 
Solomon,  nunk  as  rapidly  under  his  son 
Rohohoam.  The  loss  of  ten  tribes  reduc- 
ed the  kingdom  of  Judah  greatly,  although 
it  continued  respectable  a  long  while.  As 
concerns  commerce,  we  see  Jehoshaphnt, 
eight  hundred  and  ninety-seven  years  be- 
fore Christ,  endeavoring  to  revive  it,  but 
his  ships  were  wrecked,  and  the  design 
totally  failed. 

11.  .^bout  eight  hundred  and  sixty-nine 
before  Christ,  we  have  reason  to 
the  arrival  of  Elissa,  called  alvo 
n  AfVica,  and  the  building  of  Car- 
whose  commercial  transactions  be- 
fanious    throughout    the   civilized 

world,  and  whose  prosperity  waH  long  il- 
lustrious. This  was  a  PhcBnician  colony ; 
and  we  may  remark,  that  those  whom  they 
sent  out  came  peaceably,  as  merchants, 
with  property  for  trade,  and  became  bene- 
ficial to  the  several  countries  where  they 
settled.  Colonies  sent  out  by  other  na- 
tions were  armed  bands  of  robbers,  who 
went  to  plunder  and  destroy,  and  were 
therefore  the  terror  and  ruin  of  the  subju- 
gated inhabitants. 

12.  Carthage  rose  to  great  wealth,  and 
flourished  for  seven  hundred  and  twenty- 
four  years.  She  planted  many  colonies ; 
till  changing  her  mercantile  character  for 
a  military  one,  she  wrought  her  own  ruin. 
All  around  her  in  Africa,  :n  Spain,  at  New 
Carthago  now  Carthagena,  in  Sicily,  and 
the  neighboring  islands,  her  dominion  was 
owned :  but  it  was  an  iron  sceptre  she 
wielded,  which,  by  oppressing,  irritated 
her  subjects,  who  applied  to  Rome  for 
assistance.  Rome  was  then  beginning  to 
domineer,  and  was  glad  of  an  invitation  to 
carry  her  arms  beyond  Italy.  The  conse- 
quence was  long  and  desperate  wars  with 
Carthage,  called  the  three  Punic  wars ;  in 
the  last  of  which,  Carthage  was  conipletc- 


Sheba?  10.  What  of  Israel  ?  II.  Carthage?  12.  Its 
wealth »  13.  Commerce  .>  14.  Trre.'  l5.  What  of 


ly  destroyed,  B.  C.  146.     During  the  firat 
Punic  war,  Curthage  contained  seven  hun« 
dred  thousand  inhabitants :  at  its  destruc 
lion,  scarcely  five  thousand  were  found  in 
iu 

13.  They  had  traded  through  the  Straits 
northward  to  Tartessus,  or  Cadiz,  and  to 
thn  Bcilly  Islands,  adjacent  to  Cornwall,  la 
F.nglnnd,  called  then  the  Cossiterides,  for 
tin ;  and  southwards,  along  the  coast  of  Afiri- 
co,  to  a  coDsiderable  distance :  Kerne,  now 
Mogador,  being  a  central  emporium  for 
them.  Their  most  flourishing  timo  was 
obout  four  hundred  and  thirty  years  be- 
fore Christ. 

14.  The  acroimt  of  Carthage  is,  in- 
deed, but  a  branch  of  the  history  of  Tyre 
and  Sidon,  from  which  the  Carthaginians 
were  a  colony.  The  power  of  Tyre  was 
so  great,  that  when  the  city  was  attacked 
by  Salmanasar,  king  of  Assyria,  with  a 
vast  army,  and  also  a  fleet  of  seventy  ves- 
sels, the  Tynans,  with  only  twelve  ships, 
defeated  them  entirely,  and  took  five  hun- 
dred prisoners. 

15.  The  ships  of  that  period  seem  to 
have  been  little  bettor  than  open  boats. 
Corinth,  about  the  year  700  B.  C.  distin- 
guished itself  as  a  maritime  power,  and 
built  ships  with  triple  the  numbers  of 
rowers  in  three  ranks  or  tiers. 

16.  We  may  notice  here  a  circumstance 
which  was  then  thought  dreadful,  a  storm 
in  the  Mediterranean,  which  drove  Colaeua 
of  Samos  (who  was  steering  for  Egypt) 
along  its  whole  length,  and  through  the 
Straits,  presenting  to  his  astonished  eyes 
the  wide  Atlantic.  lie  came  then  to  Tar- 
tessus, on  the  western  coast  of  Spain. 
Here  he  traded  to  great  advantage,  and 
returned  to  Greece  immensely  rich. 

17.  In  C<07,  Necos,  king  of  Egypt,  sent 
a  fleet  down  the  Red  Sea,  which,  coast- 
ing the  whole  of  Africa,  returned  by  the 


Corinth.'  16.  CoIsbus  of  Samas .'  17.  Necoa,king 
of  Egypt?  18.  Tyre'    19.  What  did  Alexander 


-iftihiifihM"' 


wH'-'w  im^'i'imiiJimwi  j'..i,'^^<Biii|"""''w»' 


-; 


i 


^ 


ICf. 


Mflditerrauetn.  Tiiose  voyagers  report- 
ed, that  they  had  seen  the  noonday  sun  at 
their  right  hand,  or  north  of  them.  Thii, 
which  proves  to  un  that  they 'actually  Bail- 
ed round  the  whole  of  Africa,  suciiied  at 
that  liiiie  so  unaccountable,  that  Herodo- 
tus, who  tells  us  of  the  voyage,  says  he 
cannot  believe  it. 

18.  It  is  about  the  year  588,  B.  C.  that 
we  may  place  the  great  splendor  of  Tyre, 
of  which  we  have  an  occount  extreme- 
ly interesting,  in  the  26tli,  27th,  and  28th 
chapters  of  Ezekiel's  prophecy ;  where  we 
find  the  rich  supply  brought  to  that  fa- 
mous city,  whose  merchants  were  princes, 
whose  pride  made  her  soy,  "  I  sit  as  a 
queen,  and  shall  never  see  adversity."  The 
whole  is  extremely  interesting,  and  worth 
reading,  as  a  correct  display  of  the  com- 
merce of  that  period  and  of  that  region ;  al 
though  its  length  maltcs  it  unfit  to  be  here 
transcribed.  We  find  the  common  con- 
sequences of  great  wealth,  luxury,  pride, 
and  sins  of  the  grossest  names  resulting  to 
the  Tyrians.  Tlicse  will  draw  down  the 
vengeance  of  God  upon  any  nation ;  and 
we  need  not  wonder  at  the  tlireateuings 
which  accompany  this  description.  The 
judgments  here  denounced  came  upon 
them  partly  by  the  overwhelming  invasion 
of  Nebuchadnezzar,  from  685  to  672,  and 
more  completely  by  the  arms  of  Alexan- 
der in  332,  B.  C.  We  see  at  this  day  the 
fulfilment  of  it ;  for  Tyre  is  now  bald  as 
the  top  of  a  rock,  a  place  for  fishermen  to 
dry  their  nets. — (Ezekitl,  xxvi.  14.) 

19.  The  Phoenicians,  by  Tyre,  kept  the 
command  of  commerce,  till  Alexander  de- 
stroyed it,  about  382  years  before  Christ; 
and  it  was  still  the  Phoenicians,  who,  by 
Carthage,  commanded  ond  enlarged  the 
sphere  of  commerce,  till  its  final  destruc- 
tion by  the  Romans.  During  the  declen- 
sion of  these  maritime  cities,  several  of 


do»  20.  Whst  of  Alexander'  21    Ptolemy  >  22 


the  Grecian  states  increased  in  their  at- 
tentions to  the  sea  ;  but  it,  was  more  as  • 
theatre  for  warlike  dominion,  than  for  the 
peareAil  purposes  of  commerce.  Athena 
lield  this  power  long ;  and,  after  her.  Spar- 
la  :  in  both  cases,  their  tyranny  provoked 
resistance,  and  entailed  ruin. 

20.  The  next  grand  movement  which 
gave  a  new  turn  to  commerce,  orose  from 
the  wise  foresight  of  Alexander;  whose 
aim  seems  to  have  been  not  more  to  con- 
quer by  land  than  by  sea.  Wherever  he 
gained  a  footing,  he  made  provisions  for 
trade.  He  also  planned  voyages  of  dis- 
covery ;  and  with  the  view  of  giving  a 
centre  to  commerce,  easy  of  access  to 
the  whole  known  world,  he  built  the  city, 
called,  after  himself,  Alexandria  ;  having 
connexion  with  the  west  by  the  Mediter- 
ranean, and  with  the  richer  provinces  of 
the  East  by  the  Red  Sea,  while  caravans 
from  the  central  countries  of  Asia  could 
reach  it  by  the  isthmus  of  Suez. 

21.  Ptolemy,  one  of  Alexander's  gen- 
erals, obtained  Egypt  as*  his  share  of  the 
conqueror's  spoils.  He  with  eager  assi- 
duity carried  into  eflect  his  master's  plans 
for  commerce,  and  drew  great  numbers  tu 
settle  in  Alexandria.  He  built  another 
city,  called  Berenice,  far  towards  the 
south,  on  the  Red  Sea ;  at  which  all  the 
precious  commodities  of  the  East  obtained 
in  Arabia  were  landed.  He  formed  ^  road 
from  thence  to  the  Nile,  down  which  river, 
all  was  brought  to  Alexandria.  He  kept 
also  large  fleets,  both  in  the  Red  Sea,  and 
in  the  Mediterranean,  which  gave  his  sub- 
jects a  great  superiority  over  the  decaying 
citizens  of  Tyre.  His  revenues  produced 
by  this  wise  policy  weire  not  only  im- 
mense, but  peacefully  gained;  and  they 
promoted  happiness  on  all  hands. 

22.  We  may  mention  the  Sabnana  in 
the  south  of  Arabia,  with  whom  the  carry- 


What  of  the  Sabatans '  23.  The  destraetion  at 


,  -^Wri^-rllBiitfim^ililWi^ 


■'I'pilifii 


ed  in  their  at- 
waa  more  h  • 
on,  than  for  th« 
merce.  Athena 
after  her,  Spar- 
ranny  provoked 
n. 

lovenient  which 
erce,  arose  from 
'xandor ;  wlione 
[>t  more  to  con- 
Wherever  he 
e  proviaiona  for 
voyages  of  dis- 
lew  of  giving  a 
ly  of  access  to 
le  built  the  city, 
(andria ;  having 
by  the  Mediter< 
er  provinces  of 
,  while  caravans 
I  of  Asia  could 
'  Suez. 

Alexander's  gen- 
his  share  of  the 
with  eager  assi- 
lis  master's-  plans 
;reat  numbers  to 
[e  built  another 
ir  towards  the 
at  which  all  the 
he  East  obtained 
le  formed  a  road 
»wu  which  river, 
ndria.  He  kept 
ie  Red  Sea,  and 
ch  gave  his  sub* 
ver  the  decaying 
krebues  produced 
■e  not  only  im- 
lined;  and  they 
I  hands. 

the  Sabsana  in 
whom  the  carry- 

Tha  deitruetion  of 


••'vvrrf: 


■-■^;^^r^:-^'t^'^''m^ 


«»i*«»>iw      '>il||Bii|ijrtj|iii>iiMt 


HII 


ICI. 


?qg,4.;~-  "1-'-"  .iajsn--!.?-  ;.-!an 


Uf 


niK-trado  between  India  and  Egypt  acema 
to  liuvn  flourifihed  for  ages ;  for  only  with 
lliein  dill  the  Egyptians  trade,  even  under 
the  Ftolemiei.  They  wore  settled  in  a 
happy  land,  fertile,  and  well-stored  with 
cattle,  abundant  in  (Vagrant  gums,  myrrh, 
Arnnkinc<!nxe,  Sec.  Their  ships  went  to 
India  and  the  island  ;  nnd  their  onravana 
to  Syria  and  the  porta  of  the  Phwiiicians ; 
while  their  country,  by  its  situation  out  of 
the  reach  of  hostile  armies,  enjoyed  con- 
tinual peace. 

33.  We  have  noticed  the  pitiable  full  of 
Carthage  under  the  unrelenting  Romans, 
•bout  one  hundred  and  forty-six  years  be- 
fore Christ.  The  Romans  were  ignorant 
af  the  value  and  merits  of  commerce;  and, 
as  if  they  were  determined  to  root  it  out, 
they,  about  the  same  period,  destroyed 
Corinth  the  wealthy,  which  had  been  one 
of  the  most  commercial  cities  of  Greece. 
It  was  the  very  centre  of  Grecian  art ;  and 
the  statues  and  pictures  carried  thenco  to 
Rome  gave  that  barbarian  people  their 
firat  notions  of  refinement.  The  total 
■tagnation  given  to  commerce,  produced 
by  the  ruin  of  those  two  states,  was  felt 
all  around ;  the  labors  of  the  industrioua 
and  the  ingenious  were  useless,  for  there 
waa  no  market  for  their  productiona;  and 
the  mariners,  deprived  of  their  legitimate 
employment,  became  pirates.  They  soon 
were  mastera  of  the  sea ;  aiid  the  Romana 
were  obliged  to  fit  out  great  armamenta, 
under  Pompey,  who,  attacking  them  at 
once  in  their  diflTerent  atations,  reduced 
them  with  great  alaughter. 

24.  The  adorning  of  Rome  with  stat- 
uea  and  pictures,  the  visits  of  its  generals 
to  scenes  of  Asiatic  splendor,  with  the 
wealthy  and  curious  spoils  they  brought 
home,  had  the  effect  of  rendering  the 
hardy  Romans  luxurious.     Another  effect 


Corinth?  34.  What  tended  to  render  the  Ro- 
mani  luxurious?  U6.  What  of  Julius  Cwmt? 
9iB.  The  Roman  dominion  ?  97.  What  utioles  of 


of  the  wealth  obtained,  and  the  influence 
gained  thereby,  was  to  put  away,  in  a  great 
measure,  the  desire  to  have  their  country 
rule  over  all  nations,  and  to  rouse  in  their 
generals  a  wish  to  rule  over  their  country. 

25.  The  first  who  succeeded  completely 
in  this  endeavor  was  Julius  Ceesar.  Aa 
a  conqueror,  he  has  had  his  full  share  of 
fame ;  his  influence  on  commerce  may  be 
noticed,  as  he,  in  one  year,  restored  both 
the  ruined  cities  of  Corinth  and  Canhage, 
which  io  time  regained  considerable  im 
portance. 

26.  The  Roman  emperors  soon  reduo* 
ed  Egypt  to  the  stale  uf  a  mere  province 
of  the  empire ;  and,  now  that  the  who!* 
world  around  the  Mediterranean,  and  flu 
into  Asia,  waa  under  their  dominion,  they, 
for  their  own  sake,  began  to  favor  com- 
merce. Corn  was  the  grand  object  of  their 
solicitude,  that  their  metropolia  might  be  in 
no  danger  of  starving. 

27.  luly  itself  produced  great  suppliea ; 
Cisalpine  Gaul  sent  them  pork  salted; 
tapestry  and  woollen  gooda  came  firont 
Padua,  and  marble  waa  fetched  from  the 
Alps,  for  their  sumptuous  buildings.  Ice, 
to  cool  their  liquors,  became  almost  • 
neceasary  of  life.  Liguria  aent  them  largo 
timbers,  hides,  and  honey.  Pisa  Aimishod 
them  with  huge  blocks  of  marble,  cbeeaeo 
of  vast  size,  and  wines  of  exquisite  flavor. 
The  islanda  supplied  them  with  timber ; 
and  Sicily  aent  immense  stores  of  oonk. 
Melita  sent  fine  clothing ;  Greece  ftimitb* 
ed  them  with  honey,  the  purple  dye,  and 
•  fine  stuff*  called  Bytiinut.  Paroa  had 
marble  for  atatues ;  Samoa,  fine  earthen- 
ware; Lemnos,  vermilion;  and  Coa,  ati 
extremely  transparent  drapery. 

28.  Thrace  sent  them  com,  and  the 
salted  tunny-fish ;  and  from  Colchia  they 
received  fine  wool,  and  linen  of  Egyptian 


losory  did  they  receive  from  the  difierent  coua- 
tries  under  tlieir  away  ?  S8.  What  was  aent  then 
IremThraoe?  Aaia  Minor?   Tyia  and  Sidun? 


■-■j^^/***iUjiMH-9^ 


g,4at<Wfe  j»-  'iflftt-'f  Wr-Y  .. 


-■;»»iirt»i<|r'»ijH(mni'jMi|HimHiii  fwwunmi 


^^^^^^^^l^fv^ 


K 


■ 


I-, 


^ 


k 


■OOE    or    COMMIBCB. 


fkbrin.  Eait  India  eominaditiM  came 
overlanil  to  I'hociM,  un  the  Eiixine  Sea, 
fVom  wlioncfl  they  were  thipped  to  Rome. 
From  the  Nuutheni  provinces  of  Aaia  Mi- 
nor came  curious  marble,  wine,  wool, 
vermilion,  and  cheeoe.  Tyre  and  Sidon, 
once  BO  fainouR,  now  only  f\jrni8hed  glass, 
which  had  been  thoro  invented.  Egypt 
wu  long  called  the  granary  of  the  world, 
and  Rome  almost  depended  on  a  regular 
supply  of  corn  from  thence.  Its  famous 
\  linens  and  flax  were  in  high  request,  as 
were  its  cotton  goods,  pel  Aimed  ointments, 
gums,  and  papyrus.  Also,  large  quantities 
of  Indian  goods  came  through  Alexandria, 
which  was  caruAilly  fostered,  and  grew 
rapidly  in  importance  and  in  splendor. 
Afirica  Proper,  that  is,  the  Roman  province 
on  the  northern  coaSi,  supplied  them  With 
corn,  drugs,  and  ostrich  feathers ;  as  also 
with  elephants,  lions,  and  other  wild  beasts, 
for  their  savage  spectacles. 

S9.  From  Mauritania  came  a  wood  of 
great  price,  somewhat  like  our  mahogany. 
Their  provinces  in  Spain,  especially  the 
■outhem,  were  like  one  gay  garden,  adorn- 
ed with  elegant  buildings.  The  mines  of 
gold  beneath  the  soil,  ond  the  excellent 
productions  above,  supplied  the  imperial 
city  with  many  of  its  choicest  luxuries. 
Oadir,  Gades,  or  Cadiz,  was  a  grand  store- 
house to  the  west,  almost  rivalling  Alex- 
andria in  the  East;  while  the  vast  pro- 
vinces of  Gaul,  Aimished  by  inland  navi- 
gation to  the  ports  of  Narbo  and  Massilia, 
(now  Marseilles,)  on  the  south,  and  Burdi- 
gala,  (now  Bourdeaux,)  on  the  west,  great 
quantities  of  provisions,  metals,  linens,  and 


^       plaid  garments,  besides  an  extensive  vari- 
ety of  minor  articles. 

80.  This  influx  of  every  article  to  Rome 
can  hardly  be  called  commtrce,  as  the  Ro- 
mans exported  nothing  in 'return,  except 


money;  the  gold  and  silver  which  they 


Egypt?    29.  What  came  from  M&ariUnis?  30. 
What  did  the  Romans  export  in  return  f  31.  Wts 


had  exacted  ns  tribute,  or  obtained  by 
plunder,  were  thus  returned  to  the  various 
provinces.  Indeed,  with  the  Romans,  the 
character  of  a  merchant  was  in  no  esteem; 
they  leA  it  to  their  enslaved  subjects,  think- 
ing nothing  honorable  but  the  sword. 

81.  In  this  manner  did  all  the  provinces 
pour  into  Rome  their  choicest  productions; 
ruining,  by  the  luxuries  they  aflbrded,  that 
domineering  power  which  had  ruined  them 
by  the  sword.  A  few  particulars  may  bo 
remarked,  before  we  come  to  any  change, 
which  can  deserve  to  be  noted  in  this 
sketch  of  the  history  of  commerce.  Com- 
merce  was  never  cultivated  by  the  Ro- 
mans; it  lived  by  its  own  energies,  in 
spite  of  them ;  they  only,  for  their  own 
advantage,  seized  on  the  precious  fruits 
obtained  by  it,  and  brought  within  their 
reach. 

32.  The  next  great  change  was  in  the 
empire  itself,  which  sank  under  its  own 
weight.  The  removal  of  the  seat  of  go- 
vernment from  Rome  to  Byzantium,  by 
Constantiue,  in  A.  D.  328,  however  favor- 
able or  necessary  to  keep  up  the  dominion 
of  the  eastern  provinces,  was  fatal  to  the 
security  of  the  western  parts.  It  issued  in 
there  being  oAen  two  or  more  emperors ; 
and  ot  last,  in  weakening  these  parts,  dis- 
tant from  the  head-quarters  so  much,  that 
tlie  tribes  fi-om  the  northern  nations,  gen- 
erally called  Ootht,  by  frequent  and  in- 
cessant irruptions,  at  last  prevailed.  Odo 
acer  removed  Augusiulus,  the  last  who 
bore  the  title  of  emperor  in  Italy.  Soon 
aAer,  Theodoric,  king  of  the  Ostrogoths, 
defeated  Odoacer,  and  became  king  of 
Italy.  He  was  a  wise  and  excellent 
prince,  under  whom  peace  and  plenty 
again  spread  over  the  desolated  plains  of 
Italy,  and  arts  and  commerce  began  again 
to  rear  their  smiling  heads. 

83.  Africa  bad  been  rent  from  the  Ro- 


commerce  much  cultivated  by  the  Romans .'  38 
When,  and  by  whom,  was  the  seat  of  govern- 


, 


.»*:,.. 


fcyfc 


jlitti^ 


-  385?"*' ' 


or  obtained   by 

i«l  to  the  various 

the  Roinaim,  the 

aa  ill  no  eatcein ; 

d  aubjuctfl,  tU'tak' 

the  Bword. 

all  the  provincca 

leatproductioni; 

ley  afibrded,  that 

had  ruined  ihcm 

riiculara  may  ba 

I  to  any  change, 

w  noted  in  this 

immerce.    Com- 

ted   by  the  Ro- 

wn   energiea,  in 

r,  for  their  own 

precioua  iVuita 

ght  within  their 

Dnge  waa  in  the 
i  under  ita  own 
'  the  seat  of  go- 
Byzantium,  by 
,  however  fuvor- 
up  the  dominion 
was  fatal  to  the 
ris.    It  issued  in 
more  emperors ; 
these  parts,  dis- 
rs  so  much,  that 
!rn  nations,  geu- 
requent  and  in> 
irevailed.    Odo 
I,  the  last  who 
in  Italy.     Soon 
the  Ostrogoths, 
ecame  king  of 
and    excellent 
ice  and   plenty 
}lated  plains  of 
rce  began  again 
I. 
it  from  the  Ro* 

the  Romans.'  38 
e  seat  of  govern- 


"f     ■■    I'  "WCi^T^ 


CT'T~." '  "'  '^'.Wi 


■tiToar  or  ooimiKOt. 


151 


man  power,  by  th.»  *■    nd 
who  became  mast  .     '  the  > 
Carthage  issued  forth  with 
hordes,  sarltud  Rome  itself 
days,  and  carrieil  off  to  his 


^,  Oenseric, 

and  flrom 

Ills  barbarian 

for    fourteen 

own  city  the 


spoils  of  all  the  earth,  which  had  for  ages 
been  accumulating  at  Rome.  Spain  was 
almost  occupied  by  two  Gothic  tribes. 
Gaul  was  overrun  by  the  Franks,  a  Ger- 
man nation ;  and  Britain  had  been  treach- 
eroualy  gained  by  the  Saxons. 

84.  The  Eastern  empire  itself  soon  be- 
gan to  decay,  although  it  continued  a  wax- 
ing and  waning  existence  for  some  centu- 
ries. Commerce  still  flowed  through  some 
of  its  old  channels  in  Aaia  and  Egypt  to 
Constantinople,  but  in  a  very  reduced 
state. 

35.  Commerce,  which  had  risen  to  a 
broad  and  deep  river,  under  the  Phuoni- 
cians  and  their  descendants  at  Carthage, 
had  become  stagnant  under  the  military 
oppression  of  the  Roman  republic  ;  it  had 
flowed  in  a  gentle  stream  at  the  command 
of  imperial  luxury ;  then  it  was,  by  the 
Gothic  irruptions,  dispersed  and  lost  as 
the  Rhine  vanishes  in  the  sands.  Wo 
may  now  begin  to  trace  its  reappearance  ; 
■mall  indeed  at  first,  but  gradually  rising, 
spreading,  and  fertilizing  every  land  on 
which  it  touched. 

36.  Before,  however,  we  trace  its  rise 
in  these  western  parts,  let  us  give  another 
glnnce  at  it,  in  the  decaying  empire  of  the 
East.  The  commerce  of  the  Egyptians 
with  India  was  totally  failing,  the  Indians 
themselves  becoming  the  chief  merchants. 
These,  in  their  voyoge  from  India,  usually 
called  in  their  way  at  the  Persian  ports ; 
where  fVequently  they  sold  the  whole  of 
their  cargoes.  This  brought  on  a  de- 
ficiency of  trade  to  the  Red  Sea,  or 
rather  to  the  king  of  Abyssinia's  domin- 


nent  removed?  33.  What  of  Africa ?  34.  The 
eastern  empire?  35.  Commerce  under  the  Ro- 
I?    36.  Tlie  commerce  of  the  Egyptians? 


ai'flt<B>.f<ii.,> 


^f^MW^ 


\iji-^jatti.. 


i^^^iH-  -"^^.H^* 


ions,  throu'-h  which  the  Romans  had 
been  accua.  ••  ■  <  io  obtain  Indian  com- 
modities ;  ona,  at  the  snnie  time,  it  threw 
into  the  hands  of  the  Persiitns  this  Im- 
portant and  enriching  commerce.  The 
Persians  know  well  how  to  make  their 
advantage  of  this  monopoly.  That  luxury 
which  was  fust  bringing  the  Roman  em< 
pire  to  ruin,  was  insatiable  in  its  demands. 
Silk  was  one  grand  article  of  display; 
and  the  price  it  bore  in  coming  through 
the  hands  of  the  Persians,  caused  great 
distress  and  puerile  lamentations  at  Con- 
stantinople. 

37  It  was  at  thia  time  that  a  couple 
of  monks,  who  had  travelled  to  China, 
and  staid  there  long  enough  to  learn  the 
whole  business  of  managing  the  ailk< 
worms,  brought  to  Constantinople  a  num- 
ber of  the  eggs  of  these  valuable  insects, 
concealed  iu  the  hollow  of  their  canes; 
and  thereby  stocked  the  West  with  a  ma- 
terial,  now  of  incalculable  value,  both  to 
the  rich  who  wear,  and  to  the  poor  who 
manufacture  it. 

CHAP.  XL. 

1.  In  the  middle  of  the  fiAh  century, 
the  Turkish  power  began  to  rise,  and  iu- 
tcrriipted  the  caravans  which  were  accus- 
tomed to  pass  between  China  and  Persia: 
thus,  in  the  issue,  producing  a  trade  fl-om 
China  to  Constantinople,  passing  north  of 
the  Caspian  Sea. 

3.  In  A.  D.  616,  Chosroes,  king  of 
Persia,  took  Alexandria  from  the  Eastern 
Empire.  As  Constantinople  had  been  fed 
from  Egypt,  this  event  tended  to  starve 
the  imperial  city,  and  the  distress  it  occa- 
sioned roused  the  emperor  Heracliiis  to 
something  like  old  Roman  vigor ;  he  de- 
feated Cliosroes  in  621,  and  recovered 
Alexandria.    The   Persians,  during  their 

37.  Thp  introduction  of  the  culture  of  silk  ? 

1.  When  did  tlie  Turkiah  power  bcsin  to  rise  ? 

S.    What  was  the  consequence  of  the  capture 


^-¥~ 


mmfHfli^'n^^im  *>{  i  "V    iifi«|iiii*n'N  "i 


iM 


^001  or  ceMMiRci. 


vietoriea,  had  lUirovered  tlmt  (ho  Eupltra- 
IM  would  foriii  a  more  convituient  iiivdi- 
um  of  traffic  to  India  ;  and  they  thcrofura 
built  Baioora,  which  ooon  roa«  to  great 
opulence. 

v.  The  impoitor  Mohammed,  with  his  fli> 
rioua  Arahf ,  tiiice  called  Saraetnt,  or  horn- 
■WN|  began  to  spread  desolation  through  the 
Eoateru  Empire,  and  to  diminish  its  do- 
mains, by  sei/Jng  province  iiAer  province. 
Mohamnted's  successors  carried  on  a  wor 
of  exterminotion ;  impelled  by  religious 
zeal,  and  allured  by  the  rich  spoils  and 
the  feeble  reflistancn  of  thn  Eastern  Em- 
pire. They  look  Alexandria,  and  turned 
ita  vast  supplies  towards  their  own  coun- 
try of  Medina.  Their  armies  conquered 
flrom  almost  the  borders  of  China,  to  the 
Atlantic  Oceun  ;  of  course,  all  the  trade 
of  the  world  full  into  their  power.  Cy- 
prus, Rhodes,  and  nmny  tireciun  inlands, 
submitted  to  their  fury,  and  Carthago  they 
utterly  destroyed  in  608.  In  713  tlicy 
established  themselves  in  Spain. 

4.  The  hatred  between  the  Christians 
■od  these  followers  of  Mohammed  was  so 
bitter,  that  it  was  thought  to  be  heretical 
even  to  trade  to  Alexandria.  But  the  Sa- 
racens, having  so  vast  on  extent  of  empire, 
and  being  undisputed  masters  of  the  Medi- 
terranean, carried  on  a  very  considerable 
traffic  among  their  own  connected  pro- 
vinces. 

5.  Constantinople,  it  has  been  stated, 
carried  on  au  inland  caravan  traffic  oven 
with  China,  distant  os  it  was;  und  im- 
mensely dear  must  have  been  the  silk  thus 
obtained. 

6.  The  first  European  power  which 
rose  to  eminence  in  commerce  was  Venice. 
We  must  go  back  to  state  the  rise  of  this 
important  city.  In  452,  when  Attila  and 
hia  Huns  desceadcU  like  a  torrent  over 


of  Alexandria  ?  3.  What  of  Mohammed  and  his 
Arabs?  4.  The  hostility  between  the  Chriftitni 
•nd  tlu»  sect  i  6.  The  traffic  of  Constantinople 


the  northern  plains  of  Italy,  the  distrrsaod 
inhabitants  fled  every  way  for  their  livea, 
The  Veneti,  a  people  of  one  of  those  pro- 
vinces, fled  to  a  cluster  of  muddy  islands, 
about  Ave  miles  distant,  in  the  Adriatie. 
The  water  between  them  and  the  eonti< 
nent  they  had  left,  was  ton  (<iep  to  bo 
forded,  and  too  shallow  for  ships  to  rench 
them.  Here  they  raised  such  huts  of  mud 
and  weeds  as  they  were  able  ;  thi'y  behtnk 
themselves  to  fishing  for  their  sultNisleiice  , 
and  to  their  poverty  they  owed  thn  trnii- 
quillity  and  safety  they  enjoyed.  The  cun 
tinned  wurs  in  Italy  drove  great  numbers 
to  tuke  refuge  in  the  same  sliulter. 

7.  In  less  than  a  century,  that  is,  in 
523,  we  find  them  formed  into  a  slate, 
with  u  regular  government,  iind  their  tiny 
fisiiing-bnuls  enlnrged  to  inereantilo  crofts, 
which  enabled  them  to  carry  goods  up  the 
several  rivers  around,  when  a  season  of 
peace  would  allow  them  to  do  so  with 
safety.  A  writer  of  that  day  compares 
their  city  to  a  collection  of  nests  of  water- 
fowls. The  distinction  of  rich  and  poor 
was  not  known  ;  for  all  lived  on  the  r  mo 
fish-diet,  and  in  houses  alike  poor;  nd 
they  tied  their  boots  to  their  walU,  aa 
landsmen  would  tie  up  their  cattle. 

8.  In  732,  we  find  the  Venetians  ven 
luring  in  ships  beyond  the  Adriatic,  into 
the  Mediterranean,  and  even  as  far  as 
Constantinople.  As  they  hod  no  land,  all 
their  energies  were  directed  to  the  sea. 
As  thoso  who  hod  settled  among  them  hod 
fled  for  liberty  from  their  native  soil,  they 
were  a  people  of  spirit,  activity,  and  en 
terprise ;  of  course,  tliey  soon  becamo 
wealthy  and  powerful.  From  Constanti- 
nople they  brought  cargoes  of  silks,  pur- 
ple draperies  from  Tyre,  spices,  and  all 
the  luxuries  of  tho  East.  These  were 
highly  acceptable  to  the  rising  states  of 


with  Chins'  0.  What  European  power  first  i 
to  eminence  in  commerce.   7.  In  5S3,  to  what 
had  their  risen  f  8.  In  73S,  whither  did  they  von- 


...Ji^i-A  -ititiliiiifif^-ii^iaBiiiiMJnWi^' 


mmMVit, 


,  the  diitrrnad 

for  (hoir  Uvea, 
a  of  ihoM  pro- 
muddy  i«landi, 
II  the  Adriatie. 
and  the  contJ- 
)o  I'lep  to  b« 

*liip«  to  renrh 
ch  liiitMofmiid 
t) ;  tlicy  Ix'iDok 
'ir  MiiliNivit'iicH , 
liwvd  Ihn  iriiii. 
yed.  The  poii 
gniut  iiuiiibvni 
Jivltrr. 

ry,  that  in,  in 
1   into  a  aiale, 

iind  ihuir  tiny 
!rcantilo  craftii, 
y  goodi  up  the 

a  leaaun  of 
to  do  10  with 
day  pomparea 
ne8ta  of  water- 
rich  and  poor 
d  on  the  c  nie 
ke  poor;  ud 
heir  walirf,  as 
'  cattle, 
l^enetiana  ven 

Adriatic,  into 
en  aa  fur  aa 
ad  no  land,  all 
d  to  the  aea. 
long  them  had 
itive  foil,  they 
ivity,  and  en 
Boon  became 
>m  Couatanti- 
of  ailks,  pur- 
picea,  and  all 

These  wero 
ling  atatea  of 

power  lint  roaa 
a  533,  to  what 
ar  did  they  Tea* 


.  II I  III  mill  npipwpww^pii 


^*^'^-- 


■IITOKT  or   eOMMIHCI. 


Ift 


Italy,  and  to  all  the  European  power*,  aa 
far  aa  they  could  And  moaiia  to  traiiN|>ort 
them   to  the  northern  and  wi^atnrii  parts. 

9.  In  818,  some  of  the  subjects  or  Char- 
lemagne joined,  to  send  Bhi|W  to  Alexan- 
dria (  being  the  tirst  Christiana  who  ven- 
tured thither,  after  the  flaracena  had  taken 
it  The  Indian  varieties  they  procured, 
were  sent  by  the  great  rivers,  into  the 
heart  of  Germany,  and  all  around. 

10.  For  about  a  hundred  and  fifty  years, 
the  Baracena  had  pushed  their  conquests 
every  way  ;  and  they  now  began  to  settle. 
The  Caliph  Alinan/.or,  in  76'i,  built  Ilag- 
dad,  BH  the  seat  of  his  empire,  and  calied 
it  the  eUy  q/*  peace.  As  soon  as  tiieso  ma- 
rauders hail  sheathed  the  sword,  their 
active  and  iiiteiligunt  minds  inudo  excur- 
sioiia  into  science  and  arts ;  by  which 
some  of  the  most  iiii|iortBnt  parts  of  our 
present  knowledge  were  ascertained.  Tlioy 
invented  the  arithmetical  figures  now  in 
use ;  produced  the  alembic,  for  distillation ; 
discovored  the  nature  of  acids  and  nlka- 
lies,  and  laid  the  ground-work  for  many 
of  the  sciences  of  the  present  age. 

11.  Their  occupation  of  Spain  waa 
splendid.  At  a  time  that  grcaa  darkness 
obscured  the  facultiea  of  the  other  parts 
of  Europe,  literature,  science,  and  refine- 
ment, flourished  in  the  Moorish  cities 
of  Spain.  So  that  the  European  youth 
who  were  desirous  of  obtaining  knowledge, 
went  to  their  achoola,  and  flourishing  uni- 
versities, to  study.  To  their  hardihood  in 
thus  venturing  among  Muss'ilmen,  Europe 
owes  the  faint  diwnings  of  science  when 
it  first  began  to  i  ise. 

12.  The  conduct  of  France,  in  813,  was 
imiuted  by  Venice  in  823 ;  ten  ships  being 
sent  to  Alexandria,  to  trade,  in  spite  of  all 
laws  to  the  contrary.     In  1084,  we  find 


ture  ?  U.  What  of  the  subjects  of  Charlemagne  ? 
10.  When  was  Bagdad  built?  What  was  it  call- 
ed >  What  did  the  Saracens  invent?  II.  Did 
scienctt  flourish  in  the  Moorish  cities  of  Spain .' 


i:---i-'^ 


Hr--A 


yU..  .:,Z4J^t^'Z 


the  Venetians  so  powerAil  in  shlpplof, 
that  thf'ir  aMistance  was  earnestly  requeet* 
ed  by  the  Orrrian  cmiieror. 

13.  In  0(19,  we  find  the  Inhahitantt  of 
Ainalfl,  in  the  king4om  of  Naples,  rival* 
ling  Venice,  and  obtaining  great  wealtbi 
by  trailing  all  about  the  Mediterranean 
Hea,  even  to  Constantinople.  They  after- 
wards ohtoined  favor  with  the  Saracen 
rulera ;  and,  in  1020,  had  leave  to  build 
houses  in  the  city  of  Jerusalem. 

1-t.  The  notices  of  any  thing  like  com* 
merce  in  these  ages,  es(iecially  in  Europe, 
are  extremely  see.nty.  We  may  suppose, 
that  when  any  lucrative  iraflic  was  begun, 
its  own  im|M)rtanro  gave  it  ontinuance  | 
and  this  is  indeed  demonstrated  ;  for,  after 
awhile,  we  find  it  there  still ;  and  especial* 
ly  if  it  becomes  much  improved. 

15.  Wo  may  notice,  because  it  is  the 
beginning  of  an  immenia  trode,  that  In 
960  the  manufacture  of  viroollen  cloths  in 
Flanders  seetnB  to  have  been  establish* 
ed.  And  Baldwin,  Earl  of  Fluiiders,  with 
great  wisdom,  set  up  weekly  fairs  in 
several  of  his  ritics,  and  exempted  from 
duty  all  goods  brought  to  them.  The  eon* 
venience  of  fairs  obtained  their  eatnblish* 
ment  in  many  of  the  German  cities. 

16.  We  may  riso  notice,  because  of  itl 
importance  to  commerce,  that,  in  970,  Ger- 
bert,  overcoming  every  prejudice,  went 
from  France  to  the  Moorish  city  of  Seville, 
to  study  science  at  its  purest  source.  From 
tlienco  ho  brought  the  Arebic  figures  now 
in  use,  with  the  system  and  rules  of  arith* 
metic,  at  that  time  unknown  in  the  Chris- 
tian part  of  Eukope.  He  became  after- 
wanls  Pope,  under  the  title  of  Sylvester  II. 

17.  T'le  Venetian  republic  continued 
to  rise  *  power.  In  993,  they  extirpated 
a  nest  ..i  pirates  on  the  coast  of  Dalmatia ; 

12.  What  of  the  VeneUans  in  1084.'  13.  The  in 
ImbitanU  of  AmalA  in  009  and  1030  f  14.  What 
of  the  manurocture  of  woollen  cloth  in  Flan 
ders.'  10.  What  of  Gerbert  ?   17.  Did  the  Vane- 


initsi 


IIWW'»"W 


r^ 


fWW'PP 


■««K   or   COMMIIROI. 


and,  Mlsliiff  the  country,  nhtalnod  aninn 
eoniidrrablo  lixlfnl  of  tnrritory. 

18.  Ill  1063,  PlM  Aaiiriiilie<|  n*  a  coin- 
morclal  republic,  tradinir  oven  witli  ilix 
RaracciiH  of  Hiclly.  Th«  pectp|«<  ol'  Genoa 
were  alio  iratlinK  larffeiy  in  liio  Levniii,  or 
taalnrn  part  of  the  Mc«lit«rran<-an  H«<n. 

10.  In  106U,  William  the  Norinnii,  l>v 
the  ncclilcntal  (l«ath  of  llaroltl  in  hnltic, 
obtainod  po8ii««iiion  of  the  crown  of  Kii^- 
Und.  Wliatcvor  belonft  to  thit  hiiitory  of 
Engliah  c'oininrrct)  will  bn  mora  rcatiily 
eblainod  fVom  thia  period.  Durlnff  the 
Baxon  tv\gMi,  war,  and  rcniataiice  to  ilii> 
Danea,  waa  ninioit  the  lole  occii|Mliaii 
of  the  English.  Agriculture  had  fallen 
greatly  into  diauio(  many  large  territo> 
riee,  which  in  the  Roman  lime*  had  been 
cultivated,  had  bneome  more  forcaln,  or 
were  overgrown  with  thick  wowls,  har- 
boring wild  beaita  and  roblxira,  Home  even 
eloae  to  London.  If  little  beyond  iicccH' 
•ory  iUMtenance  waa  rained,  there  could 
not  be  iniicb  to  aend  to  foreign  countries;. 

30.  That  the  people  void  their  own  chil- 
dren, ia  known,  by  their  buiiig  found  and 
admired  in  the  alave  market  at  Rome ; 
which  waa  the  occaaion  of  Gregory'H 
■ending  Auguatine  the  monk  tu  convert 
the  Saxona,  who  were  then  all  pagan  idol- 
•tera.  That  fkct  alone  will  go  far  to  prove 
their  poverty,  and  that  they  hnd  nothing 
•lae  to  aell.  Yet  the  art  of  jewellery  was 
•o  well  prociiaed,  aa  to  make  Engliah  or- 
naments to  lie  in  High  esteem,  aa  early 
aa  the  time  of  AlOed.  And  the  work 
of  email  embroiderers  in  variobJ  colored 
>  silks,  with  gold  and  silver  threads,  wSk 
known  abroad  as  English  produce. 

21.  Qreat  quantitiea  of  shipping  were 
needed  by  William,  to  bring  over  hix  Nor- 
man army  i  it  is  inuHt  likely,  that  when  he 

tian  power  continue  to  rife?  18,  What  of  Pica.' 
19.  When  did  William  the  Nnrmiin  obtniii  pn»- 
aeMion  of  the  Enffliih  crown  }  iM).  Wlmt  uf  tnt-ir 
selling  their  children  f   21.  What  wu  nccdud  by 


was  aetiled  upon  the  English  throne,  mucli 
coiiiinrrcial  inirrcourmt  took  pUfe  batwren 
hla  Norman  and  Angliran  domaiiia.  Yet 
it  appeam  that  most  of  the  aea-porta  had 
goHe  into  decay. 

32.  The  next  principal  spur  to  com< 
iiH'rcn  arose  out  of  the  rrii*a«lcs,  or  Holy 
Wiir»,  aa  they  were  called,  which  In^gan 
thiiM :  From  the  time  that  the  Haroceni 
obiniiied  possesiiion  of  Palestine,  Jerusa 
lem,  and  all  the  placea  rendered  (kmoua  In 
Hcripiure  story,  were  almost  shut  up  iVom 
the  (Christians.  Much  of  the  religion  of 
that  |ieriod  consisted  in  a  superstitious 
veneration  for  holy  places  ;  and  when  this 
difficulty  came  in  the  way,  and  Moham- 
incdnna  ruled  In  that  part  of  the  eoumtiy, 
the  desire  of  going  a  pilgrimage  to  visit 
those  places,  and  to  kiss  the  relics  tliera, 
became  very  strong.  Much  honor  re- 
dounded to  such  as  hod  been  there  ;  their 
devoutness  was  taken  for  grunted  ;  and 
much  merit  attached  to  the  successful  pil- 
grims. 

33.  The  merchanta  of  Amalfl  had  ob- 
tained leave  from  the  Sultan  of  Egypt  to 
build  houses  for  their  countrymen,  and 
their  religion,  in  Jerusalem  itMnlf;  but 
still  Christians,  as  such,  were  so  despised 
and  hilled  by  the  Mussulmans,  that  it  was 
thought  no  crime,  but  rather  meritorious, 
to  insult,  rob,  ond  murder  them,  in  their 
journey  IVom  the  sea-ports  whore  they 
landed,  to  the  Holy  City.  An  Order  of 
Knights  had  been  instituted  on  purpose  for 
their  protection ;  yet  their  suflerings  were 
desperate,  notwithstanding  their  aid. 

34.  In  1095,  Peter  the  Hermit,  as  he 
was  called,  liuving  been  on  thia  pilgrimage, 
and  witnessed  their  sufferings,  obtained 
IcHvo  from  (he  Pope  to  preoch  up,  through 
Europe,  a  holy  war,  the  object  of  which 


William  to  bring  over  his  Norman  nrmy  .'  33. 
What  other  spur  to  commerce  wan  there  ?  33. 
V/hnt  of  the  hatred  of  the  Muuulinnni  towards 
the  Christians  i    34.  What  waa  done  bv  P«tet 


I  I'll  I  >irt'«mmiriH>Mi  *i  ^ 


mAtt» 


jL 


l»h  thron*,  mntih 
ok  |)lMi<n  iMtwron 
n  domaJna.  Y«t 
lifl  wa'fwrti  had 

■pur  to  Pom- 
niiMnlpB,  or  Holy 
!<li  wliiili  iMgan 
ml   tlia  Harocent 
aleaiitip,  Joruaa 
idered  fkinoua  in 
om  *hut  ii|»  iVoni 
'  «lie  rolifion  of 
a   aiiporaiiiioui 
I  and  when  ihia 
ij't  ^nd  Moham- 
of  tlitt  eouhiiijr, 
grunofTA  to  viitt 
the  rt'lira  there, 
'tucli    honor  re- 
oen  there  ;    their 
•r  grunitid  }    nnil 
■e  luccoasfdl  pi). 

Ainalfl  had  ob. 
ton  of  Egypt  to 
oiintryniin,  and 
lein  irHHlfj  but 
'ero  HO  deapined 
nana,  tliat  it  waa 
hor  moritoriouH, 

them,  in  tlivir 
rta  wliere  they 
An  Order  of 
I  on  purpoao  for 
■ufTeringa  were 
their  aid. 

Hermit,  aa  he 
thia  pilgrimage, 
ringa,  olitained 
ich  up,  through 
bject  of  which 

man  nrmy }  29. 
wa«  there?  U3. 
auhnani  toward* 
a  (lone  br  Pctai 


-m 


■itToat  or  coMnaaei. 


ISf 


was,  to  reaeue  theae  aacred  placpa  from  the 
handa  of  llie  infldela.  Kvery  aoldior  <>u|{ag- 
ing  In  Ihia  a«rvic*<,  had,  a*  an  ornnuiuni,  a 
rod  croaa  u|>on  the  ahoulder  of  hi*  gar* 
uiMHi.  Tlie  enliirpriae  waa  aaid  to  be  tkt 
taar/or  tkt  Croat  f  or.  In  a  ahurler  term,  a 
CroiaaJi,  or  CrwKtdi, 

3J.  The  Pope  aaw  hia  advantage  in  it ; 
la  it  tendi'd  to  oatabliah  hia  authority  i.'i  ilia 
Kaai,  wlixru  he  had  never  been  able  to  riilv. 
He  Ibuud  it  ala»  likely  to  All  hia  colfera, 
la  all  who  engaged  iu  the  cruaadu  wanted 
pardona  for  all  ilie  aina  they  had  enmniil* 
led  before  they  went,  indulgoncua  for  all 
they  might  feel  inclined  to  commit  iu  their 
aunguinary  undertaking,  and  paaaporta  to 
Heaven  for  every  one  who  ahould  fiill  in 
the  contvat.  All  theao  thinga  had  their 
price,  and  brought  him  in  vaat  wealth. 
The  darkneaa  of  thoau  agea,  which  had 
obacurud  the  true  nature  of  religion,  and 
introduced  auperatitioua  wurka  of  niprit  in 
ila  atend,  made  every  one,  rich  and  poor, 
want  to  go,  when  the  danger  waa  no  |{rval- 
er  than  iu  nny  other  war,  and  the  rich  re- 
ward waa  Heaven  itaelf.  Add  to  thia,  aa 
at  tliat  lime  there  waa  in  Euro|)e  but  little 
commerce,  and  no  monufacturea,  xxcupt 
in  a  few  placea,  to  employ  the  bulk  of  the 
population,  the  mn»a  of  the  people,  idle, 
and  in  want  of  employinunt,  waa  turbu- 
lent, and  ready  for  any  miachiuf. 

26.  Moat  of  the  princea  of  Europe, 
therefore,  were  glad,  by  thia  numna,  to 
aend  out  of  their  dominiona  multitudea  of 
reatleaa  apirita,  whom  they  with  ditlicully 
kept  witliin  bounda  at  home. 

27.  Theae  hinta  may  auffice  to  ahow 
how  ao  atronge  a  acheme  aa  carrying  all 
Europe  eaatwarda,  to  war  upon  the  Sara- 
cona,  could  over  obtain  hold  on  thu  public 
mind,  aa  it  did  for  nearly  two  centuries. 

28.  Thia  movement  att'ucted  commerce 


the  Hermit .'  What  waa  the  enlnrprite  called  > 
35.  Waa  it  ftvonibly  received  by  the  I'upe  >  'Mi. 
Why  were  the  prinoca  of  £uiope  plooaed  with 


in  many  waya.  It  brought  vaat  wealth 
to  ihe  few  cummi'ruial  rilica  «xi«ling,  who 
olniie  had  aliippiitg  aufflcieni  lo  irBiii«|Mtr* 
Bu«h  imm«>Hrie  arnii^a  lo  ao  great  a  dialaniTe, 
and  aupply  them  wtlh  autiaiatenca  when 
there.  Il  waa  exactly  the  land  of  Indian 
and  Asiatic  luxuriua  and  curioailiu*,  and 
they  came  back  laden  with  treaauru*,  for 
which  they  found  a  ready  market  among 
Ihe  wealthy,  all  over  Europe.  Huch  of  the 
Cruoadera  aa  returned,  had  aeen  a  atyle  of 
p  li'gant  acRommodation  among  the  Hurac^ena, 
and  thfj  ciiixena  of  t'onaianiinople,  audi  iin 
Europe  had  never  known  }  but  auith  aa,  for 
aplendour  and  convenience,  needed  only  to 
be  aeen  Iu  be  deal  red. 

29.  A  taaie  for  thinga  never  before  pua* 
avaaed,  waa  thua  generated ;  conimerca 
waa  employed  to  fetch  them,  with  the  cer- 
tainty of  a  ready  market ;  and  many  man- 
ufacturea  in  imitation,  wore  a«!t  up  in  dif- 
ferent citiea.  From  thia  |H>riotl,  therefore, 
commerce  took  a  apiritcd  atari,  and  aiineil 
ut  a  wider  range ;  more  nfcoaauriea  no 
longer  bounded  mcn'ti  wialica,  but  con- 
venieMcex,  elogiuicea,  and  novellina,  were 
every  where  aought  aAnr  ;  and  Ihia  deairo 
la  Ihe  moving  apring  of  commerce. 

30.  Another  important  change  in  favor 
of  commerce  wom  uccaaioned  by  llie  Cru  - 
aadea ;  hitherto  all  towna  were  under  aome 
lord,  whoao  lyranidcal  away  and  galling 
exiortiona  cruahed  the  energiea  of  the 
human  mind,  which  never  can  act  freely, 
except  when  it  can  onanro  to  itaelf  the 
l>eneiit  of  ila  exertiona.  Now,  at  thia  lime, 
the  eugerneaa  of  the  feudal  lorda  to  diatin- 
guiiili  themaelvea  waa  cramped  iu  moat 
caaea  by  tlmir  |Mverty. 

31.  They  therefore  aold  to  the  citizena 
of  their  towna  thia  right  of  domination 
and  a|Mdiation,  for  auma  of  immediate  iiaa 
to  flt  them   out  for  their  voyage.     Citiea 


the  enterprine .'    87.  What  do  theae  hinta  iihow  f 
is.    Did  thia  niovenicnt  afTcct  ouinnirrce  f    39 
Wiiat  were  ilK  conaequcncca .'    30.  What  othei 
K8 


"WA 


..Ut-ft,.,,. 


fpp^pl 


poffpiw^^mrimpiPpp^^ofWii^p 


I5« 


t*. 


I 


•  • 


•n<l  citlxem  Iwfiin,  ihArpOirf,  in  Hm  (Vom 
thtilr  alijeirl  riiniHiion.  Thn  wvalili  ilii<y 
now  could  prorurit  WM  llinlr  own,  aiiii  Im- 
came  not  only  ilie  UK.ana,  but  a  aiUnalua,  lo 
iraalar  aiartiona. 

S9.  Il  may  h«  ad«lMl,  thai  aom«  of  iha 
trral  coniinarcial  riilra,  |>iM,  anil  p<|mi- 
rUlly  Vantr**,  oliialiiixl  fVoin  llit*  ('ruaaitcra, 
durinf  lli«  lima  of  llinlr  aiirrrsa  In  I'altia- 
lln«*,  alrvola  In  aoma  rlilnii,  and  ovKn  whola 
town*  a«  ridoiiirv,  a»  rawnrda  for  lliti  aialal* 
•nr«  rcntlfrud  by  Uiolr  ahliiitlntr. 

S3.  I'Im  and  Uanna  ronlandttd  for  ina 
«ov«tri>igniy  uf  llin  aoaa,  and  lor  the  |iua- 
urmion  of  llio  iiland*!  by  Inirrnilnable 
war*.  Oonoa  oliiainad  by  forri',  or  |nir* 
rliaan,  niiicli  torrilory  fVoni  itio  noblea,  In 
the  coiuilriea  around  llieir  city. 

H    CHAP.  XLI. 

1.  In  IIRO,  during  the  long  reign  of 
Henry  II.,  of  CrtgUnil,  weaving  woa  car- 
ried on  l»  a  conaiderabi-  extent  in  Eng- 
land. The  F.ngliah  goldworkem,  and 
ruinale  enibroiderera,  ko|it  up  their  repu- 
tation all  over  Euro|ie. 

9.  The  nature  of  the  caravan  trade  In 
Aaln  may  be  aeen  by  the  account  of  one, 
taken  by  Richard  I.,  when  on  hia  cru- 
aade.  It  waa  coming  fVom  Babylon  to 
P  duatino ;  both  Haracun  counlriea.  Four 
'.houaand  aeven  hundred  camela,  and  an 
innumerable  liurd  of  inulea  and  aiiea, 
were  taken  ;  and  many  othera  cflccted 
their  eacopo ;  ao  that  it  waa  aaid,  never 
waa  ao  much  booty  captured  in  one  buttle. 
It  conaiatod  of  ailk  rubea,  cloaka,  purple 
dye,  and  many  penional  ornomcnta ;  with 
money,  and  gold  and  ailver  in  ingota,  and 
CMndle8ti('ki> ;  coat*  of  mail,  ornii*,  and 
woapona  of  all  aoata  {  richly  embroidered 


change  wu  efTrct^d  ^    31.  What  did  the  Teudal 
lorda  do .'    33.  How  were  Piftk  and  Venice  henv- 
flted  f  X\.  What  oitiea  contended  for  the  •ovo> 
reignty  of  the  tea  ? 
f.  What  branoh  of  manufiicturcit  flouri«hed  in 


cuahiona,  tania,  and  {Nivlllnna ;  with  piiraaa, 
mediclnaa,  wax,  auyar,  and  u|tiri'a. 

S.  Aa  the  discovery  of  the  |iularity  of 
the  loadalone  haa  given  new  winga  to 
comniarce,  liy  which  aha  la  enabled  lo 
fly  arroaa  wide  and  irackUaa  ocean*,  it  la 
right  in  notice,  that  about  the  year  1900,  It 
waa  (Irat  applied  to  navigation.  The  mode 
of  diaoovaring  land,   whan  out  of  aigh^ 


uaed  to  b«  by  birda  carried  on  l)<>iird  Ibr 
tbia  purpoae.  Crowa  were  ilicn  found 
very  uaefUI.  If  the  bird  returiutd  lo  lh« 
Hhip,  they  were  certain  no  land  waa  neart 
but  if  the  aailora  aaw  it  dart  off,  they  fol- 
lowed In  the  aame  direction,  and  were  aura 
of  land. 

4.  But  when  the  uoe  of  the  magnetle 
needle  waa  diacovered,  the  mode  of  uaiug 
it  waa,  to  let  the  needle  float  on  a  piece  ot 
atraw,  in  a  boain  of  water ;  they  then  aet 
up  ■  candle,  oo  that  thia  needle  ahould 
point  lowarda  It  |  and  eateeming  that  port 
the  north,  they  ateered  accordingly.  At 
the  preaent  day,  thia  needle,  kept  in  a  ho.v, 
ia  fttxtened  to  a  card,  which,  being  nicely 
balanced  on  a  point,  turna  with  great  eaae, 
by  the  mere  power  of  the  magnet  {  and 
ahowa  the  north,  and  all  the  other  pointa 
of  the  coinpaaa,  either  by  day  or  night. 

England  during  the  reign  of  Henry  U. .'  9.  What 
of  the  caravan  trndc  in  Asia  ^  3.  What  waa  the 
earliest  mode  of  discovering  land,  when  out  of 
sight  f  4.  What  was  the  mode  of  using  the  mago 
netiu  needle  ?    6.  Oy  whom  waa  it  invantoa ' 


n  mmmtmmmam^timmiam^ 


in I  lyiNliHia 


%— -t 


linm  t  wiib  purMc, 
■ml  u|>iri<«, 

of  iha  iMilnriljr  of 
'«•!»  nitw  wlrifi  10 
■hi)    U   rnildnil   to 

irkloM  orMIIM,  ||    |g 

II  Iha  yitHr  1300,  It 
Ifailon.  Thamodn 
oui   of  ligh^ 


on  lionrii  (br 

were    ihrn  I'ouiiil 

rd  returnud  to  ih« 

no  land  wm  neart 

dart  «rt;  th«7  fol- 

ion,  and  wero  aura 

of  tha  maynatlfl 
lie  mode  of  uaiuK 
float  on  a  piece  of 
er ;  tliuy  then  aet 
lia  needle  ihould 
leeminf  that  part 
accordingly.  At 
lie,  kept  in  a  box, 
lich,  being  nicely 
■  with  great  eaae, 
he  magnet;  and 

the  other  pointa 

day  or  night. 

lenryll.?  a.  What 

3.  What  waa  the 

land,  when  out  of 

t  of  uiing  the  ina*> 

waa  it  iKvanied* 


"mmimmmft 


i«PP 


5.  It  la  not  accuralaly  known,  hy  whom 
iha  rnmpaiM  waa  invuniad.     Tha  Kngllih 
Aral  atiaiNtndad  iha  rnin|>aM,  ao  aa  to  ena- 
ble ll  to  retain  alwaya  a  horiatontal  |Niaiiion, 
and  iha  Ditlch  gnva  niinira  i»  ihndivi'iunH 
of  Iha  card.     Tliu   earllaal  iiiiiwi)in«<'iaa  to 
(7hina  found  Itia  iitagnalie  iifu'dla    .n  ua<t 
Ml  ihni  country,    Hoiii*'  land  riMn|WMi>R  arn , 
of  Iha  aixn  of  a  wairli-aral,  and   jclually  | 
Aied    in  aurh    anaU  i    oiliara  are    of  iIdi  | 
■iza  and  luiurnal  foriti  of  >i  |M>t'k«l  watch. 
Koniatimei   a  aun-dial   ia  alHxad  lo  crin- 
paaa-*Mioa.     Tha  box,  of  whaiever  ninta- 
rial  it  ia  mailu,  inuil  have  no  panicle  of 
iron  in  ila  ounairuction. 

6.  In  VlO'i,  Ilia  Vtinnlianc  tran»pnrlad  a 
great  army,  rhiafly  French,  lo  liin  Holy 
Land.  They  all  aioppad  by  liie  way  lo 
aaaiat  the  Kmporor  of  Conaiantinoplo. 
Borne  diaagreamunta  about  iha  pay  nriaing, 
they  took  the  oily,  and  made  one  of  thair 
leadera  em|>ernr. 

7.  The  Venotiana  aeised  fur  iheinaalvea, 
u  their  reward,  the  whole  of  ilm  Pulopu* 
neaaua,  or  Moroa,  with  all  ila  iaianda,  rich* 
ea,  and  ailk  manufliciurios,  and  |><trl  of  the 
cily  of  Conatantin  ,|)ia  itaalf.  I'hey  pur- 
ebaaed  too,  IVom  one  of  the  Cruaadera,  the 
whola  laland  of  Grata,  or  Candia.  Bui 
thay  weakened  their  to  imarcial  power, 
by  apreading  it  over  ao  much  territory. 
They  obtained,  however,  entire  comnifind 
of  all  that  Eaatern  commerce,  of  which 
Conatantinople  ha«l  been  long  tha  centre 
and  atorehouae. 

8.  Candia  waa,  not  long  aAer,  in  1900, 
taken  by  the  Oenoeae:  it  waa,  indeed, 
•oon  recovered  by  the  Venetian'? ;  but  an 
inceaaant  war  between  their  rival  ropublica 
waa  tha  conaequance  \  ao  that  all  the  wealth 
thay  gained  in  commerce,  waa  loat  in  vain 
ambition.  Thia  war  of  merchanu  con- 
tinued fl>r  nearly  two  eenturiea. 


«.  What  did  the  Venatiana  do  in  1903 .'   7.  What 
dlil  thay  lake  aa  thair  rawarii  ?    8.  When,  and  by 
whoa  waa  Candia  taken?    9.  What  took  place 
14 


i9M«uei.  107 

0.  In  1910,  died  John  king  of  Rnglnml, 
wlioaa  w«r4  wi>*i  hi*  nolilia  liml  itiilucatl 
him  lu  court  iba  lownaand  cilli'*,  by  gr^iil* 
lug  lliaiM  inniiy  prlvtlfjti'*.  Tha  luwna 
rtouri»lu<d,  and  I  )••  ir<a  po|Hitoii«  and  r  rh 
by  iruiJK  I  Job  oliiaim-il  iioli|)i>ra  and 
w«<alili,  and  iIm'  |a'opli!  roati  lnt>>  lilwrty 
and  liMlr|Htndaiii'i>, 

lU.  Wii  liirvfi  litM'n  •iiifiitrt'd  hillu'rio, 
rblally  niuouji  tli"  HiiurloM  .  |MirlN  ii< 
Kuro|M<,  Ml  <'fiiiiirii-M  liorili'riiiK  U|H)ii  li 
.MrdltrrrnncNti  H«>n.  Wr  iniiy  now  t  >  I 
NorlbwMril.  nml  oliorvK  u  nrnui\  iniinra  tlM 
axiTiion  in  iIm'  liiuri  of  (li  oiy,  wlioaa 
riliav,  U|iiin  or  iicur  lhi<  mv  ,  cji  r'ldi'intad 
fi..  iiiuiiiiil  dt'foiiri',  uiidfr  iho  name  of 
Hniut  Toifni. 

II.  It  «<aniii,  lli'ii  cviMi  tba  noblaa  of 
tiormany,  having  no  ragiilnr  i"nployninnl, 
iM-rnma  bnndiili ;  robbing  nil  whom  ihay 
ware  ablu  lo  ovrrruina,  lo  ilia  graal  inti>ry 
of  the  marclinnta  trading  J'roin  place  lo 
place.  The  citixnna  »t  llninburgh  and 
Lubeck,  by  muiiial  agruanicnt,  eatahliabed 
a  guard  lu  protect  iheir  roiiiinndiliea  in 
paaaiiig  iVoiii  I'ithar  of  iliona  riliea  lo  the 
other,  in  1941.  The  convenience  of  thia 
joint  defence  waa  anon  inanifeat ;  ao  that 
it  wari  fido^-*'><l  by  other  ciiiea,  who  Joined 
in  the  aa*'""  .1*  t,of  which  commerce  waa 
the  only  bono 

19.  One  after  another,  the  maritime 
citiea,  no't  of  Germany  only,  but  of  all  the 
neigh  .iring  aeav,  entered  into  the  con- 
fedc  acy  ;  and  in  the  iaaue,  nearly  all  the 
C'jiiimercial  towna,  even  of  France,  Spain, 
and  tha  South  of  Kurope,  joined  thia  Gor- 
man league  for  mutual  defence. 

13.  The  confederate*  formed  Inwaamc^nf 
themaelvea,  and  exerciaod  a  juriadiciion 
over  all  who  belonged  to  it.  The/  had  a 
common  atock,  or  treaaury,  at  Lubeck; 
and  kept  warebouiea  in  many  principal 


in  1810  r  10.  What  wer»  the  Hanae  Tuwnar 
11.  What  of  the  noble*  of  Oermanv^  19.  What 
other  eitica  aolered  into  tha  couedaraov  f   U 


Mk 


^ma 


'ft-.-artT; 


ij,ijiwy!t.ii.iyii 


ii|Vpi||PIWMIJWIi«ljlliypiill 


IM 


■001  OP  coMiinci. 


citien,  na  London,  Brugcii,  Antwerp,  Berg 
in  N'/rway,  and  Novogorod  in  Rusaia. 

1 4.  This  common  feeling  and  common 
■tocic  made  them  very  powerful.  As  they 
were  rich  in  ahipping,  princes  hired  their 
nsaistance,  and  made  treaties  with  thern. 
The  same  pjwer  enabled  them  to  make 
war  with  such  princes  and  states  as  gave 
them  olTcnne.  They  raised  armies  ns  well 
as  fleets ;  took  possession  of  provinces, 
and  exercised  sovereignty ;  though  always 
with  a  strict  view  to  the  protection  of  their 
commerce.  The  kings  of  Denmark  were 
repeatedly  defeated  Ity  them.  In  1428, 
they  brought  against  the  Danes  two  hundred 
and  fli\y  shtfis,  carrying  twelve  thousand 
soldiers  ;  and  dictated  their  own  terms  of 
peace. 

15.  This  wealth  onalilcd  them  to  oblige 
crowned  heads  with  considera'tle  loans  of 
money ;  and  in  return,  they  obtained 
many  important  jNUvilcges  in  their  com- 
mercial transactionPiyith  the  states  of  those 
princes,  some  of  whom  even  declaiod 
themselves  protectors  of  the  Hanseatic 
confederation.  Their  deeds,  their  union, 
their  wisdom,  and  their  success,  were 
viewed  by  all  parties  with  great  admiration. 
Though  princes,  in  whose  realms  they 
had  establishments,  were  at  war  with  each 
Other,  yet  the  memliers  of  this  league 
continued  in  peace,  and  their  shi|)8  were 
unmolested.  Their  cities,  though  widely 
remote  and  under  different  governments, 
were  yet  held  in  strict  and  brotherly  union, 
on  the  simple  principle  of  commerce. 

16.  During  the  crusades,  the  Ilanse 
Towns  were  of  important  service,  both  as 
to  money,  and  shipping  to  transport  the 
numerous  armies  towards  the  Holy  Land. 

17.  That  the  power  they  had  obtained 
should  make  them  insolent,  is  only  the 
natural  effect  of  all  power,  when  it  rises 


What  did  the  confederates  do?  14.  What  of 
their  power?  15.  How  did  they  obtain  many 
important  privileges?     16.    Were  the   Hanse 


beyond  control.  Nor  should  it  be  wonder- 
ed at,  if  such  conduct,  in  process  of  time, 
awakened  the  jealousy  even  of  those  sove- 
reigns who  had  once,  for  their  own  conve- 
nience, fostered  the  confederation.  Great 
privileges  had  been  allownd  them  in  Eug« 
land,  by  Edward  L,  and  which  were  of 
service  for  awhile ;  but  as  they  produced 
almost  a  monopoly  of  the  English  trade, 
their  immunities  were  curtailed  undiir  Ed- 
word  VL 

18.  A  great  blow  was  also  struck  at 
them,  by  Sir  Francis  Drake,  in  the  time 
of  Elizabeth :  in  1589,  be  found  sixty  of 
their  ships  in  the  Tagus,  loaded  with  corn 
for  Spain,  which  was  projecting  the  grand 
armada  against  England ;  and  he  took  it 
all  away  as  contraband,  though  he  did  no 
damage  to  their  vessels.  They  complained 
of  this  to  the  Empire  as  an  outrage  ;  but 
the  queen  justified  the  conduct  of  her  ad- 
miral, though  the  German  states  resented 
it. 

19.  So  flourishing  were  they,  and,  in 
the  course  of  two  centuries,  so  formidable 
had  they  become,  that  a  powerAil  league 
against  them  began  to  be  negotiated.  In 
1518,  the  governments  of  several  states 
commanded  all  their  cities  to  withdraw 
from  the  connexion.  The  union  then  with- 
drew from  several  others,  and  confined  the 
association  to  the  limits  of  Germany  and 
its  immediate  vicinity.  This  made  them 
no  longer  the  objects  of  fear  or  of  envy  ; 
but  they  thus  became  weakened,  and  event- 
ually sunk,  about  1622.  The  league  has 
long  ceased  to  exist ;  and  the  towns,  once 
so  famous,  carry  on  their  trade,  each  sep- 
arately, independent  of  the  rest. 

20.  That  we  might  give  the  account  of 
the  Ilanse  Towns  in  one  view,  we  have 
brought  it  down  much  below  the  general 
course  of  our  history;  and  we  must  go 


Towns  of  wfvice  in  forwarding  the  eruwtika* 

17.  Were  privileges  allowed  them  in  Engted 

18.  WhatofBirnanoisDnkflr  10.  WhaleftiM 


.«i»'  j^iiSuiL., 


hould  it  be  womler- 
in  proceis  of  time, 
Bven  of  tho8e  sove> 
•r  their  own  coiive- 
ifeileration.  Great 
w«a  tliem  in  Eug- 
ind  wiiicli  were  of 
aa  they  produced 
the  English  trotle, 
urtaiied  undtr  Ed- 

'as  also  struck  at 
)rake,  in  the  time 
he  found  aixiy  of 
,  loaded  with  corn 
■ojccting  the  grand 
d;  and  he  took  it 
though  he  did  no 
They  complained 
iS  an  outrage  ;  but 
onduct  of  her  ad. 
an  states  resented 

ere  they,  and,  in 
ries,  so  formidable 
t  powerAil  league 
le  negotiated.     In 

of  several  states 
ities  to  withdraw 
le  union  then  with- 
I,  and  confined  the 
I  of  Germany  and 

This  made  them 

fear  or  of  envy ; 
ikvned,  and  event- 

The  league  has 
I  the  towns,  once 
r  trade,  each  sep- 
le  rest. 

m  the  account  of 
e  view,  we  have 
«low  the  general 
ind  we  must  go 

ling  the  crnsadis' 
them  in  EnvlaBd 
»r  10.  Wbatorte 


4.  ^* 


■.^ML. 


■ItTOUT   or   COMMBRCK. 


169 


back  a  little,  in  the  order  of  time,  to  watch 
the  progress  of  commerce  in  anotlier 
quarter. 

21.  Venice,  Genoa,  Pisa,  &c.  were  groat 
trading  cities  {  and  by  bringing  the  precious 
commodities  into  Europe,  obtained  vast 
wealth  by  the  sale  of  them.  Some  of  the 
Lombard  cities,  Florencu  eminently,  set 
np  manufactures,  and  laid  all  Europe  under 
contribution,  by  the  excellency  of  their 
fabrics. 

22.  We  find  them,  in  1251,  establishing 
houses  for  trade  in  various  parts  of  Italy, 
and  even  in  several  foreign  nations  of 
Europe.  Mony  of  the  merchonts  of  Flo- 
rence, who  had  amassed  great  wealth,  were 
opplied  to  by  needy  princes  and  nobles,  to 
whom  they  lent  their  money  at  considera- 
ble interest.  This  business  they  could 
transact  with  ease,  by  reason  of  their 
houses  and  establishments,  in  so  many 
countries. 

23.  They  introduceil  the  mode  of  re- 
mitting money  by  bills  of  exchange,  and 
got  nearly  the  whole  of  the  money  business 
into  their  hands.  They  became  thus  the 
bankent  of  Europe.  Milan,  Vienna,  and 
several  other  cities,  followed  their  exam- 
ple ;  and  as  these  were  all  cities  of  Lom- 
bardy,  the  name  of  Lombard  Merehantt 
became  attached  to  dealers  in  money. 
The  remains  of  this  8'-<s  in  Lombard- 
street,  in  London,  where,  to  this  day, 
many  bankers  carry  on  their  business. 

24.  Florence  having  purchased  the  port 
of  Leghorn,  we  find  them,  in  1425,  en- 
deovoring  to  obtain  a  share  of  that  Indian 
commerce,  by  which  Venice  had  become 
wealthy.  They  sent  ambassadors  to  the 
Sultan  of  Egypt,  who  received  tiiem  gra- 
ciously, and  gave  them  leave  to  form  set- 
tlements, build  warehouses,  a  church,  &c. 


league  formed  against  the  Hanie  Towns  ?  21. 
What  great  trading  cities  then  exiited  f  33.  What 
did  they  establish  in  135H  33.  What  mode  of 
rsmittiiig  mon^y  did  they  intioduoe  ?    34.  What 


and  to  have  a  consul  to  manage  their  con- 
cerns. 

25.  In  1464,  died  Cosmo  de  Medicis, 
of  Florence,  who  received  from  his  grale^ 
ful  citizens,  the  honoralde  title  of  Father 
Hf  hit  country.  He  was  the  first  magis- 
trate of  tlio  city,  and  had  sustained  tliat 
distinguished  character  for  tliirty-four  years. 
He  was  the  greatest  merchant  of  bis  time,  • 
having  commercial  houses  in  every  part 
of  Europe,  and  accommodating  all  who 
had  occasion  either  to  remit  or  to  borrow. 

26.  Yet,  with  a  mind  noble  and  lilieral, 
ho  spent  his  vast  wealth  in  conferring  ben- 
efits on  his  country  ;  by  great  works  of 
architecture,  fostering  the  arts,  rewarding 
learned  me'.i,  uud  buying  up  oil  the  trea- 
sures of  ancient  literature  which  could 
any  where  be  found.  Wh^n  Naples  and 
Venice  made  war  with  Florence,  he  de- 
prived them  of  the  means  of  continuing 
the  contest,  by  calling  in  the  vast  sums  of 
money  owing  to  him,  in  those  countries. 
It  was  by  money  borrowed  of  him,  tliat 
Edward  IV.  supported  his  wars  against 
the  house  of  Lancaster. 

27.  In  about  a  dozen  years,  we  find  Lo- 
renzo de  Medicis,  grandson  of  the  former, 
sustaining  similar  honors,  and  obtaining, 
by  the  application  of  his  vast  wealth,  thu 
title  of  Magnificent. 

28.  Perhaps  there  is  no  period  more 
splendid  in  the  history  of  Florence,  than 
about  1400,  under  Lorenzo's  administra- 
tion :  a  wise  system  of  peace  had  enabled 
the  citizens  to  give  all  their  energies  to 
trade ;  and  they  had  succeeded  according- 
ly. Through  Egypt,  they  procured  the 
most  precious  commodities  of  the  East,  to 
a  great  extent ;  these  found  areody  market 
in  every  country  of  Europe.  Their  fine 
linens  wore  fabricated  firom  the  flax  grown 


did  they  do  in  1425?  25.  When  did  Comno  d« 
Medicis  die?  36.  Whatof  hia  wealth  and  lib- 
eral.-y?  87.  His  grandson?  28  What  is  the 
most  splendid  periM  in  the  history  of  commerce  ? 


MUltaMM 


P"'*r 


^«y"if'w,if-.fAi" 


'fif'<,"  !'«"*. .  I"  '*  jiiiiiip!/''''»^»!"wa!!ify 


■'^SfT' 


160 


aOOB   or   OOMMIKOt. 


in  their  own  fields.  Silkworma  were  plen- 
tiAil,  and  well  inanagod  among  them ;  the 
produce  was  wrought  up  into  the  finest  sillc 
and  richest  velvets.  The  material  for  their 
woollen  manufactures  was  procured  part- 
ly from  Spain,  but  chiefly  from  English 
fleeces.  Although  the  English  paid  dearly, 
when  they  took  back  their  own  wools 
woven  into  cloths,  yet  the  trade  was  very 
lucrative  to  both  parties. 

29.  We  find  too,  in  1546,  King  Henry 
VIII.  agreed  with  some  Florentine  mer- 
chants, to  import  'ft-:  our  pleasure,  and 
our  dearest  wife  the  Queen,  goldsmiths' 
work,  tissue  of  gold  and  silver,  tinse?, 
velvet,  silk,  cloths,  and  tapestry,  fringes, 
and  lace ;'  upon  condition  that  he  was  to 
have  the  first  sight,  and  the  refusal. 

30.  At  one  time,  and  for  some  centuries 
indeed,  the  principal  manufactories  of 
Europe  were  in  Glanders.  The  indefati- 
gable industry  of  the  Flemings,  joined  with 
a  considerable  portion  of  shrewd  ingenui- 
ty, produced  to  them  wealth  in  an  eminent 
legree.  Their  chief  business  lay  in  the 
clothing  trade ;  and  their  principal  material 
was  the  English  wool. 

31.  If  we  go  back  so  far  as  the  year  960, 
we  shall  find  them  trading  to  great  advan- 
tage, chiefly  with  the  French,  who  were 
able,  by  the  fertility  of  their  soil,  to  carry 
goods  for  barter,  equally  desirable  with 
their  well-labored  cloths.  Money  was  too 
scarce  then,  (in  the  time  of  Alfred,)  to  be- 
come the  medinm  of  commerce.  Bald- 
win, Earl  of  Flanders,  saw  the  importance 
of  this  exchange  of  merchandise :  and, 
very  wisely,  established  weekly  fairs,  in 
four  of  his  principal  cities,  for  this  purpose. 
And  for  the  encouragement  of  trade,  he 
exempted  from  taxation  all  goods  brought 
thither  at  those  times. 

82.  We  have  reason  to  think,  that  long 


99.  What  do  we  find  in  1546?  30.  Where  wera 
the  principal  muiuftctoriei  of  Europe?  31. 
Bow  fiw  back  did  they  trade  with  the  French  f 


before  the  Normans  settled  in  England 
under  William,  the  English  wools  wero 
well  prized  in  Flanders,  and  bought  up,  to 
supply  the  manuActures  there.  In  1198, 
the  trade  must  have  been  considerable  to 
the  Flemings,  as  forty-five  sacks  of  wool, 
intended  for  them,  were  seized  at  the  port 
of  Hull  only.  It  was  esteemed  superior 
to  Spanish  wool,  at  that  time.  King  John 
gave  them  the  privilege  of  freely  trading 
here  for  wool ;  and  for  ogcs,  the  finest 
cloths  were  sent  from  Flanders,  all  over 
Europe. 

33.  In  12A3,  we  find  the  Flemings  fa- 
mous for  their  linens  also ;  none  so  perfect, 
nor  so  fine,  as  theirs.  The  beneficial  ef- 
fect of  these  manufiictures  wai  felt  by  all 
ranks.  The  Earl  of  Flanders  became  ex- 
ceedingly opulent,  as  did  also  many  of  the 
merchants. 

34.  This  prosperity  received  a  check 
from  that  curse  upon  all  success,  war.— A 
civil  war  arose,  in  which  thirty  thousand 
Flemings  fell  in  one  battle ;  and  half  n 
century  elapsed  before  the  peaceftil  arts 
could  recover  from  this  obstruction;  but 
the  native  industry  of  the  people  at  last 
triumphed,  and  well  repaid  them.  They 
still  greatly  depended  on  England  for  wool ; 
and,  in  1337,  Edward  III.  sent  off  six 
thousand  sacks  to  Brabant:  he  bought 
them  of  his  subjects,  at  6{.  per  sack,  and 
sold  them  at  20/.  each.  He  depended  on 
the  sale  of  wool,  for  money  to  support  his 
army  in  his  warn  with  France.  It  was 
under  his  patronage,  that  wool-staplers  and 
weavers  were  invited  to  come  over  and 
settle  in  England,  a  few  years  before,  in 
1331. 

35.  The  Netherlands  continued  eminen 
for  their  manufactures,  and  In  the  com- 
merce thence  resulting,  till,  in  1584,  the 
lieautiOil  city  of  Antwerp  was  besieged 


33.  Were  the  English  woola  prized  in  Flanden  t 

33.  For  what  were  the  Flendngs  ikmoni  in  1S53? 

34.  What  cheek  did  this  prosperity  leeeive? 


:M 


W«lu  iimvm:u«miimt».mtmi'jmi'il^^ 


"•WinHIP"^ 


''€W.' 


tied  In  England 
liah  woola  were 
nd  bought  up,  to 
there.  In  1198, 
coniiiderable  to 
e  sacks  of  wool, 
sized  at  the  port 
(teemed  superior 
inie.  King  John 
of  freely  trading 
ages,  the  finest 
'landers,  all  over 

he  Flemings  fa- 
;  none  so  perfect, 
he  beneficial  ef- 
!s  was  felt  by  all 
idors  became  ex- 
also  many  of  the 

pceived  a  check 
success,  war. — A 

thirty  thousand 
kttle  ;  and  half  a 
he  peaceAil  arts 
obstruction;  but 
10  people  at  last 
lid  them.  They 
Sngland  for  wool ; 
HI.  seat  oflTsIx 
int:  he  bought 
il.  per  sack,  and 
fie  depended  on 
!y  to  support  his 
France.  It  was 
wool-staplers  and 

come  over  and 
years  before,  in 

mtiniied  eminen 
ind  in  the  corn- 
ill,  in  1584,  th« 
■p  was  besieged 

•isedinflanden/ 
gsfkmouinlSSS? 
rasperity  iceetve? 


MU«<U|au*<«tA'lM>i^ 


ivprnpfippiiipiiipipmi^ 


•iMd 


HISTOIIT   or   COMMBRCI 


161 


and  taken  by  the  Duke  of  Parma,  the 
Spanish  Governor.  For  three  days  his 
soldiers  plundered  the  city,  firom  which 
they  carried  off  immense  wealth,  and  de- 
stroyed still  more  by  fire  :  throe  thousand 
of  the  inhabitants  fell  by  the  sword,  and 
as  many  more  were  burnt,  trodden  to  death, 
or  drowned. 

36.  The  ruin  of  this  city  destroyed  the 
prosperity  of  the  country  -,  ond  ail  its  noble 
manufactures  were  dispersed  among  other 
nations.  The  fisheries  were  removed  to 
Holland;  the  woollen  manufanture  was 
settled  mostly  at  L'yden  ;  the  linen  went 
to  Haerlem  and  Amsterdam.  One-third 
of  the  merchantv,  and  artisans  in  silks, 
damasks,  serges,  and  lighter  woollens,  stock- 
ings, ite.  settled  in  England.  Some  of 
the  refugees  went  to  Sweden,  and  taught 
the  natives  to  cast  cannon,  ond  work  in 
iron,  brass,  and  copper,  extracted  from 
their  own  mines ;  and  which  tiicy  had  be- 
fore sent  to  Prussia,  to  be  forged  and 
wrought  up. 

37.  Thus  the  cruel,  persecuting  spirit 
of  Popery  caused  the  ruin  of  those  once 
happy  and  flourishing  provinces. 

CHAP.  XLII. 

1.  Hitherto,  the  trade  to  India,  whoever 
possessed  it,  was  carried  on  through  Persia 
by  land,  or  by  sea,  through  Egypt,  subject 
to  the  dominations  and  extortions  of  the 
Saracens.  It  had  enriched  Amalfi,  Venice, 
Genoa,  Pisa,  Florence,  Barcelona,  all  cities 
on  the  Meditermnean,  and  bad  raised  a 
spirit  of  jealousy  in  other  powers,  because 
they  were  unable  to  procure  the  precious 
commodities  of  the  East,  otIierwiHe  than 
at  exorbitant  prices,  laid  upon  them  by 
these  monopolizers. 

2.  But  the  time  was  fast  approaching 


S5.  Did  the  Netherlsndi  eontinue  eminent  for 
their  manaftetnies  i    36.  Did  the  rain  of  this  city 
destroy  the  pmsperity  of  the  coantrj  ? 
I.  How  wrsvM  trtdeto  India  hitherto  euried 
11 


when  enterprise,  animated  by  some  scat- 
tered rays  of  science,  was  destined  to  dis- 
cover a  new  way  to  that  land  of  gold  and 
diamonds.  The  whole  trade  then  took  a 
different  channel,  and  poured  its  supera- 
bundant wealth  upon  other  nations. 

3.  In  1415,  John,  king  of  Portugal, 
took  Ceuta,  on  the  coast  of  Africa,  firom 
the  Moors ;  and  by  conversing  with  some 
of  the  Saruren  captives,  his  son.  Prince 
Henry,  began  to  cor>ceive  the  practicabili- 
ty of  soiling  round  Africa,  and  passing 
over  an  open  sea  the  whole  way  to  India. 

4.  He  was  a  prince  whose  mind  wne 
enlightened  and  cultivated  beyond  the  gen- 
eral attainments  of  the  ago  ;  and  when  he 
came  to  the  throne,  ho  spread  a  love  of 
science  through  his  small  kingdom,  where- 
by he  raised  it  to  coiiMiderablo  emmence 
and  power.  He  encouraged  learned  and 
ingenious  men,  in  ever^  branch  of  know- 
ledge. Hu  erected  an  observatory,  and 
endowed  Hchooln.  He  employed  the  most 
skilful  geographers  Uj  construct  ma|)s ;  and 
although  these  were  (extremely  incorrect, 
being  composed  chiefly  from  report,  they 
served  to  show  in  what  direction  the  un- 
known partfi  should  be  sought  for.  And 
be  liecame  vei'y  desirous  of  making  dis* 
coveries,  when  he  saw  so  plaudy  which 
way  such  endeavors  should  be  directed. 

5.  His  first  voyagers  crept  cautiously 
along  the  cojiet  of  Africa,  till  they  came 
to  Cape  Bojuilor,  in  lat.  27.  N.,  a  little 
more  southerly  than  the  Canary  Islands. 
Their  first  voyages  were  disgraced  by  hos- 
tile attacks  on  the  negroes,  and  the  kid- 
napping of  slaves.  Yet  the  advanuges 
they  obtained  served  to  sanction  subse- 
quent attempts  at  discovery,  which  other- 
wise had  appeared  wild  and  useless 
schemes.     In    1481,  a  castle  was  built 


on  ?    3.  Did  it  take  a  diflt^rent  channel  ?    3.  4 
WhatofJohn^ingofPortuml?  6.  Where  did  the 
first  voyaffengc?    6.  Whither  did  he  send  per  , 
sons'  What  of  Bartholomew  Diaz'  What  name 


if'jrti&j''''^  ''"^        '• 'i'   '"■'^■''1'   • 


Mdiihi 


|itiii.ijiMipiii^j»u^'.^,wi.H^^j.^,j>vi^^j>i,,  'I'  ^yii.i  [  i\ ,[itmvimmni[^[u.*i>ifmffm>iv  \'ii^'^;''^^;;*^''mm},mfi 


les 


■UOB    or   nOMMBICK. 


and  tlio  king  of  Portugal  auumed  the  title 
of  'Lord  of  Guinea.' 

6.  John  II.  sent  periona  overlaiul  to  In- 
dia, to  gain  iuformation,  hy  wlioin  he  was 
encouraged  to  hope,  tliut,  hy  perseverance, 
a  way  hy  sea  to  India  would  certainly  he 
discovered.  But  hefore  he  received  this 
information,  Bartholomew  Diaz  returhed 
firom  B  long  voyage,  of  ahovo  a  thousand 
miles,  lie  had  gone  to  the  southern  ex- 
tremity of  Africa ;  but  had  heen  beiiten 
back  by  the  storms  he  mot  with  there. 
John,  delighted  with  the  expectation  of 
soon  accomplishing  his  wishes,  called  the 
stormy  noint  the  'Capo  of  Good  Hope,' 
which  name  i!  bears  to  the  present  day. 
This  was  in  1487. 

7.  Ten  years  elapsed  before  any  further 
attempts  were  made.  Then,  in  1497,  Em- 
manuel, king  of  Portugal,  sent  out  Vasco 
de  Gama,  with  throe  ships,  to  prosecute 
the  long-desired  discovery.  He  succeeded 
in  passing  the  Cnpe,  and  steered  up  the 
eastern  side  of  Africa:  lie  was  surprised 
to  find  numerous  nations  much  more  civi- 
lized than  the  negroes  of  the  western  coast. 
At  Quiloa  and  Morabaza  he  found  large 
■hips,  charts,  instruments,  and  a  direct 
trade  to  India.  He  procured  an  Indian 
pilot,  and  sailed  straight  across  the  ocean, 
for  Calicut. 

8.  The  way  was  now  open  to  India,  and 
thereby  to  wealth  and  luxury.  All  the 
power  or  machinations  of  Venice  could 
not  stop  up  this  passage  {  nor  could  they, 
in  their  old  tedious  course,  compete  with 
this  direct,  eiisy,  and  expeditious  mode  of 
procuring  the  commodities  so  much  desir- 
ed by  all  the  European  nations. 

9.  In  1600,  Emmanuel,  encouraged  by 
De  Gama's  success,  sent  out  De  Cabrol, 
with  thirteen  ships,  and   twelve  hundred 


wts  given  to  the  itormy  point  ?  7.  How  many 
years  elapsed  before  any  farther  discoveries  were 
made  ?  what  was  then  done  ?  8.  Was  the  way 
now  open  to  India?   9.  In  1500,  what  was  done'!* 


men,  for  India.  Driven  far  to  the  west, 
ny  a  storm,  he  came  upon  the  South 
American  continent,  at  the  part  now  called 
Brazil ;  of  this  he  took  possession  ;  and  it 
has  heen  an  excellent  futid  of  wet..ih  to 
the  Portuguese  ever  since.  As  De  Cabral 
went  out  to  make  settlements,  ho  took  pos- 
session of  Sofala,  Mozambique,  Sic,  on  the 
eastern  coast  of  Africa.  Thence  he  sailed 
to  Cochin  and  Cnnanore,  on  the  Malabar 
coast  of  Hindoostan.  On  his  return,  he 
brought  to  Lisbon  treosures  of  immense 
value. 

10.  Portugal  now  became  the  centre  of 
commerce;  and  this  small  kingdom  was, 
by  a  succession  of  wise  princes,  raised  to 
great  eminence,  prosperity,  and  power. 

11.  Vasco  do  Gama  went  out  again,  in 
1001.  He  then  built  a  fort  at  Cochin, 
subdued  some  petty  kings  on  the  coast  of 
Africa,  and  sent  ships  against  the  Moors, 
about  the  mouth  of  the  Red  Sea.  These 
were  the  greatest  enemies  of  the  Portu- 
guese in  India;  being  stimulated  by  the 
Venetians,  who  hoped  to  crush  the  Portu- 
guese commerce  in  its  infancy. 

12.  This  commerce,  however,  flourished 
splendidly,  till  the  kingdom  was  seized,  in 
1580,  by  Philip  II.,  king  of  Spain.  Spain 
wos  not  enriched  by  this  conquest ;  because 
nothing  can  enrich  the  indolent.  But  Por- 
tugal sank  under  her  oppression;  till  she 
revived  again,  on  the  House  of  Bragonza 
obtaining  the  throne,  in  1640. 

13.  Thus  we  have  seen  the  Portuguese 
pressing  on  southwards,  till  they  doubled 
or  turned  round  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope ; 
and  then  they  found  a  ready  way  to  India. 
In  so  doing,  they  only  persevered  in  a 
track  which  was  strongly  supposed,  nay 
almost  known,  to  be  practicable.  But  we 
are  about  to  contemplate  exertions  made 


10.  Did  Portugal  increase  in  power?  11.  Did 
Vasco  de  Gama  make  another  vovufle  ?  li).  How 
long  did  this  commerce  flour wh  r  l3.  Did  For^ 
tugol  revive  again  >     14.   Vfhtt  of  Columbus ' 


..UiJWf'l 


1.  -  ;; 


Tar  to  the  weit, 
pon  the  8aiith 
port  now  called 
Mcaaion ;  and  it 
id  of  weiL.ih  to 

As  De  Caltral 
Its,  ho  took  pos- 
que,  6lc.,  on  tho 
*heiice  he  sailed 
nn  the  Malabar 

his  return,  he 
'es  of  immense 

le  the  centre  of 
I  kingdom  was, 
'inces,  raised  to 

and  power, 
nt  out  again,  in 
fort  at  Cochin, 
on  the  coast  of 
inst  the  Moors, 
cd  Sea.  Tlicse 
I  of  the  Portu- 
mulated  by  the 
crush  the  Portu- 
lucy. 

vever,  flourished 
n  was  seized,  in 
f  Spain.  Spain 
inquest;  because 
olent.  But  Por- 
ression;  till  nhe 
use  of  Braganza 
i40. 

the  Portuguese 
ill  they  doubled 
of  Good  Hope ; 
ly  way  to  India, 
persevered  iu  a 

supposed,  nay 
icahle.  But  we 
exertions  made 

power?  11.  Did 
royage  ?  lii.  How 
h.»  13.  Did  For- 
hat  of  ColuEibtts' 


ii]i)ii,  ti>i  I  III 


■iPPPi«Rilli^i 


mi  "P  JwwPii'  mm\ 


-4 


nirToiiT  or  voMMiact. 


»•% 


in  another  direction,  coiiccMing  which 
experience  said  nothing,  and  8<ijence  only 
ventured  to  guess  and  to  hope. 

14.  Christopher  Colon,  or,  a*  ho  is  usu- 
ally called,  I'olumbus,  conceived  the  strange 
project  of  searching  out  a  way  to  India  by 
sailing  directly  west ;  although  going,  ap- 
parently, quite  away  from  the  object  nou|{ht 
ut\er.  That  the  earth  was  a  Urge  plain, 
had  been  tho  ignorant  notion  of  many  phi- 
losophers ;  but  be  had  imbibed  vhe  opinion 
of  its  being  a  globe.  As  the  account  of 
India  represented  it  as  strot<*hing  to  an 
.inknown  extent  eastwards,  he  supposed 
that  its  eastern  extremity  might  be  sooner 
fouiid  by  sailing  directly  westward. 

lu.  His  project  was  treated  as  a  wild 
chimera ;  and  he  had  to  ehdure  rebuffs 
and  contumely  for  several  years  :  but  with 
the  perseverance  which  accompanies  a 
great  mind,  he  continued  his  applications 
to  diflerent  states  for  patronage,  till  at  luHt, 
Isabella,  queen  of  Castile,  and  consort  of 
Ferdinand,  king  of  Arrogon,  furnished  him 
with  three  small  vessels,  for  the  fitting  out 
of  which  she  was  obliged  to  pledge  her 
jewels.  With  astonishing  hardihood,  Co- 
lumbus sailed  through  those  unknown 
deeps,  and  at  last  received  the  reward  of 
genius  in  the  discovery,  not  indeed  of  In- 
dia, but  of  large  and  well-peopled  coun- 
tries. 

16.  In  subsequent  voyages,  he  discover- 
ed the  main  continent  of  America ;  future 
navigators  quickly  followed  his  cour!>e,  till 
the  double  continent  of  the  Western  hem- 
isphere was  completely  explored,  and  a 
new  world  was  opened  to  Europe.  Amcr- 
icus  Vespucius,  a  native  of  Floreuce,  sail- 
ed m  his  track,  and,  by  a  singular  injustice, 
succeeded  in  giving  his  name  to  the  newly- 
discovered  laud.      New  scenes  of  barba- 


15.  How  was  his  project  received  ?  Who  fur- 
nished him  with  vessels  >  l(i.  Did  other  navi- 
'gators  follow?  Who  succeeded  in  giving  his 
name  to  the  new  worU?    17.  Was  Spain  enrich- 


risni  and  of  civilisation  rose  In  view,  with 
new  oppnrtunitiiis  fur  commerce. 

17.  H()ain  found  gold  in  plenty  there, 
but  was  not  enriched  ;  for  the  wealth  so 
obtained,  made  her  (leople  idle ;  and  it  ii 
not  gold,  but  science  and  industry  which 
make  a  nation  wealthy.  It  was  in  1499, 
that  Columbus  discovered  this  Western 
world;  and,  still  imagining  that  India 
stretched  thus  far,  ne  gave  to  his  discove- 
ries the  numo  of  IVtit  Indie$,  which  atill 
adheres  to  those  fruittUI  islands. 

18.  The  whole  stream  of  commerce  wu 
now  diverted,  or  rather  split,  into  two  di- 
rections, east  and  west ;  and  the  old  chan- 
nels of  trade  became  almost  dried  up. 
Wo  will  now  glance  a  moment  to  the  pro-. 
gresH  of  commerce  in  Great  Britain. 

19.  The  trading  to  England  of  the 
PhoBniciuns  for  tin,  in  ages  far  remote,  ii 
well  authenticated.  It  is  known,  too,  that 
in  the  time  of  the  Romans,  there  was  con- 
tinual intercourse  with  Rome  and  its  de- 
pendent provinces  ;  yet  neither  of  these 
could  well  be  called  the  trade  of  Britain. 
When  the  Romans  led  the  island,  wan 
and  devastations  succeeded  for  ages  ;  and 
we  must  come  down  to  the  time  of  Al- 
fred, before  we  ran  discern  any  thing  liko 
trade. 

20.  lie  built  a  great  navy,  well  aware 
that  no  effectual  resistance  could  be  made 
against  the  Danes,  but  by  meeting  them  at 
sea,  and  not  suffering  them  to  land.  He 
built  also  ships  for  trade ;  and  as  he  bad 
jewels,  silk,  &c.  there  must  have  been 
some  commerce.  Indeed,  ho  is  said  to 
have  sent  the  Bishop  of  Sbirebouru  with 
relief  to  the  Christians  in  India,  and  en- 
deavored to  settle  some  regular  intercourse 
with  those  distant  parts. 

21.  Athelstaii,  in  938,  in  order  to  en« 

ed  by  the  gold  she  obtained  f  18.  Was  com- 
merce now  diverted  ?  19.  What  people  traded 
to  England  for  tin?  20.  What  did  Alfred  do? 
21.  Athelatan?    22.  What  of  the  dominion  of 


-mm 


— r  '\'nift<f0tt< 


fl^^^"^ 


iftm,* 


I    ;' 


164 


■OOS    or    COMMIRCI. 


Murage  ennimerc«,  conferreil  by  law  the 
high  rank  of  Thaue,  or  Lonl,  upon  any 
Biarchant  who  had  mado  three  voyages 
•Ter  the  ma  with  hia  own  veMel  and  cargo. 
That  there  wom  aome  commerce  in  jioraea, 
appears  by  hw  making  a  Inw  against  their 
exportation,  except  as  presentii. 

93.  The  dominion  or  tlie  Danes  in  En- 
gland had  one  good  effect,  ax  then  all  the 
Northern  nations  being  under  one  hond, 
trade  was  free,  and  there  were  no  piriites. 

23.  The  manufactures  of  thoNu  times 
were  but  few ;  yet  the  English  gotdnmithii 
were  famous  for  their  jewellery  work,  for- 
eigners coming  over  to  procure  them  ;  and 
the  females  were  celebrated  tor  their  rich 
and  exquisite  embroideries,  oven  so  early 
as  the  timeof  AltVed.  The  green  pastures 
of  England  had  always  supiwrted  innume- 
rable flucka  and  herds,  and  there  is  reason 
to  suppose  that  the  wool  was,  even  then, 
bought  up  by  the  Flemings,  as  wo  well 
know  it  waa  afterwards. 

24.  From  the  period  of  the  Normans 
•ettling  in  England,  the  whole  aspect  of 
the  times  and  manners,  as  well  as  of  the 
history  of  them,  is  changed.  The  con- 
queror's gleanings  from  the  oppressed  coun- 
try, after  all  his  wars,  amounted  to  sixty 
thousand  pounds  weight  of  silver  ;  besides 
gold,  gema,  and  brilliant  jewels.  Internal 
trade  must  have  been  insecure,  as  a  law 
was  made  forbidding  markets  to  be  held, 
except  in  cities,  and  borough  towns,  where 
they  could  be  protected.  The  importance 
of  such  places  appears  in  another  law, 
that  if  any  slave  escaped  from  his  lord, 
and  lived  one  year  in  a  city  or  borough 
town,  he  should  continue  fVce  for  ever: 
this  was  an  excellent  means  of  reftige 
against  oppression,  and  tended  to  raise  the 
towns,  and  increase  the  number  of  free- 
men. 

the  Danes  in  Enslsnd?  S3.  What  were  the 
mauufaoturcs  of  tnoae  times?  24.  When  was 
the  upeetef  things  ehaiigedi>   25.  In  1166,  what 


25.  In  1156,  when  Henry  II.  roignod, 
most  of  the  houses  in  London  were  thatch- 
ed ;  yet  bishops,  and  nobles,  and  some  of 
the  richer  citizens,  hail  houmts  of  stone. 
A  writer  of  tliat  dote  tells  us,  the  citixens 
were  eminent  for  the  clegonco  of  their 
dress  and  manners.  Ho  says,  no  city  in 
the  world  exported  merchandise  to  surh 
great  distances.  He  mentions  goods  of 
Egypt,  Bagdad,  and  India,  ua  imported ; 
but  whether  direct  IVom  those  plaeex,  or 
ftroin  Venice,  or  Genoa,  he  does  not  say. 

26.  A  market  was  held  every  Friday, 
in  Smithfield,  for  horses  and  cattle.  The 
King's  palace  at  Westminster  waa  two 
niilcN  from  the  city ;  and  all  the  space  be- 
tween was  occupied  with  housi^s  ond  gar- 
dens, belonging  to  the  citizens.  On  the 
north  were  open  fields,  ond  a  lake,  (now 
Moorfields,)  and  beyond  these  a  forest, 
wherein  the  citizens  diverted  themselves 
with  hunting. 

27.  The  commerce  at  this  time  was 
chiefly  in  the  hands  of  foreigners,  who 
brought  their  choice  commodities  to  a  good 
market.  Bristol,  Chester,  and  Norwich, 
were  famous  for  commerce  ;  ships  coming 
to  them  from  Ireland,  Aquitolne,  Norway, 
and  Germany. 

28.  The  long  reign  of  Henry  II.  seems 
to  have  been  favorable  to  English  industry 
and  commerce.  Ho  ordained  that  no  ship 
built  in  England  should  be  sold  to  foreign 
era.  The  produce  of  the  minea  of  copper, 
iron,  lead,  and  tin,  was  exported.  The 
English  had  no  mines  of  silver;  but  they 
obtained  that  metal  from  Germany,  in  ex- 
change for  fish,  wool,  cattle,  butter,  and 
cheese.  The  author  says,  too,  that  all  the 
nations  of  the  wrrld  were  kept  warm  by 
English  ivool,  mu'^*  into  clothing  by  the 
Flemings. 

29.  The  tumuku}us  reign  of  John  be- 


was  the  sUte  of  society  ?  9?  What  of  the  Smith- 
field  market?  W.  f^mhyr>  hands  principally 
wa  commerce  Mths  time/    r<8.  Waa  the  iciga 


-<=(*ii 


fete;  ifii  III)  ,j,iiiiiti>iiiiii[Bg.ii^,t-ji,^,;)Mito^  • 


"V* 


II.  roigncdi 

were  (hatcli< 

aiiti  Home  of 

iM!a  of  Htonff. 

the  citixuiis 

once   of  their 

y»,  no  city  in 

iiiliiie  to  Burh 

oni  gooila  of 

ua   imported ; 

)Be  iilari'K,  or 

oea  not  any. 

every  Friday, 

I  cattle.     The 

Iter   wna  two 

the  spiiro  be- 

iiaea  und   gnr- 

:ena.     On  the 

a  lake,  (now 

liesc   a  forest, 

ed  tkeniseivea 

ihia  time  was 
ireignera,  who 
litieH  to  a  good 
and  Norwii-ii, 
;  ahipa  coming 
toine,  Norway, 

enry  II.  aeenia 
ic^lish  industry 
id  that  no  ship 
old  to  foreign 
ines  of  copper, 
(ported.  The 
Iver;  but  they 
irmany,  in  ex- 
e,  butter,  and 
lo,  that  all  the 
iept  warm  by 
Dthing  by  the 

1  of  John  be- 

kat  of  the  Smith, 
inda  principally 
I.  Was  the  reign 


i'»fa!^'^gi#,>i^ 


■iBTomf  or  coMMiRce. 


came  ftvornhln  to  Engliah  liberty,  as  it 
obligud  the  Riirnns  to  force  Magna  Charts 
fl-om  him,  anil  as  his  disputes  with  ilivm 
obligtMl  him  in  his  turn  to  court  und  favor 
the  towns,  wherul»y  trade  received  consid- 
erable benefit.  Yet,  In  1330,  Henry  III. 
and  his  noblt-s  possensed  the  utmost  con' 
tempt  for  citizens  and  merchant!* ;  utnl  tlie 
King  oppresHiid  those  of  London,  by  griev- 
ouH  extortions. 

30.  At  the  coronation  of  Rdwnrd  I.  in 
1274,  u  gorgeous  display  was  mnde  nf  Hilks 
and  gold  stutfi.  These  came  from  abroad ; 
and  wo  may  see,  by  the  quantity,  there 
must  have  been  aome  considerable  com- 
merce of  exports,  by  which  to  obtain  them. 

81.  It  lielongfl  to  this  history  to  state, 
that  the  Jews,  who  followed  commerce 
wherever  it  went,  were  every  where  dread- 
fully oppressed,  robbed,  and  murdered. 
Borne  of  the  English  kings  have  been  in- 
famously etninent  in  these  unjust  proceed- 
ings. Such  oppression  had  its  usual  effect, 
in  making  the  objects  of  it  cunning,  servile, 
and  extortionate  in  their  own  defence,  and 
to  avenge  the  injuries  they  sustained.  Ed- 
ward I.  imprisoned  them  all  over  England : 
in  one  day  he  hanged  two  hundred  and 
eighty  in  London,  besides  great  numbera 
in  other  places,  and  confiscated  all  their 
wealth. 

32.  A  circumstance,  which  appears 
strange  to  ua,  was  very  iVequent  during 
these  unsettled  times.  Some  one  or  more 
cities,  of  on«>  nation,  would  be  at  war  with 
some  of  the  cities  of  another  nation  ;  al- 
though the  chiei^  or  kings,  were  mutually 
at  peace.  In  1817,  the  quarrels  between 
the  English  and  Flemings  became  so  fierce, 
that  all  commercial  intercourse  was  sus- 
pended. 

33.  The  Earl  of  Flanders,  and  the  King 

of  Henry  II.  Avorable  to  English  commeree  ? 
S9.  The  reign  of  John?  30.  What  display  was 
made  at  the  coronation  of  Edward  I  f  31.  were 
the  Jews  oppressed  in  England?    33.  What  of 


of  England  were  obliged  to  interftre,  and 
negotiate  a  peace  lietween  their  reapectivc 
subjects.  On  aceoimt  of  these  diaturlwn- 
ces,  merchants  never  knew,  when  they  aat 
out  upon  a  voyage,  whether  they  ahould 
be  tn<aled  aa  fViends,  or  have  their  proper- 
ty seized,  as  enemies,  and  be  themlielvea 
imprisoned,  when  they  reached  their  des- 
tined port. 

84.  It  was  in  1331,  under  the  invitatioa 
of  Edward  III.,  that  John  Kernpe,  a  weaver 
of  woollen  cloth,  waa  encouraged  to  conM 
over  to  England,  with  his  servanta,  appren. 
tices,  and  all  hia  goods.  Edward  had 
observed  the  wealth  accumulated  by  the 
manufacturers  of  Engliah  wool  in  Flan- 
ders ;  and  wishing  to  keep  that  money  la 
England,  he  endeavored  to  obtain  weavera, 
who  might  teach  the  English  this  impc>r< 
tant  art,  and  thua  prevent  so  much  treasure 
fVom  going  out  of  the  kingdom. 

85.  The  wisdom  of  his  policy  is  felt  •! 
the  present  day ;  the  woollen  manufactur* 
being  one  of  the  most  important  brancbM 
of  their  trade.  The  reign  of  Edward  was 
long ;  and,  in  spite  of  wara  and  diiBcultie% 
the  English  applied  themselves  to  com- 
merce with  great  perseverance  and  aucceaa. 

86.  TheproAiaion  of  young  Richard  II. 
brought  into  the  country  all  aorta  of  fine- 
ries, to  aupply  the  coatly  magnificence  of 
hia  tar,te.  But  hia  dethronement  by  Henrjr 
IV.  pccaaioned  inceaaant  wara  between  the 
houses  of  York  and  Lancaatsr ;  so  that 
the  kingdom  was  depopulated,  and  com- 
merce and  manufacturea  were  almoai 
ruined. 

87.  During  thia  reign,  however,  before 
those  wars  began,  tlie  commerce  of  Eng- 
land had  arisen  so  much,  as  to  rouse  the 
jealousy  of  the  Hanae  Confederacy  ;  and, 
according  to  the  fashion  of  those  timea, 


the  quarrels  between  the  English  and  Flemings? 
33.  What  were  the  ooniequences  of  these  distor* 
bancei?  34.  What  of  John  Kempe  ?  35.  Was 
the  policy  of  Edward  a  wise  one '    36.  What 


mmmt 


lyr'ywpi    iiminiiniiini!! 


1«6 


■OOK    or    COHHIRCI. 


ihSa  roiwntmeni  brokn  out  iniu  piricy  ;  the 
Oenueae  Govcrnnu'iil  «vi/iiig  rich   veaaela 
of  ihn  Kiiglinh  niul   upciily   H<>lliiig  their 
Mrgoim,  ill  hopoe   of  cruiiiing  the  iiier 
ehanta  entirely. 

88.  For  n  lon^  Maion,  the  coiiimerce 
of  EiiglantI  wa«  in  the  huiuU  of  foreign- 
•re,  who  brought  their  coniinoUitiiiii,  and 
took  hack  hvru.  But  wo  lind  the  Engliah 
beginning  to  irnde  on  their  own  Bccount, 
u  early  at  the  time  of  Henry  VI.  to  Por- 
tugal,  and,  under  Henry  VII.,  into  the 
Levant.  It  waa  in  the  lutt«r  rvign,  that 
Colunibua  made  hii  diacovury  of  America. 

80.  During  hii  long  negotiation  with 
Spain,  for  the  iiieaiia  of  carrying  hit  pro- 
jeot  into  effect,  and  when  ho  deapaired  of 
aueeeaa,  be  aent  hia  brother  Bartholomew 
to  England,  to  make  an  offer  of  hia  aer- 
Ticea  to  Henry  VII.  On  iiiii  way,  he  waa 
taken  by  pirates,  robbed,  and  iinpriioned 
for  years :  ao  thot,  before  he  could  make 
his  propoaala  here,  hia  brother  had  auc- 
eeeded  with  Spain. 

40.  Henry,  vexed  at  having  lost  the 
golden  opportunity,  cuniiiiiHHioned  Hehas- 
tian  Cabot,  a  native  of  Bristol,  to  make  a 
Toyage  of  discovery  ;  he  reached  the  con- 
tinent, now  called  North  Anierico,  and 
traced  ite  whole  line  of  cua»t  from  Labra- 
dor to  Florida,  and  oven  uniled  to  Cuba. 
On  hia  return,  Henry  was  at  war  with 
Scotland,  and  had  neither  time  nor  money 
to  make  a  right  use  of  such  an  opportunity. 

4L  During  his  reign,  and  by  his  policy, 
however,  commerce  reaped  great  advan- 
tages from  the  leave  he  gave  to  the  land- 
holders to  sell  their  estates ;  and  iVom  the 
restraint  he  put  upon  the  nobility,  against 
attaching  to  themselves  great  numbers  of 
retainers.  Both  laws  enfeebled  the  nobles ; 
and,  by   making  the  commons  of  much 


were  the  oonnequences  of  the  profusion  of  Rich- 
ard II.  ?  37.  Wm  the  proapenty  of  England  as- 
suled  >  38.  When  did  the  Enirliah  bcffin  to  trade 
their  own  account  i*    39.  Wtiat  of  Bartholo- 1 


«u 


greater  impurtanea  thon  rliey  liefore  po« 
aesoed,  raised  the  reputation  of  trade. 

CHAP.  XLIIL 

1.  lu  the  time  of  Henry  VIII.,  the  re- 
formation iVoin  popery  took  place  (  which 
waa  of  great  service  to  commerce,  aa  it 
stopped  that  absorption  of  activity,  wliich 
occurred  by  every  monkish  insliluiion, 
which  shut  up  great  numbers  of  men  in 
idleness ;  and  that  loas  of  money,  which 
had  Iteon  drained  every  year,  by  the  Pope 
and  clericol  men,  out  of  every  nation,  where 
the  influence  of  Rome  had  penetrated. 

9.  lu  the  reign  of  Edward  VI.,  a  north- 
ern voyager  diacovered  Archangel,  and 
negotiated  a  trade  with  Russia.  We  fliid 
also,  during  his  reign,  and  long  aAer,  the 
famous  Sir  Thomas  Gresham,  one  of  the 
greatest  merchants  at  that  time  in  Europe. 

3.  Queen  Elizabeth  gave  continual  en< 
couragement  to  commerce  {  and  her  atten- 
tion  to  her  navy  gave  animation  to  all 
maritime  concerns.  The  spirit  of  bravery 
and  of  enterprise  prevailing  at  this  time, 
exalted  the  national  cliar-t  'tur. 

4.  It  was  in  her  time,  too,  that  the  cruel 
persecutions  of  the  protestuiits  in  the  Ne- 
therlands, under  the  Duke  of  Alva,  took 
place.  The  expectation  of  his  arrival  in 
that  country  occasioned  so  much  terror, 
that  one  hundred  thousand  persons  emi- 
grated with  oil  their  property  ;  and  manu- 
factures, which  had  for  ages  been  the  source 
of  imniciiso  wealth  to  the  Flemings,  were 
disperHed  on  every  hand. 

6.  England  had  its  Aill  shore,  os  Eliza- 
beth gave  the  poor  reAigees  shelter  and 
encouragement,  whenever  they  came  over. 
Canterbury,  Norwich,  Colchester,  and  many 
othtr  places,  became  woll  Airnished  with 
weavers  of  woollens,  linens,  and  silks  ;  as 


mew  Columbus?   40.  Sebastian  Cabot .>   41.  Did 
commeio  ~  flourish  durina  the  reign  of  Henry  f 

1 .  What  event  took  phce  in  the  reign  of  Henry 
VIII.  .>   3.0f£dwardVl.?    3.  Did  Queen  EUa- 


ly  beforn  po* 

1  of  Inula. 


|V1II.,  the  re. 
place  ;  which 
liiiriierce,  oa  it 
icllvily,  which 
ih    inaiiiui'ion, 
)ra  of  nion  in 
money,  which 
,  by  the  Pope 
nation,  where 
>ei;ietraletl. 
I  VI.,  m  north- 
rchangel,  and 
■ia.     We  flud 
long  aAer,  the 
in,  one  of  the 
ine  in  Europe, 
continual  «n< 
ond  her  atten> 
inflation   to  ail 
lirit  of  bravery 
R  at  thia  time, 
ir. 

I  that  the  cruel 
ita  in  the  Ne- 
of  Alva,  took 
hia  arrival  in 
much  terror, 
pcraona  emi< 
r ;  and  manu- 
Ben  the  aource 
ieininga,  were 

we,  aa  Eliza- 
I  ahelier  and 
9y  came  over. 
Iter,  and  many 
irniahed  with 
and  ailka ;  aa 

abot?  41.  Did 
n  of  Hpnry  ? 
wign  of  Henry 
id  Queen  £lii< 


*^ 


!!*-»* 


t^ 


MiaTOKT  or  eoMMmei. 


*f 


a!a«i  with  dycra,  drcaaoro,  nnd  thrnwmeni, 
who««)  ingenuity  enriched  the  country,  and 
continiieaao  to  do,  even  at  Ibii  prcm'nl  day. 

6.  IJndrr  Kll/.nholh  were  foriiifd  levcral 
trading  compniiifM  ;  wlin,  by  a  coniiolido* 
linn  of  inleri'Mta  tind  pruprrly,  wi>re  able  to 
muke  greatiir  v«'nturi!i),  nnd  MUNlain  grrntcr 
loMNCN,  without  ruin,  ihon  niiy  individual 
iiD'rchant  waa  capable  of.  The  fVi'ipicut 
piroriua,  which  could  not  be  rt<pre»aod, 
made  auch  aaaocintionn  ncceaaary ;  and 
they  may  be  regarded  ua  tiiu  iiuraf>rica  of 
all  the  great  commercial  tranaaciiona. 

7.  Compnniea,  with  excluaive  privilegea, 
•re  now  looked  upon  with  a  jealoua  eye, 
and  ate  con»idured  aa  injurioua.  Thnt 
(Vee  trade  which  triea  ita  own  roaourcea, 
flnda  ita  own  channel,  and  puahea  ita  exer- 
tion* wherever  it  ia  found  to  be  moat  pro* 
fltable,  ia  beginning  now  to  bo  regarded  aa 
the  wiaeat  policy  in  all  eaaea ;  but  in  the 
infancy  of  commerce,  thia  mode  waa  not 
aa  fu. 

8.  A  company  trading  to  Ruaaia  had  all 
Eiizabeth'a  influence;  it  atruggled  with 
many  difllcultiea,  liut,  in  aome  ahap<<,  con- 
tinuea  atlll.  Another  company  aaaoriatcd 
for  trading  to  Turkey  and  the  Levant. 
Thia  commerce  became  very  conaidernble ; 
and  atill  ia  the  aource  of  much  wealth, 
both  by  ita  exporta  and  importa. 

0.  Even  the  Eaat-lndia  Company,  now 
ao  vaat  in  ita  poaaeaaiona,  ao  atroiigin  ita 
domination,  and  ao  important  in  ita  com- 
merce, had  ita  beginninga,  though  feeble, 
in  her  reign. 

10.  It  waa  under  her  patronage,  also, 
f'>nt  aettlementa  were  firat  made  in  North 
America.  Sir  Walter  Raleigh  obtained  a 
charter  for  planting  what  he  called  Virgin- 
ia, in  1084.  Sebastian  Cabot  had  diacov- 
ered  the  whole  coaat  in  1496,  but  no  at- 


abeth  encourage  commerce?  4.  What  peraecu- 
tion  took  place  in  her  time .'  fi.  Did  many  of  the 
refligeei  come  to  En{;land  f  6.  What  coiiipaniea 
were  formed  under  Elizabeth  ?    7.  How  am  com- 


I  lempt  had  yet  been  made  to  aend  a  colony 
thither,  or  to  ealablinh  a  trade. 

II.  In  the  reign  of  Eli/.alieth,  the  apirll 
of  enterpriae  waa  puahing  in  every  direc- 
linn,  and  thia  way  wna  fair  and  open,  ea- 
pecially  oa  aettlera  went  on  tho  princi- 
ple of  purrhuaing  the  ground  of  the  former 
inhabilanta.  Several  expediliona  Ailed; 
Jamea  Town  waa  built,  and  tho  colony 
began  to  aelile  ;  but  it  pi'riahed,  or  relum- 
ed ;  and  it  waa  not  till  about  1610,  in  tha 
i-t'ign  of  Juiiiea  I.  that,  under  Lord  Oela- 
wnro,  something  like  atability  waa  effiscted. 
In  1609,  Henry  liudaon  diacovored  Long 
laland,  with  tho  continent  adjacent ;  and  in 
1614,  the  Dutch  effected  a  aettlement  there. 

13.  In  1617,  Mr.  Robinson  and  hiacon- 
grogalion,  who  fled  from  paraecution  in 
their  native  country,  landed,  and  aotabliah- 
cd  themaelvea  in  what  waa  than  a  dreary 
wildcrneaa,  and  thua  began  the  aettlement 
which  ultimately  became  the  New  England 
Statea. 

18.  It  waa  not  till  1689,  that  William 
Penn  obtained  the  grant  of  Pennaylvania, 


which  he  alao  purchaoed  of  the  Indiana. 
There  he  founded  an  aaylum  Air  hia  per- 
secuted brethren,  the  Quakera  ;  built  the 
city  of  Philadelphia,  and  eatabliahed  the 
whole  aa  a  wiae  legialator. 


pani*«  with  excluiive  privilegci  now  looked 
upoR  H.  What  of  a  CDmpnny  tradinff  to  Riu. 
aia .'  To  Turkey  and  tlie  t^vant  >  !).  The  Eaat- 
India  Company  ?    10.  What  of  the  aettlementa  in 


fmrnfl' 


^jr 


'lyyui     m»  -m^Uf"<'mf|f'^tmfmt•w|l^|f^n 


US 


14.  Thi*ifl  Miltlninriilii  wnnn  iMiflamt  new 
ehaiinvU  Air  cnriirnnrcr,  iinw  uulUti  Ibr 
ihn  nmiiiiriiciiir««  ol'  KiikInihI  ;  whlU  SpAin, 
by  lirr  conqufiii  In  ih«  Went  IntUaii  M««- 
ico,  IVrii,  4tc.,  10  (lie  Hoiiih,  obuinod  th« 
gold  will  lh<^  ■llv'.tr,  which  witrfl  of  no  iiso 
till  they  wera  ii|M<iii  in  ihn  piirchaM*  «»r 
inanuhrtiiraa.  Mhu  wan  loo  iiiiloliMit  lo 
lab«ir  whrti  Ihim  «<nrii'hoil,  oiiil  Ihit  more 
iniliiNtriniiii  nalioiiH  heraiiu*  thfi  uhiiimii> 
gaiii<*n,  a*  ihe  gnvi)  thfiii  li<^r  irolil  in  t'\- 
chnngfl  Air  artirJM  of  ntrt'iisity,  of  iim<,  or 
of  aplonilor.  Thn  northrrn  pitrt*  whirli 
tmamiMHid  no  procioiia  nii'lnln  jitll  into  tho 
nandaof  iho  KnKli«h  ;  hui  ihi'y  hml  u  r«irtiln 
aoll,  tsobie  river*,  denne  Iracia  of  wood, 
and  hroad  aaTanuaa ;  all  wldrh  afliirih'd 
■  wide  acopo  for  indiiatry,  that  iruual  of 
riohea,  not  dabaaing,  but  onnohliny,  thuNi^ 
who  are  maat  laborloiia. 

10.  Aa  about  th«i  tiine  of  Gllzabtith,  lli«* 
Dutch  provinoea  roao  into  a  eoniinvrcini 
Romnionwcalih,and  became  rich  and  pow- 
erAil,  VI  may  aa  well  turn  aaidu  awltilc, 
to  cunteinplatfl  an  intorenting  aerie*  of 
eventa. 

10.  We  will  go  liarit  a  little  in  point  of 
time,  and  trace  the  riiie  of  tliia  Keptiblic. 
Wa  naad  not  aaoend  farther  than  tho  year 
1300,  when  a  email  viilntte  woa  built  on  a 
nianhy  piece  of  ground,  near  a  dam  on 
Ae  river  Aniatal,  which  obtained  the  name 
of  AnuMJam,  »Bd  waa  linawn  afterward*, 
aa  a  moat  important  and  flouriahing  port 
of  eommerae,  under  the  prcaent  deaii^na- 
tion  of  Amtterdam.  The  Eari  of  Holland 
ikvorcd  the  Inhabitants,  and  endeavored 
to  promote  the  trade  of  hie  province. 

17.  Coasted  by  the  sea,  the  |ieople  nnt> 
nraliy  addicted  thrtnselves  to  fiMtiiiifr ;  and 
we  find  them,  in  1317,  Kitpplying  the  liOn- 
don  nioricrt  with  fish.     In  1407,  the  FIc- 


Ameriua  ?  1 1 .  By  whom  wm  Long  iRland  dit- 
eoven>d.'  When  did  tlie  Dutch  M>ttlt>  there  P 
Iti.  What  happened  in  1C17.>  IM.  Whin  did 
Penn  obtain  ine  grant  of  Pennsylvauia  ?    14. 


minga  endeavored  lo  confine  ihe  weaving 
of  clulh  to  ilie  ciliim.  The  inhnliliiuiiH  of 
Ihe  op<  I  «illnKi>N  ihcn'fore,  reniovi'd  anil 
took  ri'lUgr,  Horite  in  Cngland,  liui  many 
mure  in  IIhIIiihiI,  which  waa  much  n«<ari<r| 
Ihie,  moreover,  laid  the  f*Mindnlioii  for  ih« 
NuliM'ipioiii  priiNpcriiy  of  the  Dtiich  prn* 
vincc*. 

In.  The  lic'-.inK  fishery  has  nlwnyshcen 
n  favoi-ile  ciiiiilKiy  incnt  with  the  liuich.      In 

I  it  Uiey  tirMt  l»>'ir"ii  lo  use  largi*  vcsiieli>,  mW- 
eil  bu»»e»,  in  14  lU;  and  in    1A47,  we  Hnd 

j  tlinii   tilling  oMi  slii|M  of  war,  for  its  pro- 
tection.    This  wua  in  Ihe  time  of  Edtvurd 

VI.  of  ^:n^■l^lld. 

1;).  In  1.579,  lh«  people  .f  Holland, 
with  six  neighboring  provinces,  l»«ing  har- 
assed grievously  liy  the  H|»anish  govern- 
tiient,  and  es|>ecially  by  ihe  religious  (ler- 
srculions  of  the  ftiriuus  Dulte  of  Alva, 
dererinlned,  undpr  tho  guidaneo  of  ihu 
I'rince  of  Orange,  to  throw  off  the  Alle- 
giance to  their  tyrannical  masters,  and  lu 
associate  for  (heir  mutual  defence.  Thus 
arose  the  powerful  atale,  denominated  the 
Sfi'tn  United  Pfovincet,  A  grand  principle 
with  them  was  lo  maintain  liberty  of  con* 
Mcienee,  as  well  aa  all  their  civil  rights. 
They  began  this  league  under  the  heavy 
pressure  of  a  cruel  war,  during  which 
they  were  many  timea  reduced  luihe  brink 
of  ruin  ;  yd,  by  perseverance,  they  con- 
quered ;  and  by  addreaaing  themaelvea  In- 
dustriously to  commerce,  they  not  only 
supported  their  expenses,  but  became  r^'h 
atui  powcrAd  beyond  example. 

20.  During  thirty  years,  their  war  in 
Spain  continued ;  and  aa  ihey  fought  ob- 
stinately on  the  ocean,  ihey  brought  the 
Hpanish  Monarch  into  considerable  difll- 
culties  ;  almost  ruining  his  trade  with  the 
East  Indies,  and  capturing  his  rich  galleons, 


Whit  did  these  lottlenienU  soon  bcooinr  16. 
What  of  the  rise  uf  the  Dutch  provinces  f  17.  To 
whatdidtiie  people  addict  theniselvei?  IH.  What 
of  the  herring  fishery .'    19.  What  did  the  people 


««W*" 


■''rtf!; 


^'p"t.' 


■II 


IGI. 


M<  ihn  weaving 
iiihaliiiiiriiN  ol* 
riMiiiivcil  anil 
•ikI,  Iiui  inauy 
miirh  ti<<arcr| 
iliitioit  lor  I  III! 
•)  niitnli   pro. 

tan  nlwnyN  hccn 
llio  Utiicli.  la 
Kf  vi-nimli.,  r/.H. 
14-17,  wi>  Hiid 
ar,  Cor  iii  |>ro. 
nit)  of  Efhvunl 

l<i    .  r  HoIIuikI, 

imiiiKli  govfrn> 
ri'ligioiia  |N>r' 
Diikfl   oC  Alvn, 
liilaiMMi   of   ilio 
w  off  ihfl   ntlc- 
'HMteni,  niiii  to 
Icfeiice.     Thuii 
moniinalad  ihe 
irninil  principle 
liberty  of  con. 
ir  civil  rifflita. 
ider  the  heavy 
durinf  which 
:od  to  the  brink 
ice,  they  con- 
themielvea  In- 
they   not  only 
It  became  TM'h 

their  war  m 
ey  fought  ob- 
Y  brought  the 
nderabin  difH. 
ra(ii>  with  Ihe 
i  ricl)  gaJleoni, 

n  become  -  10. 
•vincM  f  17.  To 
Ivei.'  18.  What 
U  did  th«  people 


which  were  bringing  hia  gohlan  ireaiurea 
fi'om  the  Weal.  A  iruco  wa»  ne(;otial«d 
in  1600. 

91.  It  waa  in  1584,  aa  haa  b4><'n  alaied, 
that  the  beauiinil  city  of  Antwerp  waa 
taken  and  pillaged  by  iba  tyranni«ing 
Hpaniania,  under  the  Uuke  of  Harina. 
Thia  iiiipolilic  vengeniirn  ruined  the  rom- 
merce  of  the  Nelherlanda,  and  raiaed  dial 
of  neighlMtring  cuuniriea,  eapecially  of 
Holland.  To  llaerlein,  and  to  Ainalerdarn, 
the  iiihabitanta  fled,  the  linen  weavcm  ea> 
pecially,  in  vaai  numlHira;  wber<-liy  ihry 
inereaio  <!  the  iuduatry,  wealth,  and  puwiir 
oi'  that  trading  re|Mibllc. 

93.  In  ia05,  the  Hollandura  began  to 
•end  Mhi|M  round  the  Cape  of  Qo.>d  Ilop«<, 
to  India  i  where,  aa  the  I'oriiiguc-w  were 
growing  feeble,  ihe  Dutch  found  it  tnny 
to  di»|N)iio»H  ilieiu.  The  year  aAor,  wxi 
tind  them  taking  Amboyna,  and  entirely 
tubduing  both  the  Bpaniah  and  Portugueae 
aettlenienta,  in  the  Moluccaa,  ot  Hpice 
IiilnnilN.  They  aloo  formed  aottlemi'nia  nt 
llalaora,  on  the  Tigria ;  on  the  cocnta  of 
India,  Cochin,  ttc,  and  on  the  iaianda, 
even  to  #«pui ;  making  Batavia,  in  the 
iaiand  of  Java,  their  grand  emporium, 
and  the  aeat  of  their  Aaiatie  Oovem* 
inent. 

28.  The  proaperity  of  the  United  Pro. 
vincea  grew  with  great  rapidity  ;  following 
every  commercial  nation  into  every  aea, 
and  to  every  city,  where  tra<le  could  be 
carried  on.  Portugal  waa  auhjtBot  to  Spoin 
till  1640.  The  continual  ware  of  the  Dutch 
with  Spain  gave  them  opportunitiea  of  at* 
tacking  their  eaatern  poaaeaaiona ;  the  decay 
of  Spain,  from  the  expulaion  of  the  Moora, 
and  the  exportation  of  heruativeato  Aine. 
rica,  rendered  the  conteat  unequal.  The 
Dutch  obtained  firm  footing  in  India,  and 


uf  Holland  do  in  1&7»  ?  90.  How  long  did  their 
war  in  Spain  continue  ?  81 .  Wlirn  and  by  whom 
waa  Antwerp  taken  f  39.  When  did  the  Holltn- 
dera  begin  to  aend  iliipa  round  the  Cape  of  Good 
IS 


ai  the  peace  i\  1647,  all  they  hod  ihna 
gaineil  waa  ccnfirined  to  ihem. 

24.  Their  trade  aeenia  to  have  beeq  at 
iia  keigkl  about  the  year  IA60.  Other 
nationa  have,  by  atrenuoua  exertiona,  ob. 
lained  eonaiderable  aharea  with  them,  aine* 
that  period  t  yet  the  Dutffh  have  uaually 
had  a  very  great  ronimeri^e,  which  enabled 
them  to  ruaiai  ihe  enrrnaehrnenia  of  FraDce, 
under  Louia  XIV. ;  although  they  were  at 
one  time  oo  near  ruin,  aa  to  contemplate 
the  removal  of  the  whole  nation  to  Hata. 
via.  In  deapair,  they  cut  their  dykea,  and 
drowned  Iheir  country,  to  drive  the  enemy 
away  |  and,  by  great  excrtiona,  Itoth  by 
aea  and  land,  they  maintained  their  inde* 
pendenee. 

25.  In  our  own  daya,  we  aee,  that,  In 
conaequenre  of  the  French  revolution, 
and  the  wnra  arising  out  of  it,  oeveral  of 
the  prlnei|ml  foreign  ataliona  of  the  Dutch 
have  Allien  into  the  handa  of  tho  Engliah  | 
and  their  diaaenaicma  at  home  have  para- 
lyxe<l  their  exertiona  ;  aoaa  to  reduce  their 
tlomeatic  induatry  and  their  foreign  rom. 
merce  In  a  nnicb  amaller  conipaaa  ilian  it 
hail  half  a  century  ago.  Antwerp  haa  been 
occupied  by  foreign  troopa,  ami  the  Dutch 
king  haa  been  forced  to  aubinit  to  the  Uni* 
ted  forcea  of  France  and  Knglond. 

26.  We  ha\e  given  a  detail  of  tho  com. 
merce  of  F.iiglniid  till  t^r:  time  of  Kiiza 
beih  ;  when  activity  on  ihe  wide  aeiia  bo- 
canie  fiiHliionabln  f^r'ail  ranka. 

27.  We  have  hinietl  ki  the  beginning 
of  the  Eaat'India  Company;  Elizalielh 
gnve  it  the  firat  charter,  in  1600.  The 
Company  did  not  form  a  common  atock, 
but  each  merchant  traded  aeparately.  The 
conaequenoe  waa,  that  they  conducted  their 
aflaira  but  feei>ly,anil  made  no  oettlementa, 
till,  in    1620,  tliey   built  a  fort  ot  Madroa. 

Hope  r  83.  Did  the  prouerity  of  the  United 
Province!  increaw  !  84.  When  waa  their  trade 
at  its  height .'  What  did  they  once  do  to  drive 
away  the  enemy  .'    85.  What  have  we  teen  ia 


■»«■, 


'mi 


Hm— w>'  ^wwp^wyipmuppii 


*a' 


170 


In  III99,  wt  flnti  Uirm  tlrivwn  Ooiti  Am> 
Imyim,  In  ■  rinirilrroiia  iiinniifr,  liy  lliw 
Dulrli,  who  wrrn  (Irifrtnliinl  lu  |inv«  ih« 
whola  of  ihit  *|il(*a  Irniln  lo  ihainMlvri, 

9N.  Ill  ihv'  Wval  liiilina,  luyitr  li  lh« 
•liiplt'  rniniiiixliiy.  Ilillirrto,  KiikImiuI  ami 
Kiiropu  liail  Ikii'ii  Mti|i|»lii>il  tVniii  llrnxil,  liy 
tli«  l'i)riii|[iii>iiii  I  liui  iiiiw,  lUrhailiM-a,  lUm 
flrit  of  ilti>  llrliiih  aiiiiar  ruioiilua,  b«|an  lo 
Mini  Miiia  lo  F.iiRlaiiil.  • 

99.  Tha  Knil-lii)ila  Cnmpany  waa  (ll«< 
■olveil  ill  I6AA  I  liiit  llie  injury  to  rotn- 
nmrcn  wai  ao  ffrral,  ihal  ii  waa  r«i'i<«ialt- 
lialiPil  two  yi'sra  at\«rwnrila.  In  1 05 A, 
untlor  llin  Kovrriiintint  aroiiv<<rCroinwrll, 
tha  iaiand  of  Jamaica  waa  taknn  (Voni  tim 
8|iaiiiar«la|  anil  aa  Croniwitll  wantad  to 
liavo  liiipaniola  and  Culm,  ii«  tri>ati*d  llii* 
ronqueat  with  acorn  |  y«t  it  liaa  provitd  of 
iminrnie  advaiitaga  to  Kngland.  Hpaiii 
waa  flict  diTaying  in  power,  which  it  had 
uaed  liauKhlily  )  and,  hy  that  iiieana,  had 
forced  oilier  nationa  to  make  (treat  exer- 
tiona,  in  order  to  coiitrat  with  lior.  lioi- 
land  had  ria«>n  with  B«loiii«liing  rapiilily ; 
and  hrr  people  had  become  the  rominon 
carrier*  of  Euro|i«. 

80.  England  had  olao  entered  with  great 
■pirit  into  commerce ;  and  the  NaviKniinn 
Act,  innde  during  the  comnionwnallli,  had 
great  infliii'iiro  in  forring  up  h«>r  rfaoiircpa ; 
aa  it  fcirlinde  the  bringing  any  forpigncnni- 
inodiliea  hither  in  any  but  Engliali  veaarla, 
unleaa  iliey  were  the  produce  of  the  |N!ople 
who  brouglii  thoni.  Thia  act  half  ruined 
the  trade  of  the  Dutch,  aa  they  could  no 
longer  be  carrierti  for  England. 

81.  In  1685,  England,  Holland,  and  all 
'  the   Proteatant  atatea  of  Europe,  received 

a  great  arceaaion  of  inhabitanta,  wealth, 
manufacturing  akill,  and  commercial  cncr- 

our  own  day  t  97.  What  of  iho  Ktit  India  Coin- 
nany?  What  happened  to  tht'in  in  Ittin?  9i. 
whence  did  England  b«-gin  to  obtain  her  luirar .' 
99.  When  wan  tlie  Eait-India  Cumpiny  dimiuTvcd 
and  re-eitabliihed .'    30.  When  and  under  whose 


gy,  hy  lh«  folly  ami  bigniry  of  l.nula  XIV., 
who  rr«ok<-d  ihn  edict  of  Nanlr*,  by  tvhicli 
(he  I'riiicnianla  of  I'ranci*  hati  hi'hl  tha 
privih'gea  of  ihnir  religl«>n  and  worihip. 
In  a  cruKl  mannrr  waa  hi*  will  mcruied  : 
he  ai'iit  dragonna  Inio  all  the  l*r<ili<«lanl 
town*  and  vlllag<-M|  and  ihey  cominlited 
«>very  aiirt  of  ouiragn  and  Imull  upon  lh« 
unoirfudingand  nioai  honorable  iniTchaniN, 
artlaana,  and  nianiiflieturera  of  hi*  kinydxm. 
It  la  aaid,  that  nearly  a  million  of  hia  li«*i 
aubjeru,  mi-n,  women,  and  children,  with 
immenae  rlchea,  were  thna  htai  lo  France, 
without  any  gain  or  compi'iiMilon,  except 
ihe  grntlrtcalion  of  a  iuperilllioua  and  de- 
praved (.rieathood. 

89.  The  Engliah  Rait-lndia  Comjiany 
were  at  ihia  |teriod  forming  ai'tflemiMita, 
and  increaaing  iheir  trade.  In  1 089,  we 
And  iheni  aeiiled  on  the  river  llooghly, 
and  founding  Calcutta,  now  iho  principal 
of  their  three  prealdenclea  In  Ifliidnnaiaii  ; 
the  othera  art,  Madraa,  on  the  cnatern  coaal, 
and  lioinhay,  on  the  wcatern. 

83.  By  the  acceaaion  to  the  Ilriliah 
ihrono  of  the  Royal  Family  of  llruiiNwick, 
the  Mtability  of  ilie  govcrninent  becoming 
every  year  more  apparent,  commerce  in- 
creaaed  with  great  rapidity.  Many  placea, 
which  had  been  but  villagea,  apraiig  u|t, 
and  became  rich,  and  imporiiiitt  nii  well 
fur  aixe  aa  for  mercanliln  dealiitg*.  I.iver< 
pool,  Mancheater,  &c.  are  luataiicea  of  thia 
proaperity. 

84.  Commerce,  during  the  loat  century, 
haa  apread  no  widely,  and  ramiflud  iiaejf 
into  ao  many  branchea,  that  to  traco  them 
minutely,  or  even  to  name  them  all,  would 
overload  the  memory,  and  defeat  the  piir- 
poae  of  thif  aketch.  It  may  be  worth 
while,  however,  to  auy  aomothing  concern 


government  waa  the  iiland  of  Jamaica  taken  fVnm 
the  Hpaniardi?  31.  What  nfthn  Proteitnnt  per- 
■ecution  in  France  >  '.H.  The  Enslith  East-In- 
dia Conipuny  at  thii  period  ?  33.  The  acceiiion 
of  the  family  of  Brunawiek  to  the  throne  i    34 


"*— "     •     i '   ■  1 1 


k 


■4i^i 


.^^ 


■iiTokr  or  coMWiaei. 


171 


Iry  of  l.oiili  XIV, 

'  Nll»l»r«,  |,y  M,|,)e|, 

l«>«i  MMil   Mriirihi|t. 
|iU  will  mitriiiril  •. 
ill  Ihn   IViiixaiitnt 
lliry   I'otiMiitttPil 
i   >ii*iill  ii|ioit  Iha 
uraldn  iiifriltiiniN, 
raorhlMklnfilom. 
lillion  of  hia  U»( 
imI  I'hililrrii,  with 
!•  loii  10  Francs, 
(NtiiMiiion,  nxrepi 
Bniiiloiia  and  «lt. 

l*ln<lia  Contjmny 
•ling  Mcrrlfrnt'iiia, 
l«*.  Ill  1(189,  w« 
i»  rlvir  UongMy, 
ow  till)  priiiripat 
a  ill  IliiulnriMiiiii  • 
)  lliti  <tiuitt*rn  coaai, 
inrn. 

•  10  the  llriiiah 
ly  of  liriiiiNwIck, 
iimKiii  iH'coiiiiiig 
III  coinm<<rcfl  in. 
y.  Many  plnffa, 
lHg«'H,  KprMiiK  up, 
iiportntit  fiN  well 
li-aliiijf^.  Livnr. 
iniiaiicca  of  idia 

ihe  Inat  reniiiry, 
I  rarnlfltnl  iia«Jr 
»t  (o  tract)  thrin 
them  all,  would 
defeat  the  piir. 
may  bo  worth 
ethinjj  concern 

smaicB  Uken  fVnm 
h«  Prni4>iiiint  per- 
i^nnlivh  Kaat-ln- 
13.  Tho  accrMion 
the  tliroiw?    34 


inff  iha  F.n«l-liitli«iraiii<  i  hocauMi  Ik  itroa. 
|(«>rlty  ha*  ti«>rn  Mrrai,  ai  d  iia  iinporianrn 
lo  lliM  iiailoii  i*  priiiiiliient. 

3H.  The  Kiiullah  tiitl  iradrd  with  con- 
•lilrraltin  ilici'i-m*,  'ttilwilliaUllillliK  iniirli 
oppoaiiion  (Voin  lha  Dutch  and  ihn  i'ortu- 
IfucKC.  Tlicy  fitriiind  aawlili'iiinnl  ni  Hiirat, 
which  lnii|tiii«hcd  till  an  uiiiiapi<iied  cir- 
ciiiiiiiiaiicK  liriHiglil  them  Into  Ikvor.  An 
F.niiliah  pliyalclaii  had  rsaiorcd  ■  duughlvr 
of  the  (ireat  Monul  lo  health  \  and,  aa  a 
reward,  he  received  parniiaaion  liir  a  A'ee 
trade.  A  aimilar  kind  of  aiineeaa  «« iih  the 
Nalioh  of  Hcngal,  enlarged  Ihia  privilege 
in  thai  quarter.  The  abhinga  ami  tlowinga 
of  ihia  alreain  of  commerce  were  greatly 
influenced  hy  alriiggloa  at  huinn,  between 
two  rival  coinpaniea  i  which  were  at  laal 
united  into  one,  in  170H  \  and  ihia  union 
continuea  to  the  preaenl  day. 

86.  Hut  a  principal  occaainn  nf  thia 
great  ncccaaiuii  uf  territory  ami  power, 
oppcnra  in  n  contcniinn  for  Ihe  Mogul 
thrniii'.  .\  aecond  aon  aucceedcd  to  the 
royalty,  and  the  French  took  part  with 
him  i  whle  the  Fnglioli  e«|Kiiiiied  the  iniiMc 
of  the  elder  aon,  na  riglilful  heir.  In  the 
wara  which  took  place  durin^t  ihia  quarrel, 
wa  find  Mr.  Clive,  afterwarda  Lord  Clive, 
gaining  great  renown.  Ity  aecrecy  nnd 
expedition,  ha  idiiained  |NjiiricMi>lon  uf  the 
enemy'*  clly,  before  hia  coming  woa  known ; 
and,  Moun  after,  he  defeatod  him  and  hia 
French  alliea,  in  an  o|ien  battle,  in  1753. 

87.  In  17fl6,  the  Nabob  of  Bengal  took 
Calcutta,  and  brutally  confined  a  hundred 
ond  furty^aix  priaonera  in  ao  amall  a  dun- 
geon, that  only  twenty-two  were  found 
nllve  in  the  morning,  tho  oihera  being  auf- 
focated.  Clive  repeatedly  defeated  him, 
with  only  a  handful  of  troopa,  eapecially 
at   Ploiaey,   in    17A7.     The   conaequcnce 


waa,  ihe  rrdiiciion  nf  a  cnnaidrrriiilc  |iart 
of  the  province  of  lli'tivnl,  ami  nii  ai'^'ca- 
•Ion  of  repulalion  and  liidui'iice  lo  the 
Coni|Niiiy,  all  ovi'i-  llnHliMniiiM. 

3M.  A  new  eiM'iMV  aoon  nr>»i',  who  en 
deavured  lo  eallipale  lio>  t'onipitMy  |  ihla 
waa  llyder  Ally,  aMil«icd  by  Frrmli  tilTI. 
cer*.  In  I7H0,  hi>  Irll  uiit><pi'cicdly  on 
their  poaaeaalona,  with  an  nriny  one  hun- 
dred thouaaml  atrong,  nml  uniiD'd  aeveral 
advanlagea  |  but  he  wtuiliffnicd  next  year, 
by  Hir  F>yre  Cooie.  Tppoo  Haib,  the  ion 
nf  llyder  Ally,  alrriiKllieiicd  blimielf,  nnd 
endeavored  to  carry  on  the  conical  |  but 
Lord  (yornwallia  penetrated  into  ihe  heart 
of  hia  domlnionn,  inveaied  anil  took  hia 
capital,  Nerlngipaiam,  and  TipiMu  hlinaelf 
waa  alaln  in  iia  defence. 

80.  Tlie  Compnuy  have  not  only  great 
mercantile  irananciinna,  but  ihcy  niao  pna- 
aeaa  actual  territory  aa  (urge  na  hnlf  F.nropi>. 
Tlteli*  Iratle  alao  la  |rreal  with  the  Hplce 
Ulnndai  and  with  ('hinn  eapccinlly,  for 
tea,  which  la  become  a  m-oaanry  of  life 
for  nimoat  every  individiinl  in  Knglund;  aa 
well  na  the  Tnited  Htiitca. 

40.  I  come  now  to  a  mention  of  the 
progreaa  of  commerce  in  our  own  country. 
Scarcely  were  we  freed  from  our  allegi- 
ance lo  (3rent  Dritain,  than  our  commerclnl 
enlerpriae  and  rcaourcea  lieuitn  to  devclope 
thcmaclvea.  Our  ahipa  began  lo  pcnclrntu 
lo  the  moat  diatont  aena,  and  to  bring  homa 
with  ihein  tlie  produce  of  every  clime.  It 
Moon  bcranie  a  common  thing  fur  an  Ameri- 
can nh-rchnnlmnn  to  moke  a  voyage  round 
the  world,  atnrting  from  aoine  port  in  the 
United  Htntea,  going  round  Cnpo  Horn  to 
the  nnrth-wrat  conat  of  America,  Inking  in 
fura,  aailing  to  China,  and  going  thence 
with  ten,  &c.  to  the  porta  of  Europe. 

41.  Vurioua  cnuaea  have  conirilmted  to 


What  of  eommerre  during  the  Init  century?!  of  nenrnl  do  in  I7<*ii)>  Waahe  defcntcdby  Clive  i* 
!V>.  How  WM  the  trade  of  the  Kngliih  naaiated?  Whnt  wiu  llie  cniinequrnrc'  VVhnt  of  llvder 
:Mf.  What  of  the  cnntcnlinn  for  the  Mngur  Allv  ?  TIppnoHnih'  Waahcalnin'  :<ll.  What 
throne'    LordClivu?    U7.  What  did  the  Nabob  i'ii  tlie  ittte  of  tlie  Company?    40.  What  of  com 


IT  ■!     !.■      ..liHliT 


p  -,>•- 


'K'Jrv-'.  a. 


J 


•>i' 


179 


■OOk    OP    COMMtHCI. 


direct  the  attention  of  d  largo  portion  of 
our  population  to  coinmercini  pursuits. 
With  n  sna-coost  two  thousand  miles  in 
extent,  and  indented  with  many  fine  har- 
bors, it  wos  natural  that  many  of  the  in- 
habitants should  betake  then^r.:c-lves  to  the 
sea  for  a  subsistence.  Excellent  timber 
for  ship-building  being  likewise  abundant, 
seemed  to  hold  out  another  temptation  to 
a  great  portion  of  the  people. 

42.  Near  the  shores  of  the  northern 
states,  and  on  the  adjacent  banks  of  New- 
foundland,  are  fishing  stations,  unsurpassed 
by  any  In  the  world.  Fishing  is  conse- 
quently  a  lucrative  employment,  in  propor- 
tion to  the  caitital  invested,  and  constitutes 
the  occupation  of  many  of  the  inhabitants 
of  tliose  states.     The  fishermen   having 

merre  in  ou  own  country?  41.  What  cauiei 
have  contributed  to  direct  the  attention  of  our 
population  to  commercial  pursuits?    42.  What 


become  accustohied  to  n  seafaring  life,  and 
acquired  the  requisite  skill  and  knowledge, 
soon  pass  into  larger  vessels,  destined  for 
more  distant  and  perilous  voyages. 

43.  The  state  of  the  world,  for  several 
years  subsequent  to  the  commencement  of 
the  French  revolution,  offered  great  en- 
couragement to  the  commercial  enterprise 
of  the  country.  While  almost  every  other 
power  was  engaged  in  war,  the  United 
States  were  neutral ;  their  vessels  navigat- 
ed the  ocean  in  safety,  and  were  employed 
to  carry,  from  port  to  port,  the  commodi- 
ties of  those  nations  which  were  at  wor. 
Our  commercial  prosperity  is  now  estab- 
lished  on  an  enduring  baiiis.  The  blow 
that  destroys  it,  can  b^  given  alone  by  out 
own  hands. 


of  our  fishing  staUons?  43.  Our  commercial  pros 
penty  ?  "^ 


=-'=^'-^=^— "■ '^ -,-.-.n;"";;;;.-..j--jL-^.-=a=iate-j=r--^!i».-^v.< — ,-.^.> — ^ _^- ■    .     .-£.■ 


n  ■enfnring  life,  and 
will  and  kriowlodgp, 
's»ae]t,  deatined  for 
'US  voyages. 
B  world,  for  several 
commencement  of 
offered  great  en- 
nmercial  enterprise 
almost  evtsry  other 
n  war,  the   United 
cir  vessels  navigat- 
ind  were  employed 
Jort,  the  commodi- 
'hich  were  at  war. 
srity  is  now  estnb. 
basis.     The  blow 
given  alone  by  out 


■^ 


Our  commercial  pros 


178 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


AtiNiRAtTV,  lourtK  nr,  oracled  in  Eii|;lan(l,  1337,in- 
corporaUid  I76H. 

AA-itui,  Olio  u(  llw  grpitt  land  Kcctlonn  of  the  eiirtli, 
the  niioiciil  Lvl>iu,  rifcoivml  iu  iiiudcrii  iiiiiiit-  tVoiii 
tliHt  urumimll  province  on  ilif  iiurlhcrii  coimt,  of 
which  ('iii'tlui||o  wii«  tlio  ciipitiil.  Ari-ii  ulNiut  <.'luv- 
en  iiiiljiuiia  of  mpiHrn  iiiilua  i  uiid  in  proportion  to 
extent  and  gunvriiphic  poniliuii,  lliu  l(Mii4t  huhitahle 
piirt  of  tlio  curtTi. 

Air  Uiiilooni,  invented  hy  nuainiir,  n  Jn^iiiit,  in  1720, 
nnd  revived  in  Krnncc-,  hy  Monlgolllur,  17H2,  nnil 
limt  Mint  up  nt  Fariji,  Aiigivt  27lh ;  hitroihicnd  into 
UiisUnd  hy  Mr.  Luiiardi,whu  iiKCCiidcl  I'roni  Mour- 
fieldi,  8eptemliur  13th,  1784.    Mr.  Ilhiiichard  und 
Mr.  Jefl'eriei  witnt  from  Dover  to  C'uliiia  in  nlxiut 
two  linura,  January  7lh,  I7H5.    Sinrc  thti  Aral  na- 1 
reniiion  in  Krancu,liariiL'rin,  Ulanclianl,  and  others, ' 
liave  iiiado  fiiiiiiliur  the  plieiiouieiia  u(  tiiia  once  as-  ^ 
toniahin^  IMTfnriimncn, 

Air  Onna,  invented  1646. 

Air  I'unipa,  inventc<l  by  Otto  Gnirirk,  in  1654. 

Allrany,  city  of  the  United  !*tHtpa,  and  aval  of  govern- 
ment of  ft.  \urk ;  founded  bv  the  Dutch  iilwiit  1612. 

Alexandria,  city  of  llie  United  Stutca,  in  the  Diiitrict 
uf  Coluiiibinj   taken  by  tlie  Britlah  on  the  30tli  of 
AugiiHt,  and  evacuated  by  them  on  tlie  6th  of  Sep-  j 
tenilmr,  1814.  | 

Algebra,  or  tlie  ArithnMti>;  of  Symola,  invented,  it  ii  | 
HUppoard,  in  India,  wai  iiitrwlticcd   into  Europe 
alMUt  A.  D.  laOO,  by  tlie  Sarucena  of  Spain.    Had 

f gained  exteiiaivo  uao  in  tSOO.  i 

laiice,  Holy,  a  treaty  called  tl  c  Holy  League,  form- ' 
ed  at  Paria,  September  26th,  1815,  between  Alex-  ; 
under,  emperor  of  Ruuia,  Francia  I.  emperor  of; 
Auatria,  und  Frederick  Williuni  III.  king  of  Prua*  | 
aia,  ai  the  contracting  partief  avowed,  "  for  the  i 
protection  of  religion,  |ieaoe,  nnd  jualice,  fcc."  In  : 
1917,  the  king!  of  Denmark,  Sweden  and  Norway, ! 
the  Nelberlniula,  uod  the  Swiat  Caiitona,  acceded  | 
to  thii  compact.  \ 

Alum,  6nit  diacovered  at  Rocha  in  Syria,  A.  D.  1300; ; 
in  Tuicany,  1460;  lirat  made  to  pt-rfcRtion  in  Eng- 
land, 1608,  diacovered  in  Ireland,  October  22d, 
1757;  in  Angleaia,  1790. 

America,  or  a*  called  relatively  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean, 
and  to  the  weatern  coaata  of  Africa  and  Europe, 
"  Weilern  Continent,"  wai  luppoaed  to  have  been 
first  diacovered  from  Europe,  by  the  Norinana  wIm 
reached  aome  of  tlie  ahorea  of  Labrador  or  New- 1 
foundland,  about  A.  D.  1000.  Thoie  early  diacov- 
eriee  were,  however,  forgotten,  and  left  the  glory 
undiminiafaied,  to  Columbua,  who  reached  the  Weat 
Indian  Archipelago,  in  couaequence  of  a  peraevering  { 
determination  to  aolve  a  problem,  previoualy  and  | 
ivrui  jundly  laid  down.  Thia  event  took  place  Oc- 1 
t^(i«r  11, 14»2. 

Aoiiupolia,  city  of,  capital  of  Maryland,  foiindfcd  1092;  I 
made  the  leat  of  the  General  Astembly  of  Mary  landi  I 
1699*  I 


Antwerp,  city  of,  or  aa  tlie  French  write  the  naiiiei 
Aiivrra,  fir'at  noticed  in  WiAnry,  A,  D.  517.    Thia 
rity  afTorda  a  iiiont  remnrkabin  injitancc  of  tlie  vi- 
ciHxiliidca  of  commerce.    In  tlie  middle  iigra,  .4iut- 
werp  lHM:uiiie  the  great  emporium  of  the  trade  nnd 
inaMiiracliirea  of  llio   NilhiThiii  Ik,  and   ax  hitu  na 
1968,  waa  auppoaod  to  contain  200,004)  inlinbiianta, 
lail  aa  innnufarliirca  hnrainc  nii''onra!;i!il   in  Great 
lli'iiaiii,  Ihi!  eoni<ei|aciiee  of  .Antwerp  declined,  and 
il  iloea  mil  eoiiiain  at  prcreiil  nlimo  60,000  peoph*. 
Ari'liiin)(el,  in  KiHriia,  the  nio-l   ini|'iirtaiit  aeajiorl  in 
the  worl  I  in  ho  lii^h  hillimli-.      The  Knglioh  (irat 
reached  il  roinid  the  Nnrtli  ('ape  of  Kuropo  in  155<% 
It  wnii  then  iIk;  only  p<n'l  uf  Itti^i'la. 
Arilhnictii^  by  the  .(raiiiaii  liaiirea,  introduced   into 
Europe  by  the  ^araeenn  of  Mpain,  in  tlie  ninth  uiiJ 
I     lenlh  ccniuricH  of  the  eliriiilian  era. 
Dariin'si  Uay,  M'paratitii;  (ireenliind  from  North  Ameri- 
ca, diacovered  by  capluin  Raflin,  in  1622. 
Bahama,  iaianda  of,  diacovereil,  1620;   taken  poaaea- 
aioii  of  by  the  Uritiith,  1718;   much  injured  by  a 
storm,  October,  1706;  and  ngnin,  July  22d,  1801. 
HhWs  manufacture  firat  introduced  into  England,  at 

Colcliealer,  1660. 
Dultiinore,  city  of  tlie  United  States,  in  Marvland,  on 
a  ainull  bay  of  Patnpaco  river,  founded  1729,  ia  ex- 
tremely well  aitunted  for  commercial  connexion* 
with  the  valley  of  Ohio;  it  commands  the  trade  of 
Maryland ;  more  than  one  half  of  that  of  Peniwylva- 
nia,  and  a  part  of  New  York. 
Rurk,  Jesuit,  virtue  of  diacovered  1000;   brought  to 

Europe  160O. 
Burometcra  invented   1626;    wheel  bnrometers  con- 
trived, 1668;  phosphoricj  1675;   pendant,  160S; 
marine,  1700. 
Bermuda  lalea,  diacovered  1527;  settled  1612;  most 

dcalructive  hurricane  iwcpt  over,  July  26lb,  1818. 
Blauketi  firct  made  in  England  1840. 
Bombs,  firfit  invented  at  Veiilno,  and  uaed  in  the  siege 
of  Wochtendnnch,  1088 ;   first  used  in  the  ecnrice 
of  France,  1634. 
Bomb-veaaela,  firat  invented  in  France,  1681. 
Bombay,  taken  from  the  Portngueae  by  the  English, 
1661 ;  nearly  destroyed  by  fire,  and  looajr  lives  kitt, 
February  27th,  1803. 
Hooka,  in  the  present  form,  were  invented  by  Attains, 
king  of  Pergamns,  88T;  the  firat  aupposed  to  be 
written  in  Job's  time;   80,000  burnt  oy  order  of 
Leo,  761 ;  a  very  large  estnte  given  for  one  on  Cos- 
mography, by  king  Alfred;  were  sold  fi-om  10/.  to 
80/.  a  piece,  about  1400;  the  first  printed  one  was 
the  Vulgate  edition  of  the  Bibk,  1463;  the  second 
was  Cicero  de  Ofikiis,  1466;  Cornelius  Nepo*  pob- 
lished  at  Moscow,  being  liie  first  chaMcal  book 
printed  in  Russia,  April  29th,  176S;  books  to  the 
mimber  of  300,000,  burnt  a:  Constantinople,  by  the 
order  of  Leo  I.,  476 ;  above  4,194,412  volumes  were 
in  the  suppressed  monasteriea  of  France,  in  1790, 
SflWfiW  were  on  Tbeoh)gy,  the  inanuaeriirts  wen 


v^tff.mnnjmvifm 


"<j;i',i  ii»i»iw»«i!p«ii(fwi?(in» 


174 


CKROIfOLOeiCAL    TABLt. 


20,000;    in  tliu  rity  of  Parii  alone  were  fl09,I20 

Boston,  in  MaasnchiuctU,  fnuniled  1680;  port  of,  ihut 
by  order  of  (he  nritiili  government,  the  fnat  net  of 
violrneo  uhich  led  to  the  iinbiie<|uent  revolution, 
1774;  IteoieKed  liy  tlie  Ani«rieiin*  1775;  evucnuted 
by  the  llrillHli  army  Mnreli  I7tli,  1776: 
notiiiiylwy,  on  iIk!  vuitlprn  eoait  of  New  Holland. 
Ili're  tiM!  Hr^t  vronel  ludcn  with  culoniiUi  rroiii  (ireut 
Britain  arriteil  20lli  Jiiniiiiry,  1788,  u<kI  made  the 
depot  ofeonviclH  from  that  cotuitrv'. 

Braiil,  eaKtern  and  central  |Hirt  of  Sonlli  America, 
diiicovcred  liv  Ciiliral,  24th  Aiiril,  I.VM);  1304,rir!<l 
civiUie<li«ltien}ent  on,  niudc  liy  Ainri;^i;  VcMpuiTi. 

Breiid,  mua-.:  i'mm  lli«  Hower  ofi^ramitieou!)  fiuitii,  din- 
eotcred  in  very  early  ageM,  but  not  made  with  yeust 
by  the  Engliith,  until  1650 

Bread,  fruit,  fimt  inlroHnced  into  the  Wc8t-Indiei,  by 
Cnpt,  Bligh,  Janimry,  1793. 

Buckles  were  invented  nliont  1690. 

Calilra,  a  melliod  of  making  ihcin  invented,  by  which 
20  men  are  enabled  to  ilo  llie  work  of  200.  The 
ninchine  is  set  in  motion  by  siyteen  hMrM^it,  fur  the 
cable  is  of  the  dinienKions  of  the  largest  jihiiis,  1792. 

Cak'ulln,city  of  Indostan,  on  llic  llo(ii(ly,oiiMet  of  the 
GnngeR,  fornierlv  an  insignificant  pl:ice,  was  tukcn 
by  Ike  English,  1689,  Iwxiegcd  in  it  1757,  and  tak- 
en; H'lien  146  persons  were  enckiscd  in  a  prii«on, 
called  "  The  niaik  Hole,"  of  whom  123  perislnil 
in  a  few  hcairtt.  It  is  now  Iho  first  city  in  Asia, 
conlainintr  at  least  HO.OOO  houses,  and  60O,OOO  in- 
habitants, coniiKMcd  of  Kuropsans,  Hindoos,  Chi- 
nese, &c. 

Calico,  firut  imported  into  England,  1631;  first  made 
in  Lancashire,  1772;  calico- printing  and  tlic  Dutch 
loom,  first  used  in  England,  1676. 

CHlifornin,  discovered  by  Cortes,  1543;  explored  more 
extensively,  1684;  coast  of,  explored  bv  la  Perouse, 
1786. 

Canada,  discovered  by  Cabot,  1499;  explored  by  the 
French,  1508,  1591,  and  1534:  settled,  1540;  Que- 
bec built,  1603;  taken  first  by  England,  1628,  hut 
restored  to  France  by  the  treaty  of  St.  Germain ; 
invaded  and  conquered  by  Great  Britain,  in  1759; 
formally  ceded  by  France,  1763.  This  country  has 
been  twice  unsuccessfully  invaded  from  the  United 
iStntes  since  the  revolution  of  1775. 

Canals. — The  first  regular  chain  of  artificial  water  in- 
tci^uommunication,  of  which  histoid  has  transmitted 
tn  IM  the  record,  was  that  between  tlic  Nile  and  the 
Red  Sea.  This  canal  route  was  examined  with 
great  care  bv  the  French  engineers,  and  several  |)or- 
tions  found  in  1798,  in  such  e  state  of  preservation 
as  ordy  to  demand  cleansing. 

Canals  in  tlie  United  State  i  commenced  in  Massachu- 
Mtls.  The  company  formed  to  constmcl,  what  is 
now  called  th«  Midilkiscx  canal,  wiu)  incorporated 
1709;  commenced  tlie  work,  1790,  length,  29  3-4 
miles,  and  entire  fall,  107,  by  lucks;  24  feet  wide, 
with  four  feet  water. 

Tlie  (reatett,  however,  of  nU  works  of  tliis  nature,  yet 


executed  in  America,  ore  the  two  gieat  canals  of 
New  York.  The  western  canal  from  the  HudKun 
river  to  Liike  Erie,  was  first  suggested  by  Mr.  (jou- 
vcrneur  Morris,  aliout  1H03;  surveys  were  direclrd 
by  a  resolution  of  iho  legislature  of  New  York,  in 
fartlHiranri!  of  this  project,  1808;  first  Ixjard  of 
couiniissiuners  organised,  1810,  vonsisling  of  (ioii- 
veriieur  MorriM,  Stephen  Van  Kcnrsalacr,  l)e  Will 
Clinhm,  .Simeon  i)e  Wilt,  William  Norlh,  Thnnius 
Eddy,  and  Prler  B.  Porter.  Law  aulliorising  the 
annul  survey  uf  the  ground,  passed  .^pril  17th,  1816 ' 
tills  great  work  »iis  commenced,  July  4lh,  1817, 
completed,  and  ihe  water  of  Lake  Erie  let  into  it, 
O.tolM-r  26lli,  1825,  cniploving  8  veiirs  and  144 
days.  The  completion  of  t)ie  Nortlierii,  or  Lake 
'  Cliainplain  Canal,  preceded  that  of  Erie,  and  bolh 
taken  together  consummntes  the  inland  communica- 
tion between  Die  Great  Bay  of  Hudson,  and  the 
Basin  of  Ht.  Lawrence. 

Canary  Kirs  discovered,  1844;  exiilorcd  139.S. 

Candles,  of  tallow,  so  great  a  luxury  in  England,  that 
splinters  of  wood  were  xiteii  for  light,  A.  D.  1300— 
no  idea  of  wax  candles  until  long  afterwards. 

Candle-light  introduced  into  churclKs  on  tlie  continent 
of  Europe,  274. 

Cape  de  Verd  Islands  discovered,  1447. 

Cape  of  Good  Hofie  discovered,  1487;  planted  by 
Holland,  1651;  taken  by  the  British,  1795;  again 
Jnnunr\  8tli,  1806,  and  definitely  ceded  to  Great 
Britain,  1814. 

Cape  Horn  first  sailed  round,  1616:  Straits  discover- 
ed, 1643. 

Carriages  first  introduced  into  Vienna,  1515;  into 
London, 1580. 

Cliarlestown,  (Maisachusetti)  burnt  by  t|ie  British, 
Juno  17,  1776. 

Charleston,  South  Carolina,  surrendered  to  the  Brit- 
ish forces,  May  4, 1780. 

Charleston,  Soutli  Carolina,  founded  and  made  the 
seat  of  aovcrnment  of  Carolina,  1680. 

Clierries  brought  to  Rome,  by  Liieullus,  70;  apricots 
were  first  introduced  into  England,  from  Epiriisi 
peaches  from  Persia ;  the  finest  plums  from  Damas- 
cus and  Armenia ;  pears  and  figs  from  Greece  and 
Egypt;  citrons  from  Media;  (lome^nales  from 
(Tartlinge,  about  114  years  before  Christ. 

Chimnies  first  introduced  into  buildings  in  England, 
1200:  only  in  the  kitchen,  or  large  hall,  smoky; 
where  the  funiilv  sat  round  a  large  stove,  the  funnel 
of  which  passen  through  the  ceiling,  1800. 

Chinaware,  inude  in  England,  at  Chelsea,  in  1752; 
and  in  several  parts  of  England,  in  1760;  by  Mr 
Wedgewood,  1762;  at  Dresilen,  in  Saxony,  1706. 

China,  first  voyage  to,  from  the  United  States,  1784; 
China  porcelain  first  «,ioken  of  in  history,  1591. 

Chocolate,  introduced  into  Europe,  from  Mexico, 
1520. 

Cinnamon  trade  first  began  by  the  Dutch,  1606;  but 
had  been  known  in  the  time  of  Augustus  CsE8ar,and 
long  liefore. 

Circuiunavigatois  —The  first  was  Magellan,  oi  rather 


''>T-.p'jiv'':!,^''r:i'i».JiJlj;^,!MAy^.'^S»^ 


,'.,  •>;- 


tun  glent  cnnHld  nt 

»nal  iVom  thn  lluilxun 

■uggoKtud  liy  Mr.  Uuu- 

lurveyi  wi'ie  dirc-clpd 

lure  of  New  York ,  in 

ISOS;    fir,t  iHH.rc!  of 

10,  viinHinliiig  of  (inii- 

ICcnfiiiiliU'r,  l)«  Win 

illiuiii  Nurlli,  Thnniui 

Law  aiitlioriKini;;  Ihn 

imed  April  17th,  1816- 

need,  July  4lli,  1817, 

Imke  Erie  Ih  into  it, 

ing  8  veara  and  144 

H!  Norlhcrii,  or  Lake 

that  of  Kric,  and  both 

the  inland  coininunien- 

)■  of  iludiou,  and  tliu 

exntnrcd  I39!f. 
uxurv  in  Engliiiid,  that 
rurli^'lil.A.  D.  1300— 
long;  iiflerwurds. 
iirclic^  on  tlie  continent 

k1,  1447. 

ed,  1487;  planted  liy 
!  Uritiiih,  1795;  again 
iiiitely  ceded  tu  Great 

161(3:  Straits  diacovcr- 

u  Vienna,  151S;    into 

burnt  by  ijie  British, 

irrendered  to  the  Brit- 

iiinded  and  made  the 
na,  1680. 

Lueullus,  70 ;  apricota 
Jiglaiid,  from  Kpiruai 
!i>t  pliima  from  Damas- 

figs  from  Greece  and 
;    pomegranotea  from 
fore  Christ, 
buildings  in  England, 
ir  large  hull,  smoky; 
large  stove,  the  fiinnel 
eiling,  1900. 
at  Chelsea,  in  1752; 
ind,  in  1760;   by  Mr 
en,  in  Saxony,  1706. 

United  States,  1784; 
if  in  history,  1591. 
irope,  from   Mexico, 

ilie  Dutch,  1606;  but 
'Augustus  Csesar, and 

w  Magellan,  oi  rather 


CHRONOLOOICAt.   TABLE. 


175 


by  hi<i  fleer,  ns  ho  was  himself  slnin  on  the  voyag<>, 
1520;  (iroulva,  1527;  Alvariidi,  15S7;  Mendiiim, 
1667;  Sir  Fran<i»  nrake,1577;  Cavetidinb,  1586 ; 
Lemaiie,  1615;  (liiinm,  1625;  Tiuiniin,  1642; 
Cowley,  169.3;  Dninpicr.  1689;  Cook.-,  1708; 
Clipperloii  and  Slierl.irk,  1719;  Anwm,  1740;  Hv- 
ron,  1764;  Wiillis  1766;  Conk,  1768,  1772. 177*; 
continued  by  Kiiiij,  17H0;  and  since  liy  I'cirtlocke, 
1788;  Uoiigninville,  1766;  L,i  Teyroiis^,  1782; 
D'Eiitieciisteux,  1791. 

Circumnavigators  of  the  United  Stales,  the  first  ship 
with  which  thir  was  [lerfornied,  returned  to  Boston, 
-In  Ucccinlicr,  1790. 

Ginls  diMSovered  near  New-Castle,  12.34;  first  dug  at 
New-Castle,  by  n  charier  griiiitod  (ho  town,  by 
Henry  III.;  first  used,  1280;  dyers,  brewcrN,  &c. 
in  the  reign  of  Edward  I.  tiegan  to  use  <ca-<:oal  fur 
fire,  in  13.10. 

Coal,  in  the  United  States,  is  found  in  grcnt  abun- 
dance on  both  sides  of  the  Appalachian  inountains. 
A  coal-mine  near  I'ittsburif,  took  fire,  and  burned 
many  vcars;  the  fire  was  finally  extinguiHhrd  by  the 
incuintient  cvrth  and  rocks  fiilliiig  into  the  cavity. 

Coffee,  first  brought  into  England  by  Nathaniel  Cono- 
pius,  u  Cretan,  who  made  it  his  common  beverage, 
at  Raliol  Ciilleg«,-Oxford,  in  1641 ;  fir.it  brought  to 
Marseilles.  1644.'' 

C6freo-tr(*8  were  convcy«?d  from  Mocha  to  Holland,  in 
1616;  and  carried  to  the  West-Indies  in  the  year 
1726;  first  cultivated  at  Surinam  by  llio  Dutch, 
1718 ;  it.M  culture  encouraged  in  the  plan'tatinns,  1782. 

Coin — silver,  coined  at  Riunc,  269  liefoie  Christ;  bo. 
fore  then  brass  money  was  only  used ;  coin  first  used 
in  Britain,  25  years  before  Christ. 

The  Mint  o"f  tlie  United  States  of  America, 
established  1793,  issued  gold  and  silver  coin; 
tlie  copper  had  been  delivered  before.  The  gold 
coins  are  eagles,  half  eagles,  and  quarter  eaglea. 
Tlic  first  is  exactly  five  and  forty  shilliniis,  Enaiish 
money,  or  ten  dollars,  American  coin.  The  dollars 
arc  coined  in  the  same  divisions  of  half  and  quarter 
dollars,  whicii  makes  the  course  of  exchange  simple ; 
as  ten  quarter  dollars  make  the  quarter  eagle,  ten 
liiilf  dollars  the  half  eagle,  and  ten  dollars  tlie  eagle. 
Tlinrc  is,  besides,  one  more  silver  coin,  .vhicli  is 
called  a  dime,  and  is  the  tenth  part  of  a  dollar. 
The  copper  coin  is  called  a  cent,  and  is  the  tenth 
part  of  a  dime. 

Colossus  of  Rhodes,  n  gigantic  brazen  statue  set  up  at 
Rhodes,  about  a(c.  C.  900;  thrown  by  an  earth- 
quake, 234;  lay  on  the  ground  nearly  900  years, 
and  was  finally  sold  by  the  Saracens  when  they  took 
tlie  island  of 'Rhodes,  A.  D.  672.  The  metal  was 
supposed  to  have  weiglied  720,000  lbs. 

Compass,  or  the  polarity  of  magnetised  iron,  one  of  tlie 
greatest,  and  as  to  tlie  i^otc  of  its  discovery,  most 
uncertain  of  human  improvements.  There  is,  how- 
ever, good  evidence  to  prove  that  the  mariner's 
compass  was  in  use  in  Kurope  as  earlv  as  A.  D. 
1180;  variation  first  olwcrved  by  Columlius  and  his 
cumpanionf,  1492;  iu  dip,  aboiit  1S76. 


^j^c- 


Copprr,  first  inifiortod  from  Vb'glnin,  Orlnber,  17S0. 

C(ipp«'r  moiirv  lirHl  cuined  in  f^nilland  by  order  of  pur- 
liaincnt,  1466;  in  Ireland,  I3»!>;  in  t<'rHnce,  1580; 
in  England,  llin  firxt  legal,  1689.  'I'l adi-sineii'< 
tokens,  or  half  (hmicc,  were  colnnil  in  1672;  penny 
pieces  firi4t  inHiied  July  2K,  1797;  half  (lenie  on  tlio 
same  nrinciple,  iiiMiied  Janiiaiy,  IHUO. 

Oiip|)er  IS  fouml  native  in  the  nnileil  ."^lateji,  near  tlm 
Sdiilli  Hide  of  Lake  Mii|M:ri<,r,  iind  in  suino  other 
places. 

Cow-pox,  inociilalion  by,  as  a  security  ngainrt  tha 
sinall-|K>x,  introduced  into  England,  by  Dr.  Joiinor, 
1800. 

Croisiide,  or  rnifode,  expedition"  iin'icrlnken  from 
Europe  with  the  avowed  iiilcnlicin  to  rr:i^,viT  the 
Holy  Land,  from  ilio  Malmmi'laiis.  Th.i  fii'tit  was 
uixleriakeii  from  France,  1096.  The  $!cnnd  was 
undertaken  in  1147;  the  third  in  1188;  the  fourth 
in  1203;  the  fifth  in  1227;  tlio  sixth  in  .1248,  and 
s<!ventli  in  1270. 

Criin*laill,  city  of  RiMsia,  nt  the  month  of  the  Novo, 
built  by  Peter  the  (ireat,  1704. 

CiiIki  was  discovered  by  Cnluinbiis  in  1492;  taken 
possession  of  by  the  Hpaniurdj',  1511;  iiiv.idcd  by 
tlio  British,  1762,  and  Havana  taken;  given  up  to 
Spain  1763. 

CuKloin-liotisn,  I<ondnii,  first  built,  1559;  burnt  down 
1914;   rebuilt,  and  opened  for  businesis,  1MI7. 

Cypher,  or  the  Arabic  numerical  figures,  introduced 
into  Europe  b^flin  Moors  of  .S|9^i,  in  913. 

Dartmoor,  Engntl^ Depot  ut  for  p>«(mers,  nt  whi"h, 
April  8th,  1.H16,  seven  American  prisoner-,  wcje 
mas-vncntd  an>i   '   'liy  <vouiiiled. 

Davis's  .S'.raits,  i.         ered  1585. 

VM(i  .artlle.•^war    .rst  moi'ic  uj  Faenza  1460. 

Diamonds  firi^t  p    •.'><ed  and  eiil  ut  Bruges,  1489. 

Dia'iiond  irines  ■  nci-vared  in  Briuil,  1730;  that  at 
Couloiir  in  '.Ih*  East- Indies,  1640;  that  at  Golcon- 
da,  ir  1584;  one  scU  fro.n  Brazil  for  the  court  of 
Port'-  -  '1.  weighed  1680  cants,  or  twelve  nuiicea 
ami  -  >,  r,  valued  at  224  millions  sterling.  Gover* 
HOC  Pitt's  weighed  12'  .'rruts,  and  Ts>6  after  cutting, 
ani  sold  for  135,000/.  to  llie  ki'ig  of  France.  That 
which  bclon<;ed  to  Aurcng  ZcIk  weighcl  703  carats. 
The  Mn Jill's  weighed  279  carats,  worth  779,244/ 
The  Rrand  duke  of  Tuscany'*  weighed  139  carats. 

Diet;  el  inon  droit,  first  used  as  i\  motto  by  Richard  I. 
on  a  ;ictorv  over  tlie  I'ren^h,  1194. 

Distaff  spinmng  first  introduced  into  England  by  Bo- 
navera,  ar,  Italian,  1606. 

Distilling  first  practised  in  Spawi  liy  the  Moors,  IISO. 

Distillattim  of  spirituous  liqiiiirs  licgnn  in  the  12th 
century.    In  Ireland  in  1590. 

Docks,  London,  the  first  stone  of,  laid  Juno  26,  1S02; 
opened  January  30,  1805. 

Earthen  vessels  first  made  by  tlie  llnmans  716  before 
Christ;  the  first  inndc  in  Italy  1710;  the  present 
improved  kind  l)egan  in  1763,  fiy  Mr.  Wcdgewood. 

Eddystnne  light-house,  near  Plymouth,  England,  first 
built,  1696;  blown  down,  November  26,  1703;  re- 
built, 1706;  burnt  down,  Decembsr,  1766;  rebuilt 


ujiii 


ft 


'f.yi-'f.'^nj^^-v'i 


•f 


•'.V*  ^ftifsw  -lyj 


Vjri' 


170 


CHR050L0aiCAt    TABLI. 


October,  1759;  asuin  buint  down,  1770;  rebuilt 
1774. 

Electricity,  fimt  iilcn  nf,  glv«ii  liy  two  glohrs  of  hriiii- 
■tone,  1467;  clectrio  Kjiurlt  (liwuVKrcil  ii(  I^'yilcii, 
1746;  firat  knnwii  it  wmilil  tint  HpirilM,  1736;  tliut 
of  tile  miriini  Imrcniia  and  iifli^liliiiiift  in  1769. 

Ensriivingnn  nu'tal  pliiten,  tir^l  known  in  Kuropc  iilc. 

C.  601,  by  u  niaj)  on  brnHit  bronglit  from  (Ionia  by 
Anaxaaorait  of  Haniox;  and  yut  it  uai*  not  until  .\. 

D.  1423.,  that  iinprr.sHionH  mn;  lakcii  on  |i:i|H.'r  from 
cngmveil  plates;  the  art  of  tukinu  iiiiprv»»ioni<  froui 
engravinsfi  on  copper  aa  now  ukimI,  IjII  ;  in  uiex/.o- 
tinto,  ami  improved  by  prince  Rii|)orl,  of  I'alatine, 
1648;  to  reprcwiil  wanh,  invented  by  Uarable,  u 
Frenchman,  1761;  crayon  engraving  invented  at 
Paris  by  Bonnet,  1769. 

Engraving  on  wood  inventml  in  KlandorH,  142.1;  re- 
vived  by  Alb.  Unrer,  IQll;  on  glasa  invented  1799, 
at  Pnriii,  by  Boudier. 

Etching  on  copi>cr  invented  with  nqun  fortis,  1512. 

Rxrise,  the  firsit  ummI  in  England,  164.1. 

Fain  and  niurketn  first  iiiittitiiled  in  England  by  Al- 
fred, about  886.  The  first  fairs  took  their  rise  from 
wakes ;  when  the  number  of  people  then  asstMiiblcii 
brought  together  a  variety  of  traders  iinnually  on 
tlicse  days.  From  these  holidays  they  were  culled 
/ert«,  or  fair. 

Falmouth,  seaport  of  MaKnachusetts,  taken  and  burnt 
by  the  Uritish,  Octolicr  ISlh,  1775. 

Fiui,  tlie  increaMl)f,  is  said  to  be.  in  the  following 
proportion: — ir  (loiinder  of  i\vi-  ounces  contains 
133,407  cg<;s  or  spawn;  herrings  weighing  from 
four  ounces  to  five  and  three-fourths,  from  21,285 
to  36,960;  lobsters,  from  fourteen  to  thirty-six 
ounces,  contain  21,699;  inarkcrel,  twenty  ouncesi, 
454,061;  shrimps,  from  2,849  to  6,897;  smelts, 
from  14,411  to  38,278;  soal  of  five  ounces,  88,772; 
one  of  fourteen  ounces  and  a  half  contains  100,362; 
to  which  may  bt>  added  the  cod,  which  produces 
8,686,706. 

Florida,  discovered  by  Ponce  de  Leon,  a  Spaniard,  in 
1612. 

Formosa,  in  the  tMiinesc  sea?,  shook  off"  the  Chinese 
yoke,  and  massacred  10,000  Chinese,  driving  the 
remainder  into  the  woods  and  rocks  of  the  island, 
1788. 

Fruits  of  foreign  countries  first  brought  into  Italy,  70 
Ix'fore  Clirist,  and  flowers,  sundry  sorts  before  un- 
known, were  brought  into  England  in  the  reigns  of 
Henry  VII.  and  VIII.  from  about  1500  to  1578, 
Among  otiiers  of  less  note,  the  musk  and  damask 
roses,  (.f  great  use  in  medicine,  and  tulips.  Several 
sorts  of  plum-trees  and  currant-plants;  also  saffron, 
woad,  and  other  drugs  for  dying,  atl«inpted  to  be 
cultivated,  but  without  success. 

Gardening  introduced  into  England  from  Htm-  Nether- 
landii,  from  whence  vcgetabtes  were  imported,  till 
in09;  the  pale  gooseberry,  witli  salads,  garden 
roots,  cabbages,  &c.  brought  from  Flanders,  and 
bom  from  Artois,  1520. 
ni/t  and  wheat,  from  Tartaiy  and  Siberia,  where 


they  are  yet  indigenous;  barley  and  oati  unKnoim, 
but  certainly  not  indigenous  in  England;  rice  from 
Ethiopia;  buckwheat,  Asia;  borage,  Syria ;  cmw- 
CK,  Oete;  canlillower,  Cyprus;  Hsiiaragus,  Asia; 
chervil,  Italy;  fennel,  Canary  liilaiius;  aiinise  and 
parsley,  Kgyiit;  garlick,  tlio  East;  shallots,  Sibe- 
ria; liorHeradish, China;  kidncy-l;«ans, Rust  Indies; 
gourde,  A stracan;  lentils, France;  potatoes,  Brazil; 
tobacco,  America;  cabbage,  lettuce,  tic,  Holland. 
Jassamine  comes  from  iTic  East  Indies;  th^  elder 
li'iM>,  from  Persia ;  the  tnlip,  from  Cappadociu;  tin 
daffodil,  from  Italy ;  the  lily, from  Syria;  the  tube- 
I'oHc,  frinn  Java  and  Ceylon ;  the  curnalion  and  pink, 
from  Italy,  &c.;  rananculus,  from  the  Alps;  apples, 
from  Syria;  apricots,  from  Kpiriis;  artichokes, 
from  Holland;  celery,  from  Flanders;  cherries, 
from  Pontus;  currants,  from  Zant;  damask  and 
ninek  roses,  from  Damascus,  as  well  as  plums;  hops, 
from  Artois  and  France ;  gooseljcrrics,  from  Flan- 
ders; gilliflowers,  carnations,  tlie 'Provence  rose, 
&c.  from  ThoulouHe,  in  France ;  oranges  and  lem- 
ons from  Spain ;  livaiis  and  |H-as  from  Suiin. 

Gas,  use  of,  introduced  in  London,  for  liglitiiig  shops 
and  streets,  1814;  first  into  the  United  Sfites,  at 
Hallimore,  1821. 

GaziittcH,  of  Venetian  origin,  and  so  called  from  tlie 
price  iM'ing  gazettn,  a  small  piece  of  money;  tlie 
first  publiKhed  in  Lnglaiid,  was  at  Oxford,  ^oveul• 
ber  7,  16C3. 

Georgiuin  Sidus  discovered  \ty  Hcrschel,  1781. 

Gibraltar  was  taken  from  the  Moors  by  the  Castilians 
in  1463 ;  taken  by  Sir  George  Kookc,  July  23, 1704 ; 
bcsicgcii  by  the  Spaniards,  September  13,  1782, 
when  tlieir  floating  baltcries  were  burnt  by  red- hot 
balls  from  the  garrison,  commanded  b^  Gen.  Elliott. 

Gilding  with  leaf  gold  on  bole  ammoniac,  art  of,  in- 
vented by  MargaritciHc,  1273;  on  wood,  1680. 

Gipsies  quitted  Egypt  wlieu  attacked  by  the  Turks  in 
1515,  and  wanuered  over  almost  all  Europe. 

Glass,  the  art  of  making  it,  known  to  the  Romans  at 
least  before  79;  known  to  the  Chinese  about  200; 
introduced  into  England  by  Benedict,  a  monk,  674| 
glass  windows  began  to  be  used  in  private  houses  in 
England,  1180;  glass  first  made  in  England  inK> 
botlles  and  vessels,  1557;  tlic  first  plate  glass  for 
looking  glasses  and  coacli-windovvs,  made  at  Lam- 
Ijetb,  1678;  in  Lancashire,  1778;  window  flass 
first  made  in  England,  1557. 

Grapes  brought  to  England  and  phnted  first  at  Blax- 
hall,  in  Suffolk,  1652    -  iltivated  in  Flanders,  1276. 

Guinea  coast  disc  ■  tlie  Porturaese,  1482; 

slave  trade  comni.  .tu  e  by  Capt.  Hawkins,  nn 
Etiglishnian,  1668.  He  was  'assL^ted  with  a  sub- 
scription by  sundry  of  his  countrymen — sailed  from 
England  with  tliree  ships,  purcliiised  negroes,  sold 
them  at  Hispaniola,  and  returned  home,  richly  la- 
den with  bides,  sugar,  and  ginger. 

Guineas  were  first  coined,  1673,  from  gold  brought 
from  the  coast  of  Guine.H. 

G'jnpowder  invented,  1390;  first  made  in  England, 
1418;  first  us<M  in  Spain,  1844. 


^l^^:^^l»«jtj 


IjttijWIw  j  i!j^»ij)l(Bi^ij<ll>ga»»W^»j|^^*»iy^^^ 


I 


n    vnmiw  '^t*»^ 


^?*?P"' 


'•T*i  w>ii  ■•II  'ii<iiii*t-.».  •-•^^ 


Icy  nnd  oal*  unicnowa, 
II  England ;  rice  fruni 
\>otaf(e,  Syriit ;  cnm- 
ui;  uiiwragua,  Asia; 
I  liilaiiJa;  aiiniM  and 
Eiiiti  •ImlloM,  Sibe- 
loy-lwanii,  Euat  Indiea; 
nee;  p«ta(oeii,  Braiil ; 
lettuce,  (kc,  llnlland. 
Eunt  Inilicii;  ih';  elder 
from  ('u|iiiiuicM:iu;  tin 
from  Syria ;  the  tube- 
ihe  curnuliiin  uml  pink, 
Prom  tlin  AI|)h;  applna, 
I   I''niriia;    urtirliukea, 

I  Flumlur;;    cliorrics, 

II  Zuiit;  daiiiUHk  iind 
laMell  napluinH;  linpn, 
inifljcrricx,  from  Fluii- 
la,  tlie'I'iovence  roar, 
ICC ;  (iriiiigei  and  Iciii- 
K>aa  from  Spain. 

don,  for  ligliting  aliopa 
the  United  Hl-itea,  at 

nd  ao  called  from  tli« 
I  pie^c  of  money;  llie 
raa  at  Oxford,  >oveui> 

Hcrai-liel,  1781. 
loorH  by  llie  Caatilinna 
Kookc,  July  23, 1704; 
September  13,  1782, 
were  burnt  by  red- hut 
mndod  by  Gen.  Elliott. 

aininoiiiac,  art  of,  in- 
;  on  wood,  1690. 
ackcd  by  the  Turks  in 
lott  all  Europe, 
own  to  the  Koniana  at 
IK  Cliineac  about  200 ; 
i('nedict,aiiionk,674i 
led  in  private  houiea  in 
nude  in  England  intc> 
ic  lirat  plate  glasi  for 
iidowa,  made  at  Lam> 

1778;  window  flaw 

planted  lirat  at  Blax- 
,ted  in  Fiandera,  1276. 
he  PorluBueie,  1482; 
by  Capt.  Hawkinii,  ns 
laaoiKted  with  a  aub- 
untryineii — sniled  from 
ircliaaed  negroes,  sold 
urned  home,  richly  la- 
nger. 
'3,  from  gold  brouglit 

rat  made  in  England, 
144. 


•^■RONOtOOICAL    TABLf. 


X'' 


m 


Guna,  greni,  invented,  1390;  used  ><v  liie  Muor*  at  the 
(lege  of  AlgHairaa,  in  Spain,  in  1344;  tiat-d  at  the 
batllo  of  Creaay,  in  1346;  whrn  Edward  had  funr 
picccaof  cannon,  which  gained  him  the  Imllle;  llir% 
were  uacd  at  the  aiuge  of  Calaiis  in  1347;  in  lU-ii- 
mark,  1334 ;  at  aea  by  Venice  agaiiiHi  (icnou,  1.177; 
drat  uaed  in  Spain,  1 106;  tirat  made  in  England  of 
braaa,  1635;  of  iron,  1947;  invented  to  about  whalea, 
1731 ;  firal  iixcd  in  England,  at  llic aici,'!! of  Kerwick, 
1405;  bombs  and  mortara  invented,  1634. 

Hackney  coachoa  flrat  uaed,  twenty  in  number,  in 
London,  1629. 

Ilandkcrchlufa  firat  manufactured  nt  Paialey,  in  Scot- 
land, 1748,  when  16,886/.  worth  were  malic:  in  1784 
the  manufacture  yielded  aliove  164,385/. 

Hata  invented  at  Paria,  1404:  firHl  nude  in  London, 
1510. 

Hemp  and  (lax  firat  planted  in  England,  19:).?.  There 
are  180,0001b.  of  rough  hemp  iiHcd  in  the  cordage 
and  aaila  of  a  firHt-rate  man  of  war. 

Herring  (isliery,  firat  practiaed  by  the  Hollandcra, 
1164:  herring  pickling  fintt  inventcu,  1397. 

Hour  Glasaes  were  invented  in  Alexandria,  240,  and 
introduced  nt  Kome,  168  years  before  Christ. 

Hudaon'a  Bay  diacovered  by  Capt.  Iludeon,  1607.' 

Indigo,  first  produced  in  Carolina,  1747:  cultivated  in 
the  open  air  at  Vaucluse,  in  France,  ISOS. 

Inaurance  on  ahippins  tiegan  in  England,  1660. 

Insurance  otiices  catabliamd  in  Lonuuii,  and  its  vicini- 
ty, 1696. 

Insurance  policiea  were  first  uaed  in  Florence  in  1623: 
firat  society  established  at  Hanover,  1530:  tliut  at 
Paria,  1740 

Interest  first  mentioned  as  legal,  1199,  at  10  per  cent. : 
in  1300,  at  20  per  cent.:  in  1368,  ut  12  per  cent.: 
in  1571,  at  10  per  cent.:  in  1625,  at  8  per  cent.:  in 
1749,  the  funds  were  reduced  from  4  to  3  1-2  and  3 
per  cent. 

Iron  discovered  by  the  burniiuc  of  mount  Idn,  1406 
before  Christ;  first  cast  in  England  at  Backstcnd, 
Sussex,  164.I:  first  discovered  in  America,  in  Vir- 
ginia, 1715:  bullets  firat  uaed  in  England,  1590. 

Itsilian  method  of  book-keeping,  published  i-i  England, 

Jamaica  diacovered  by  Columbus,  1494:  settled  by 
tlio  Spaniards,  1609:  plundered,  1993:  pillused  by 
the  English,  1635:  taJten  by  .he  English,  May  7, 
1665. 

Jameatown,  first  capital  of  Virginia,  founded  1607. 

Japan  discovered,  7542:  riaited  by  the  Enslish, 
1612. 

Jenite,  a  new  mineral  discovered  in  the  island  of  KIba, 
1808. 

Kamtachatka  diacovered  by  the  Russians,  173A 

Knitting  stockings  invented  in  Spain,  about  1530. 

Knives  firat  made  in  England,  1563. 

Lace,  Flandora,  mure  valuable  limn  £old— one  ounce 
of  fine  Fiandera  thread  hav  been  sold  in  London,  for 
41,  Such  an  ounce  made  into  lace  may  be  sold  for 
40/.,  whi.:b  is  ten  times  the  price  of  standard  gold, 
weight  ^>r  weight. 


18 


I  Lamp  for  preventing  cxploaiona  by  fire-damp  in  roal 

I      miiiea,  invented  by  Sir  Humphrey  Davy,  1815. 

I  Lanterns  invented  by  king  Alfri'd,  890. 

Lawna  and  thread  gaiuc  were  in  1784,  munufneturod 

{      ut  I'aixley  to  lh«  taliie  iif  164,:)83/.  16«,  6.5d. 

j  Leaden  pipea  for  runveying  water  invented,  1336. 

I  I.rtlera  invented  by  MiJmnun,  the  Egyptian,  1822  be- 

!      fore  Chriot. 

Linen  lirat  niiide  in  England,  12!i3:  the  liixurions  wore 
linen,  but  the  xuiieralitv  mooIIimi  ahirts.  Table  linen 
very  acari'e  in  England,  I!I86. 

Litliographie  printing,  art  uf,  firat  brought  into  Eng- 
lan.l,  1801. 

Londatoiie,  polar  attraction  of,  known  in  France  be- 
fore 11^<0. 

Log-line  in  navigation  iiaeil,  1670. 

Log'voiid  first  rut  in  the  bay  of  Hondurna  and  Cnin- 
I     p<'achy  by  the  English,  16^2. 
I  Looking'-'^laaaea  made  only  at  Venice,  1300. 
!{  Lu<iiiia,  iIk!  power-loom  invented  by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Cart- 
'I     wright,  a  clergyman  of  Kent,  in  England,  1787. 
ii  Loltorjua,  the  first  mentioned  by  histuriana  for  sums  of 
money,  1680:  eatabli^<hed  1693. 

Madagascar  diacovered  by  die  Pnrtugiieae,  1500. 

Madeira,  inland  of,  diacovered  1344  aiul  1418. 

Ma^<'lliin,  straits  of,  discovered  1620. 

Magnifying  glasses  invented  hy  Roger  Bnron,  1200. 

Malt  liipior  used  in  Egypt  450  liefure  Christ. 

Mereator's  charts  in\ented  1556. 

Microatopca  firat  uaed,  1621:  the  double  ones,  1624: 
aolar  inicroiicopea  iiiventin!,  1740. 

Money,  first  mentioned  as  a  inodium  of  commerce  in 
the  2iS<l  chapter  of  Ueneaia,  when  Abraham  purcliax- 
ed  a  field  aa  a  arpiilclire  for  .'*nriUi,  in  the  year  of  the 
world,  2139;  firat  made  at  Ar^oa,  894  liefore  Christ : 
has  incrcaaed  eiijhtcen  times  iti  v:ilue  from  1290  to 
1640:  and  twelve  ritnea  its  vnii;o  from  1590  to 
1800. 

Mortars  for  boniba  firat  made  in  England,  1643. 

Moscow  founded  1156:  entered  by  the  French,  Sep- 
tember 14,  1812:  aet  on  fire  in  bOO  diflfcrent  plncen 
at  once,  by  order  of  the  Russian  governor,  and  three 
fourths  of  the  city  dcitroyed  two  days  a(*er:  evacu- 
ated by  the  French,  and  re-entered  by  the  Russiuns, 
Octoljcr  22,  1812. 

Mulberry  trees  first  planted  in  Engltnd,  1609:  in  the 
Engliah  provinces  of  North  America,  nlwut  1750, 
fur  cultivating  silk. 

Muaicnl  notes  as  now  used,  1330. 

5Iusket8  first  used  in  France  at  the  siege  of  Arras, 
1414:  in  general  use,  1521. 

Muslins  from  India,  firat  in  England,  1670:  first  man- 
ufactured there,  1781. 

Needles  were  first  made  in  England  by  a  native  of  In- 
dia,_  1546,  the  art  Inst  nt  hia  death:  recovered  ^ 
Christopher  Greening,  in  1560,  who  was  settkcl 
with  his  three  children,  Elizabeth,  John,  and 
Thomas,  by  Mr.  Darner,  ancestor  of  tlie  present  earl 
of  Dorchester,  at  Long  Gredon,  in  Bucks,  where 
the  manufactory  ho*  been  carried  on  fivm  that  tiiae 
to  ihii  preaeot  'day. 


''\ 


; 


j..^'Ai*u*i^'^;  iif.., 


mr—vs 


■*'l*fWi'f»*\"I»ff''*?PI''f*' 


178 


CBRONOLOaiCAL    TABLE. 


New  rtyle  fi"t  introduc«d  into  Euronp,  1582:  iiilo 
Holland  and  llie  protc«tuiit  ilulci,  1700;   in  bug- 

land,  1762.  .    _     ,      .     •  i   i    i     r- 

Ncw«i)«ncr,  fir»t  iml.li»lii"d  m  Engliind,  titlrd  iIip  I.n- 
RJiiih  Mercury,  July  28,  1588.  The  prcci.t  n.iin- 
ber  in  the  Lnitcd  Sluti;»  umoiinu  to  more  tliun  a 

North  eaiit  pimnBe  to  RiKnin  diicovcred,  1563. 

Notei  and  bilU  timt  stani|H(l,  1782. 

Nova  Zembin  diwovcred,  1868.       ,     „     , 

Organ*  broimlit  to  Kuro|io  from  the  Orock  empire, 

werofirit  invented  and  applied  to  roligiou.  devotion 

in  churoliei!,  758. 

Otaheitc,or  George  Ili.'n  island,  discovered  Juno  in, 

ITAft 

Owhylic  ifland  diicovcrcd  1778,  where  Cap«.  Co^ke 

W8B  kitlcQ* 
Oxford  uiiivoriity,  founded  by  Alfred,  8S6. 

Paper  currency  citablinhcd  in  America,  May  IB, 
"W.  .     .       .       ,,.. 

Paper  money  first  uxed  in  America,  174U. 

Paper  made  of  cotton  wai  in  use  in  1000 1  that  of  lin- 
en rags,  in  1319:  tlie  manufacture  of,  introduced 
into  England  at  Uartfor.1,  in  Kent,  1688:  ecarcely 
any  but  brown  paper  made  in  England,  till  1690: 
white  paper  firit  made  iii  Eisgland,  in  1690. 

Parchment  invented  by  king  Attalux,  987. 

Patent  granted  for  titles,  first  used,  1344;  first  grant- 
ed for  the  exclusive  privilege  of  publishing  books, 

1691. 

Pearl-ashes  manufactory  first  set  up  in  Ireland,  1783. 

Pearls,  artificial,  were  invented,  1686. 

Penduhimi  for  clocks  invented,  1666. 

FeiM  for  writing  were  first  made  from  quills  in  635. 

Peru  conquered  by  Piiarro,  1533. 

Pistols  first  used  by  the  cavalry,  1544.  _ 

Pitch  sun',  tar  made  from  pit-coal,  discovered  at  Bris- 
tol, 1779.  „      ,      J       ,       ,. 

Plaster  of  Paris,  tlie  way  first  found  out  for  taking  a 
likeness  in,  1470.  .....       ,  ■ . 

Plate-glass  manufactory  cstab'<«hed  at  Lancashire,  in 
1778:  first  in  France,  168? 

Policy  of  insurance  in  writirr,  k(<H  ustu  f-i  Florence, 

Potatoes  first  brought  to  Ecvhnd  from  America,  by 
Hawkins,  in  1563:  introtti  '  ?  into  Ireland  by  Sir 
Walter  Raleigh,  in  1686,  iivi  were  not  known  in 
Flanders  till  1660. 

Pottery,  great  discoveriea  made  in  it  by  Mr.  Wedge- 
wood,  1763.  ....  .       . ,. 

Printing  invented  by  J.  Faust,  1441:  first  made  public 
by  John  Gottenburgh,  of  Mentz,  1458:  wooden 
types  first  used,  1470:  brought  into  England  by 
William  Caxton,  1471,  who  had  a  press  in  West- 
minster Abbey  till  1494:  first  patent  granted  for  It, 
1891:  first  introduced  into  Scothind,  1609:  first 
wed  at  Lyons,  1488:  first  set  up  at  Constantinople, 
in  1784:  printing  iu  color*  invented,  1626. 

Piinpa  invented,  1^.  , 

QuicktilTer,  lue  of,  discovered  in  refining  silver  ore, 
1640. 


Rail  Roads,  first  used  near  Nowcmttte  upon  Tyn», 

nlwut  1650.  , 

Rice  was  cultivated  in  Ireland  in  1  j85:   in  England, 

1600:  had  its  first  cultivation  in  South  Carolina,  bv 

Rum  iiiiporterl  into  Fngland  in  1789,  was  8,300,000 
gallons:    in  175>^  iimte  wpw  iuiportoil  4,106,198 

Safr-rulth  fir««  made  in  England,  1690:  cotton  sail- 
cloth mnilo  at  Bahimore  and  at  Patterson,  N.J. 
and  brought  into  use  in  th>?  Uniiprt  tidies,  ISSI. 

Saint  Heleiiii  first  possessed  bj  i'ltf  English.  1H<W. 

Saint  Lawrence  river  di»''f>v>!reil  nml  explorad  by  tlie 
French,  1508.  ,   ,„^ 

Salem,  in  New  Englnnd.  settled,  1628. 

Salt  milieu  ii.  ,'<'«!!>.fd/.hire  di-covcred,  1670:  rock 
salt  WW  <ti»  tvi  »ted  about  950;  m  I'olaiid,  in  IZotf. 

SnlipcUc  lirxi  miulo  in  England,  1625. 

Savaniuli,  in  Georgia,  settled  1732. 

Sextant  invented  by  Tycho  Hrnhe,  in  1560. 

Sheep,  the  numl)er  in  England  is  fr'^w  *|*Jo  ^"  "»"' 
lions.    The  value  of  their  wool,  8,200,000/. 

Ship.— The  first  seen  in  Greece  arrived  at  Rhode* 
from  Egypt,  1486  before  Christ;  tlie  first  double- 
decked  one  built  in  England  was  of  1000  tons  bur- 
den, by  order  of  Henry  Vll.  1509;  it  wag  ca  led 
the  Great  Harry,  and  cost  14,000/.;  before  Uiis, 
twenty-four  gun  ships  were  the  largest  in  the  navy, 
and  these  had  no  port-holes,  tlie  guns  being  on  the 
upper  decks  only.  Port-holes  and  other  improve- 
iiieiits  were  invented  by  Uecharges,  a  Frencli  build- 
er at  Brest,  in  the  reign  of  Louis  XII.,  1500;  there 
were  not  above  four  merchant  ship*  of  120  ton* 
burden,  before  1651. 
Ship-building,  the  art  of,  attributed  to  the  Egyptians, 
as  the  first  inventors,  the  first  ship  being  brought 
from  F.gypt  to  Greece  by  Danaus,  1486  B.  C.  1  lie 
first  ship  of  U»  burden  of  800  tons  was  built  in 
England  in  1697. 
Shoeing  of  horses  first  introduced,  481. 
Shoes  of  the  presfent  fashion  first  worn  m  England, 


Signals  at  sea  first  devised  by  James  II.  1665. 
f?m,  wrought,  brought  from  Persia  to  Greece,  326  H. 

i^^..p  first  made  ot  London  and  Bristol,  1524. 
Speaking  trumpets  invented  by  Kirclier,  a  Jesuit, 

Spectacles  invented  by  Spina,  a  monk  of  Pisa,  1299. 

Steam  applied  to  the  purpose  of  inland  navigation  in 
America,  1810.  ....         .  .t._ 

Steel  may  be  made  three  hundred  times  dearer  than 
standard  gold,  weight  for  weight;  su  steel  wire 
springs  for  watch  pendulums  weigh  one  gram,  to 
the  artists,  7».  6d.  each,  equal  to  21.  6». ;  one  gram 
of  gold  only  2({. 

Stereotype  printing  invented  by  William  Gcd,  a  gold- 
smith, of  Edinburgh,  1726. 

StoTi  in  Literature,  introduced  1620;  the  coton  low, 
eemicolon  1699.  ^^^ 

Stucco  work  revived  by  D'Udinc,  alxrat  1600 


!T'>-'rr:^-^7?^airfei5jSi?siB«;'S?^^ 


Y  i»p  Mnwr**.'.  "tiiw  '■'"""j*'*f.  f>' '  ""tff!  ■    wp-n.'  'Ji'Wffi'J'?  jO. ' 


citxtia  upon  Tyna, 

1585:   in  Englami, 
8oHtli  Carolina,  bv 

m,  wu  8,300,000 
aiportni  4,196,198 

1690:  cotton  snil- 
it  Patterion,  N.J. 
pif  •^WiCT.  1891. 

Kiiglbh,  ItiOO. 
ml  explornd  by  tlie 

628. 

ivcred,  1670:  rock 

in  I'oliuia,  in  1289. 

H20. 

2. 

,  in  IBBO. 

from  20  to  25  mil- 

8,200,000<. 

arrived  at  Rhode* 
t;  tlie  first  doublo- 
I9  nf  1000  tons  bur- 
609;  it  wag  called 
,000/.;  before  tliii, 
Inrgeit  in  the  navy, 
e  guns  being  on  the 
and  other  improve- 
ae«,  a  French  build- 
g  XII.,  1600;  there 

ship*  of  120  toni 

id  to  the  Egyptiani, 
«hip  being  brought 
ug,  1485  B.  C.  Tlie 
I)  tons  was  built  in 

1,481. 

t  worn  in  England, 

mca  II.  1665. 

ia  to  Greece,  S26  B. 

Irigtol,  1524. 
Kirclier,  a  Jesuit, 

monk  of  Pisa,  1299. 
inland  navigation  in 

d  times  dearer  than 
ight;  six  steel  wire 
weigh  one  grain,  to 
to  21.  5s. ;  one  grain 

IVilliam  Gcd,  a  gold- 

620;  the  colon  1680; 

B,  about  1600 


?s#^- 


'"•w^Pf^'" 


CnROIfOLOOICAI.   TABLK. 


179 


} 


Sugar  first  mentioned  by  Paul  Ecinetta,  a  physician, 
625:  produced  in  Hivily,  1148;  first  produced  in 
Madeira,  1410;  in  tlie  Canary  Island*,  1S03;  cur- 
ried to  tlie  West-Indies,  by  tlie  Purliigiiuiia  and 
Spnnim'd),  1510;  rultivatetl  at  Burbudm'ii,  1641; 
sugar  refining  firtt  diacovercd  by  n  Venetian,  1503 ; 
practised  first  in  England,  in  1560. 

Tanning  leather,  a  new  and  expeditious  method  In- 
vented, 1795. 

Tea  fiist  brought  into  Europe  by  the  Dutch  East  India 
Company,  early  in  1591. 

Tea  destroyed  at  Boston  by  the  inliahititnts,  1773. 

Telegraphs  invpnted,  1687;  put  into  prnrticc  by  tlir 
French,  in  1794;  by  the  English,  Jan.  28,  17Wi. 

Telescopes  invented  by  Z.  Jansen,  a  spectacle  iiiukcr 
at  Middlcburgh,  1590;  the  first  reflecting  one  made 
on  the  principks  of  Sir  Isaac  Newton,  1692. 

Thermometers  first  invented  by  Drebcl,  a  Dutchman, 
1620 ;  improved  by  Reaumur,  1780,  and  by  Fahren- 
heit, 1749. 

Thread  first  made  at  PaisW,  in  Scotland,  in  1722. 

Ticonderoga  taken  by  the  English.  1750;  by  the  Pro- 
vincials, May  18, 1775. 

Tides,  the  first  theory  of,  by  Kepler,  1696. 

Tiles  first  uiied  in  England,  1246. 

Time  first  computed  from  the  Christian  era,  616;  in 
histury,  784;  in  Spain,  125S;  in  Arrogon  and  Cas- 
tile, 1SS8;  in  Portugal,  1415. 

Time-measure  barometer  introduced  by  Scipio  Nasi- 
ca,  159;  king  Alfred'*  time-keeper  was  six  large 
wax  taners,  each  twelve  inches  long;  us  they  burnt 
unequally,  owing  to  tlie  wind,  h«  invented  a  lantern 
made  of  wood  and  thin-scrapitd  plates  of  ox-horns, 
glai*  being  a  great  rarity,  887.  Tlie  ancient*  had 
three  lort*  of  time  measure*,  hour-gloMe*.  lun-dials, 
anda  vessel  full  of  water  with  a  hole  in  its  bottom. 

Tin  found  in  Oermany,  1241 ;  in  no  place  before  but 
in  Devonshire  and  Cornwall,  in  Barbary,  1640;  in 
India,  1740;  in  Now  Spain.  1782. 

Toad,  a  live  orni  found  in  a  block  of  stone,  at  New- 
ant,  April  lb,  1806;  another  found  alive,  in  the 
heart  of  an  oak  tree,  about  thirty  inches  in  diame- 
ter, at  Rainford,  Lancashire,  January,  1810. 

Tobacco  first  discovered  id  St.  Domingo,  in  1496; 
afterwards  by  the  Spaniards  in  Yutacan,  1620 ;  firiit 
brought  into  England,  1683;  allowed  to  bo  cultivat- 
ed in  Ireland,  1779. 

Torture  abolishefl  in  Sweden,  by  order  of  the  kiii%, 
1786;  in  Poland,  1776;  abolished  in  France  by 
edict,  August  25,  1780;  abolished  in  Spain,  Au- 
gust, 1814. 

Tournament*  began  in  170;  instituted  by  Henry,  em- 
peror of  Germany,  919. 

Tragedy,  the  first  acted  at  Athens,  on  a  wagon,  by 
Thespis,  685  before  Christ. 

Trajan  s  pillar  erected  in  Rome,  114. 

Trinidad,  the  isle  of,  discovered,  1498;  taken  by  the 
English,  with  four  ships  of  the  line,  1797. 

Tripoli  reduced  by  admiral  Blake,  1666;  attacked 
four  times  by  the  United  States  squadron,  under 
eommodore  Preble,  in  the  year  1804. 


Trnv  built,  1180;  (he  kinsilnm  of,  lirgiin  1446  liefure 
('lirist;  dpulructiiin  of,  Jiiiip  II,  1IM4  bvfure  Christ. 

Triiin|)rts  fii'iit  Douiult'd  ln'fiirc  llir  Wiuan  of  Englund, 
bv  orilei'  ofUfi'ii,  king  of  Mprriii,  7)10. 

Tulips  ih'Kt  liroiiglit  into  Enitliiml,  I5TM, 

Tuni«  riMliii'pd  by  udi/iind  Illiikc,  UHOi;  taken  by  tho 
rnippicir  ClmrleH  V.  and  rculiiiul  to  ils  king  iIkii 
Imil  liepii  liiinishfld,  1335. 

TuiiiipI  uf  ilio  Tavistock  caiiid,  u  mile  and  n  hulf  in 
leiiKth,  and  in  some  parts  of  It,  mure  tlinn  four  liiin 
dred  (ml  l)rlow  tlie  surface,  coniplpiely  huled,  one. 
thirtpvn  yonm'  Inlior,  AugiiHt  24,  1H16. 

Turki'yii  ciinic  inin  Kiigliuid,  1623. 

TurniiikcK  lirvl  lp)(»lly  crurlcil  In  England,  1663, 
yicldril  In  1788,  about  508,000/. 

Tyjies  of  wood  for  printing  used,  1470. 

Union  of  tlio  crowns  of  Englund  and  Srntland,  1603; 
of  tho  two  kingdoms  uttcrnpteii,  1604,  hut  fulled; 
ngiiin  ditto,  Mw;  carried  into  elfect.  May  1, 1707, 
and  thence  tlie  island  is  culled  Rrvat-Britain;  union 
of  Ilriluin  and  Ireland  took  place,  Jan.  1,  1801. 

United  i^tntes. — Summary  I'lnl'^iiipnt  of  iho  vnlire  of 
the  Exports  of  the  Growth,  Produce,  and  Mamifnc- 
tures  uf  the  United  Htutcs,  during  the  your  cum- 
rocnclng  on  tho  1st  diiv  of  Oclolur,  1831,  and  end- 
ing on  the  80th  day  or  .September,  1832. 
THE  SEA. 

Fisheries — 
Dried  fish  or  cud  fislieries        $749,900 
Pickled  fish,  or  river  fisheries, 
hcrring,«hlMl,sttbnon,  mack- 


erel 

Whale  and  other  fish  oil 
Spermaceti  oil 
Whalebone 
Spermaceti  candles 


306,812 

1,009,728 

38.161 

186,609 

267,332 


THE  FOREST. 

691,909 


-$2,568,538 


Skim  anr*  (Uri 
Ginseng 
Product  of  wood- 
Staves,  shingles,  boards 

and  hewn  umber  $1,522,053 
Othnr  timber  188,608 

Masts  and  spar^  73,368 

Oak  bark  k  other  dye  62,944 
All  manufactures  of 

wood  312,678 

Navul  stores,  tar,  pitch, 
ruein,  &  turpentine  476,291 
Aslicii,  pot  and  pearl       980,898 


99,545 


8,656,340 


AGRICULTURE. 

Product  of  animals — 
Beef,  tallow,  hides, 

horned  cattle  774,087 

Butter  and  clieese        290,820 
Pork,  pickled  bacon, 

lard,  live  hoes       1,928,196 
Hollies  and  mules        164,034 


4.347,7M 


^*^' 


:sp- 


,-.fm,?%m^  v^i^i ,  f>fi*rt.^  mm  irmmim^f^-  »*■ 


•  Tv^  ^^'9^^" 


180 

BiMwp  39,88S 
Vamtabl*  food— 

WliMi  03,000 

Flour  4,HH0,«2» 

Indirni  corn  27N,740 

Indian  iiieul  m),im 

Rye  mcul  7S,302 
Ryv,  outi,  iind  ullirr 

*mi<ll   gruin  and 

pidie  7fl.447 
Biacuit  or  thip  brenJ  2M,7SS 

PotiitMi  42,077 

rIm  2,152,«31 


canoNOLoaioitL  tabli. 


-S,179.B22 


-8,852,404 


Tobacco 
Cation 
All  other  ni^icullural  productt- 
Flnueed 
Hop* 
Brown  Sngar 


11,532,016 

5,099,750 

31,724,602 


123,036 
25,448 
11,232 


169,716 


MANUFACTURES. 

'  Soap  and  talluw  mndlni  701,184 

l.<iather,  booU  and  vhoef  277,888 

HouMhold  furniture  169,089 

CoBcbei  and  otlier  carriagen  45,277 

Hau  810,912 

Saddlery  29,572 

Wb«  62,444 
Spirit!  from  grain,  beer,  ak 

and  porter  127,583 

flBuffaud  tobacco  295,771 

Laad  5,483 
Linieed  nil   and  apirili  of 

turpentine  83,304 

Cordage  13,863 

Iron,  pig,  bar,  and  naib  65,979 

i,'  '         castinKs  26,629 

manuiaclurei  of  120,222 

Spirits  from  niolaues  38,221 

Sugar,  refined  74,673 

Chocolate  2,256 

Gunpowder  96,028 

Copper  nnd  hraia  105,774 

Medncinnl  drug*  180,238 

Cotton  piece  goods  2,730,833 

Printed  or  colored       104^70 
White  1,052,891 

Nankeens  841 

Twist  yarn  and  thread  12,618 
AU  manufactiu'es  of       58,854 

Flax  and  hemp—  — 1,229,574 

Cloth  and  thread  1,670 

Bags  and  all  manufactures  of  2,685 

Wearing  apparel  80,803 

Combs  and  buttons  124,806 

Brushes  4,764 

Bifliard  tables  1,810 

UotLnilaa  and  pansob  20,861 


Leather  and  morocco  skiai 

not  aold  per  pound  42,865 

I'riiilinK  premiea  and  ly|>n  23,55^ 

MuniriiriiiatruinenU  4,95<il 

lliMika  and  maps  29,802 

I'uiirr  nnd  olhor  atalionary  64,847 

rninia  and  vitrniah  21,611 

Vinevnr  4,677 

Kiirlheii  nnd  atone  wnre  6,H3S 

Fire  engine*  and  apparatus  7,758 

Munufucluros  of  glua*  106,855 

tin  8,157 

liewter  and  litiiil  983 

maible  and  alone  8,454 

gold  and  ailvor  and  gold  louf  653 

Qnld  nn<l  ailver  coin  1,410,941 

Artiticlal  lluwera  and  jewelry  14,862 

Molaaaea  2,493 

Trunka  5,814 

Brick  and  limo  3,502 

Domoalic  aiilt  27,014 

Arlicie*  not  enumerated—  — — 

Miinutucturod  477,267 

Oilier  858,181 


3.251,774 


880,448 

$68,137,470 

Vinca  piniilcd  in  Germany  and  North  OanI,  276. 

Violina  invented  about  1477;  and  introduced  N 
Cliarlos  II. 

Wntchea  invented  at  Nuremlmrg,  in  Germany,  1477; 
firal  uaed  in  lutronomicnl  ol»n!rv«tlonn,  IMW. — 'I'll* 
en)|)eror  Charle*  V.  wiis  tho  first  who  had  any  lliioij 
tliut  niii(lit  be  railed  a  watch,  lhmii(li  wimi!  nill  it  .» 
smiiil  udtle  clock,  1530;  wntchea  firat  brOUKJit  ii 
Kngland  from  Germany,  1677;  spring  pocket  oiwt 
invi>iite<l  by  llooke,  1658 

Water-mills  for  srinding  corn  were  invented  by  Ifcli- 
anriiis,  while  beaieged  in  Koine  by  the  Gcillw,  650. 
The  ancienta  parched  llieir  corn,  and  pountlcd  it  iu 
inorlam ;  aflerwarda  milla  were  invcnUid,  which  were 
turned  by  men  and  I)cb.i(»  wilh  great  labor;  and  vol 
IMiny  roeiitioiui  whecli<  turned  by  water. 

Weighu  and  incaaure*  invented,  869  before  Chriat; 
fixed  to  a  standard  in  England,  1257;  regulated, 
1492. 

Whale  fishery,  the  firnt  by  the  Dutch,  1696;  by  the 
English  at  Hpiulwrgen,  1598. 

Wlittlebone  found  by  the  Engliah  ships  at  Cape  Ilri*- 
ton,  1521;  first  mentioned  brought  hums  with  oil, 
1617. 

Whales  killed  nt  Newfoundland  and  Iceland  for  their 
oil  only,  1578;  the  use  of  their  bones  and  fins  not 
then  known,  conseijuentlv  no  stays  worn  by  ludiea. 

Woollen-cloth,  niunuracturet  of,  in  all  civilized  coun- 
tries, and  in  very  remote  ages,  and  prolmbly  of  linen 
also. 

York,  Upper  Canada,  capitulated  to  the  Americans, 
April  27. 1813. 

Zodiac,  signs  of  the,  invented  by  Anaximandsr,  647 
B  C 


I 


mi^,^^.^-4:^4:^^.\^^^^^^  '"T 


«flfw*^^ 


43,MS 
22,AA<< 

4,»5'i 
2»,NUa 
<M,847 
21.611 

•«,«77 

«,Ha8 

7,788 

3,167 

9N.1 

3,4S4 

693 

410,011 

14,862 

2,403 

6,814 

3,602 

27,014 

477,207 
308,181 


3.261,774 


830,448 

S«8,1S7,470 
irth  Ouiil,  276. 
iiid  introduced    h;r 

in  Gcnnxny,  1477, 
ullonK,  IMiO. — Till- 
L  wliu  liud  liny  lliitiK 
iiHigli  kouin  cull  it  't 
lea  firal  l)roui)lit  t<i 
Rpring  pocket  oiii'i 

0  invented  l>y  Iteli- 
by  the  (.iotliii,  61)0. 

,  und  pounded  it  iu 
rivcnted,  wliicli  were 
[real  labor ;  and  yet 

1  water. 

S69  before  Chriat; 
1,  1267;  regulated, 

utrh,  1696;   by  the 

■hipa  at  Cape  Uri"- 
ight  lioms  with  oil, 

id  Iceland  for  their 
'  bonei  aiid  fin*  not 
yi  worn  by  ludiea. 
I  all  civilized  coun- 
nd  probably  of  linen 

to  the  AmericaiM, 

Aoaximandsr,  547 


W^ 


*>«,»W!»i|firn 


•-^ 


INDEX. 


r««« 

Pais 

Affntttfl 

•    GO 

'  Bonk -ken  |>ing 

133 

AJiilMUiior 

98 

Box-woihI      ... 

.08 

Akuiiol 

•    35 

BorrowMtoness  Coal  Mine 

88 

Alo       -       - 

31 

BruiKly          ... 

:u 

Allxpice 

•    35 

BroM 

.83 

Almondi 

19 

Brazil  Wood 

.       100 

Alum    - 

•  104 

Bricks      ... 

118 

Amber 

(a 

Brimntone      ... 

80 

Ambergria 

.  107 

BriaitloB    - 

S3 

AmotliyHt 

♦O 

British  National  Debt 

148 

Anutordam 

. 

•  108 

Brocade    ... 

.46 

Anchovies    • 

l(i 

BruiMtiis  Carpeting 

-       47 

Annotto 

•  100 

Bui'krum  ... 

.43 

Anihracito  Coal 

00 

Buflulues         ... 

.     134 

Antimony 

-    87 

Burgundy  Wine  - 

.34 

Antworp 

101) 

Butter 

.       13 

Apples 

•    18 

1 

Arrack 

37 

Cofiiia      . 

131 

Aiitenic  - 

.    87 

Calamine        ... 

.       83 

Artificial  Pearls 

«5 

,  Calcutta  founded 

170 

Assafcetifia 

•  101 

1  Calicoes           ... 

.       43 

Axmiuuter  Corpeti   • 

47 

[  CnmbricH 

j  Camel's  Hair   - 

.43 
•      S3 

Ilaltimore  Ezcbanffe 

-  137 

Ciunlots    ... 

39 

Hanks 

135 

Camphor        .            .           - 

.      103 

Barilla    - 

.  101 

Canada  Fur  Trade 

51 

Barley 

10 

Canals             ... 

.      137 

Bazours  • 

-  137 

Canoes      ... 

136 

Beans 

13 

Cannel  Coal    .           .           - 

.       90 

Bears 

-  144 

Caoutchouc 

103 

Beaver  Skins 

51 

Caravans 

-     130 

Beet       - 

-    13 

Carrier  Pigeons     . 

131 

Bell-Mctol 

83 

Carpets           -           .           - 

.       47 

Beer 

-   31 

Carron  Iron  Works 

79 

Bill  of  Excliange      . 

134' 

Cnrthage         ... 

.     147 

Blankets 

.  381 

Cawia        ... 

35 

Bonm 

.       13G 

Catching  Whales 

.    106 

Bombasine 

■ 

-3!> 

Cedar 

96 

Bone>lBce 

46 

Ceylon  Pearl  Fishery  - 

.      64 

Bonnota   - 

. 

.48 

Champagne  Wine 

34 

liuoks 

115 

Choriesiown  Dry  Pock 

-     138 

16 


;jtji^^  .«^i4jt9<;i^i^c;Mi^''^'^«^^M^^ 


<*«>Mmm^«^w^^-^ 


"<r»ff"ii-i"i^"''^Biarjw-'  'f'"''y<''iiiwniii",»LiBpiifi.imn "— nw-^tm  op^npfl; 


/^ 


18S  iNPix, 


»»•  •-•» 


CjKflie        •  -  •  •  13! 

Cli««iiut  .  •  -  -    W]| 

Chiiin  Wnif  -  •  •  3.% 

Chinese  J iiikki  -  •  •  •  IW, 

Chintz      -  ...  4a  I 

Chorolntfl  -  -  •  •HO, 

ChryntkafthflBilkworm  -  •  M 

CWer  -  -  •  •  31 

Cigon  -  •  -  *     "** 

Cinnnhiur    -  -  -  -  74  | 

Clnnmtwn       -  -  -  -       'Mi\ 

Citrona       -  -  «  •  1ft  i 

Civet  ....        54 

Claret  Wine  .  .  .  'M 

Clovei  -  .  •  -      as 

Coal  ....  88 

Cobnit  -  -  .  -      87 

CochinenI    ....         100 
Cocon-NiiU      -  -  •  -      90 

CuconiiM  of  tlie  SiJ's*  i>rt)i    •  -  45 

Cod-ft*li  -  -  .  -13 

f  "id  'iKhery  ..  '^  -  -  14 

Cofl'vj  «•  •  -  -     99 

Coin  ....        144 

Coke m 

Color  of  Wine         »^  .  .         35 

Columbui         •  •  -  -    KB 

ConilM    -  -  -  -         01 

Commerce,  imptrtance  of        •  •       i) 

Hisfryof         -  -        145 

neglected  by  Romans         -   149 

rumeii  by  Goths    -        -       150 

in  the  Eoit        -       -        -   lul 

— — — ^—  desolated  by  Mohammed        159 
'-  rises  o.\  Venice  -       -  159 

flourislifs  amotii{  the  Sifa  ■ 

eens  ...       ]53 

■  revived  by  the  Cniaades         154 

aided  by  Henry  II.        -        156 

— ^— —  by  John        ...        157 

by  Ihnry  VIII.     -  160 

by  Elizobeth  -        160 

■  by  Discover^'  of  America      163 
Commerce  of  England  •  .164 

of  the  United  States       -       171 

Compass^  the  Mariner's       ...    157 
Constantmopie  -  '       -         157 

Conveyance,  modes  of       -       -       -      195 
Copal        ....  101 

Copper  -  .  -  .80 

Copy.right    .  •  •  .115 

Coiml       ....  63 

Coriath         .  •         .        147,149 


Corlui  M 

Cosmetics        -  -  -  •       54 

Cosriio  do  Modicis  •  •  ISO 

Coltoii  -  -  -  •       W 

rotuiri  Thrtad        ...  49 

Coxu'w  UcMoent  into  the  Miito  at  Utiiirnora  78 
Crape        ....  46 

Cr(i«ailes       -  .  -  •184 

CuMom-house       -  •  •  141 


Dates       .  .  •  - 

Davv,  Hir  Ii('intiliruy,  his  Snfvty  Lamp 
Duals  .... 

Delrt-waro  •  •  •       • 

Diainonila        -  •  •        - 

and  the  Jew        ... 

—  thmwn  away 

mill  for 

Mines        ... 

value  of  .  . 

Discoveries  by  I'ortiigiicito 

by  Spuiiiurds    . 

Distillation  -  •  •        • 

Docks  .... 

Dmwlmck        .  .  .  - 

Dutiui*  on  Goo4ls    ... 

Early  Mode  of  Discovering  Laiid 

East  India  ComiNiny 

Ebony  .  .  .  - 

Eddystone  Lighthouse        -  • 

Edict  of  Nantes,  Repeal  nf         •       • 

Egypt,  Commerce  or    . 

Elder  Down        .  .  - 

Embargo       .... 

Emeraui 

Ermines       .  .  .  - 

Exchange,  London 

New  York 

Baltimore       «  «       - 


Feathers 

Fim 

Filberts 

Fire-damp 

F\n 

Fish 

Fishery,  Cod 

Conl 

■  Pearl 
Whale 


Flanders 
Flax 


90 

\a 

57 
65 
66 
€0 

m 

07 
68 
161 
163 
36 
137 
149 
141 

IM 
M* 

99 
139 
170 
145 

59 
149 

68 

50 
136 
137 
137 

59 
19 
90 
80 
90 
13 
U 
C3 
64 
105 
160 


,vp^^^Wi&7Jyf 


ffm 


*m^i^m 


fi^^^^^^^^Tr* 


„.i*.  .«« 


DS 

S4 

ISU 

.       'M 

4!) 

at  Dan  mora  78 

4«t 

.       l.M 


^cty  Lninp 


^id 


30 
8I> 
Ifl 
fl7 

m 

60 
fi(] 
07 
08 
101 

loa 

30 
137 
143 
141 

1.10 
Mil 

Ilia 

170 

149 

59 

143 

08 
SO 

i;)0 

137 

137 

63 
19 
20 
80 
90 
13 
14 
03 
64 
lOS 
160 

«i 


'wm:^!^' 


•|r»«f|»'^«^|PH|W 


I'M 


H  «)«|rr««»»'»  ►  »..<wf>f' III 


I 


Flo«t  of  Timber 
Florence,  (/'oniiiif  rce  of 
Flour  .         -        .  . 

Forniialioii  of  Corn!  lalatxla    • 
Ftiltun,  liU  Bccouiit  of  hli  invention 
Funcla,  tliK       ... 
Fiiitto       .... 
Fura    .... 

Oalena  Load  Minci 

OullflOIlM  ... 

Uainu,  Voiioa  Do,  doublet  lite  Cajte  ( 

Uood  llopo  •  . 

Cilamltoge        ... 
Uauze        .... 
fil«noa,  Commerco  of 
Gin  ...  . 

Uinger  ... 

Oinnetig    .... 
Glaaa 

Olovea      .... 
Golconda  Diamond  Minoa    . 
Gold         .... 
— —  In  North  Carolina 
Gooao  Fcathen         *      • 
GranilQ     .  • 

Orapea  .  . 

Gum  Arabic 

—  Loc  ... 

Gunpowder 


Hanae  Towns 
Hau     - 
Hemp 
Horrins 
Hides        - 
Hock 
Honey 
Hops    • 
Horn 

Hudson,  Henry 
Hungary  Water 

Idol's  Eye  Stolen 

Idria,  Minea  of 

Indioi,  Trade  to 

Indigo 

Insurance  of  Ships 

Invention  of  Lace 

Invoices 

Irish  Linen 

Iron 

bingUun 


llfOtl. 


1» 
I.W 

K 

(Ct 

137 

143 

urn 

4'.) 


.1 


87 
130 

103 

40 

1.10 

30 

30 

KXI 

58 

48 

07 

00 

71 

S3 

00 

18 

101 

103 

117 

157 

•  48 
110 

•  10 
113 

•  35 
34 

118 

61 

167,50 

54 


153 

17i 

101 

136 

47 

135 

43 

77 

117 


notM 


i-uy 


Setilvnient  of 


Lace      •  • 

Lavemlcr  Wuicr 
Lead      •  . 

Lonihor       >  . 

LemoiiN 
LiKht'houK'a 
Lignumvittto 
Liino 

Liiu>n    -  • 

Liquoriea    .  . 

Lloyil'M  ('ofliT-hniiio 
liUiiiliitonc,  I'olariiy  of  the 
Lobatcra 
liOgwood    . 
Loiulon  Kxcliangn 
Docka 


Loronzo  de  Medicia 
Lotbiaii'a  Htory 
Luatriiigs 

Mackerel 

Madder 

Madeira  Wine    > 

Mahogany   * 

Mail       . 

Malaga  Raiains 

Manganew 

Manna 

Mapio     • 

Majile  Sugar 

Marble    - 

Mariner'a  Compass 

Mercury,  the  Chcmicol  name  for  quick- 

ailvor  ... 

Merino  Sheep  ... 

Mines,  Cornwall  Tin 

ditto,  Copper  ... 

Danmora,  Iron 

Dolecarlia       ... 

Idria,  Quicksilver 

Newcostle,  Coal 

Pary's  Mountain,  Copper  • 

Potoai,  Silver 

Mint    .... 
Miasiasippi,  Lead  MioM  of  Out 


61 

41 

107 

60 
69 


47 
M 
85 

119 

19 

130 

00 

00 

49 

104 

VM 

156 

17 

100 

136 

137 

150 

86 

46 

15 

101 

33 

06 

131 

18 

87 

104 

'  06 

S3 

-  01 

157 

73 

38 
84 
81 
78 

n 

88 
81 
73 
144 
8f 


"■i3i^y»|^^-'^' -!«^*-Ty»f»»'"*-*"' 


t'liMii-  u,J:t^'*f^iMtmti^H^vi^tWr\\■Sr ,\t  \  ■■iiiiii]<  -fc 


■  'ffl 

i 

-J 


pr 


il 


; 


184 

ModM 

MoImiwm 

Monkeyt  galliar  ub« 

MoMtri 

Molhiir  of  Pfwl    • 

Mouiilttlu  WUt* 

MulM 

Miuk  • 

Mutlln     .  •  • 

Myrrh 

Now  York  Kxehang* 
Nickel  -       „• 

Noolkn  Bound  I  ur  Trod* 
Norway  U«i«la 
Nulincga    • 


londa 


0«k 

ou  of  a: 

OhvM    • 
Opium       • 
Onnget 

Oitrich  Fflsthon    • 
OttaroniowM  - 
Oyiten      -     ■     " 

Pack-horMt 
Paper 

Pwchment    • 
Patent     - 
Pearl* 

■  ArtiflcUl 

Pearl  Aaltoa 

Peaa 

Penn,  William 

Pepper    - 

Perftiinea 

Penian  CarpeU    • 

Peter  the  llennit 

Phasniciana 

Pinchbeck      - 

Pine-apple 

Pine  - 

PIna 

Pin    • 

Pitch       - 

Platina 

Police,  Marine    - 

Policy  of  Innuanoe 

Poliah  Wheat 

Poliahiog  Diamond* 

Porcelain 

Poik- 


mvai. 


Port  Wina  • 

I'lirtiT  • 

Porllnnil  Htone    • 
|>n«i  Olll<«     - 
I'ltinltH'M    • 
PutiMl,  LfnA  Mknit 

Hilvir      • 

Poultry 
|'rlviiH'<r« 
1 1'riiriiiMory  Nulua 
I  Priiritt* 
Piibllo  Debt    • 

Uiiarniiiin* 
(4uay«,  I^iihIou 
liiii'<!ii'ii  Wnrt) 
<4ul»k«livrr     • 
QiiinL'y  Uranit* 

ilflfla 

RaUroaila 

Ralaina 

Keain 

Rhubarb 

Ribbona   • 

Rico   . 

Roman  Commerce 

IIOM.-I),  Ottar  of 

RoaowomI 

Ruval  Kxchange 

Ruby 

Rugga 

Rum 

Ruaala  Duck 


8ablo«      • 

Snffo 

Haunon    • 

Bapplaro 

Hnit 

Soraccna 

Hurcenot  - 

Butin 

Shad 

Hhawla 

biicrry  Wine 

Bhipa 

Shot,  Manufacture 

Mhriini>a 

Silk 

Silkworma    • 

Silver 

Slat* 


of 


Tm^ti^mw^f^i^^^ 


**w«<.^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


'."Ilia  11125 


T' 


illlU 


21 

2.0 


U    III  1.6 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  MS80 

(716)872-4503 


.^ 


\ 


6^ 


% 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHIVl/ICIVIH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


'T^ppqnpp^pp 


■umi'i. 


UfDBZ. 


SIfldflM    • 
Sleigliing      . 

- 

*          « 

134 
•       134 

Smuggling 

- 

• 

141 

Soap 

. 

.       54 

SoapAviie    . 

-          • 

91 

SolM    • 

-          • 

16 

Solomon's  Commerco 

146 

Spaniah  Winea 

. 

-       33 

Spar  Omamenta 

58 

Spermaceti   • 

•          • 

-     lor 

Spieea     • 

35 

Spirit  of  Wine 

-       35 

Sponge    - 
Suureb 

115 
-      119 

Steamboata 

137 

Steel- 

79 

Stoeka     - 

143 

Stock-jobbing 

144 

Stoneware     • 

•       58 

Sugar 
Su^ur  - 

•      31 

80 

Tamarinda 

-      30 

Z^f'S^' 

49 

Tariff- 

-     141 

Tar 

94 

Tea     - 

•       36 

Teak-tree  • 

96 

TeneriiTe  Wine 

-       33 

Tent  Wine 

33 

Tidewaiten    . 

-      141 

Tiffkny     - 

46 

Tm     - 

83 

Tobacco    • 

109 

Tokay  Wine  - 

•      33 

Topaz       ... 

Tortoise  Shell 

Trogacanth 

Turbot 

Turkish  Power,  Rise  Of  • 

Turpentine 

Turtles     .  ,  . 

Tyre    - 

Underwriters 

United  States  Bank     - 

Public  Debt 

——— Commerce  of, 


Velvets 

Venice,  Bank  of   • 
Commerce  of 


Verdegris 
Vintage  in  Franca 

in  Lombardy 


Virginia  planted 

Wabiuts    • 
Walnut  Tree   • 
Watches    - 
Whale  Fishery 
OU 


Whalebone     • 

Wheat      ... 

Whiskey 

Wines     . 

Woo! 

Wraxoll's  descent  into  a  mine 

Writing,  Art  of 

Zinc    - 


1« 

m 

•  61 
108 

•  15 
151 

-  iM 
17 

•  148 

135 

•  136 
143 

171, 179;  179 

-  46 
136 

•  ISB 


34 
167 

90 

96 

69 

105 

107 

105 

9 

37 

39 

37 

78 

130 

87 


,■ 


^ 


•  '  hi^ 


&-i-iikifeiiiiMtia-iiissfe;m 


x;  .n^-V/'  •'  m»w  v' »' 


m- 


■  -^'■V,'l,iH--llI,ift,>-,llMt-'li        I    "        I       Tl-'lfl-r   ll-lltr  ij>. .^ttm 


,iJI>lJ»->  ^ 


-  --  -«- 

w 

i 

t 

f 

1 

" 

1 

• 

t 

m 

wm 

f 

f 

I 

I 

1 

1 

y 

\ 

P 

' 

f 

1 

f 

1 

1 

^^^^ 

k 

^^^B 

1 

1 

r' 

^^^H 

k 

^^^M 

i 

I 

i 

^ 

1 

W 

1 

♦ 

1 

- 

\ 

f 

i 

t 

I 

1 

:\ 

^ 

■M 

.'    ^ 

^j 

.  f 

1 

4 
*   ."-■     - 

-  • 

• 

•    ' 

i 

1 

\ 

1 

1 

■         ,  : 

■.*r^ 

««^ 

* 

^ 

■•     '■  ..'  . 

•*, 

i 

...... J 

